41a00l 24235 00001 01

Line Maintenance Manual - FJ44-1A
41A00L-24235-00001-01

WI P/N 50773
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Issue No. 067, MAR 30/2023
Publisher:
Williams International
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-000A-A
End of data module 00-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Record of Changes
Data Module Code Title Reason For Change
FJ-AAA-05-12-00-801A-042A-A Service Life Tracking Revised steps to include the documentation of

component life data for overhauled components.
FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C Consumable Materials Added MAT-177 - Paper, Abrasive, Aluminum

List Oxide.
FJ-AAA-70-42-11-801A-913A-A Repair Surfaces Added repair instructions for corrosion with pitting
Affected by Minor on coated surfaces.
Damage or Corrosion
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-051A-420A-A High Oil Pressure Added reference to High Oil Consumption

troubleshooting task for the oil system
troubleshooting matrix.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-805A-322A-A List of Test Procedures Added Rear Case Assembly to Tests Required
after Maintenance table.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A General Operating Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or

Procedures blast fence structures.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-809A-322A-A Idle Speed and Leak Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or
Check Run blast fence structures.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-812A-322A-A Vibration Survey Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or

blast fence structures.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A Trim Balance Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or

Procedures blast fence structures.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-816A-322A-A Stability/Acceleration Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or

Check blast fence structures.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A Performance Check Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or

FJ-AAA-71-00-00-828A-322A-A Capped Bleed Run Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-827A-322A-A Oil Consumption Check Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-826A-322A-A High Power Check Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A Engine Shipping Added engine shipping mount TL302594 and

TL302606.
FJ-AAA-72-00-01-801A-200A-A Approved Engine Fuels Revised the Approved Fuels table to update the
allowable fuels and additives.
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A Remove the Fan Rotor Revised reference to hydraulic pump, cylinder and
gauge kit.
FJ-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-A
00-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-700A-A Install the Fan Rotor Added step and note regarding the documentation
of TBO/LLC card.
Revised reference to hydraulic pump, cylinder and
gauge kit.
FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-700A-A Install the IP Added step and note regarding the documentation
Compressor Rotor of TBO/LLC card.
FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-500A-A Remove the Rear Case NEW TASK

Assembly
FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-700A-A Install the Rear Case NEW TASK

Assembly
FJ-AAA-72-56-10-801A-310A-A Visually Inspect the Revised IPC figure references.

Rear Housing Group
FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-520A-A Remove the Fuel Pump Added step and note regarding the documentation
Assembly of TBO/LLC card.
FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-720A-A Install the Fuel Pump Added step and note regarding the documentation
Assembly of TBO/LLC card.
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A Remove the Fuel Added step and note regarding the documentation
Control Unit of TBO/LLC card.
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A Install the Fuel Control Added step and note regarding the documentation
Unit of TBO/LLC card.
FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-520A-A Remove the Start Added step and note regarding the documentation
Nozzle Control Valve of TBO/LLC card.
FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-720A-A Install the Start Nozzle Added step and note regarding the documentation
Control Valve of TBO/LLC card.
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-520A-A Remove the Igniter Revised igniter plug illustration to correct order of
Plugs assembly.
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-720A-A Install the Igniter Plugs Revised igniter plug illustration to correct order of
assembly.
Revised caution to allow minimal axial movement
for igniter plug.
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-520A-A Remove the Revised procedure to add further maintenance

Acceleration Bleed guidance/instruction for bleed lever/shaft removal.
System Lever
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A Install the Acceleration Revised procedure to add further maintenance

Bleed System Lever guidance/instruction for bleed lever/shaft
installation.
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-720A-A Install the Acceleration Added reference to using an equivalent tool for
Bleed System Cable TL037220.
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-310A-A Visually Inspect the Added caution for unserviceable oil cooler.
Lube Oil Cooler
FJ-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-A
00-00-00
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-520A-A Remove the Lube and Added step and note regarding the documentation
Scavenge Pump of TBO/LLC card.
FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-720A-A Install the Lube and Added step and note regarding the documentation
Scavenge Pump of TBO/LLC card.
FJ-A-00-00-00-00A-003A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
List of Chapters
Issue 067
The listed chapters are included in issue 067, dated MAR 30/2023, of this publication.
Line Maintenance Manual - FJ44-1A - Title Page
Record of Changes
List of Chapters
Copyright - Copyright
Task to Data Module Cross-Reference Table - Description of function
00 Introduction
05 Time Limits/Maintenance Checks
70 Standard Practices
71 Power Plant
72 Engine
73 Engine Fuel and Control
74 Ignition
75 Air
76 Engine Controls
77 Engine Indicating
79 Oil
MAR 30/2023 Page 1

41A00L-24235-00001-01
Copyright
Copyright
© 2023 Williams International Co., LLC All rights reserved. This copyright protected document may be
reproduced for your internal use only. NOTE: When printed, this selection may not include all relevant
data. It is the mechanic/repairman's responsibility to review all applicable service information documents
in depth to ensure they understand all the specific requirements for the operation concerned.
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Task to Data Module Cross-Reference Table
Description of function
Task Number Title Data Module Code
00-00-00-860-828 How to Use this Manual FJ-AAA-00-00-00-828A-042A-A
00-00-00-860-803 Engine Description FJ-AAA-00-00-00-803A-042A-A
00-00-00-860-807 List of Abbreviations FJ-AAA-00-00-00-807A-042A-A
00-00-00-860-812 FJ44-1A Service Bulletin List FJ-AAA-00-00-00-812A-042A-A

00-00-00-860-829 How to Contact Williams FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A
International
05-10-00-870-804 Airworthiness Limitations FJ-AAA-05-10-00-804A-042A-A
05-12-00-870-801 Service Life Tracking FJ-AAA-05-12-00-801A-042A-A
05-17-10-870-802 Unserviceable Parts FJ-AAA-05-17-10-802B-042A-A
05-20-00-210-801 Scheduled Maintenance Checks FJ-AAA-05-20-00-801A-300A-A
05-20-00-210-818 Major Periodic Inspection FJ-AAA-05-20-00-818A-300A-A

Requirements
05-50-00-870-801 Power Plant Wash Guidelines FJ-AAA-05-50-00-801A-042A-A
05-50-00-870-803 Recommended Maintenance - FJ-AAA-05-50-00-803A-913A-A

Polish Fan Rotor
70-00-01-870-801 Assembly/Disassembly FJ-AAA-70-00-01-801A-042A-A

Maintenance Practices
70-01-05-870-801 Temporary Marking of Parts FJ-AAA-70-01-05-801A-042A-A
70-01-07-870-801 Marking of Repaired Parts FJ-AAA-70-01-07-801A-913A-A
70-01-11-870-801 Misuse of Molybdenum Disulfide FJ-AAA-70-01-11-801A-042A-A

Lubricants
70-02-01-870-801 Identification, Lubrication, and FJ-AAA-70-02-01-801A-042A-A

Fitting of O-ring Seals
70-04-01-870-801 Electrical Connector Maintenance FJ-AAA-70-04-01-801A-913A-A
70-10-01-870-801 Consumable Materials List FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C
70-12-00-870-801 Contamination of Engine FJ-AAA-70-12-00-801A-042A-A

Components
70-12-04-870-801 Locking Techniques for Threaded FJ-AAA-70-12-04-801A-042A-A

Parts
70-21-00-870-801 Cleaning Methods and Procedures FJ-AAA-70-21-00-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-042A-A
For copyright information, refer to 00-00-00
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
70-31-01-110-801 Ball and Roller Bearing Cleaning FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A
70-31-01-220-801 Ball and Roller Bearing Inspection FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
70-33-01-870-801 Carbon Seal Surface Quality FJ-AAA-70-33-01-801A-913A-A
70-42-11-870-801 Repair Surfaces Affected by Minor FJ-AAA-70-42-11-801A-913A-A

Damage or Corrosion
70-42-12-870-801 Local Surface Protection FJ-AAA-70-42-12-801A-913A-A
70-42-15-870-801 Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection FJ-AAA-70-42-15-801A-913A-A
70-51-00-870-801 Torque Tightening Technique FJ-AAA-70-51-00-801A-042A-A

70-53-00-870-801 Maintenance and Calibration of FJ-AAA-70-53-00-801A-913A-A
Special Tools
70-53-00-870-802 Requirements for Vibration FJ-AAA-70-53-00-802A-913A-A

Measuring Equipment
70-61-01-870-801 Storage of Parts that have Shelf FJ-AAA-70-61-01-801A-042A-A

Life Limits
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-042A-A
00-00-00 For copyright information, refer to
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
71-00-00-810-801 Power Plant - Troubleshooting FJ-AAA-71-00-00-092A-420A-A

FJ-AAA-71-00-00-024A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-093A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-075A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-086A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-097A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-083A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-014A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-090A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-041A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-011A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-039A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-080A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-114A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-071A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-040A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-004A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-107A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-018A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-076A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-052A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-068A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-007A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-029A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-111A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-051A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-033A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-055A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-048A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-036A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-099A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-059A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-102A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-123A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-045A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-001A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-063A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-064A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-129A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-006A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-133A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-134A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-121A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-058A-420A-A
71-00-00-811-843 Overboard Fuel Leak - FJ-AAA-71-00-00-843B-421A-A

Troubleshooting
71-00-00-870-801 Configure Engine For Right or Left- FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-913A-A

Hand Use
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
71-00-00-010-801 Remove the Engine from Build FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-500A-A

Stand
71-00-00-410-801 Install the Engine in Build Stand FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-700A-A
71-00-00-010-803 Engine Removal Requirements List FJ-AAA-71-00-00-803A-500A-A
71-00-00-410-803 Engine Installation Requirements FJ-AAA-71-00-00-803A-700A-A

List
71-00-00-760-805 List of Test Procedures FJ-AAA-71-00-00-805A-322A-A
71-00-00-760-801 General Operating Procedures FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
71-00-00-760-809 Idle Speed and Leak Check Run FJ-AAA-71-00-00-809A-322A-A

71-00-00-760-812 Vibration Survey FJ-AAA-71-00-00-812A-322A-A
71-00-00-760-825 Trim Balance Procedures FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A
71-00-00-760-816 Stability/Acceleration Check FJ-AAA-71-00-00-816A-322A-A
71-00-00-760-821 Performance Check FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A
71-00-00-760-828 Capped Bleed Run FJ-AAA-71-00-00-828A-322A-A
71-00-00-760-827 Oil Consumption Check FJ-AAA-71-00-00-827A-322A-A
71-00-00-760-826 High Power Check FJ-AAA-71-00-00-826A-322A-A
71-00-03-170-801 Clean the Power Plant - Water FJ-AAA-71-00-03-801A-258A-A

Rinse
71-00-03-170-803 Clean the Power Plant - FJ-AAA-71-00-03-803A-258A-A

Compressor Wash
71-00-03-170-804 Washing Exterior of Engines FJ-AAA-71-00-03-804A-258A-A
71-00-21-620-801 Uninstalled Engine Preservation FJ-AAA-71-00-21-801A-810A-A
71-00-22-620-801 Installed Engine Preservation - FJ-AAA-71-00-22-801A-810A-A

More than Nine Months
71-00-23-620-804 Installed Engine Preservation - Nine FJ-AAA-71-00-23-804A-810A-A

Months or Less
71-00-24-550-801 Storage Inspection FJ-AAA-71-00-24-801A-850A-A
71-00-25-510-801 Engine Shipping FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
71-00-25-520-801 Engine Receiving FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-842A-A
71-00-26-630-801 Depreserve the Engine FJ-AAA-71-00-26-801A-820A-A
71-00-30-220-801 Inspect the HP and IP Compressors FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A

with a Borescope
71-00-32-220-801 Check for an Internal Oil Leak with FJ-AAA-71-00-32-801A-310A-A

a Borescope
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
71-00-40-220-801 Inspect the Combustor, Fuel FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A

Slinger, and HP Turbine Blade
Leading Edges with a Borescope
71-00-50-220-801 Inspect the LP Turbines with a FJ-AAA-71-00-50-801A-310A-A

Borescope
71-00-52-220-801 Inspect the HP Nozzle/HP Turbine FJ-AAA-71-00-52-801A-310A-A

Trailing Edge and 1st LP Turbine
Leading Edge with a Borescope
72-00-00-860-805 Compressor System - Description FJ-AAA-72-00-00-805A-042A-A

and Operation
72-00-00-860-806 Gearbox Assembly (8k FJ-AAA-72-00-00-806A-042A-A

Configuration) - Description and
Operation
72-00-00-860-808 Bypass Duct Group - Description FJ-AAA-72-00-00-808A-042A-A

and Operation
72-00-01-610-801 Approved Engine Fuels FJ-AAA-72-00-01-801A-200A-A
72-00-03-610-801 Service the Engine Using Dipstick FJ-AAA-72-00-03-801A-200A-A

Oil Fill Port
72-00-05-870-801 Submit Oil Filter for Analysis FJ-AAA-72-00-05-801A-913A-A
72-00-30-020-801 Remove the Spinner FJ-AAA-72-00-30-801A-500A-A
72-00-30-420-801 Install the Spinner FJ-AAA-72-00-30-801A-700A-A
72-00-31-020-801 Remove the Fan Rotor FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A
72-00-31-420-801 Install the Fan Rotor FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-700A-A
72-00-32-020-801 Remove the Case and Insert FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-500A-A

Assembly
72-00-32-420-801 Install the Case and Insert FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-700A-A

Assembly
72-00-34-020-801 Remove the IP Compressor Rotor FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-500A-A
72-00-34-420-801 Install the IP Compressor Rotor FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-700A-A
72-00-60-020-801 Remove the Gearbox Assembly FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-500A-A
72-00-60-420-801 Install the Gearbox Assembly FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-700A-A
72-00-71-020-801 Remove the Rear Bypass Duct FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-500A-A

Assembly
72-00-71-420-801 Install the Rear Bypass Duct FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-700A-A

Assembly
72-02-00-860-801 Internal Cooling and Sealing Air FJ-AAA-72-02-00-801A-042A-A

System - Description and Operation
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
72-30-10-220-801 Visually Inspect the Spinner FJ-AAA-72-30-10-801A-310A-A
72-30-10-350-801 Blend Repair the Spinner FJ-AAA-72-30-10-801A-690A-A
72-31-15-220-801 Visually Inspect the Spinner Pilot FJ-AAA-72-31-15-801A-310A-A

Plate Assembly
72-31-20-220-801 Visually Inspect the Fan Rotor FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-310A-A
72-31-20-350-801 Blend Repair the Fan Rotor FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-690A-A
72-32-10-220-801 Visually Inspect the Case and Insert FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-310A-A

Assembly
72-32-10-220-802 Dimensionally Inspect the Case and FJ-AAA-72-32-10-802A-361A-A

Insert Assembly
72-32-10-350-801 Replace/Transfer the Engine FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-690A-A

Identification Plate
72-32-20-220-801 Visually Inspect the Fan Stator FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-310A-A
72-32-20-350-801 Blend Repair the Fan Stator FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-690A-A
72-34-10-220-801 Visually Inspect the IP Compressor FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-310A-A

Rotor
72-34-10-350-801 Blend Repair the IP Compressor FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-690A-A

Rotor
72-35-10-020-801 Remove the No. 1 Carbon Seal and FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-500A-A

Runner
72-35-10-420-801 Install the No. 1 Carbon Seal and FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-700A-A

Runner
72-35-10-220-801 Visual Inspect the No. 1 Carbon FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-310A-A

Seal and Runner
72-35-12-220-801 Dimensionally Inspect the LP Shaft FJ-AAA-72-35-12-801A-361A-A

Forward End (Run-Out)
72-37-12-300-801 Repair the Interstage Housing FJ-AAA-72-37-12-801A-663A-A

Assembly Threaded Inserts (Sight
Glass)
72-60-01-050-801 Remove Magnetic Carbon Seals FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A

from the Gearbox
72-60-01-050-804 Remove Type 1 Spring-Loaded FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-520A-A

Carbon Seals from the 8k Gearbox
72-60-01-050-806 Remove Type 2, 3, or 4 Spring- FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-520A-A

Loaded Carbon Seals from the 8k
Gearbox
72-60-01-450-801 Install Magnetic Carbon Seals in FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A

Gearbox
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
72-60-01-450-804 Install Type 1 Spring-Loaded FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A

Carbon Seals in the 8k Gearbox



72-60-02-050-801 Remove the Oil Filter Delta P FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-520A-A

Indicator
72-60-02-450-801 Install the Oil Filter Delta P Indicator FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-720A-A
72-60-02-780-801 Perform Functional Verification of FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-362A-A

the Mechanical Oil Filter Delta P
Indicator
72-60-10-220-803 Visually Inspect the Accessory FJ-AAA-72-60-10-803A-310A-A

Drive Gearbox Assembly
72-70-10-300-801 Repair the Service Adapter FJ-AAA-72-70-10-801A-663A-A

Threaded Inserts
72-71-10-220-801 Visually Inspect the Rear Bypass FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-310A-A

Duct Assembly
72-71-20-220-801 Visually Inspect the Rear Mounting FJ-AAA-72-71-20-801A-310A-A

Ring Assembly
73-00-00-860-801 Fuel System (FJ44-1A) - FJ-AAA-73-00-00-801A-042A-A

Description and Operation
73-10-01-050-801 Remove Fuel Tube Assemblies FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-520A-A
73-10-01-450-801 Install Fuel Tube Assemblies FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-720A-A
73-10-01-220-801 Visually Inspect Fuel Tube FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-310A-A

Assemblies
73-11-01-050-801 Remove Fuel Drain Tube FJ-AAA-73-11-01-801A-520A-A

Assemblies
73-11-01-450-801 Install Fuel Drain Tube Assemblies FJ-AAA-73-11-01-801A-720A-A
73-12-01-050-801 Remove the Fuel Nozzle Assembly FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-520A-A
73-12-01-450-801 Install the Fuel Nozzle Assembly FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-720A-A
73-12-01-220-801 Visually Inspect the Fuel Nozzle FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-310A-A

Assembly
73-12-01-730-801 Check Fuel Nozzle Spray Pattern FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-363A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
73-14-01-050-801 Remove the Fuel Filter from the FJ-AAA-73-14-01-801A-520A-A

Fuel Pump
73-14-01-450-801 Install the Fuel Filter on the Fuel FJ-AAA-73-14-01-801A-720A-A

Pump
73-16-01-050-801 Remove the Fuel Pump Assembly FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-520A-A
73-16-01-450-801 Install the Fuel Pump Assembly FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-720A-A
73-20-00-820-801 Fuel Control System - Description FJ-AAA-73-20-00-801A-270A-A

and Operation
73-21-01-050-801 Remove the Fuel Control Unit FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A

73-21-01-450-801 Install the Fuel Control Unit FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A
73-21-01-820-801 Adjust the Fuel Control Unit FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-270A-A

Acceleration Control
73-21-01-820-802 Adjust the Fuel Control Unit Idle FJ-AAA-73-21-01-802A-270A-A

Stop
73-21-01-220-801 Visually Inspect the Fuel Control FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-310A-A

Unit
73-21-01-300-801 Repair the Fuel Control Unit FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-663A-A

Heatshield Threaded Inserts
73-22-01-050-801 Remove the Start Nozzle Control FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-520A-A

Valve
73-22-01-450-801 Install the Start Nozzle Control FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-720A-A

Valve
73-22-01-220-801 Visually Inspect Start Nozzle FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-310A-A

Control Valve
73-23-01-050-801 Remove the Fuel Filter Indicator FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-520A-A

(Delta P Switch)
73-23-01-450-801 Install the Fuel Filter Indicator FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-720A-A

(Delta P Switch)
73-23-01-220-801 Visually Inspect the Fuel Filter FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-310A-A

Indicator (Delta P Switch)
73-23-01-780-801 Perform Functional Verification of FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-362A-A

the Fuel Filter Indicator (Delta P
Switch)
73-25-01-050-801 Remove the Fuel Manifold Filter FJ-AAA-73-25-01-801A-520A-A
73-25-01-450-801 Install the Fuel Manifold Filter FJ-AAA-73-25-01-801A-720A-A
73-27-01-830-801 Reset the Fuel Shutoff Valve FJ-AAA-73-27-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
74-00-00-860-801 Ignition System - Description and FJ-AAA-74-00-00-801A-042A-A

Operation
74-00-10-770-801 Do an Operational Test on the FJ-AAA-74-00-10-801A-340A-A

Ignition System
74-10-01-050-801 Remove the Ignition Exciters FJ-AAA-74-10-01-801A-520A-A
74-10-01-450-801 Install the Ignition Exciters FJ-AAA-74-10-01-801A-720A-A
74-20-01-050-801 Remove the Igniter Leads FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-520A-A
74-20-01-450-801 Install the Igniter Leads FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-720A-A
74-20-01-220-801 Visually Inspect the Igniter Leads FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-310A-A

74-22-01-050-801 Remove the Igniter Plugs FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-520A-A
74-22-01-450-801 Install the Igniter Plugs FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-720A-A
74-22-01-220-801 Visually Inspect the Igniter Plugs FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-310A-A
74-22-01-220-802 Dimensionally Inspect Igniter Plugs FJ-AAA-74-22-01-802A-361A-A

- Tip Gap Diameter
74-22-01-220-803 Dimensionally Inspect Igniter Plugs FJ-AAA-74-22-01-803A-361A-A

- Electrode Depth
74-22-01-110-801 Clean the Igniter Plugs FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-251A-A
75-00-00-860-801 Air System - Description and FJ-AAA-75-00-00-801A-042A-A

Operation
75-30-01-220-801 Visually Inspect the Acceleration FJ-AAA-75-30-01-801A-310A-A

Bleed System Linkage
75-30-01-770-801 Functionally Check the Acceleration FJ-AAA-75-30-01-801A-340A-A

Bleed System Linkage
75-35-01-050-801 Remove the Acceleration Bleed FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-520A-A

System Lever
75-35-01-450-801 Install the Acceleration Bleed FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A

System Lever
75-35-01-820-801 Adjust the Acceleration Bleed Lever FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-270A-A
75-37-01-050-801 Remove the Acceleration Bleed FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-520A-A

System Cable
75-37-01-450-801 Install the Acceleration Bleed FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-720A-A

System Cable
76-00-00-860-801 Engine Controls - Description and FJ-AAA-76-00-00-801A-042A-A

Operation
76-20-01-830-801 Adjust (Reset) the LP Shaft Trip FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A

Sensor
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
76-20-01-220-801 Visually Inspect the LP Shaft Trip FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-310A-A

Sensor System
76-20-01-220-802 Check the Trigger Pin End Play FJ-AAA-76-20-01-802A-361A-A
77-00-00-860-801 Engine Indicating - Description and FJ-AAA-77-00-00-801A-042A-A

Operation
77-11-01-050-801 Remove the LP Magnetic Speed FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-520A-A

Pickup Assembly
77-11-01-450-801 Install the LP Magnetic Speed FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-720A-A

Pickup Assembly
77-11-01-220-801 Visually Inspect the LP Magnetic FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-310A-A

Speed Pickup Assembly
77-11-01-750-801 Perform Resistance Check on LP FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-300A-A

Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly
(Single Channel)
77-12-01-050-801 Remove the Gearbox (HP) FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-520A-A

77-12-01-450-801 Install the Gearbox (HP) Magnetic FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-720A-A

Speed Pickup Assembly
77-12-01-220-801 Visually Inspect the Gearbox (HP) FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-310A-A

77-12-01-750-801 Perform Resistance Check on FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-300A-A

Gearbox (HP) Magnetic Speed
Pickup Assembly (Single Channel)
77-20-02-050-801 Remove the ITT Probes FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-520A-A
77-20-02-040-801 Disassemble ITT Probe J1 FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-530A-A

Connector
77-20-02-440-801 Assemble ITT Probe J1 Connector FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-710A-A
77-20-02-450-801 Install the ITT Probes FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-720A-A
77-20-02-220-801 Visually Inspect ITT Probes FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-310A-A
77-20-02-750-801 Perform Temperature Check on FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-300A-A

Installed ITT Probes

Assembled J1 Connector (Short/
Long Probes)

Assembled J1 Connector
77-20-02-750-802 Perform Temperature Check on FJ-AAA-77-20-02-802A-300A-A

Removed ITT Probes
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01

Removed ITT Probes
77-20-04-050-801 Remove ITT Jumper Harness FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-520A-A
77-20-04-450-801 Install the ITT Jumper Harness FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-720A-A
77-20-04-220-801 Visually inspect the ITT Jumper FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-310A-A

Harness

Installed ITT Jumper Harness
79-00-00-860-801 Oil System - Description and FJ-AAA-79-00-00-801A-042A-A

Operation
79-21-01-050-801 Remove the Oil Filter FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-520A-A
79-21-01-450-801 Install the Oil Filter FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-720A-A
79-21-01-220-801 Visually Inspect the Oil Filter Bowl FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-310A-A
79-22-01-050-801 Remove the Lube Oil Cooler FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-520A-A
79-22-01-450-801 Install the Lube Oil Cooler FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-720A-A
79-22-01-780-801 Pressure Test the Lube Oil Cooler FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-362A-A
79-22-01-220-801 Visually Inspect the Lube Oil Cooler FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-310A-A
79-24-01-050-801 Remove the Lube and Scavenge FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-520A-A

Pump
79-24-01-450-801 Install the Lube and Scavenge FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-720A-A

Pump
79-25-01-050-801 Remove the Oil Pressure FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-520A-A

Regulating Valve
79-25-01-450-801 Install the Oil Pressure Regulating FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-720A-A

Valve
79-25-01-820-801 Adjust the Oil Pressure Regulating FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-270A-A

Valve
79-26-01-050-801 Remove the Oil Supply Tube FJ-AAA-79-26-01-801A-520A-A
79-26-01-450-801 Install the Oil Supply Tube FJ-AAA-79-26-01-801A-720A-A
79-28-01-050-801 Remove the Rear Bearing Oil FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-520A-A

Supply and Scavenge Tubes
79-28-01-450-801 Install the Rear Bearing Oil Supply FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-720A-A

and Scavenge Tubes
79-28-01-220-801 Visually Inspect Rear Bearing Oil FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-310A-A

Supply and Scavenge Tubes
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
79-30-01-050-801 Remove the Magnetic Chip FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-520A-A

Collector(s)
79-30-01-450-801 Install the Magnetic Chip FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-720A-A

Collector(s)
79-30-01-220-801 Visually Inspect the Magnetic Chip FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-310A-A

Collectors
79-31-01-050-801 Remove the Oil Filler Cap and FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-520A-A

Dipstick
79-31-01-450-801 Install the Oil Filler Cap and FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-720A-A

Dipstick
79-33-11-050-801 Remove the Oil Sight Glass FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-520A-A
79-33-11-450-801 Install the Oil Sight Glass FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-01A-042A-A
00-00-00 End of data module For copyright information, refer to
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 12 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 00
Introduction
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 00
Introduction
Table of Contents
The listed documents are included in issue 067, dated MAR 30/2023, of this publication.
Document Title Data module code
00 Introduction
00-00-00 Manual Introduction
00-00-00-001 Manual Introduction - Description and Operation
How to Use this Manual - Description of function FJ-AAA-00-00-00-801A-042A-A
Engine Description - Description of function FJ-AAA-00-00-00-803A-042A-A
List of Abbreviations - Description of function FJ-AAA-00-00-00-807A-042A-A
FJ44-1A Service Bulletin List - Description of function FJ-AAA-00-00-00-812A-042A-A
How to Contact Williams International - Description of FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A

function
00- Content
00-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
How to Use this Manual
1. General
1.1. This copyright protected document may be reproduced for your internal use only.
Note
When printed, this selection may not include all relevant data. It is the mechanic/repairman’s
responsibility to review all applicable service information documents in depth to ensure they
understand all the specific requirements for the operation concerned.
1.2. This manual contains maintenance information prepared for Williams International FJ33 or FJ44
turbofan engines by Williams International.
This manual is part of the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness (ICA). Deviations from the ICA
procedures and inspections may warrant additional analyses to assess the potential effect on
airworthiness characteristics.
2. How to Use this Manual
2.1. Publication Module Codes

This manual is written to the S1000D version 4.1 specification. In addition to the Williams part
number, each manual also has an S1000D publication module code. The publication module code
designates the model identification code, issuing authority, manual number, and volume number.
EXAMPLE: 43A00L-24235-00001-01
ELEMENT NUMBER: 1 2 3 4
Element 1 Model Identification Code - This element is used to identify the model type and manual
type. The first four characters identify the engine model, and the last will indicate the type of manual.
Designation Manual Type
L Line Maintenance Manual
H Elite Line Maintenance Manual
E Engine Manual
F Engine Inspection Manual
Q Fuel Control Unit Component Maintenance Manual
K Lube Pump Component Maintenance Manual
Element 2 Issuing Authority - This will be the cage code of the issuing authority, 24235 for Williams
International
Element 3 Manual Number - This is a sequencing number if there are multiple manuals of this
designation.
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Element 4 Volume Number - This is a sequencing number if there are multiple volumes that comprise
a manual of this designation.
2.2. Content Structure

The contents are organized using the three element (six digit) Chapter-Section-Subject number (CH-
SE-SU). The first element is the Chapter, the second element is the Section, and the third element is
the Subject.
2.2.1. The chapter number and the first digit of the section number are assigned by the S1000D version 4.1
specification. This promotes continuity of contents between the manuals of different manufacturers.
2.2.2. The second digit of the section number and the subject number are assigned by the manufacturer to
identify the subject component with a unique designation.
2.2.3. For example, the CH-SE-SU number 72-30-00 is interpreted as follows:
2.2.3.1. 72 is the Chapter (Engine)
2.2.3.2. 30 is the Section (Compressor Section)
2.2.3.3. 00 is the Subject (Description and Operation)
2.2.4. This numbering system is adjusted to identify removal/installation of core engine modules. This
allows engine build-up tasks to be grouped together in the manual. In these cases, the Section
number is moved to the third element and "00" is used for the second "middle" element.
EXAMPLE: 72-00-55 LP Turbine Module - Removal/Installation
2.2.5. Contents are further divided within a CH-SE-SU number by topics (CH-SE-SU-XXX or CH-SE-SU-
XXXX). Each topic type is identified by a separate range of numbers, which were previously referred
to as Page Blocks in the ATA version of this manual. These topics organize the task information
within a Subject. A full list of topics for this manual are:
List of Topics (Maintenance Manual)

Description and Operation 001 - 099
Fault Isolation 101 - 199
Maintenance Practices 201 - 299
Servicing 301 - 399
Removal/Installation 401 - 499
Adjustment/Test 501 - 599
Inspection/Check 601 - 699
Cleaning/Painting 701 - 799
Repairs 801 - 899
2.3. Data Module Codes

This manual is written to conform to the requirements of the S1000D version 4.1 specification. Data
Module Codes, which were previously referred to as TASKS with ATA spec task numbers, are used
to identify the individual procedures or pieces of content that make up the manual. In order to assist
with the usage of S1000D Data Module Codes, a Task to Data Module Cross-Reference Table has
been included in the front matter of each manual.
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
EXAMPLE: FJ-AAA-72-00-31-805A-700A-A
ELEMENT NUMBER: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Element 1 Model Identification Code
Element 2 System Difference Code
Element 3 Chapter Number
Element 4 Section Number
Element 5 Subject Number
Element 6 Disassembly Code and Disassembly Code Variant
Element 7 Information Code and Information Code Variant - This element identifies the type of
information that this Data Module contains (refer to Table 2 Information Codes for S1000D Data
Module Numbering (Seventh Element - FJ-AAA-72-00-31-805A-700A-A)).
Element 8 Item Location Code

Information Codes for S1000D Data Module Numbering (Seventh Element - FJ-
AAA-72-00-31-805A-700A-A)
Code Description
000 Title
018 Introduction
021 Copyright
042 Description of Function
061 Special Support Equipment and Tools
062 Standard Support Equipment and Tools
070 Consumables, Materials and Expendables
073 Expendables
169 Mass & Balance
200 Servicing
250 Clean and Apply Surface Protection
251 Clean with Chemical Agent
258 Other Procedure to Clean
270 Adjust, Align and Calibrate
276 Rig
300 Examinations, Tests and Checks
310 Visual Examination
322 Test and Inspection
340 Function Test
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
351 Test for Surface Cracks with Dye Penetrant
353 Test for Cracks and Other Defects with Eddy Current
355 Test for Cracks and Other Defects with Ultrasonics
361 Dimensions Check
362 Pressure Check
363 Flow Check
420 Fault Isolation
421 Fault Isolation Procedure
500 Disconnect, Remove and Disassemble

520 Remove Procedure
530 Disassemble Procedure
650 Remove Material
663 Standard Repair Procedure
690 Miscellaneous Repairs
700 Assemble Procedure
710 Assemble Procedure
720 Install Procedure
810 Preservation Procedure
812 Shipping and Storage
820 Procedure to Remove Preservation Material
842 Procedure to Unpack Items
850 Procedure to Keep Item Serviceable When in Storage
913 General Maintenance Procedure
941 Illustrated Parts Data
3. Revisions
3.1. Record of Changes
The Record of Changes section in the front matter of each manual contains a table regarding the
changes to content in that revision. The table consists of the data module code, title of the procedure,
and a description of the change.
3.1.1. Revised text will not have any revision bars adjacent to the text.
3.2. If you suspect that the manual you are using is not current, do not use the procedures. Contact
Williams International immediately for a listing and/or copy of the current revision. Refer to
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
How to Contact Williams International (FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A) for instructions for contacting

Williams International Product Support.
3.3. If you find an error in this manual or feel that important information has been left out, please submit
your comments to Williams International Product Support as described in
How to Contact Williams International (FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A).
4. Observance of Manual Instructions

4.1. The instructions for maintenance and maintenance practices of the engine contained in this manual,
particularly those related to removal, installation, and repair of critical (life-limited) parts, have been
written to keep parts in serviceable condition during their service lives.
4.2. Instructions are written to permit, wherever possible, the use of standard shop practices when doing
tasks. However, where instructions are specific as to means and method, it is important that you do
not use alternate methods unless alternatives are agreed upon with Williams International. Even
minor deviations from manual instructions may require careful evaluation to avoid abuse, which may
not be detectable by routine inspection.
4.3. Where changes to the specified instructions or standards are required and cannot be approved at the
originating source under the terms of approval granted by the appropriate regulatory authority, then
details of the required technical variance should be submitted to Williams International for
consideration.
4.4. To comply with the certification and recording requirements involved in revisions or amendments to
manual instructions, Williams International in approving a submission, will provide to the originating
source a Technical Variance document and covering Temporary Revision as proof of approval.
4.5. It is the responsibility of the originating source to record and preserve these documents in a manner
and locality which complies with appropriate regulatory authority requirements.
4.6. These instructions are written to return engines and hardware to service when used in normal
operations. Aircraft accidents/incidents induce additional investigation requirements which are not
covered in these instructions. For Williams International policy involving engines that were installed
on an aircraft that experienced an accident/incident please contact Williams International Product
Support.
5. References
5.1. The following manuals are referenced in the text and are to be used along with this Maintenance
Manual:
5.1.1. Aircraft Maintenance Manual (A.M.M.)
5.1.2. Illustrated Parts Catalog (I.P.C.).

The IPC shows the relationship of all parts and assemblies and lists all part numbers. References to
specific parts for maintenance use (found under the Equipment and Materials listing at the front of
each task) are by IPC figure and item number.
5.1.3. Engine Inspection Manual (E.I.M.)
5.1.4. Engine Manual (E.M.)
5.2. Support equipment consists of standard tools, equipment, and special tools that are necessary to
perform a given task.
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
– Standard tools and equipment are shown in the Support Equipment tables with an "STD-"
designation, and are a general reference to the type of equipment. Some common standard
tools that were previously listed in the ATA format versions of these manuals have been
removed from the Support Equipment tables.
– Special tools are those that are designed for a specific task, and are listed in the Support
Equipment tables. Special tools manufactured by Williams International are typically listed under
a "TL" designation. Special tools from a vendor will be listed with the manufacturer's
nomenclature and designation.
5.3. Consumable materials are assigned a MAT number and are listed under Preliminary Requirements at
the front of each data module. A complete listing of consumable materials is found in the Line
Maintenance Manual, 70-10-01-201.
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Description
1. General
The FJ44-1A is a two-spool, co-rotating, axial flow turbofan engine with medium bypass ratio, mixed
exhaust, and a high cycle pressure ratio. The engine weighs 452 pounds and produces 1900 pounds
of takeoff thrust at sea level, at an ambient temperature of 72 °F. Thrust is managed through power
lever input to an engine-mounted hydromechanical fuel control unit (FCU). The FCU is mounted to
the fuel pump, and is driven by the engine gearbox. The FCU provides steady-state and transient
scheduling of high compressor rotor speed.
Refer to the following illustration:
Fig 1 FJ44-1 Engine
2. Major Components
2.1. The low pressure spool of the engine incorporates a single-stage, low-aspect-ratio, foreign-object-
tolerant fan having integral blades. The fan is followed by a single-stage axial intermediate pressure
(IP) compressor in the gas generator flowpath. The fan and IP compressor are directly driven by two
axial-flow replaceable blade turbine rotors. The high pressure spool consists of a single-stage, high-
pressure-ratio centrifugal compressor driven by a single-stage axial turbine having replaceable
blades. A folded annular combustor is provided which is fed by a rotating fuel slinger that atomizes
and uniformly delivers fuel to the primary combustion zone. An accessory gearbox, which is driven
through a towershaft from the high pressure spool, provides power to drive aircraft accessories
including a starter-generator and an additional accessory such as a hydraulic pump. (The starter/
generator and hydraulic pump are aircraft manufacturer supplied.) High pressure bleed air from two
ports on the engine exterior provide for aircraft pressurization, cabin air conditioning and/or heating,
windshield defogging, and de-icing/anti-icing. An acceleration bleed valve, actuated by the FCU,
bleeds HP compressor inducer air into the bypass duct to improve transient response.
2.2. The FJ44-1A is comprised of five distinct groups: LP shaft module, fan group, core module, LP
turbine group and accessory gearbox.
2.2.1. The LP shaft module consists of the LP shaft, the front bearing support, the No. 1 ball bearing and
seal.
2.2.2. The fan group consists of the spinner, the fan rotor, the fan housing and fan stator, the IP
compressor, and the IP stator.
2.2.3. The core module is made up of the interstage housing with integral oil tank and accessory
towershaft-driven gear and support; the high pressure compressor (HPC) and compressor cover, the
HP shaft, pinion gear and No. 2 ball bearing; the diffuser assembly, burner cover, fuel slinger and
balance piston seal, burner, and HP turbine nozzle assembly; the HP turbine; and the first low
pressure turbine (LPT) nozzle, including the No. 3 and No. 4 roller bearings and seals.
2.2.4. The LP turbine group consists of the LP turbine module (first stage LP turbine rotor, the second stage
LP turbine nozzle assembly, the second stage LP turbine rotor), rear housing, a heat exchanger, and
the rear case.
2.2.5. The final group is the accessory gearbox module and engine mounted accessories.
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-803A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-720035-0-24235-00498-A-001-00
Fig 1 FJ44-1 Engine
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-803A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-803A-042A-A
For copyright information, refer to End of data module 00-00-00
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
List of Abbreviations
1. General
The following is a list of common abbreviations used throughout this manual.
Abbreviation Definition
A.M.M. Aircraft Maintenance Manual
A.M.T.O.S.S. Aircraft Maintenance Task Oriented Support System

ATA Air Transport Association of America
CDP compressor discharge pressure
CH-SE-SU Chapter/Section/Subject number
cm centimeter
CSI Compressor Section Inspection
delta P differential pressure
ECS Environmental Control System (Airframe)
ECU engine control unit
EBK Engine Build Kit
EIM Engine Inspection Manual
EM Engine Manual
est estimate
etc et cetera
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FADEC full authority digital engine control
FCU fuel control unit
FDU fuel delivery unit
FOD foreign object damage
FPI fluorescent penetrant inspection
gal gallon
HCL hydrochloric acid
HMU hydromechanical (fuel control) unit
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-807A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
HP high pressure
HPC high pressure compressor
HPT high pressure turbine
hr hour
HSI Hot Section Inspection
ID inner diameter
IFCU integrated fuel control unit
Inc incorporated
IP intermediate pressure
IPC Illustrated Parts Catalog
IPM integrated propulsion module
ITT interturbine temperature
LH left-hand
LMM Line Maintenance Manual
LP low pressure
LPT low pressure turbine
max maximum
MAT Consumable Material Code (Ref. 70-10-01)
MHRV metering head regulating valve
min minimum
ml milliliters
mm millimeters
MM Maintenance Manual
MPI Major Periodic Inspection
MRV motive regulating valve
NDI non-destructive inspection
N.m Newton-Meter
N1 low pressure rotary group shaft speed
N2 high pressure rotary group shaft speed
OAT outside air temperature
OD outer diameter
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-807A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
OEI One Engine In-Operative
P pressure
pH hydrogen-ion concentration
PLA power lever angle
PMA permanent magnet alternator
P/N part number
ppm parts per million
PRESS pressure
PRSOV pressure regulating shutoff valve
psi pounds per square inch
psid pounds per square inch differential
psig pounds per square inch gauge
PSOV pressurizing shutoff valve
PT2 total inlet pressure
QPM Quiet Power Mode
RH right-hand
rpm revolutions per minute
RV relief valve
sec second
S/G starter/generator
SOV shut-off valve
SP Standard Practices
spec specification
S/N serial number
SSL safe service life
SYNC synchronization
T temperature
TBO time between overhaul
TEMP temperature
TOBI tangential on-board injection
TT2 total inlet temperature
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-807A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
UV ultraviolet
V velocity
WI Williams International Co., LLC
°C degrees Celsius
°F degrees Fahrenheit
% percent
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-807A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ44-1A Service Bulletin List
1. General
The service bulletins referenced in this list contain maintenance information prepared for the FJ44-1A
Williams International turbofan engine.
2. Service Bulletin Numbering
The service bulletin identification code starts with a service document type designation of Williams
International Service Bulletin (WISB). Older service bulletins start with an equipment identification
designation (FJ44). Next is the chapter number, which is assigned by the functional content of the
service bulletin in accordance with S1000D Specification 4.1. This is then followed by the issue
sequence number.
EXAMPLE: WISB-73-1002 or FJ44-73-002
3. Compliance
Williams International offers guidance for compliance within each service bulletin. The compliance
categories used are listed and defined below, in relative order of importance:
Accomplishment of this service bulletin must be within the

defined interval (e.g. time/date/hours/cycles). This service
ALERT bulletin accompanies, and provides a method of compliance
for, an Airworthiness Directive (AD) issued by an appropriate
airworthiness authority.
Accomplishment of this service bulletin within the defined

MANDATORY interval is critical. This compliance is reserved for correction of
a potential safety concern.

interval is strongly advised. This compliance category is
RECOMMENDED usually assigned for modifications to engine(s) that may affect
performance, improve reliability, provide improved economy,
and facilitate maintenance or operation.

interval is advised. This compliance category is usually
OPTIONAL
assigned for modifications to engine(s) which are for general
product or configuration improvements.
This is a service bulletin cancelled by Williams because it is

no longer needed for reasons such as, but not limited to:
CANCELLED – Accomplishment on all affected engines

– Incorporation into the appropriate technical manual
– Supersedence by another service document
– An assessment that negates the need for the document
4. Service Bulletin List
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-812A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
SERVICE BULLETIN NUMBER INCORPORATION STATUS
FJ44-5-1 No effect
FJ44-05-002 Dec 11/15
FJ44-A5-3 No effect
FJ44-70-1 No effect
FJ44-71-1 No effect
FJ44-71-2 No effect
FJ44-71-3 No effect
FJ44-71-4 No effect
FJ44-71-5 No effect
FJ44-71-006 No effect
FJ44-72-1 No effect
FJ44-72-2 No effect
FJ44-72-3 No effect
FJ44-72-4 No effect
FJ44-72-5 No effect
FJ44-72-6 No effect
FJ44-72-7 Mar 19/93
FJ44-72-8 Mar 19/93
FJ44-72-9 Mar 19/93
FJ44-72-10 Mar 19/93
FJ44-72-12 Jul 1/94
FJ44-72-14 Jul 1/94
FJ44-72-16 Jul 1/94
FJ44-72-20 Jul 1/94
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-812A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ44-72-23 Feb 15/95
FJ44-72-25 Jun 20/97
FJ44-72-28 Jun 20/97
FJ44-72-29 Jun 20/97
FJ44-A72-30 No effect
FJ44-A72-31 Jun 20/97

FJ44-72-33 Jun 20/97
FJ44-72-34 Jun 20/97
FJ44-72-36 Jun 20/97
FJ44-72-37 Aug 31/01
FJ44-A72-38 Aug 31/01
FJ44-72-39 Aug 31/01
FJ44-72-41 Aug 31/01
FJ44-72-067 Dec 4/08
FJ44-72-069 Dec 4/08
FJ44-72-071 Dec 4/08
FJ44-72-073 Dec 4/08
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-812A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ44-72-081 Dec 2/09
FJ44-72-083 Dec 2/09
FJ44-72-112 Sep 3/13
FJ44-72-145 Incorporated
WISB-72-1011 Incorporated
WISB-72-1033 No effect
FJ44-73-1 No effect
FJ44-73-2 No effect
FJ44-73-3 No effect
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-812A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ44-73-4 No effect
FJ44-73-5 No effect
FJ44-73-6 No effect
FJ44-73-7 No effect
FJ44-73-8 No effect
FJ44-73-9 No effect
FJ44-74-1 No effect
FJ44-74-2 No effect
FJ44-75-1 No effect
FJ44-76-1 No effect
FJ44-77-1 No effect
FJ44-77-2 No effect
FJ44-77-3 No effect
FJ44-77-4 No effect
FJ44-77-5 No effect
FJ44-79-1 No effect
FJ44-79-2 No effect
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-812A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
How to Contact Williams International
1. General
Williams International provides full technical support for all of our products. In order to give you the
best possible service, we ask that you use the methods below, in the order shown, to contact our
Technical Representatives:
1 Submit your question or issue to Williams International Product Support by using the “Ask a
Question” feature of our website at www.williams-int.com .
2 Send an e-mail to: WIProductSupport@williams-int.com
3 Call Williams International Product Support at 1-800-859-3544 (Continental U.S.) or

1-248-960-2929 (Outside of the Continental U.S.)
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 05
Time Limits/Maintenance Checks
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 05
Time Limits/Maintenance Checks
Table of Contents
05 Time Limits/Maintenance Checks

05-10-00 Airworthiness Limitations
05-10-00-201 Airworthiness Limitations - Maintenance Practices
Airworthiness Limitations - Description of function FJ-AAA-05-10-00-804A-042A-A
05-12-00 Service Life Tracking
05-12-00-201 Service Life Tracking - Maintenance Practices
Service Life Tracking - Description of function FJ-AAA-05-12-00-801A-042A-A
05-17-10 Unserviceable Parts
05-17-10-201 Unserviceable Parts - Maintenance Practices
Unserviceable Parts - Description of function FJ-AAA-05-17-10-802B-042A-A
05-20-00 Scheduled Maintenance Checks
05-20-00-601 Scheduled Maintenance Checks - Inspection/Check
Scheduled Maintenance Checks - Examinations, tests FJ-AAA-05-20-00-801A-300A-A

and checks
05-50-00 Recommended Maintenance
05-50-00-201 Recommended Maintenance - Maintenance Practices
Power Plant Wash Guidelines - Description of function FJ-AAA-05-50-00-801A-042A-A
Recommended Maintenance - Polish Fan Rotor - FJ-AAA-05-50-00-803A-913A-A

General maintenance procedure
05- Content
05-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Airworthiness Limitations
Description
1. General
The Airworthiness Limitations section is FAA approved and specifies maintenance required under
43.16 and 91.403 of the Federal Aviation Regulations unless an alternative program has been FAA
approved.
This task gives the maximum approved lives for life-limited parts. Do not allow parts to exceed these
approved lives.
Refer to the following illustration:
Fig 1 FJ44-1A Flight Profile Duty Cycle
CAUTION
– LIFE-LIMITED PARTS MAY REACH THEIR MAXIMUM APPROVED LIFE LIMITS BEFORE OR BETWEEN
SCHEDULED ENGINE/PART REMOVALS.
– IT IS THE OWNER/OPERATOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MAKE SURE THAT THE PARTS DO NOT GO

PAST THEIR MAXIMUM APPROVED LIVES. OWNER IS DEFINED AS THE REGISTERED OWNER OF
THE AIRCRAFT (AS RECOGNIZED BY THE FAA OR ITS EQUIVALENT) IN WHICH THE ENGINE(S) IS
INSTALLED OR THE LEGAL OWNER OF THE ENGINE.
– SERVICE LIVES FOR PARTS ARE DECLARED IN OPERATING HOURS AND/OR FLIGHT CYCLES.
REFER TO Table 1 Time Limits for Life-Limited Parts TO DETERMINE THE SERVICE LIFE FOR A PART
AND HOW IT IS MEASURED.
2. Flight Cycle Definition

2.1. Engine operating life limits are determined by mechanical and thermal stresses which occur during
engine operation. It is therefore necessary to record flight cycles (both partial and full) in addition to
operating hours. The total true cycles will be the sum of the number of full and partial cycles accrued
during each flight and must be recorded in the aircraft log book for each individual engine at the
completion of each flight. Cycles will be computed as follows:
2.2. Full Cycle: Engine start, takeoff power setting, followed by engine shutdown, regardless of duration.
2.3. Partial Cycle:
2.3.1. Touch-and-go landing shall be recorded as .50 cycle.
2.3.2. Full stop landing without engine shutdown shall be recorded as .50 cycle.
2.3.3. Ground Running: Idle to max continuous thrust shall be recorded as .50 cycle.
2.3.4. Throttle movement associated with low approaches are not counted as cycles.
FJ-AAA-05-10-00-804A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. Maximum Approved Part Lives

3.1. Refer to Table 1 Time Limits for Life-Limited Parts for the component name, part number and
approved part life.
Table 1 Time Limits for Life-Limited Parts

PART DESCRIPTION Service Life(see Notes) Williams
International Part
Number
Fan Rotor 16,500 (2) 50333
Fan Rotor 16,500 (2) 54882
Fan Rotor 16,500 (2) 59070

Fan Rotor 16,500 (2) 65501
IP Compressor Rotor 16,500 (2) 48719
IP Compressor Rotor 10,000 (2) 66032
HP Compressor Rotor 5,000 (2) 50967
HP Turbine Disk (4) 48629
HP Turbine Disk 1,900 (3) (5) 55291
HP Turbine Disk 8,000 (3) 59494
FJ-AAA-05-10-00-804A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Table 1 Time Limits for Life-Limited Parts (Continued)

PART DESCRIPTION Service Life(see Notes) Williams
International Part
Number

1st LP Turbine Disk 14,700 (2) 50255
2nd LP Turbine Disk 13,500 (2) 50792
Note
1 deleted
2 Declared service life is shown in flight cycles.
3 Declared service life is shown in operating hours or flight cycles, whichever comes first.
4 HP Turbine Disk 48629 has been removed from service. Refer to Service Bulletin FJ44-
A72-31.
5 Refer to Service Bulletin FJ44-72-41 for rework and reidentification requirements for HP
turbine rotor assemblies which use the 55291 disk.
3.2. The following critical non-life-limited engine parts Table 2 Critical Non-Life Limited Parts have been
developed based on engineering analysis that assumes this product will be operated and maintained
using the procedures and inspections provided in the Instructions for Continued Airworthiness
supplied with this product by the type certificate holder. Repairs or alterations to the following parts
using other data warrant additional analyses to assess the potential effect on airworthiness
characteristics.
Table 2 Critical Non-Life Limited Parts

PART DESCRIPTION Williams International Part
Number
LP Shaft Assembly 118447
LP Shaft Assembly 121728
4. Flight Profile and Operational Monitoring

4.1. The safe service lives (SSLs) for each of the critical parts listed under Airworthiness Limitations are
calculated based on the flight profile duty cycle shown in Fig 1 FJ44-1A Flight Profile Duty Cycle. It is
in the Owner/Operator's interest to monitor his own flight profile and notify Williams International if:
FJ-AAA-05-10-00-804A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4.1.1. The average profile of his operation exceeds, at any point, the power settings shown in Fig
1 FJ44-1A Flight Profile Duty Cycle.
4.1.2. The average profile of his operation exceeds the profile shown in Fig 1 FJ44-1A Flight Profile Duty
Cycle for the number of times the power setting goes from low to high to low (as in a touch-and-go).
5. Operating Hour Monitoring

5.1. CAUTION
LIFE-LIMITED PARTS MAY REACH THEIR MAXIMUM APPROVED LIFE LIMITS BEFORE OR
BETWEEN SCHEDULED ENGINE/PART REMOVALS.
CAUTION
IT IS THE OWNER/OPERATOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO MAKE SURE THAT THE PARTS DO NOT
GO PAST THEIR MAXIMUM APPROVED LIVES. OWNER IS DEFINED AS THE REGISTERED
OWNER OF THE AIRCRAFT (AS RECOGNIZED BY THE FAA OR ITS EQUIVALENT) IN WHICH
THE ENGINE(S) IS INSTALLED OR THE LEGAL OWNER OF THE ENGINE.
Time in service, with respect to maintenance time records, means the time from the moment an
aircraft leaves the surface of the runway until it touches it at the next point of landing. Engine
operating hours and flight hours shall be considered the same as aircraft time in service.
6. Life Management Program

6.1. The critical parts listed under the Airworthiness Limitations are part of a life management program
that validates the declared life declarations through component technical life reviews. The program
consists of component inspections at 1/3 service life, 2/3 service life, and at the end of each
component's service life as defined in as well as inspection of other engine components that are
accessed during these component inspections. The life management plan applies to all Life-Limited
Parts as defined in the same table.
This program applies to those engines which are the fleet leaders in regards to flight cycles. The fleet
leaders are defined as the six engines in the fleet that have the highest number of flight cycles. Fleet
leaders can change over the course of time, depending upon individual engine usage.
The life management program works as follows:
For purpose of illustration, the life management inspection intervals for the fan rotor are defined as
5,500, 11,000 and 16,500 flight cycles. This is based on a service life of 16,500 cycles. The six
engines that reach each inspection interval first will be part of the life management program
inspection.
Williams International Co., LLC will monitor fleet usage to determine which engines will be effected
by the life management program. Owners / Operators that are effected will be contacted and
arrangements made for component / engine inspections.
FJ-AAA-05-10-00-804A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-051301-0-24235-00058-A-001-00
Fig 1 FJ44-1A Flight Profile Duty Cycle
FJ-AAA-05-10-00-804A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-05-10-00-804A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Service Life Tracking
Description
1. General
Since critical parts cannot be practicably marked to track service history or life, a record system must
be kept to ensure that they don't exceed their safe service lives (SSL).
2. Life Recording
2.1. CAUTION
IT IS MOST IMPORTANT TO MAINTAIN DETAILED LIFE RECORDS ON ALL life-limited PARTS.
THIS IS THE ONLY IDENTIFICATION OF LIFE COMPLETED BY EACH PART.
Records and information are to be supplied by the repair facility as follows:
An internal record system must be maintained for the life-limited parts designated in Airworthiness
Limitations 05-10-00-201, as well as components with an overhaul interval as specified in Scheduled
Maintenance Checks 05-20-00-601. This includes parts held serviceable in stores pending issue to
an assembly/engine. As these records are important to controlling the part's life, they must be
accurate and up-to-date.
2.1.1. Record the part number, serial number and life status of the part against the part's total life.
Recording is logged numerically by flight cycles and/or hours, as applicable.
2.2. When a life-limited part is rejected, record engine and component hours and cycles on Component
Life Limited card. Component Life Limited card should be stored with component.
2.3. When a part with an overhaul interval is rejected or removed for overhaul, record engine and
component hours and cycles on Time Between Overhaul card. Time Between Overhaul card should
be stored with component.
2.4. Before refitting a life-limited part to the engine, calculate its remaining life to determine if it has
sufficient life to re-install into the engine.
2.5. CAUTION
Service lives for parts are declared in operating hours and/or flight cycles. Refer to
Airworthiness Limitations ( 05-10-00-201) to determine the service life for a part and how it is
measured.
After fitting a life-limited part into the engine, record engine hours and cycles on the Component Life
Limited card.
2.6. Note
Overhaul intervals for parts are declared in operating hours and/or flight cycles. Refer to
Scheduled Maintenance Checks ( 05-20-00-601) to determine the overhaul interval for a part
and how it is measured.
FJ-AAA-05-12-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
After fitting a part with an overhaul interval into the engine, record engine hours and part hours on the
Time Between Overhaul card.
FJ-AAA-05-12-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Unserviceable Parts
Description
1. General
The Instructions for Continued Airworthiness (ICA) by Williams International, the manufacturer, are
written to return applicable engines and engine components to service which have been maintained
in accordance with those instructions and which have not been subjected to abnormal operations.
This task references information about specific FJ44 engines and engine components which Williams
International has declared unserviceable because they cannot be, or have not been, maintained in
accordance with those instructions.
2. Unserviceable Parts
2.1. Refer to Williams International Product Support Information Document WIPSID-05-1000 for a
detailed listing of:
– FJ44 engine assemblies (listed by part number/serial number) which are unserviceable and not
approved for use.
– FJ44 engine parts (listed by part number/serial number) which are unserviceable and not
approved for use. This listing also includes the engine part number/serial number from which the
part was removed.
FJ-AAA-05-17-10-802B-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Scheduled Maintenance Checks
Examinations, tests and checks
General
This task contains intervals for routine and major periodic inspection of the engine and requirements for routine
periodic inspections.
Note
1 The time limits in this schedule are the minimum necessary to keep an engine in serviceable condition.
2 You must do the checks in this task at the intervals described.

3 Engine Operating Hours are equivalent to Flight Hours as defined in Airworthiness Limitations,
05-10-00-201.
Procedure
1. Intervals - Routine Periodic Inspection

Note
1 For Routine Periodic Inspection requirements, refer to Table 9 Routine Periodic Inspections.
2 Specified inspection intervals shall not be exceeded by more than 30 engine operating
hours.
1.1. Preflight Check - Inspection procedure performed before each flight.
1.2. Postflight Check - Inspection procedure performed after each flight.
1.3. Hourly - Special inspection or maintenance at the engine operating hours interval shown.
1.4. Check 1 - Repetitive inspections at every 300 engine operating hours.
1.5. Check 2 - Repetitive inspections at every 600 engine operating hours, but no more than 300 engine
operating hours after Check 1 was performed (whichever occurs first).
2. Intervals - Major Periodic Inspections

2.1. Major Periodic Inspections are performed at intervals of engine operating hours. The intervals for
specific engines are determined by: (1) engine maintenance program enrollment, and (2)
incorporation of certain Service Bulletins.
2.2. To determine Major Periodic Inspection intervals for specific engines, answer the questions in Table
1 Determination of Major Periodic Inspection Intervals, below, and follow the reference to the
applicable table.
FJ-AAA-05-20-00-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Determination of Major Periodic Inspection Intervals

START
↓
Major Periodic Inspection

Intervals are as defined
Has engine incorporated
in Table 4 Major Periodic
Is engine S/N 1001 - YES P/N 65442, 66321, 74149, NO
Inspections for Engines
1884? → 73921, 111385, or 111386 →
Which Require 1500
HP turbine rotor assembly?
Hour/1750 Cycle
Interval, below.
NO
YES
↓
↓ ← ←
Major Periodic Inspection
Is engine enrolled in Total Intervals are as defined in
NO
Assurance Program Table 5 Major Periodic
→
(TAP) or TAP Advantage? Inspections for Engines,
below.
YES
↓
Is engine included on the

effectivity list for any of
the Service Bulletins
listed in Table 2 Service
Bulletins Affecting Major Major Periodic Inspections
Periodic Inspection are as defined in Table
NO
Intervals or Table 8 Major Periodic
→
3 Service Bulletins Inspections for Engines,
Affecting Major Periodic below.
Inspection Intervals,
below? (Refer to Service
Bulletin for specific engine
serial number effectivity).
YES
↓
Has engine complied with

all of the Service Bulletins
Has the engine complied
from Table 2 Service
with all of the Service Major Periodic Inspection
Bulletins Affecting Major
Bulletins from Table Intervals are as defined
Periodic Inspection NO NO
2 Service Bulletins in Table 6 Major Periodic
Intervals and Table → →
Affecting Major Periodic Inspections for Engines,
3 Service Bulletins
Inspection Intervals which below.
Affecting Major Periodic
it is affected by?
Inspection Intervals which
it is affected by?
YES YES
↓ ↓
FJ-AAA-05-20-00-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Major Periodic Inspection Major Periodic Inspection

Intervals are as defined in Intervals are as defined in
Table 8 Major Periodic Table 7 Major Periodic
Inspections for Engines, Inspections for Engines,
below. below.
Note
1 For Major Periodic Inspection requirements, refer to Task FJ-AAA-05-20-00-818A-300A-A in
the Elite Line Maintenance Manual, Engine Inspection Manual, or the Engine Manual.
2 Life limited parts should be reviewed to determine if lives will be exceeded before the next
inspection interval.
3 Specified inspection intervals shall not be exceeded by more than 50 engine operating
hours.
4 Additional checks will be added, as necessary, when engines approach the end of the
intervals listed below.
5 Hot Section Inspections (HSI) are performed as part of odd numbered Major Periodic
Inspections (Check 3, 5, 7, 9). Compressor Section Inspections (CSI) are performed as part
of even numbered Major Periodic Inspections (Check 4, 6, 8, 10). Major Periodic Inspection
(Check 3, 4, 5, 6, etc.) requirements that are outside the scope of an HSI or CSI, may be
required as defined per the applicable Major Periodic Inspection.
6 If engine is de-enrolled in TAP or Tap Advantage and has exceeded the 1750 operating hour
inspection interval, inspection becomes due immediately (not to be exceeded by more than
50 operating hours).
Table 2 Service Bulletins Affecting Major Periodic Inspection Intervals

Service Bulletin Number Title
FJ44-72-37 Engine - Combustor Assembly - Incorporate Lip Seal
FJ44-A72-38 Engine - HP Turbine Disk - Revise Approved Service Life
FJ44-72-052 Engine - IP Compressor Rotor - Replace
Table 3 Service Bulletins Affecting Major Periodic Inspection Intervals

Service Bulletin Number Title
WISB-72-1033 Engine - HP Turbine Rotor Blades - Inspection
FJ-AAA-05-20-00-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Major Periodic Inspections for Engines Which Require 1500 Hour/1750 Cycle Interval
The Major Periodic Inspection intervals shown in this table are applicable only to engines which
require a 1500 hour/1750 Cycle interval as defined in Table 1 Determination of Major Periodic
Inspection Intervals
Note
1 Engines which are affected by AD 99-07-04 (Ref. Alert SB FJ44-A72-38) should comply
with SB FJ44-72-041 before HP turbine disk accumulates 1500 Engine Operating Hours
or cycles or within the appropriate Check 3 interval.
2 Specified intervals apply to all affected engines, regardless of whether they are enrolled in
TAP/TAP Advantage, or not.
Check 3 Perform inspection (whichever occurs first):

– 1500 total engine operating hours.
– 1750 total cycles.
– 3500 total engine operating hours.

– 1500 engine operating hours after Check 3 was performed.
NOTE: If engine meets this condition (due to Check 3 being performed

early), Check 3 inspection may be repeated. Check 4 must still be
performed when engine accumulates 3500 Engine Operating Hours.
– 1750 cycles after Check 3 was performed.
– 1500 engine operating hours after Check 4 was performed.

– 1750 cycles after Check 4 was performed.
Major Periodic Inspections for Engines

The Major Periodic Inspection intervals shown in this table are applicable only to engines which
require a 1750 hour interval as defined in Table 1 Determination of Major Periodic Inspection
Intervals
Note
If engine has accumulated 1750 engine operating hours after an HSI (Check 3/5/7/9/etc) was
performed but has not accumulated 3500 operating hours since new or after last CSI (Check
4/6/8/10/etc), then HSI has to be repeated or next CSI has to be performed early at that time.
Check 3 Perform inspection at no later than 1750 engine operating hours.
Check 5 Perform inspection at no later than 1750 engine operating hours after Check
4 was performed.
4 was performed.
6 was performed.
FJ-AAA-05-20-00-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
6 was performed.
8 was performed.
8 was performed.

The Major Periodic Inspection intervals shown in this table are applicable only to engines as
defined in Table 1 Determination of Major Periodic Inspection Intervals
Note
performed but has not accumulated 4000 operating hours since new or after last CSI (Check
4/6/8/10/etc), then CSI (Check 3/5/7/9/etc) has to be repeated or next CSI has to be performed
early at that time.
4 was performed.
4 was performed.
6 was performed.
6 was performed.
8 was performed.
8 was performed.

Note
performed but has not accumulated 5000 operating hours since new or after CSI (Check
4 was performed.
FJ-AAA-05-20-00-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4 was performed.
6 was performed.
6 was performed.
8 was performed.
8 was performed.

Note
performed but has not accumulated 5000 operating hours since new or after CSI (Check
4 was performed.
4 was performed.
6 was performed.
6 was performed.
8 was performed.
8 was performed.
3. Time Between Overhaul (TBO)

Note
1 Component Operating Hours are equivalent to Flight Hours accumulated on the component.
2 The intervals shown for TBO of accessories shall not be exceeded by more than 100
Component Operating Hours.
3.1. Fuel Control Unit: 6000 Component Operating Hours
3.2. Lube and Scavenge Pump: 5000 Component Operating Hours
FJ-AAA-05-20-00-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.3. Fuel Pump: 6000 Component Operating Hours
3.4. Start Nozzle Control Valve: 6000 Component Operating Hours
4. Storage Limits.
Note
Storage shelf life limits are the maximum allowable when the unit is packaged and stored per the
component maintenance manual specification requirements. If storage time limits for the
following components are exceeded, contacting Williams International Product Support
How to Contact Williams International (FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A) is recommended.
4.1. Fuel Control Unit: 4 years
4.2. Fuel Pump: 4 years
4.3. Lube and Scavenge Pump: 4 years
5. Support Equipment Maintenance

5.1. Refer to 70-53-00-201 for maintenance and calibration requirements for special tools.
6. Unapproved Parts
6.1. Refer to 05-17-10-201 for a list of unserviceable parts.
7. Job Set-up
7.1. Prepare the engine for inspection checks
7.1.1. Install DO NOT OPERATE signs.
7.1.2. Open the cowl doors. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
8. Routine Periodic Inspection Requirements

8.1. Do the inspection checks at the time interval given. Refer to Table 9 Routine Periodic Inspections.
FJ-AAA-05-20-00-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Table 9 Routine Periodic Inspections

Nature of Inspection Preflight Check Check Comply with Mech. Insp
Postflig 1 2 Section Rema
ht or Task rks
Hourly
Inspect the engine inlet, fan rotor, Preflight Aircraft Flight

fan tip shroud, fan stator, and 2nd Manual
LP turbine rotor for evidence of
foreign object damage (FOD).
Remove any obstructions.
Inspect engine inlet and exhaust Preflight Aircraft Flight

areas for evidence of oil leakage. If Manual
you find evidence of oil leakage,
isolate the cause and correct.
Check the oil filter differential Preflight Aircraft Flight

pressure (delta P) indicator. If Manual
indicator is extended, refer to
troubleshooting.
Check the oil level and add oil as Preflight 72-00-03-301

required.
Check the overboard fuel drain Preflight Aircraft Flight

ports for fuel leakage Manual
Install new oil filter. x x 79-21-01-401

NOTE (2)
Visually inspect and clean fuel x x Visually Inspect

start nozzle and start nozzle the Fuel Nozzle
adapter Assembly (FJ-
NOTE (1) AAA-73-12-01-8
01A-310A-A)
Check fuel start nozzle spray x x Check Fuel

pattern Nozzle Spray
NOTE (1) Pattern (FJ-
AAA-73-12-01-8
01A-363A-A)
Visually inspect the igniter plugs x x Visually Inspect

the Igniter Plugs
(FJ-
AAA-74-22-01-8
01A-310A-A)
Dimensionally inspect the igniter x x 74-22-01-601

plugs
NOTE (1)
Remove and inspect magnetic x x 79-30-01-601

chip collectors
FJ-AAA-05-20-00-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Table 9 Routine Periodic Inspections (Continued)

Nature of Inspection Preflight Check Check Comply with Mech. Insp
Postflig 1 2 Section Rema
ht or Task rks
Hourly
Do an operational test on the x x 74-00-10-501

ignition system after inspection
and reinstallation of the igniter
plugs
Clean fan rotor and physically x 72-31-20-601

inspect for defects (feel with
fingers)
Visually inspect the installed x 72-30-10-601

spinner
Change fuel pump filter x 73-14-01-401
Change oil x 72-00-03-301
Inspect acceleration bleed system x 75-30-01-601
(Rental Engines Only) Replace x 73-10-01-401

fuel flow to oil cooler fuel tube
assembly and HMU-to-oil cooler
fuel tube assembly
NOTES: (1) If parts are replaced/exchanged with new or certified-

serviceable parts, inspection tasks do not need to be
accomplished.
(2) Removed oil filter should be retained pending results of
magnetic chip collector inspection.
9. Job Close-up
9.1. Put the engine back to normal
9.1.1. Close the cowl doors. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
9.1.2. Remove DO NOT OPERATE signs.
FJ-AAA-05-20-00-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Power Plant Wash Guidelines
Description
1. General
The following guidelines have been established to help minimize corrosion or similar type
environmental effects on engine hardware. The following guidelines for Water Rinse frequency are
considered to be the minimum necessary. It is the operator’s responsibility to determine, based on
their operating environment, the Water Rinse frequency required to prevent deterioration of engine
hardware. Additional general corrosion control information and geographical corrosive environments
can be found in Federal Aviation Administration Advisory Circular AC43-4B. If assistance is needed
in establishing these preventative measures please contact Williams International Product Support.
2. Water Rinse
2.1. Perform this fresh water rinse procedure to remove salt or other corrosive substances from the
interior of the engine ( 71-00-03-701). Operating or storing your engine in a corrosive environment
may initiate corrosion on engine hardware. Water rinsing the engine, as soon after contamination as
possible, minimizes the initiation of corrosion by helping to dissolve and flush out contaminants.
Running the engine immediately after rinsing drives out the water and the majority of the
contaminants. This will also eliminate the moisture that could set up galvanic cells and initiate surface
pitting and crevice corrosion.
Note
Operation in a marine atmosphere is typically defined as operation over salt water or within 5
miles (8 kilometers) of a body of salt water. The actual boundaries of a marine atmosphere can
be affected by weather patterns and winds.
2.1.1. If the aircraft is operated in any of the flight conditions listed below, perform the water rinse procedure
at the end of flight operations for the day:
2.1.1.1. In a marine atmosphere below 4000 feet for more than 30 minutes.
2.1.1.2. Smog-laden environment or where there is known local air quality issues.
2.1.2. If the aircraft is operated in any of the flight conditions listed below, perform the water rinse procedure
at least once per week:
2.1.2.1. In a marine atmosphere below 4000 feet for less than 30 minutes.
2.1.2.2. In a sandy environment.
2.1.3. If the aircraft is not going to be utilized for an extended period of time, you should water rinse the
engine prior to initiating storage. Be sure to run the engine sufficiently to dry all moisture prior to
storage. See chapter 71-00-23 of this manual for additional storage procedures.
FJ-AAA-05-50-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. Compressor Cleaning
3.1. Perform compressor cleaning procedure (using an approved engine cleaning fluid) to improve
compressor efficiency by removing normal accumulations of dirt and grime ( 71-00-03-701).
If engine performance has gradually degraded (increase in ITT, increase in N2, increase in fuel
consumption), perform the compressor cleaning procedure.
FJ-AAA-05-50-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Recommended Maintenance - Polish Fan Rotor
General
The following procedure may be performed to polish the fan rotor if desired to improve the cosmetic appearance.
Preliminary requirements
Consumables, materials and expendables
Name Identification/Reference Quantity Remarks
Polish Paste, Flitz FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-120
Procedure
1. Prepare to Clean the Engine
1.1. Install DO NOT OPERATE signs.

1.2. Open the circuit breakers to isolate the engine electrical system.
2. CAUTION
DO NOT ROTATE fan rotor IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF OPERATION.
Polish the fan rotor, as follows:
2.1. Perform cleaning on fan rotor per 70-21-00-701, as required to remove dirt or potentially abrasive
material. Make sure the fan rotor is clean and dry.
2.2. Apply metal polish paste (MAT-120) to fan rotor with a paper towel. Do not allow metal polish to dry.
2.3. Polish and buff surfaces with a soft cloth to remove polish residue.
3. Put the Engine Back to Normal
3.1. Close aircraft circuit breakers.
3.2. Remove DO NOT OPERATE signs.
FJ-AAA-05-50-00-803A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 70
Standard Practices
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 70
Standard Practices
Table of Contents
70 Standard Practices
70-00-01 Assembly/Disassembly Maintenance Practices
70-00-01-201 Assembly/Disassembly Maintenance Practices - Maintenance Practices
Assembly/Disassembly Maintenance Practices - FJ-AAA-70-00-01-801A-042A-A

70-01-05 Temporary Marking of Parts
70-01-05-201 Temporary Marking of Parts - Maintenance Practices
Temporary Marking of Parts - Description of function FJ-AAA-70-01-05-801A-042A-A
70-01-07 Marking of Repaired Parts
70-01-07-201 Marking of Repaired Parts - Maintenance Practices
Marking of Repaired Parts - General maintenance FJ-AAA-70-01-07-801A-913A-A

procedure
70-01-11 Misuse of Molybdenum Disulfide Lubricants
70-01-11-201 Misuse of Molybdenum Disulfide Lubricants - Maintenance Practices
Misuse of Molybdenum Disulfide Lubricants - FJ-AAA-70-01-11-801A-042A-A

70-02-01 Identification, Lubrication, and Fitting of O-ring Seals
70-02-01-201 Identification, Lubrication, and Fitting of O-ring Seals - Maintenance Practices
Identification, Lubrication, and Fitting of O-ring Seals - FJ-AAA-70-02-01-801A-042A-A

70-04-01 Electrical Connector Maintenance
70-04-01-201 Electrical Connector Maintenance - Maintenance Practice
Electrical Connector Maintenance - General FJ-AAA-70-04-01-801A-913A-A

maintenance procedure
70-10-01 Consumable Materials
70-10-01-201 Consumable Materials - Maintenance Practices
70- Content
70-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Consumable Materials List - General maintenance FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C

procedure
70-12-00 Contamination of Engine Components
70-12-00-201 Contamination of Engine Components - Maintenance Practices
Contamination of Engine Components - Description of FJ-AAA-70-12-00-801A-042A-A

function
70-12-04 Locking Techniques for Threaded Parts
70-12-04-201 Locking Techniques for Threaded Parts - Maintenance Practices
Locking Techniques for Threaded Parts - Description of FJ-AAA-70-12-04-801A-042A-A

function
70-21-00 Cleaning Methods and Procedures
70-21-00-701 Cleaning Methods and Procedures - Cleaning
Cleaning Methods and Procedures - General FJ-AAA-70-21-00-801A-913A-A

70-31-01 Ball and Roller Bearing
70-31-01-201 Ball and Roller Bearing - Maintenance Practices
Ball and Roller Bearing Cleaning - Clean with chemical FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A

agent
Ball and Roller Bearing Inspection - Visual examination FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
70-33-01 Carbon Seal Surface Quality
70-33-01-601 Carbon Seal Surface Quality - Inspection/Check
Carbon Seal Surface Quality - General maintenance FJ-AAA-70-33-01-801A-913A-A

procedure
70-42-11 Repair Surfaces Affected by Minor Damage
70-42-11-801 Repair Surfaces Affected by Minor Damage - Repair
Repair Surfaces Affected by Minor Damage or FJ-AAA-70-42-11-801A-913A-A

Corrosion - General maintenance procedure
70-42-12 Local Surface Protection
70-42-12-801 Local Surface Protection - Repair
Local Surface Protection - General maintenance FJ-AAA-70-42-12-801A-913A-A

procedure
70-42-15 Non-Destructive Inspection (NDI) Methods
70-42-15-601 Non-Destructive Inspection (NDI) Methods - Inspection/Check
Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection - General FJ-AAA-70-42-15-801A-913A-A

70- Content
70-00-00
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
70-51-00 Torque Tightening Technique
70-51-00-201 Torque Tightening Technique - Maintenance Practices
Torque Tightening Technique - Description of function FJ-AAA-70-51-00-801A-042A-A
70-53-00 Special Tools
70-53-00-201 Special Tools - Maintenance Practices
Maintenance and Calibration of Special Tools - FJ-AAA-70-53-00-801A-913A-A

Requirements for Vibration Measuring Equipment - FJ-AAA-70-53-00-802A-913A-A

70-61-01 Storage of Parts that have Shelf Life limits
70-61-01-201 Storage of Parts that have Shelf Life Limits - Maintenance Practices
Storage of Parts that have Shelf Life Limits - FJ-AAA-70-61-01-801A-042A-A

70- Content
70-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Assembly/Disassembly Maintenance Practices
Description
1. General
Standard maintenance practices for engine maintenance are provided in this task. These practices
are recommended by the engine manufacturer.
2. CAUTION
TO AVOID DAMAGE TO PARTS, THESE HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS MUST BE FOLLOWED:
– USE HAND PROTECTION FOR HEAVY, LARGE OR DIFFICULT TO MANEUVER PARTS.

AVOID WEARING RINGS OR BRACELETS WHILE HANDLING PARTS.
– PLACE PARTS ON A FLAT, RESILIENT SURFACE.
– KEEP PARTS SEPARATED.
– PICK PARTS STRAIGHT UP AND PLACE STRAIGHT DOWN. AVOID ANY WEIGHT ON
BLADE TIPS.
3. Standard Disassembly Practices

3.1. Use the following general procedures for disassembly and removal of engine and accessory
components.
3.1.1. Review maintenance tasks to be performed in full using the Line Maintenance Manual before doing
the work. Verify all required tooling and consumables for the given task are on-hand before beginning
the work.
3.1.2. Whenever accessed, examine all visible components for signs of burning, scoring, chafing, evidence
of leaks and other defects. These signs may not be apparent after components are cleaned. Parts
and components that are unserviceable must have the defect area marked for investigation and/or
possible repair. Refer to Temporary Marking of Parts, 70-01-05-201, for approved marking methods.
3.1.3. Cover all ports, and openings, of tubes and assemblies when performing any maintenance action to
prevent contamination.
3.1.4. Place disassembled components on a clean workbench in order of disassembly. Tag and mark all
parts as to their location. Put small parts in trays or cups to prevent loss or damage. Clean small
parts in trays.
3.1.5. Coat all steel parts with corrosion preventive oil, MAT-004, after disassembly, unless cleaning and
inspection procedures are to begin immediately. Place disassembled components on a storage rack,
covering parts with plastic sheets or protective covers to prevent contamination. Use protective cases
for rotors.
3.1.5.1. A penetrating oil, MAT-005, can be applied at disassembly to allow careful removal of seized engine
components.
FJ-AAA-70-00-01-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.1.6. Record thickness and quantity of all shims and spacers removed. Tag with location for reference
during assembly procedures.
3.1.7. Do not use a scribe to mark any rotating components. Use approved marking pencil or marker only
and the methods for marking as given in Temporary Marking of Parts, 70-01-05-201.
3.1.8. Tube assemblies, riveted assemblies, threaded inserts and fasteners, etc., are not normally
dismantled. Unless specified in the disassembly procedures, such items will be dismantled for repairs
only.
3.1.9. Discard all gaskets, packings, O-rings and rubber parts at each disassembly. Make sure new parts to
be installed have no signs of deterioration from storage.
3.1.10. Metallic E-seals (13866) may be re-used as long as there is no visible distortion, dents, or large
scratches. Free-height thickness must be within the range specified in Fig 1 E-Seal - Free-height
Dimension.
3.2. When heating parts to assist in assembly/disassembly, make sure that you do not exceed the
maximum temperature listed for the operation. When cooling parts, make sure you follow specific
procedures. Excessive heating or cooling may impact material properties.
3.2.1. Oven: An oven used to heat components during assembly/disassembly must be clean, have current
calibration and must be able to maintain uniformity of heating to ± 25°F.
3.2.2. Heat Gun: A heat gun used to heat a component during assembly/disassembly must be clean and
well maintained. A handheld surface temperature probe must be used to determine part surface
temperature.
3.2.3. Induction Heating: An induction coil used to heat a component during assembly/disassembly must be
clean and well maintained. The coil must be sized for the specific joint being heated. A handheld
surface temperature probe must be used to determine part surface temperature.
3.3. Inspection requirements for specific components which are listed as “interface inspection only”, are
limited to visual inspection of the assembled component or module. Some features of the
components which are listed in the detailed inspection criteria are not accessible or visible when the
module is assembled. Interface inspection is limited to visible/accessible features only. Disassembly
is required if a part must be replaced or further inspection is needed.
4. Standard Assembly Practices

4.1. CAUTION
DUE TO PHYSICAL SIMILARITY, SOME ENGINE PARTS CAN BE ASSEMBLED INTO THE
WRONG LOCATION, RESULTING IN A POSSIBLE FAILURE. TO PREVENT THIS, CHECK EACH
PART CAREFULLY FOR CORRECT USE.
Use the following general procedures for assembly and installation of engine and accessory
components. Refer to the Consumable Materials Listing 70-10-01-201 for applicable materials.
4.1.1. Review maintenance tasks to be performed in full using the Line Maintenance Manual before doing
the work. Verify all required tooling and consumables for the given task are on-hand before beginning
the work.
4.1.2. Before assembling or installing any part, make sure it is thoroughly clean. Use care to prevent
unwanted particles, dirt, or dust from entering the engine. If any attaching parts (i.e., screws,
washers, nuts) or unwanted matter are dropped into the engine during maintenance, stop work
immediately and remove object from engine.
FJ-AAA-70-00-01-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4.1.3. Use protective closures and covers on large openings. Cap open tube ends to prevent
contamination. Do not leave engine unattended without covering.
4.1.4. You must maintain the highest standards of precision shop practices during all stages of assembly.
Close attention to detailed procedures is required.
4.1.5. Support equipment must be cleaned before and after use to prevent any dirt or metal build-up that
may transfer to engine components.
4.1.6. Lube all O-rings and packings with a light coat of engine oil MAT-001 or assembly fluid MAT-011, per
the maintenance procedures, prior to installation. Lube bearings with engine oil, MAT-001. The
gearbox/interstage gasket is installed clean and dry (no lubricant required).
4.1.7. During assembly, lube all fastener threads and bearing surfaces with engine oil MAT-001. Deviations
from this practice will be specified within the specific instruction.
4.1.8. Parts coated with a corrosion preventive compound, MAT-004, must be cleaned of unwanted
compound and matter that has collected on it before assembling part in engine.
4.1.9. Do not handle bearings with bare hands. To prevent fingerprint damage, always handle bearings with
plastic-type gloves MAT-072.
4.1.10. Each specific maintenance task specifies torque values as applicable. When torque values are not
specified, use standard shop practices or FAA-H-8083-30A - Aviation Maintenance Technician
Handbook - General.
4.1.11. During engine build, check all part numbers with the Illustrated Parts Catalog (IPC) and record serial
numbers of all serialized parts in the engine logbook.
4.1.12. Before installing engine cowlings and enclosures, inspect all visible components for signs of burning,
scoring, chafing, evidence of leaks and other defects.
4.1.13. Flared tube (conical) seals may be used with flare fitting-type fuel tube assemblies to correct
leakage.
4.2. When heating parts to assist in assembly/disassembly, make sure that you do not exceed the
maximum temperature listed for the operation. When cooling parts, make sure you follow specific
procedures. Excessive heating or cooling may impact material properties.
4.2.1. Oven: An oven used to heat components during assembly/disassembly must be clean, have current
calibration and must be able to maintain uniformity of heating to ± 25°F.
4.2.2. Heat Gun: A heat gun used to heat a component during assembly/disassembly must be clean and
well maintained. A handheld surface temperature probe must be used to determine part surface
temperature.
4.2.3. Induction Heating: An induction coil used to heat a component during assembly/disassembly must be
clean and well maintained. The coil must be sized for the specific joint being heated. A handheld
surface temperature probe must be used to determine part surface temperature.
4.3. When installing a serviceable part from a different engine, refer to 05-20-00-601 and determine all
routine and major periodic inspection requirements for the part. Check inspection history for the used
part you are installing and make sure that it will not reach the required interval before the engine is
due for inspection.
FJ-AAA-70-00-01-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
INCH
X-X
E-SEAL FREE HEIGHT DIMENSION
44-7000-04
ICN-FJ-AAA-700004-0-24235-00090-A-001-00
Fig 1 E-Seal - Free-height Dimension
FJ-AAA-70-00-01-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-70-00-01-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Temporary Marking of Parts
Description
1. General
This task defines the acceptable materials for the temporary marking of parts.
2. CAUTION
A SILVER PENCIL, MAT-030, MUST NOT BE USED ON TITANIUM PARTS.
CAUTION
CHINA CLAY BASED PENCILS (CHINAGRAPH PENCILS) MUST NOT BE USED. GRAPHITE
PENCILS CAUSE CARBON PENETRATION AT HIGH TEMPERATURES AND MUST NOT BE
USED. MARKS ACCIDENTALLY MADE BY GRAPHITE PENCILS MUST BE COMPLETELY
REMOVED BEFORE HEAT TREATMENT OR ASSEMBLY.
CAUTION
ALL MARKS MADE WITH FELT TIP MARKER MAT-032 OR MAT-033 MUST BE REMOVED
BEFORE PARTS ARE EXPOSED TO TEMPERATURES ABOVE 400°F (204°C) OR ARE
ASSEMBLED ON ENGINES
During maintenance, it may be necessary to mark certain parts to highlight defects or aid in
assembly.
3. Use the materials listed in the table below for temporary marking of parts. These are detailed in the
Consumable Materials Listing, 70-10-01-201.
Materials Code (Ref Name NOTES

70-10-01)
MAT-030 Pencil, Silver Do not use on Titanium

parts.
MAT-032 Marker, Broad Line
MAT-033 Marker, Fine Line
FJ-AAA-70-01-05-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Marking of Repaired Parts
General
This task provides the standard practices for marking of repaired parts.
Fig 1 Repair Symbols
Support equipment
STD-108 / AR
Electrochemical Etch Marking
Equipment
STD-216 / AR
Vibro-Engraving Tool
Oil, Corrosion Preventive FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-004
Coating, Chemical Conversion FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-050
Procedure
1. Parts which have been subjected to certain repairs are identified by permanent marking with repair
symbols. These repairs include welding, plating, plasma spray or hard anodizing. The repair may
have been performed during original manufacture or after the part was fielded.
2. Repair symbols are shown on Fig 1 Repair Symbols. The symbols consist of a triangle (▴) or
diamond (♢) which encloses an alphabetic code representing the repair process.
3. Repair symbols are to be marked in two places:
3.1. Next to the part number identification
3.2. Adjacent to the repaired area (if practical - refer to specific repair instructions).
4. Refer to specific repair instructions for method of marking.
FJ-AAA-70-01-07-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4.1. Vibro Engraving. Use a Vibro-Engraving Tool. Depth of engraving must be 0.001 - 0.006 inch (0.025 -
0.152 mm). When aluminum cases are marked, the marked area must be protected by applying a
chemical conversion coating MAT-050.
4.2. Electrochemical Etch. Use Electrochemical Etch Marking Equipment. Depth of marking must be the
minimum sufficient to provide a marked image that can be read without magnification. The electrolyte
and cleaner/neutralizer shall be used in accordance with the supplier's instructions. The marked
material shall be thoroughly neutralized and cleaned after etching as any salt from the electrolyte left
on the part will cause corrosion. After cleaning and neutralizing, a corrosion preventative treatment
MAT-004 shall be applied.
FJ-AAA-70-01-07-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
B BRAZE REPAIR A HARD ANODIZE
W WELD REPAIR SR SLEEVE REPAIR
NP NICKEL PLATE BZ BORAZON COATING
P COBALT CHROME PLATE R RECOAT (FLAMESPRAY)
PLASMA SPRAY BN BRUSHED NICKEL

PS
P7 PALNIRO 7 DC DIFFUSED ALUMINIDE COATING

44-7001-03D
ICN-FJ-AAA-700103-0-24235-00091-A-001-00
Fig 1 Repair Symbols
FJ-AAA-70-01-07-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-70-01-07-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Misuse of Molybdenum Disulfide Lubricants
Description
1. General
This task provides information on the misuse of molybdenum disulfide lubricants.
2. Molybdenum disulfide lubricants (Molykote), MAT-008 break down at temperatures above 572° F.
(300° C). They also release sulphur which can cause corrosion and failure of engine parts. Most of
the bolt materials used in the higher temperature zones of the engine can be damaged by sulphur.
3. Never use lubricants that have molybdenum disulfide except in cases where it is specifically called
out in the manual.
FJ-AAA-70-01-11-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Identification, Lubrication, and Fitting of O-ring Seals
Description
1. General
This task provides information on O-ring seals.
2. Identification
2.1. To identify new O-rings, read the part number on the envelope in which they are packed. Each
envelope lists:
2.1.1. Description of part
2.1.2. Quantity
2.1.3. Engine manufacturer's part number
2.1.4. Cure date
2.2. The storage life of an seal ring can be determined by the cure date on the envelope. There is a listing
of storage periods in 70-61-01. The year is divided into quarters as follows:
1st quarter - January, February, March
2nd quarter - April, May, June
3rd quarter - July, August, September
4th quarter - October, November, December
The quarter number and the year, isolated by the letter Q, show the cure date. A cure date of 2Q91
shows the cure date to be in the second quarter (April, May, or June) of 1991. The storage life can be
calculated from this date.
2.3. You can identify the seal ring material by looking up its basic part number (MS number) in the table
below.
PART NUMBER MATERIAL
M25988 Fluorosilicone
M83248 Fluorocarbon
MS9020 Nitrile
MS9021 Nitrile
ST88628 Fluorosilicon
ST88629 Fluorocarbon
FJ-AAA-70-02-01-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. Lubrication
3.1. To prevent seal ring damage and to permit easier assembly of parts, you must lubricate the seal rings
before their installation. The lubricant must be compatible with the engine system in which a seal ring
is installed. Use small quantities of the approved lubricant immediately before the installation of the
part.
3.2. The lubricants to be used for seal rings are as follows:
3.2.1. Seal rings in fuel system - assembly fluid No. 1 MAT-011.
3.2.2. All other seal rings - assembly fluid No. 1 MAT-011 or engine oil MAT-001, according to the
maintenance task procedures.
4. Installation
4.1. Check the shelf life (refer to 70-61-01-201) the condition of the seals. Ensure there are no flat spots,
cuts, or other damage.
4.2. Make sure that grooves and mating faces, to which the seal rings are to be installed, are clean,
smooth, and free from damage. When installed, make sure that the seal rings are not twisted and are
correctly seated in the grooves.
4.3. Use new seal rings when you assemble units or parts.
4.4. Do not install seal rings to any section of the engine while it is still hot. The seal rings can stretch and
be damaged.
4.5. Use a suitable pilot and sleeve assembly tool to prevent damage to seal rings when you install them
to double grooved ferrules.
4.6. Use a straight push to install ferrules and tubes into their correct sockets; this will prevent twisting
and damage to the seal rings.
FJ-AAA-70-02-01-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Electrical Connector Maintenance
General
This task provides maintenance practices for electrical connectors on components and harnesses.
Alcohol, Isopropyl FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-027
Cloth, Lint Free FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-071
Compound, Bonding Agent FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-125
Surface Prep Cleaner FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-126
Procedure
1. Before Disconnecting Connectors:
Inspect the exterior of the connector for dirt, debris, or obvious damage. Debris such as dirt or metal
particles can find their way inside the connector when it is disconnected. If necessary clean the
outside of the connector as described below.
2. Disconnecting Connectors:
2.1. CAUTION
When handling disconnected connectors, avoid touching the mating surfaces of the
connector (pins or sockets). Avoid contacting the mating face of the connector against other
parts, especially hard surfaces.
For round connectors, unscrew the nut on the harness plug and pull to remove the connector. Never
pull on the harness leads. For the rectangular connectors used on the FADEC/ECU, fully loosen both
retainer screws before disconnecting the harness from the jack. If there is binding or excess friction,
inspect the connector threads for damage or debris.
2.2. Use plastic end caps to cover un-mated connectors. Never store connectors with the contact end
exposed.
3. Connector Visual Inspection:
FJ-AAA-70-04-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.1. Note
Visual inspection and, if necessary, cleaning should be done every time a connection is made.
Examine the connectors for obvious defects or damage such as badly worn plating or deformed
threads.
3.2. Check for bent, broken, recessed, or misaligned contacts (pins or sockets). See Fig 1 Harness
Connector - Recessed Contact
3.3. Connector nuts should move smoothly and be free of burrs, loose metal particles, and rough spots.
3.4. Light burnishing, light scratches, or other cosmetic imperfections on the connector shell or contacts is
normal.
3.5. Inspect all surfaces of the connector for dirt and debris. If necessary, clean as described below.
3.6. Check for previous application of bonding agent, as shown in Fig 2 Connector Pins - Check for
Previous Application of Bonding Agent, to determine if surface prep cleaner (MAT-126) must be used
to clean residue before re-application of bonding agent (MAT-125).
4. Primary Cleaning of Connectors:
4.1. Use Isopropyl alcohol (MAT-027) to clean connectors. Use with lint-free cloths or swabs and use the
least amount of solvent possible. Use solvents in liquid rather than spray form. Apply the solvent to
the cloth or swab and not directly to the connector.
4.2. Use clean, dry compressed air to dry the connector and/or remove loose debris.
4.3. Do not use abrasives to clean connectors.
4.4. When you have cleaned a connector, always be sure that it is completely dry before reassembling it.
5. Clean Connectors and Prepare for Bonding Agent Application:
5.1. WARNING
KEEP SURFACE PREP CLEANER AWAY FROM HEAT, HOT SURFACES, SPARKS, OPEN
FLAMES AND OTHER IGNITION SOURCES. FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. USE
OUTDOORS OR IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. COLLECT SPILLAGE. CAUSES SERIOUS
EYE IRRITATION. WEAR PROTECTIVE EYEWARE DURING USE. CAUSES SKIN IRRITATION.
WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES DURING USE. WASH HANDS THOROUGHLY AFTER USE.
REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING AND RINSE SKIN WITH WATER.
Note
If bonding agent has not been previously applied to connector pins (see Fig 2 Connector Pins -
Check for Previous Application of Bonding Agent), it is not necessary to clean with surface prep
cleaner. Primary cleaning with isopropyl alcohol is acceptable.
As necessary, use surface prep cleaner (MAT-126) to clean connectors, remove bonding agent
residue, and prepare pin surfaces for bonding agent application. Apply solvent by spray or with lint-
free cloth (MAT-071) or swab.
5.2. Use clean, dry compressed air to dry the connector and/or remove loose debris.
5.3. Do not use abrasives to clean connectors.
5.4. When you have cleaned a connector, always be sure that it is completely dry before reassembling it.
6. Bonding Agent Application
FJ-AAA-70-04-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
6.1. WARNING
KEEP SURFACE PREP CLEANER AWAY FROM HEAT, HOT SURFACES, SPARKS, OPEN
FLAMES AND OTHER IGNITION SOURCES. FLAMMABLE LIQUID AND VAPOR. USE
OUTDOORS OR IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA. COLLECT SPILLAGE. CAUSES SERIOUS
EYE IRRITATION. WEAR PROTECTIVE EYEWARE DURING USE. CAUSES SKIN IRRITATION.
WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES DURING USE. WASH HANDS THOROUGHLY AFTER USE.
REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING AND RINSE SKIN WITH WATER.
As necessary, use surface prep cleaner (MAT-126) to clean connectors, remove bonding agent
residue, and prepare pin surfaces for bonding agent application. Apply solvent by spray or with lint-
free cloth (MAT-071) or swab.
6.2. WARNING
KEEP BONDING AGENT COMPOUND AWAY FROM HEAT, HOT SURFACES, SPARKS, OPEN
FLAMES AND OTHER IGNITION SOURCES. FLAMMABLE AEROSOL. DO NOT PUNCTURE OR
BURN CONTAINER. MAY CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION. IF CONTACT WITH SKIN WASH
IMMEDIATELY WITH SOAP AND WATER. WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND EYE
PROTECTION. IF USING LIQUID, COLLECT SPILLAGE.
Using a clean microbrush applicator or spray, apply a thin coat of bonding agent compound
(MAT-125) to the connector pins. Ensure the pins are completely covered, but pins should not have a
thick coat. If bonding agent compound is applied by spray, make sure to protect component surfaces
from over-spray.
7. Reconnecting Connectors:
7.1. Align the connectors carefully and make the preliminary connection lightly. The connector nut should
move smoothly. If any binding or excessive friction is noticed, remove the connector and re-inspect
for damage or debris.
7.2. A line is located on the receptacle as a visual reference. The line is typically red in color and will be
completely covered by the plug when the connector is fully engaged.
7.3. The connectors are designed to be assembled by hand and a wrench should not be required.
FJ-AAA-70-04-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
RECESSED RECESSED
SOCKET PIN
CONTACT CONTACT
44-7744-44
ICN-FJ-AAA-774444-0-24235-02040-A-001-00
Fig 1 Harness Connector - Recessed Contact
FJ-AAA-70-04-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-700401-A-24235-0002Z-A-001-01
Fig 2 Connector Pins - Check for Previous Application of Bonding Agent
FJ-AAA-70-04-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-70-04-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Consumable Materials List
Description
1. General
This section describes the consumable materials and other shop supplies required to perform the
maintenance on Williams International engines. Each maintenance task contains a listing of
consumable materials by name and MAT-number. The MAT-numbers are listed here, in numerical
order, to reference the applicable specification, part number, or manufacturer.
Specification numbers applying to consumable materials in this list are basic numbers and include all
revisions and amendments. All warnings and cautions applicable to the products listed here are
shown in the text where the product is used.
2. Consumable Materials
2.1. Note
Prior to use, verify consumable materials have not exceeded the manufacturer's shelf life or
expiration date.
Table 1 Consumable Materials

Reference Nomenclature Specification/Part Number/Manuf.
MAT-001 Oil, Engine Refer to list of approved engine oils

( 72-00-03-301)
MAT-002 Oil, Preservative MIL-PRF-6081, Grade 1010
MAT-003 Fuel, Jet A Fuel, Jet A-1 or Jet B Refer to list of approved engine fuels
and additives ( 72-00-01-301).
FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Table 1 Consumable Materials (Continued)

MIL-PRF-8188
Corrosion-Preventative, Aircraft
Turbine Engine, Synthetic Base
Rustlick #606
ITW ROCOL North America, 3624
West Lake Avenue, Glenview, IL
60026
LPS RUST INHIBITOR #3

LPS Laboratories 4647 Hugh Howell
Rd., Tucker, GA 30084
RUST BAN 392

MAT-004 Oil, Corrosion Preventive Exxon Company, P.O. Box 2180,
Houston, TX 77001
BOESHIELD T-9
PMS Products Inc., 76 Veterans
Drive #110, Holland, MI 49423
MIL-PRF-16173
Corrosion Preventative Compound,
Solvent Cutback, Cold-Application
MIL-PRF-6085 Lubricating Oil

Instrument, Aircraft, Low Volatility
MIL-PRF-32033 Preservative Oil

Lubricating Oil, General Purpose
MAT-005 Oil, Penetrating WD-40

WD-40 Company
San Diego, CA 92110 USA
MAT-007 Steel Strapping 1-1/4, 3/4, or 1/2 inch width
MAT-008 Lubricant, Molybdenum Disulfide Molykote, G-n Paste

Dow Corning Corporation
Midland, MI 48686-0994 USA
MAT-009 Petrolatum VV-P-236 or equivalent

Nyco 65 Vaseline
MAT-010 Grease, Aircraft, General Purpose MIL-PRF-81322
MAT-011 Assembly Fluid, No. 1 Ultrachem, Inc.

900 Centerpoint Blvd.
New Castle, DE 19720 USA
MAT-012 Lubricant, Dry Film Dow Corning (R) 321
FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01

MAT-013 Magnesium Hydroxide Milk of Magnesia, Non-Flavored

A-A-51924 (Equivalent of A-A-51924
= mixture of 405 mg per teaspoon of
magnesium hydroxide and 5 ml of
purified water.)
MAT-014 Lubricant, Boron Nitride 36-206

BN Aerosol Lubricoat
Product of:
Zyp Coating Inc.
120 Valley Court, Oak Ridge TN,
37383
MAT-015 Lubricant, Anti-seize NSN-165

Never-Seez Pure Nickel Special
Bostik
Boston Street
Middleton, MA 01949
Telephone: 1-800-726-7845
MAT-016 Lubricant, Silicone Based 36-202

SUPER O LUBE
PRODUCT OF: PARKER SEAL CO.
2360 PALUMBO DR. LEXINGTON,
KY 40512-1751
MAT-017 Lubricant, Dry Graphite Lubricant, Rapid GT

Lubcon Turbon Lubrication, INC.
Lubricant Consult GmbH
Gutenbergstrasse 13
D-63477 Maintal
GERMANY
CRC Dry Graphite Lube No. 03094

CRC INDUSTRIES AMERICAS
GROUP 800 Enterprise Road Suite
101 Horsham PA 19044
MAT-018 Petroleum Distillates Garosolve A 100
MAT-019 Acetone Commercial Grade
MAT-020 Mineral Spirits MIL-PRF-680, Type 1

Shell 145-EC
SHELLSOL D40
MAT-021 R-MC Cleaner Part No. 4072 (concentrate)

Part No. 4070 (pre-mixed, R-MC
G-21)
ECT Inc.
155 S. Limerick Rd.
Limerick, PA 19468
Telephone 610-239-5120
FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01

MAT-022 Nitric Acid (HNO3)
MAT-023 Ultrasonic Cleaner, Caustic Chem Crest 270

Metalterj 4340
Metal Medic 7055
MAT-024 Solvent, Dry Cleaning MIL-PRF-680, Type II
MAT-025 Solvent, Remover AMS 2644
MAT-026 Ultrasonic Cleaner, Detergent Chem Crest 135

Chem Crest 250
Metal Medic 7565AR (Max 7%
concentration)
MAT-027 Alcohol, Isopropyl
MAT-028 Alcohol, Methyl, Wood, or Methanol
MAT-029 Alkaline Cleaner, HDL-202 HDL-202

Dysol Inc. - 2901 Shamrock Ave. -
Ft. Worth, TX 76107
Phone 1-817-335-1826
csr-na@socomore.com
MAT-030 Pencil, Silver Berol Verithin, No. 753
MAT-031 Gas Path Cleaner Cleaners that meet MIL-PRF-85704

Type II or III (as listed in QPL-85704-
QPD):
B&B TC-100N-3 B&B Tritech, Inc
Turco 6783-50 Elf Atochem, N.A.
Turco 6783-10 Elf Atochem, N.A
EZE 206MS Calgon Corp
EZE 206RU Calgon Corp
ZOK-27 ZOK Inc.
ZOK-MX ZOK Inc
Techniclean GT Castrol Industrial
NA,Inc
MA 109C JAD Chemical Co.
MA 110 JAD Chemical Co.
ARDROX 6367 (TURBOCLEAN2)
MA 112C JAD Chemical Co.
ARDROX 6375 Chemtall Oakite
FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01

MAT-032 Marker, Broad Line Magic Marker, brand (blue, red, or

black)
Binney and Smith, Inc.
Easton, PA 18044-0431
Mighty Marks 7000-Red
Peter Castell Corp.
Lewisburg, TN 37091
Dykem High Purity 44 (Medium Tip) -
Tex Action Marker; white, black, or
red. ITW Dymon.
MAT-033 Marker, Fine Line Sharpie Fine Point Marker (red)

Vis-a-Vis Fine Line Marker (blue)
Silver Metallic Sharpie
Sanford Corp.
Bellwood, Illinois 60104
Dykem High Purity (Fine) - Tex
Action Marker; white, black, or red.
ITW Dymon.
MAT-037 Fluid, Calibration MIL-PRF-7024E, Type II
MAT-040 Cloth, Abrasive ANSI B74.18
MAT-041 Pad, Abrasive A-A-58054
MAT-042 Paper, Abrasive, Silicone Carbide ANSI B74.18
MAT-043 Stone, Sharpening A-A-3068
MAT-044 Stone, Arkansas HF43-Hard
MAT-045 Stone, Rubberized Bright-Boy, Fine

Cratex ST 70
ALO 800
MAT-046 Pad, Polishing Scotch-Brite 7445 or 7447
MAT-047 Putty, Adhesive DAP Bluestik Adhesive Putty

DAP Products, Inc.
2400 Boston St
Baltimore, MD 21224
MAT-050 Chemical Conversion Materials for MIL-DTL-81706 or MIL-DTL-5541

Coating Aluminum and Aluminum
Alloys
FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01

MAT-052 Polyurethane Topcoat, Color 16570 Gloss Dark Blue (WI Material
Anodize Repair Code 38-401)
16568 Gloss Blue (WI-Material Code
38-402)
16569 Gloss Light Blue (WI-Material
Code 38-403)
APS Fox Valley/LIC
2120 West Nordale Drive Appleton,
WI 54941
MAT-055 Epoxy Paint, Fire Retardant CEASEFIRE™ Epoxy Paint, Part A,

White
Product of:
Cote~L Industries
1542 Jefferson St.
Teaneck, NJ, 07666
Option: INTUMAX® EP102 Epoxy
Flame Retardant
Broadview Technologies, Inc.
7-33 Amsterdam St.
Newark, NJ, 07105
MAT-056 Epoxy Hardener, Fire Retardant CEASEFIRE™ Epoxy Hardener,

Part B
Product of:
Cote~L Industries
1542 Jefferson St.
Teaneck, NJ, 07666
Option: INTUMAX® EP102 Epoxy
Flame Retardant
Broadview Technologies, Inc.
7-33 Amsterdam St.
Newark, NJ, 07105
MAT-058 Hydraulic Fluid Refer to Aircraft Maintenance

Manual for compatible specification
MAT-060 Lockwire, .032 MS20995-C32
MAT-061 Lockwire, .020 MS20995-C20

MS20995-NC20
MAT-063 Safety Cable, .022 .022 Cable AS3510-0118C

and
Ferrule AS3510-01F
MAT-070 Bag, Plastic PPP-B-26

Use polypropylene bags to store
bearings or other parts wet with
engine oil.
MAT-071 Cloth, Lint Free CCC-F-46
FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01

MAT-072 Gloves, Plastic (Lint free) Disposable MIL-G036593, MIL-DTL-32066

Rubber Vinyl
MAT-073 Brush, Wire H-B-178
MAT-074 Dry Ice Commercial
MAT-075 Gloves, Cotton
MAT-076 Paper, Litmus MS36253
MAT-077 Swab, Cotton Commercial
MAT-078 Gloves, Thermal Protective

MAT-079 Crocus Cloth, Non-metallic
MAT-080 Liquid Nitrogen, Refrigerated Airco
MAT-081 Penetrants/Emulsifiers AMS 2644, QPL-AMS2644-QPD
MAT-082 Developers AMS 2644, QPL-AMS2644-QPD
MAT-083 Powder, Fluorescent, Dry Magnaglo 14A
MAT-084 Fluid, MPI Suspension Medium A-A-59230

(corrosion inhibitor, wetting &
defoaming agents)
MAT-085 Petroleum Distillate, Light Blend 380 (AMS 3160 or 3161)
MAT-086 Magnaflux/Magnaglo Carrier II
MAT-087 Sealant, RTV 159
MAT-088 Sealant, RTV 157 (gray)
MAT-089 Sealant, RTV 103 (black)
MAT-090 Sealant, RTV MIL-A-46106, Group III, Type I

Recommended Products:
RTV 106, General Electric Co.
Dow Corning 736, Dow Corning
Corp.
MAT-091 Compound, Retaining Loctite 242
MAT-092 Compound, Retaining Loctite 404 or Permabond 910
MAT-094 Compound, Retaining Loctite 601 or 609
MAT-095 Compound, Retaining Loctite 262 or 271
MAT-096 Primer, Epoxy MIL-PRF-85582 Class N

MIL-DTL-53022
FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01

MAT-097 Sealant, RTV RTV 162

MIL-A-46146, Group 1, Type 1
MAT-098 Sealant, Adhesive M46146-21AGN

Dow Corning 3145 RTV, Gray
MAT-100 Leak Tec 372E
MAT-101 Primer, Silicone PR-1200 Dow Corning
MAT-102 RTV 3120 Silicone Rubber Base and (BASE) RTV 3120 A-A-56023, Type
Catalyst I Silicone Rubber
(CATALYST) Type S Catalyst for
RTV 3120
MAT-110 Seal, Impregnation MIL-I-17563

PSM-10 or Resinol RTC
Loctite Corp.
705 Mountain Rd
Newington, CT 06111
MAT-111 Compound, Threadlock Loctite 290
MAT-119 Polish Compound, Meguiar's Meguiar's Mirror Glaze Pro Speed

Compound
Meguiar's Inc, 17991 Mitchell South,
Irvine, CA 92614 USA
MAT-120 Polish Paste, Flitz Flitz Metal Plastic Fiberglass Polish

Paste
Flitz International, Ltd. 821 Mohr
Avenue Waterford, WI 53185-4257
USA
MAT-121 Coating, Protective, Xzilon 3 X20-18 Xzilon 3

Granitize Aviation - 11022 Vulcan St.
South Gate, CA 90280 USA
MAT-125 Bonding Agent Compound Zip-Chem D5026 NS (Aerosol)

MIL-PRF-81309 Type III, Class 2
or
Zip-Chem ZC-026 (Liquid)
MIL-PRF-81309 Type III, Class 1
Zip-Chem™ Aviation Products
400 Jarvis Dr
Morgan Hill, CA 95037
FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01

MAT-126 Surface Prep Cleaner Sur-Prep 3167 (Aerosol or Liquid)

or
D-5640NS
or
Sur-Prep 3160 (Aerosol)
Zip-Chem™ Aviation Products
400 Jarvis Dr
Morgan Hill, CA 95037
MAT-127 Oil, Norton Sharpening Stone 61463687760

Saint-Gobain Abrasives, Inc
1 New Bond St.
Worcester, MA 01606 USA
MAT-128 Lubricant, Hyprez W 6337, 186

Engis Corporation
105 W. Hintz Rd.
Wheeling, IL 60090 USA
MAT-170 Material, Barrier MIL-PRF-121, Type I
MAT-173 Bag, Sealable, Polyethylene PPP-B-26
MAT-175 Bag, Desiccant MIL-D-3464, Type I, 8-unit bag
MAT-176 Bag, Barrier MIL-PRF-131, Class 3
MAT-177 Paper, Abrasive, Aluminum Oxide Commercial
MAT-200 Shim Stock .001 - .010
MAT-201 Tape, Reflective P/N 2169.020 (1/2 inch wide)

Schenck Trebel
535 Acorn Street
Deer Park, N. Y. 11729
MAT-202 Cleaner, General Wet Simple Green

Sunshine Makers, Inc
15922 Pacific Coast Highway
Huntington Harbor CA 92649
Ph: 800-228-0709
MAT-203 Marking Paste, Machinist, Blue Dykem Hi-Spot Blue No. 107
P/N 83307
ITW Dymon
Ph: 800-443-9536
MAT-204 Powder, Gear Marking, Yellow Powder, Gear Marking, Yellow No.
10
O/N 326568
Prescott and Company (Canada)
FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Contamination of Engine Components
Description
1. General
This task provides information on the types of contamination of engine components.
2. Some materials used in engines can be contaminated through contact with other materials.
2.1. When a material is contaminated by a low melting point alloy, it can, at certain temperatures, become
brittle and crack.
2.2. Contamination of certain titanium alloy parts by materials used in processing can, if not thoroughly
cleaned, react with the surface at low temperature and form brittle intermetallic compounds. This
happens when the part temperature is raised either through normal engine operation or by the
application of heat during a repair cycle.
3. Cadmium Contamination
3.1. Cadmium contamination of titanium alloy components is normally caused by the transfer of the soft
electroplated cadmium from or by fixtures and hand tools.
3.2. Although cadmium platings are no longer used on tools and fixtures (thus avoiding direct transfer),
secondary transfer is still possible. This can occur from the use of a tool which was previously in
contact with cadmium plated components or fasteners.
3.3. Other low melting point alloys to avoid include: lead, zinc, tin, mercury, and silver. Lead hammers or
shop aids are not to be used. A silver pencil must not be used on titanium parts.
3.4. You must be extremely careful to make sure that you eliminate both the obvious and the less obvious
sources of contamination.
4. Chlorinated Solvents (or other Halogens)

4.1. Materials containing chloride ions (or other halogens) can, if left on the surface of titanium alloy parts,
stress corrode or embrittle the material when heat or load is applied. Chlorides can come from
organic solvents, tap water, and hand contact.
4.2. To avoid any problems with these materials, you must strictly follow the instructions issued in this
manual relating to cleaning, inspection, repair, assembly, transportation, and storage.
FJ-AAA-70-12-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Locking Techniques for Threaded Parts
Description
1. General
This Standard Practice gives the approved procedures for the following locking techniques:
– Wire locking
– Self-locking fasteners
Note
A threaded fastener which is correctly torqued is extended, and in this condition, is self-locked.
The function of a locking device is to keep the locking properties, even if the load on the bolt
decreases.
2. Wire Locking
2.1. Install lockwire in accordance with MS33540.
3. Self-Locking Fasteners
3.1. General
3.1.1. Fasteners with self-locking capability can be used a limited number of times before the self-locking
feature wears out. These fasteners must be checked at installation to make sure that they have the
proper locking torque.
3.1.2. Wear may occur to either the self-locking fastener or to the fastener that is used with it. For example,
a self-locking nut may not meet the minimum torque requirement if the bolt that goes into it is worn. If
a self-locking threaded insert or a self-locking swage nut fails to meet the minimum torque
requirement, check it with a new bolt before replacing.
3.2. Torque Check for Reuse of Self-Locking Fasteners
3.2.1. Self-locking nuts, bolts, and helical coil inserts must meet the torque requirements in the table below:
FINE THREAD SERIES COARSE THREAD SERIES
Mating Bolt Thread Max Min Break- Mating Bolt Thread Max Min Break-
Size Locking away Size Locking away
Torque* Torque Torque* Torque
.112 -48 NF-2A 3 0.5 .112 -40 NC-2A 3 0.5
.138 -40 NF-2A 6 1.0 .125 -40 NC-2A 4 1
.164 -36 NF-2A 9 1.5 .138 -32 NC-2A 6 1.0
.190 -32 UNF-3A 13 2 .164 -32 NC-2A 9 1.5
FJ-AAA-70-12-04-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
.250 -28 UNF-3A 30 3.5 .190 -24 UNC-3A 13 2.0
.3125-24 UNF-3A 60 6.5 .250 -20 UNC-3A 30 4.5
.375 -24 UNF-3A 80 9.5 .3125-18 UNC-3A 60 7.5
Torque is measured in inch-pounds at room temp, lubricated with engine oil

* Installation or Removal
FJ-AAA-70-12-04-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Cleaning Methods and Procedures
General
This chapter describes methods and procedures required for cleaning engine components. Cleaning of engine
components must do the following:
– (1) Permit components to be examined for any flaws or dimension loss from abrasion and wear.
– (2) Remove deposits that inhibit correct part functioning.
Support equipment
STD-606 / AR
Rinse Tank
STD-114 / AR
Spray Booth
STD-115
Ultrasonic Cleaning Equipment
Ultrasonic Cleaner, Caustic FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-023
Solvent, Dry Cleaning FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-024
Ultrasonic Cleaner, Detergent FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-026

MAT-027
Cleaner, General Wet FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-202
FJ-AAA-70-21-00-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Procedure
1. Cleaning Policy
1.1. These instructions apply to the cleaning of engine components. Refer to the specific cleaning
procedure for each component in the Engine Inspection Manual or the Engine Manual. The
instructions must be followed completely.
1.2. Refer to 71-00-03-701 for procedures for washing the exterior of the engine.
1.3. WARNING
MANY CLEANING SOLUTIONS AND THEIR COMPONENTS ARE HARMFUL TO SKIN, EYES
AND CLOTHING. WEAR CHEMICAL RESISTANT CLOTHING, APRON, GLOVES AND FACE
SHIELD/GOGGLES TO PROTECT SKIN AND EYES. MAKE SURE THERE IS ADEQUATE
VENTILATION AS SOME SOLUTIONS EMIT HARMFUL VAPORS.
Selection of a cleaning procedure for each part must take the following into consideration.
1.3.1. Cleaning materials selected must consider the nature of the deposits, type of metal, type of coating,
and how clean the part must be to permit correct inspection.
1.3.2. Engine parts operating in relatively low-temperature ranges (i.e., cold section parts) can usually be
cleaned using standardized methods and processes such as dry cleaning solvent spray washing.
1.3.3. Combustion and turbine "hot section" engine parts may require more extensive cleaning procedures,
involving a series of carefully controlled ultrasonic and alkali baths and water rinses.
1.3.4. To maintain part durability, the recommended cleaning method must meet the following requirements:
1.3.4.1. It must clean part sufficiently to allow correct inspection by recommended method.
1.3.4.2. Prohibit use of cleaning methods on parts where cleaning agent(s) can get trapped and not
completely removed by the neutralizing process.
1.3.4.3. The physical attributes of the part must not be altered by the cleaning procedure.
1.3.5. Avoid unnecessary cleaning of parts:
1.3.5.1. Extensive cleaning is not necessary for parts that don't require crack detection, or require only
magnetic inspection. However, extensive cleaning is required for penetrant inspected parts.
1.3.5.2. CAUTION
DO NOT USE ABRASIVE MATERIALS OR SCRUB CLEAN DIFFUSED NICKEL-CADMIUM
PLATED SURFACES.
Leave stains on nickel-cadmium plated parts. They do not impair magnetic particle inspection.
Scrubbing may remove plating.
Note
Cleaning materials and solutions specified with each cleaning procedure are not supplied by
Williams International. However, these items are identified by their trade names or part/
specification number in the listing of Consumable Materials. Other equivalent products under a
different trade name may be used as materials and solutions identified in this Consumable
Materials list are only a representative sample. Also, use of these products does not constitute
an unconditional approval of, or guarantee of them by Williams International. Cleaning materials
FJ-AAA-70-21-00-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
listed in the Unacceptable Cleaning Materials table are products not permitted for use in
cleaning.
1.3.5.3. The following table contains Unacceptable Cleaning Materials:
ACIDS SOLVENTS
CHLORINATED OTHER SOLVENTS

HYDROCARBONS
Nitric acid red fuming Perchlorthylene Methel Ethyl Ketone

(MEK)
HCL Acid in concentrations greater Trichloroethane (1,1,1) Tolulene

than 5%
Trichloroethylene Ethanol
Trichlorotrifluoroethane Methanol
Freon
1.4. Important Cleaning Information
Give special attention to specific cleaning instructions and the information listed in this section
concerning the cleaning of certain component materials.
1.4.1. The cleaning solution temperature, strength and part immersion time must be monitored continuously
to avoid part damage.
1.4.2. Ultrasonic cleaning solutions must be tested on a regular basis for maintenance of proper
concentration or pH levels. This will avoid possible damage to costly engine parts.
1.4.3. Avoid using any solvent to clean the painted composite inlet assembly. The fireproof coating will be
damaged.
1.4.4. Some cleaning solutions, when used on flame sprayed, plasma sprayed and union carbide flame
plated parts, can cause corrosion of different intensity levels. Parts with these coatings must be
cleaned using only those procedures and solutions recommended in the Engine Inspection Manual
or the Engine Manual and Consumable Materials List.
1.4.5. Damage to or stripping of chromium plated parts can occur through use of certain cleaning solutions.
These parts must be cleaned using only the procedures recommended in the Engine Inspection
Manual or the Engine Manual.
1.4.6. CAUTION
DO NOT WIRE BRUSH TITANIUM PARTS.
Do not clean titanium assemblies and components with vapor/solvent degreasers to avoid stress
corrosion. This is linked to chlorine-containing materials being trapped in tight fitting areas. Surface
contamination on titanium or titanium alloy parts can be cleaned with ultrasonic cleaner MAT-023 or
MAT-026, dry cleaning solvent MAT-024, wet cleaning solvent MAT-202, or isopropyl alcohol
MAT-027. Use clean water for final rinse of titanium parts.
1.4.7. Do not use ultrasonic cleaning or ultrasonic agitation for aluminum parts or parts with thermal spray
coatings.
FJ-AAA-70-21-00-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Primary Cleaning
Primary cleaning removes oil, grease, and loose carbon deposits from parts. Cleaners are described
under Consumable Materials, 70-10-01-201.
There are two permitted methods for primary cleaning. One method uses a dry cleaning solvent
MAT-024 and the other uses a wet cleaning solvent MAT-202.
2.1. Dry Cleaning
2.1.1. WARNING
CLEANING SOLUTION CAN CAUSE SKIN RASH AND EMIT HARMFUL VAPORS. WEAR
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, APRON, AND FACE SHIELD/GOGGLES DURING
USE. USE IN WELL-VENTILATED AREAS AWAY FROM OPEN FLAME.
Hand scrub parts with dry cleaning solvent MAT-024 using a soft fiber brush or pad to remove
contaminants.
2.1.2. If any residue remains after cleaning, use a stiff fiber brush to remove residue. Repeat Step 2.1.1. .
2.1.3. WARNING
WHEN USING COMPRESSED AIR, USE EQUIPMENT (NOZZLE, ETC.) THAT MEETS
APPLICABLE LOCAL SAFETY REGULATIONS. USE APPROVED PERSONAL PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT (GOGGLES/FACE SHIELD). DO NOT DIRECT AIRFLOW TOWARD SELF OR
OTHERS.
Using an Air Compressor, blow components dry with clean, filtered shop air.
2.2. Wet Cleaning
2.2.1. Hand scrub, using a soft fiber brush or pad. Spray, dip, sponge, or ultrasonically clean parts with wet
cleaning solvent MAT-202 to remove contaminants.
2.2.1.1. If surface to be cleaned is vertical or difficult to reach, use the gel form of wet cleaning solvent.
2.2.2. Once the contamination has emulsified into a water soluble solution, rinse them away with water. It
will leave a film-free surface.
2.2.3. If any residue contamination remains after cleaning, use a stiff fiber brush to remove residue. Repeat
Step 2.2.1. and Step 2.2.2. .
3. Standard/Ultrasonic Cleaning
The recommended cleaning of most components is an ultrasonic tank cleaning system; however, a
non-ultrasonic tank cleaning procedure can be used in a Spray Booth, but part must stay in cleaner
for a longer period of time. Standard cleaning requires preparation of two tanks for two types of
cleaning procedures: caustic and detergent. A separate Rinse Tank is prepared with water.
3.1. WARNING
DO NOT OPERATE CAUSTIC TANK WITHOUT ADEQUATE VENTILATION. CLEANING
SOLUTIONS CAN DAMAGE SKIN AND EYES. WEAR CHEMICAL RESISTANT PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING, APRON, GLOVES, AND FACE SHIELD TO PROTECT SKIN AND EYES.
CAUTION
DO NOT PUT aluminum, OR MAGNESIUM, INTO THE CAUSTIC TANK.
FJ-AAA-70-21-00-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CAUTION
Do not use ultrasonic cleaning or ultrasonic agitation for aluminum parts or parts with
thermal spray coatings.
Clean parts in Ultrasonic Cleaning Equipment as follows:
3.1.1. CAUTION
DO NOT STACK PARTS ON TOP OF EACH OTHER OR DAMAGE COULD RESULT. DO NOT
LET PARTS TOUCH EACH OTHER OR SIDE WALLS OF ULTRASONIC CLEANER.
Remove all caps and fittings.
3.1.2. WARNING
CLEANING SOLUTIONS CAN CAUSE SKIN RASH AND EMIT HARMFUL VAPORS. WEAR
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, APRON, AND FACE SHIELD/GOGGLES DURING
USE. USE IN WELL-VENTILATED AREAS AWAY FROM OPEN FLAME.
If necessary, clean components with carbon and oil build-up in accordance with instructions for
primary cleaning before putting in ultrasonic or still tank.
3.1.3. WARNING
OTHERS.
Remove remaining dry cleaning solvent MAT-024 using filtered shop air. Remove wet cleaning
solvent MAT-202 by rinsing part with water.
3.1.4. Put parts in tank for five to seven minutes minimum.
3.1.5. Remove parts from solution and inspect parts for cleanliness. If necessary, use a fiber brush to
remove residue.
3.1.6. Turn parts over and put parts back in solution for five to seven minutes.
3.1.7. Repeat cycle as necessary to clean. Make sure you do not exceed maximum exposure time for
parts.
3.1.8. Remove parts from cleaning solution and put in rinse tank for two to three minutes.
3.1.9. Remove parts from rinse tank and dry with shop air.
FJ-AAA-70-21-00-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Ball and Roller Bearing Cleaning
Clean with chemical agent
General
This section provides step-by-step procedural information for correctly screening and processing used bearings. It
covers the cleaning environment, cleaning procedures, packaging and identification. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Fig 1 Hard Particle Dent (Top) and a Soft Particle Dent (Bottom) Can Both Be Damaging
Support equipment
STD-607 / AR
Soak Tank (Cleaner)
STD-608 / AR
Soak Tank (Fingerprint Remover)
STD-609 / AR
Soak Tank (Lubricant)
STD-405 / AR
Magnetometer
STD-213 / AR
Thermometer
STD-107 / AR
Demagnetizing Equipment
Oil, Engine FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-001
Oil, Corrosion Preventive FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-004
Mineral Spirits FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-020

MAT-024
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Gloves, Plastic, Disposable, Rubber FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

Vinyl
MAT-072
Gloves, Cotton FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-075
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Do not mix sets of bearings or mix components of separable bearings. Make sure that all bearings
are correctly tagged and identified.
1.2. Before bearings are cleaned, do an initial visual inspection; refer to

Ball and Roller Bearing Inspection (FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A) .
1.3. There are separate procedures for cleaning contaminated bearings and cleaning bearings with
carbon/varnish build-up.
1.4. Bearings cleaned as part of a scheduled or unscheduled maintenance activity must be recorded in
the engine log book and/or Repair Station Records.
1.5. The following equipment is used or recommended for this task: Magnetometer (Gaussmeter),
Demagnetizer, Thermometer (Room Temp. Gauge), Soak Tank (Fingerprint Remover), Soak Tank
(Cleaner), Soak Tank (Lubricant), Handling Tweezers, Apron, Chemical Resistant, Face shield/
goggles.
2. Cleaning Area and Handling
2.1. CAUTION
NO SMOKING, EATING, OR DRINKING IN THE BEARING CLEANING AREA. KEEP THIS AREA
CLEAN. MATERIALS NOT NECESSARY TO PERMIT BEARING CLEANING MUST NOT BE
INTRODUCED TO THE ROOM. LEAD (GRAPHITE) PENCILS ARE NOT PERMITTED IN THE
BEARING AREA/ROOM DUE TO THEIR CONTAMINATING PROPERTIES
Note
Success of bearing cleaning requires maintenance of a clean environment. The area/room,
equipment and chemicals must be pure. Bearing cleaning personnel must follow the procedures
given to effectively clean bearings.
Fingerprints
Bearings must not come in contact with bare skin or other moist surfaces. When handling bearings,
you must wear one of the following types of gloves:
2.1.1. Plastic (powder-free, nitrile) gloves MAT-072.
2.1.2. Clean cotton gloves MAT-075. Whenever cotton gloves are used, typically when handling hot parts,
they must be changed frequently to avoid the possibility of the gloves becoming perspiration soaked.
2.2. Unwanted Matter
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Rolling elements on bearings are manufactured to exceptionally close tolerances to provide precise
positioning during engine operation. These tolerances, coupled with high unit stresses occurring
between the rolling elements and races, make bearings particularly susceptible to almost any form of
contamination. You must take every precaution to prevent any form of contamination from entering
the bearing at all points of the handling process.
The majority of bearing defects are the result of contamination from dust, dirt, and metal particles.
Particulate contaminants, whether those particles are soft or hard, large or small, will cause some
damage to bearings. Even polymer particles, though quite soft, will extrude when over-rolled and
cause large but shallow dents (see Fig 1 Hard Particle Dent (Top) and a Soft Particle Dent (Bottom)
Can Both Be Damaging, bottom photo). Harder particles create smaller but sharper dents (see Fig
1 Hard Particle Dent (Top) and a Soft Particle Dent (Bottom) Can Both Be Damaging top photo). All
of these dents are detrimental but the harder the particle, the sharper the dent and the higher the
stress concentrations at the edges. Therefore, typically, hard particle contamination is more
damaging than soft particle contamination. Both types of particles still do damage so keeping the
bearings clean during installation and operation is critical to avoid both denting and wear As the
particles mix with the lubricant, they act as an abrasive and cause surface damage in the form of
indentations, metal displacement, and premature wear.
Areas of localized stress generate too much friction, causing fatigue flaking of the surface which
occurs at an increased rate, leading to early bearing failure.
3. Cleaning Area Equipment and Materials
The bearing cleaning area is equipped with the standard and recommended equipment and materials
listed in the paragraph, Equipment and Materials. The equipment and materials have the following
purpose.
3.1. Magnetometer (Gaussmeter)
Used to check the effectiveness of the demagnetizing procedure.
3.2. Demagnetizing Equipment
Used to remove remaining magnetism in a bearing.
3.3. Soak Tanks
Used to perform initial cleaning of bearings using mineral spirits.
3.4. Handling Gloves
Used to handle bearings while protecting them against acid contamination.
3.5. Protective Clothing
Handling gloves, apron and face shield are used to protect bearing cleaning personnel from caustic
chemicals.
4. WARNING
MANY OF THE CHEMICALS USED IN BEARING CLEANING ARE TOXIC AND CORROSIVE TO
HUMAN SKIN AND MUCOUS MEMBRANES. WEAR A CHEMICAL RESISTANT PROTECTIVE
APRON, CLEAN VINYL GLOVES AND A FACE SHIELD WHEN WORKING WITH OR NEAR
THESE MATERIALS.
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CAUTION
DO NOT SPIN BEARINGS DURING THE CLEANING AND DRYING PROCEDURES. SPINNING
THE RACE AND ROLLING ELEMENTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE FROM SKIDDING. ALWAYS
HOLD THE INNER AND OUTER RACES OF NONSEPARABLE BEARINGS IN A MANNER THAT
WILL PREVENT VIBRATIONS AND/OR SPINNING.
Bearing Cleaning
Bearings must be clean before final inspection

(Ball and Roller Bearing Cleaning (FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A)). You must clean bearings when
one or more of the following conditions exist:
4.1. Bearing looks like it has contamination.
4.2. Bearing turns rough or binds when one race is held stable and the other race is turned slowly by
hand while applying a load in the thrust direction.
4.3. There was a mechanical failure of the engine. This may have caused contamination in the bearing
with chips or other unwanted material.
5. Contaminated Bearing Cleaning
5.1. Demagnetizer may be used, as required, to demagnetize bearings. Bearings should be passed
slowly through the demagnetization coil and then tested for residual magnetism employing a
gaussmeter. If the residual magnetism is over five gauss, demagnetization shall be repeated until a
satisfactory value is obtained.
5.2. WARNING
DISPOSE OF ALL USED SOLVENTS AND SOLUTIONS IN A FIREPROOF CONTAINER TO BE
LATER EMPTIED INTO A SCRAP LIQUID CONTAINER FOR DISPOSAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH
LOCAL REGULATIONS.
CAUTION
DO NOT STORE BEARINGS OR ALLOW BEARINGS TO SET IDLE BETWEEN SUBSEQUENT
STEPS WITHOUT PROTECTIVE LUBRICATION MAT-001.
Soak/Stir Clean
5.2.1. Support bearing in a soak tank, above any sludge or contamination that may have collected near the
bottom of container.
5.2.2. WARNING
CLEANING SOLUTIONS CAN CAUSE SKIN RASH AND EMIT HARMFUL VAPORS. USE IN
WELL-VENTILATED AREAS AWAY FROM OPEN FLAME. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING,
RUBBER GLOVES, APRON, AND FACE SHIELD/GOGGLES DURING USE.
Put bearing fully into soak tank, containing MAT-020 or MAT-024 for five (5) minutes minimum.
Occassionally agitate by hand.
5.3. Rinse
Remove bearing and rinse.
5.3.1. Rinse with MAT-020 or MAT-024 in a rinse booth, allowing the bearing to rotate slowly to make sure
the part is flushed of contamination.
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.3.2. Continue rinse for 30 to 60 seconds.
Note
Initial rinse procedure requires rotating the bearing very slowly for complete purging of any
contamination. Subsequent rinse procedures are designed to remove different chemical solvents
from the bearing, and do not require slow rotation.
5.4. Additional Soak/Rinse Cycles:
Soak and rinse operations may be repeated, as required. If carbon/varnish deposits remain, perform
additional cleaning.
5.5. WARNING
OTHERS.
Dry Bearing
Blow dry bearing using filtered, dry air until moisture is removed. Make sure bearing does not spin
while drying. Filter is at point of use.
5.6. CAUTION
BEARING SURFACES MUST BE KEPT FREE OF UNWANTED MATERIAL CONTAMINATION
DURING INSPECTION. ALL PERSONNEL MUST WEAR GLOVES WHEN TOUCHING BEARINGS
TO PREVENT FINGERPRINT DAMAGE.
Inspect
5.6.1. Inspect bearing to determine whether contamination (or carbon deposits) have been removed.
5.6.2. You must inspect for contamination or subsequent damage and receive permission to use cleaned
bearings before returning them to the supply cycle.
5.6.3. When bearings have suspected contamination from related engine failure or mechanical indications
of rough bearing rotation, check the rotational freedom of the bearings again.
5.6.4. Inspect bearing per Ball and Roller Bearing Inspection (FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A).
5.7. Lubrication
Suspend bearing in engine oil MAT-001 bath or corrosion preventive oil MAT-004 bath after final
inspection.
Note
All bearings require either lubricant or preservative coating before use or storage. Engine oil
MAT-001 is used for short term storage, while corrosion preventive oil MAT-004 is used to
preserve bearings when you think there may be long term storage (30 days or more).
5.8. Remove bearing and make sure no rotational roughness is present.
5.9. Preserve and Package
After cleaning and lubricating, place bearings into clean polypropylene zip-lock plastic bags. Residual
fluid from the cleaning process may be absorbed with a clean, lint-free paper towel.
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
Bearings assemblies are manufactured as a complete set. If one ball bearing or race track is
rejected, you must also reject the remaining part or parts of that bearing assembly.
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703125-0-24235-00106-A-001-00
Fig 1 Hard Particle Dent (Top) and a Soft Particle Dent (Bottom) Can Both Be Damaging
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Ball and Roller Bearing Inspection
Visual examination
General
This task provides step-by-step procedural information for initial inspection and final inspection of ball and roller
bearings. Refer to the following illustrations:
Fig 1 Bearing Functional/Non-Functional Surfaces
Fig 2 Inspection of Bearings
Fig 3 Bearing Functional Surfaces Inspection - Center 1/3 of Roller

Fig 4 Bearing Functional Surfaces Inspection - Scratch or Scoring (Center Roller)
Fig 5 Bearing Functional Surfaces Inspection - Outer 1/3 of Roller
Fig 6 Bearing Non-Functional Surfaces Inspection
Fig 7 Bearing Cage Inspection
Fig 8 Bearing Cage Inspection - Continued
Fig 9 Correct Positioning of Radius Stylus
Fig 10 Bearing Brinelling - Contact Zones
Fig 11 Bearing Corrosion
Fig 12 Bearing Rings - Nicks, Dents, and Scratches
Fig 13 Bearing Skidding Damage
Fig 14 Roller End Wear
Gloves, Plastic, Disposable, Rubber FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

Vinyl
MAT-072
Procedure
1. Initial Visual Inspection
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.1. CAUTION
BEARINGS CAN BE DAMAGED BY ANY UNWANTED MATERIAL CONTAMINATION DURING
INSPECTION. TO PREVENT DAMAGE, BEARINGS MUST BE KEPT AWAY FROM ALL
CONTAMINANTS AND LINT FREE PLASTIC GLOVES MAT-072 MUST BE WORN WHEN
HANDLING BEARINGS. THIS WILL REDUCE THE POSSIBILITY OF PUTTING FINGER PRINT
ACID ON THE BEARINGS, WHICH CAN CAUSE CORROSION.
CAUTION
DO NOT HAVE WOOD FIBER PAPER OR LEAD PENCILS IN THE BEARING CLEANING/
INSPECTION AREA; THEY HAVE CONTAMINATING PROPERTIES.
Check for Damage. Inspect bearings in accordance with visual inspection criteria shown in Fig
2 Inspection of Bearings. If bearing shows evidence of damage, reject bearing. There is no need to
clean damaged bearings.
Note
Normal carbon/varnish buildup can appear as discolorations and give false indications of
cracked and damaged conditions.
1.2. Group bearings together in containers correctly identified for processing.

1.3. CAUTION
DO NOT MIX MATCHED BEARING SETS OR MIXED COMPONENTS OF SEPARABLE
BEARINGS.
All bearings that have passed initial visual inspection must be cleaned in accordance with
Ball and Roller Bearing Cleaning (FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A) (if TASK determines cleaning is
necessary). Clean bearings with carbon/varnish build-up per applicable steps.
2. Bearing Inspection After Cleaning
2.1. CAUTION
BEARING DAMAGE FROM UNWANTED MATERIAL CONTAMINATION CAN OCCUR DURING
INSPECTION. TO PREVENT DAMAGE, BEARINGS MUST BE KEPT AWAY FROM ALL
CONTAMINANTS AND INSPECTOR MUST WEAR GLOVES WHEN HANDLING BEARINGS.
Note
Cleaned bearings must be inspected again to see if carbon deposits have been removed and
visual contamination has been eliminated. They also must be inspected and accepted before
being returned to the supply cycle or re-installed in the engine.
Bearing Inspection Flow Charts.
Functional and nonfunctional surfaces of bearings are defined in Fig 1 Bearing Functional/Non-
Functional Surfaces.
The following bearing inspection flow charts are used to determine the acceptability of an
imperfection. The flow chart is set-up to generate a decision path at each test point (diamond
symbol). When the direction on the flow chart is followed, a reliable disposition for accepting or
rejecting a bearing anomaly can be made. Fig 2 Inspection of Bearings, Fig 3 Bearing Functional
Surfaces Inspection - Center 1/3 of Roller, Fig 4 Bearing Functional Surfaces Inspection - Scratch or
Scoring (Center Roller), Fig 5 Bearing Functional Surfaces Inspection - Outer 1/3 of Roller, Fig
6 Bearing Non-Functional Surfaces Inspection, Fig 7 Bearing Cage Inspection, Fig 8 Bearing Cage
Inspection - Continued
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.2. Level of Disassembly. When inspection is required, ensure the following:
2.2.1. No. 1 bearings shall be removed from their housings.
2.2.2. No. 2 bearings shall be removed from the 1st reduction bevel gear.
2.2.3. No. 3 bearing outer ring and the No. 4 bearing rollers shall be removed from their assembled
housings.
2.2.4. No. 3 bearing rollers shall be removed from the HP turbine.
2.2.5. No. 4 bearing inner race shall remain on the 1st LP turbine.
2.2.6. Main shaft accessory drive bearings shall be removed from their housings and shafts.
2.2.7. Gearbox bearings shall remain installed in the gearbox or installed on their shafts.
2.3. Visual Inspection
2.3.1. Visually inspect all bearings, using 1X magnification, to find any contamination or carbon/varnish
buildup on the bearings. Magnification of 1X is defined as 16-18 in. distant and illumination must be
100 foot candles (1000 lux) minimum. Used bearings must be 100 percent screened and processed.
2.3.2. Magnification may be used to measure the size of a defect if the scribe test is not capable of verifying
the size. Magnification is not to be used to find defects, only measure size or determine classification,
(i.e., skidding versus spalling).
2.4. Use of a Radius Stylus. The scribe test is conducted once a visual imperfection is found. No
magnification is permitted during the scribe test. If the imperfection is felt during the scribe test,
continue to follow the applicable bearing inspection flow chart. Refer to Fig 9 Correct Positioning of
Radius Stylus.
2.4.1. All scribe tests will be conducted with a 0.040 inch radius scriber (stylus).
2.4.2. The stylus shall be allowed to float between the fingers and thumb while guided across the surface to
be inspected. Do not grasp the stylus or push it towards the surface. The stylus shall only apply its
own weight against the surface.
2.4.3. As the scribe passes over the imperfection, the operator must definitely feel the imperfection without
magnification. An inspection mirror and supplemental lighting may be used to facilitate inspection in
confined installations.
2.4.4. The scriber tip must be inspected at least once each six month period and replaced if the scriber tip
finish has deteriorated. Use of a scribe with imperfections can cause an acceptable part to be
rejected.
2.4.5. For inspection, bearings shall not be removed from their installation except as noted in Step 2.2. .
2.5. Rotational Check for Non-Separable Bearings. Check rotational freedom of non-separable bearings.
Check bearing by hand for roughness of rotation or indications of binding.
2.5.1. Check bearing by hand for roughness or indications of too much torque. The hand feel test will
usually identify internal contamination or important surface degradation, justifying rejection of the
part. This does not work to identify bearing cage cracks which start at the ball or roller pockets. This
area is normally not easy to access for inspection, and even when it is, the beginning cracks are not
always visually detectable.
2.5.2. Hold one race stationary and rotate the other race slowly by hand while applying a load in the thrust
direction. The applied load should be enough to ensure that all the rotating elements are loaded.
Note any binding or rough turning. Rough spots should be oscillated over to distinguish between a
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
defect and the chattering of the cage. If a rough spot is found, reclean the bearing to insure that it is
not contaminated. Up to a total of four bearing cleanings and subsequent inspections are allowed.
Any binding or rough turning following the completion of this cycle is cause for rejection.
2.6. The following equipment is used for inspecting the bearings: handling tweezers, scribe (bearing
surface tester), .040 inch (1.016 mm) Radius Stylus, Magnification (1X).
3. Definitions.
3.1. Surfaces. Refer to Fig 1 Bearing Functional/Non-Functional Surfaces.
3.1.1. Functional Surfaces. Functional surfaces are all active surfaces of a bearing.
3.1.1.1. Rolling elements. All surfaces except the corners of the rollers. Roller corners at the point of
intersection with the roller profile and roller end are functional.
3.1.1.2. Rings. Raceways and adjacent guide flanges for roller bearings, but not track-to-guide undercuts or
fillet radii.
3.1.1.3. Cage (retainer). Entire pocket (except retention features) and control land surface. The control land
surface is the cage surface that pilots the cage.
3.1.2. Non-Functional Surfaces. Non-functional surfaces are all surfaces other than those defined as
functional.
3.2. Non-Separable Bearings. Certain bearings, such as those used for the gearbox, towershaft, and
some mainshaft bearings, cannot be disassembled for detailed component inspection. These
bearings should first be screened by rotational check. The functional, non-functional, and cage
surfaces which are visible should be inspected as defined in the applicable flow charts.
3.3. Imperfections
3.3.1. Brinelling (True). True brinelling is plastic flowed indentations in raceways and rolling elements
usually equally spaced corresponding to rolling element spacing. They are characterized by smooth,
shiny bottomed indentations. True brinelling is the same as a dent for rejection criteria. Refer to Fig
10 Bearing Brinelling - Contact Zones.
3.3.2. Brinelling (False). False brinelling is characterized by frosty indentations on rolling elements or
raceways. It is generated by a fretting corrosion wear mechanism. This is usually caused by
continuous non-rotational vibrations.
3.3.3. Corrosion. Broken or pitted surface with discoloration around the perimeter of pits. Also, surface
discoloration without breaks or pits appearing to be iron oxide. Corroded surface may exhibit an
orange peel appearance. Refer to Fig 11 Bearing Corrosion.
3.3.4. Dent. A light, smoothly rounded hollow with a rim usually caused by a hit from an unwanted object.
The rim may be raised material or a polished ring around the hollow. Dents usually occur because of
handling damage or elements rolling over foreign particles during bearing operation. Refer to Fig
12 Bearing Rings - Nicks, Dents, and Scratches.
3.3.5. Extruded Material. Silver extruding from cage functional surfaces.
3.3.6. Flaking or Blistering of Plating. Flaking, or blistering of silver plating due to inadequate adhesive
bond.
3.3.7. Fretting Corrosion. Fretting corrosion is rapid oxidation of surfaces of closely fitted parts. It is
characterized by rusty appearing surfaces ranging from black to fairly bright reddish brown.
3.3.8. Frosting of Balls. Frosting of the balls are bands or whole surfaces of a white "frosted" appearance or
loss of luster due to many fine scratches.
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.3.9. Heat Discoloration. Heat discoloration of carbon steel bearing surfaces is shown in colors ranging
from pale yellow to purple and even black. Used carbon steel bearings have the following
discoloration from heat within these approximate ranges:
From 430° to 480°F (221° to 249°C) - Very pale yellow through dark yellow
From 490° to 510°F (254° to 266°C) - Yellow-brown through spotted yellow-brown
From 520° to 550°F (271° to 288°C) - Brown-purple through dark purple
From 560° to 570°F (293° to 299°C) - Full blue to dark blue
From 570°F (299°C) and up - Black
3.3.10. Nicks. A sharp surface indentation caused by a hit from an object. Nicks occur when a foreign object
is pressed into the bearing surface. The object does not travel far along the surface or scratches or
gouges will result. Refer to Fig 12 Bearing Rings - Nicks, Dents, and Scratches.
3.3.11. Pits. Small cavities in the surface, free of discoloration around the perimeter, usually dark at the
bottom and generally circular in shape.
3.3.12. Raised Material. Material disturbed such that it has been raised above the surrounding surface.
3.3.13. Retention Feature Interference. Cage retention feature showing evidence of contact with the ball or
roller during operation.
3.3.14. Rivet Imperfection. Non-uniform view of rivet heads on either side of the cage is an indication of a
process problem.
3.3.15. Roller Banding. Visible band on roller that may or may not have depth.
3.3.16. Scoring. Scoring is deep, multiple grooves caused by sliding on either the race or rollers. Scoring is
caused by foreign material that is trapped in the bearing and pushed by the rollers.
3.3.17. Scratch. A linear depression with a sharp bottom caused by movement of a sharp object or particle
across a surface. Refer to Fig 12 Bearing Rings - Nicks, Dents, and Scratches.
3.3.18. Skidding. Skidding is excessive slipping between rolling elements and raceways. Skidding marks on
the rolling elements appear as a frosted band or speckled wear pattern on the otherwise highly
polished surface. Skidding marks on the raceway will appear as a burnished or irregular frosted or
smeared areas. Microscopic examination shows that the film is a transfer of metal. Refer to Fig
13 Bearing Skidding Damage.
3.3.19. Spalling. Spalling is exhibited by irregular shaped cavities of flaked-out metal from a raceway or
rolling element surface with jagged bottoms caused by rolling contact fatigue.
3.3.20. Stain. Surface discoloration with surface not broken, including tarnishes other than those associated
with corrosion or heat discoloration.
3.3.21. Wear. Deterioration or surface finish or perceptible removal of material. Refer to Fig 14 Roller End
Wear.
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703117-0-24235-00098-A-001-00
Fig 1 Bearing Functional/Non-Functional Surfaces
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703118-0-24235-00099-A-001-00
Fig 2 Inspection of Bearings
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703119-0-24235-00100-A-001-00
Fig 3 Bearing Functional Surfaces Inspection - Center 1/3 of Roller
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703120-0-24235-00101-A-001-00
Fig 4 Bearing Functional Surfaces Inspection - Scratch or Scoring (Center Roller)
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703121-0-24235-00102-A-001-00
Fig 5 Bearing Functional Surfaces Inspection - Outer 1/3 of Roller
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703122-0-24235-00103-A-001-00
Fig 6 Bearing Non-Functional Surfaces Inspection
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703123-0-24235-00104-A-001-00
Fig 7 Bearing Cage Inspection
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 12 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703124-0-24235-00105-A-001-00
Fig 8 Bearing Cage Inspection - Continued
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 13
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703110-0-24235-00097-A-001-00
Fig 9 Correct Positioning of Radius Stylus
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 14 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703108-0-24235-00096-A-001-00
Fig 10 Bearing Brinelling - Contact Zones
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 15
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703105-0-24235-00093-A-001-00
Fig 11 Bearing Corrosion
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 16 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703104-0-24235-00092-A-001-00
Fig 12 Bearing Rings - Nicks, Dents, and Scratches
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 17
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703106-0-24235-00094-A-001-00
Fig 13 Bearing Skidding Damage
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 18 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703107-0-24235-00095-A-001-00
Fig 14 Roller End Wear
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 19
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 20 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Carbon Seal Surface Quality
General
This section defines the accept/reject criteria for surfaces of all mainshaft carbon seals.
Fig 1 Carbon Seal Surface Quality - Inspection Zones
Fig 2 Carbon Seal Inspection - Banded Ring Seal
Fig 3 Carbon Seal Inspection - Circumferential Grooves
Procedure
1. Definitions
1.1. Refer to Fig 1 Carbon Seal Surface Quality - Inspection Zones.
1.2. Seal Face: The surface(s) designed to mate with adjoining surface(s) to seal off fluid or other media
to be retained by the seal.
1.3. Edge: A feature (line) formed at the intersection of two surface planes.
1.4. Chips: Discontinuities on the edge resulting from pieces of the material being broken and separated
from the edge.
1.5. Chip Width: The maximum dimension of a chip measured perpendicular to the edge along the
surfaces forming the edge. Chips have two width dimensions; each one measured along the surface
that forms the edge.
1.6. Chip Length: The maximum dimension of a chip measured along the edge.
1.7. Scratch: A random, shallow, linear depression caused by a sharp object (see lay).
1.8. Lay: The predominate surface pattern caused by the marks of tools used to finish the surface.
1.9. Crack: A linear discontinuity resulting from the fracture (rupture) of the material by internal or external
stress.
2. Carbon Face Seal Quality Requirements (No. 1 and No. 2 Carbon

Seals)
2.1. Note
Carbon face seals and runners should always be replaced together to avoid excessive wear
rates. If either the seal or runner shows coking or wear, both parts should be replaced with new
or relapped parts.
Cracks are not acceptable in any surface of the part.
2.2. Chips, pits, nicks, dents, and scratches shall be in accordance with Table 1 Carbon Face Seal
Surface Quality Requirements - FJ44 .
FJ-AAA-70-33-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.3. Seal Hang-Up. If the carbon seal is compressed into its metal case and does not extend without
assistance, both runner and seal should be replaced.
2.4. Coking and Carbon Deposits. Soft deposits that break up easily are not cause for rejection if not
accompanied by seal hang-up or hard deposits. The seal should be cleaned and reused. Hard
deposits on the seal runner that are not easily removed by wiping with a soft cloth are cause for
rejection. Both runner and seal should be replaced.
2.5. Stringers. Stringers are long, thin formations of coked material. If stringers are soft, easily smeared
and not accompanied by seal hang-up or hard deposits, the seal should be cleaned and reused. If
stringers are hard, gritty or accompanied by seal hang-up or hard material build-up on seal runner,
both seal and runner should be replaced.
3. Banded Ring Carbon Seal Quality Requirements (No. 3 and No. 4

Carbon Seals).
3.1. Inspect banded ring carbon seals per Fig 2 Carbon Seal Inspection - Banded Ring Seal.
FJ-AAA-70-33-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. Carbon Face Seal Surface Quality Requirements

4.1. Table 1 Carbon Face Seal Surface Quality Requirements - FJ44
FEATURE IMPERFECTIONS
Type Size Quantity (Max)
Seal Face(Except Pits, Dents, Nicks Depth - 0.015 inch Defects 0.005 inch
Edges) (0.381 mm) or 20% of (0.127 mm) width and
section - whichever is less - no limit. Defects
smaller. Width - 0.15 over 0.005 inch (0.127
inch (3.81 mm) or mm) - sum of defect
20% of dimension areas not to exceed
across surface - 0.1% of face area.
whichever is smaller.
One pit may be up to
0.015 inch (0.381 mm)
x 0.027 inch (0.685
mm) as long as it is
0.030 inch (0.762 mm)
from nearest edge.
Scratches (includes lay) Scratches are
acceptable if they
cannot be felt with a
0.030 inch diameter
stylus. The stylus
used for inspection
must not create a
scratch that can be
felt with the same
instrument. If surface
profile recorder traces
are used, the
limitation is 0.0002
inch (0.005 mm) deep.
FJ-AAA-70-33-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Table 1 Carbon Face Seal Surface Quality Requirements - FJ44 (Continued)

FEATURE IMPERFECTIONS
Type Size Quantity (Max)
Other Faces(Except Pits, Dents, Nicks Depth - 0.015 inch Defects 0.005 inch
Edges) (0.381 mm) or 20% of (0.127 mm) width and
section - whichever is less - no limit.Defects
smaller.Width - 0.030 over 0.005 inch (0.127
inch (0.762 mm) or mm) - not to exceed
20% of dimension 10 per face or 30 total
across surface - per part, whichever is
whichever is smaller. less.
Scratches Scratches are

acceptable if they
cannot be felt with a
0.060 inch diameter
stylus. The stylus
used for inspection
must not create a
scratch that can be
felt with the same
instrument. If surface
profile recorder traces
are used, the
limitation is 0.001 inch
(0.025 mm) deep.
Edges (Seal Face and Chips 0.015 inch (0.381 mm) Chips 0.007 (0.177
O-ring Groove) or 20% of face width - mm) and smaller - no
whichever is smaller. limit. Chips over 0.007
inch wide - the sum of
the chip lengths shall
not exceed 10% of
edge length.
Edges (Other Face) Chips 0.032 inch (0.812 mm) Chips 0.016 (0.406
or 20% of face width - mm) and smaller - no
whichever is smaller. limit. Chips over 0.016
inch wide - the sum of
the chip lengths shall
not exceed 10% of
edge length.
FJ-AAA-70-33-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703301-0-24235-00107-A-001-00
Fig 1 Carbon Seal Surface Quality - Inspection Zones
FJ-AAA-70-33-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703302-0-24235-00108-A-001-00
Fig 2 Carbon Seal Inspection - Banded Ring Seal
FJ-AAA-70-33-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-703303-0-24235-00109-A-001-00
Fig 3 Carbon Seal Inspection - Circumferential Grooves
FJ-AAA-70-33-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-70-33-01-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Repair Surfaces Affected by Minor Damage or Corrosion
General
This repair task must be performed when directed, in the relevant Inspection/Check task for the part being
repaired.
Support equipment
STD-806 / AR
Brush, Nylon Bristle
Cloth, Abrasive FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-040
Pad, Abrasive FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-041
Paper, Abrasive, Silicone Carbide FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-042
Bag, Barrier FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-176
Paper, Abrasive, Aluminum Oxide FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-177
Stone, Sharpening FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-043
Procedure
1. Instructions
1.1. Parts repaired to these instructions must be restored as near to their original shape and surface
condition as possible. After repair, parts must not exceed the worn dimension limits detailed in the
relevant Inspection/Check task.
FJ-AAA-70-42-11-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.2. Standard workshop equipment is required to do these repairs. Special tooling is not required.
Consumable materials to perform this task are: MAT-040 Abrasive Cloth, MAT-041 Abrasive Pad,
MAT-042 Silicon Carbide Abrasive Paper, MAT-043 Sharpening Stone.
2. Repair Minor Damage

2.1. CAUTION
YOU MUST NOT USE ALUMINUM OXIDE TYPE WHEELS, STONES, AND ABRASIVES ON
TITANIUM PARTS. USE ONLY SILICON CARBIDE TYPES.
CAUTION
IF YOU USE MECHANICAL CUTTERS, MAKE LIGHT CUTS TO PREVENT OVERHEATING OF
THE TITANIUM PART. DO NOT GRIND.
Repair of Scores, Galling, Burrs, Pick-up, Fretting and Corrosion
2.1.1. Remove high spots, burrs and pick-up, and pick-up on threads. Use hand stones and light hand
polishing.
2.2. Corrosion with pitting on coated surfaces

2.2.1. Remove corrosion products with stiff nylon or bristle brush. Do not use metallic brush. Alternate
method to brush is to use 600 grit aluminum oxide or silicon carbide paper.
2.3. Repair of Pitting, Stripping, and Rubbing Marks
2.3.1. Remove pitting by blending. Use hand stones and light hand polishing.
2.4. Repair of Distortion and Dents
2.4.1. Remove distortion and dents by blending. Use hand stones and light hand polishing.
2.5. Repair of Nicks
2.5.1. Remove nick by blending, scalloping, and/or hand polishing to a smooth shape.
2.6. Repair of Burned Areas
2.6.1. Dress, Blend, and polish burned areas. For standards, refer to the relevant Inspection/Check task for
the part under repair.
2.7. Repair of Cracks
2.7.1. Blend and/or scallop affected area. Use a rotary file and hand polish. For standards, refer to the
relevant Inspection/Check task for the part under repair.
2.8. Repair of Battering
2.8.1. Blend edges of battering marks. Blend to the general surface profile of the part and hand polish.
2.8.2. Scallop battering on leading and trailing edges. Scallop to a 5:1 minimum length/depth ratio and hand
polish. For standards, refer to the relevant Inspection/Check task for the part under repair.
3. Inspect Repaired Area

3.1. Inspect and Crack Test. Refer to the relevant Inspection/Check task for the part under repair to
determine the method and instruction for inspection and crack test.
FJ-AAA-70-42-11-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. Apply Surface Protection to Repaired Area

4.1. Repair Surface Protection. Refer to 70-42-12-801 and/or relevant Repair task for the part under
repair.
FJ-AAA-70-42-11-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Local Surface Protection
General
This task must be performed to restore protective coating to surfaces which have been damaged or repaired.

MAT-027
Marker, Fine Line FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-033

MAT-050
Polyurethane Topcoat, Color FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

Anodize Repair
MAT-052
Procedure
1. Instructions
1.1. Make sure that all damaged/repaired surfaces are blended smoothly and match the surface finish of
the surrounding area.
1.2. WARNING
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL IS MILDLY TOXIC AND BURNS WITH A COLORLESS FLAME. AVOID
INGESTION OR EYE CONTACT AND KEEP AWAY FROM HEAT, SPARKS, OR FLAME.
Make sure that all damaged/repaired surfaces are clean and dry. Swab area with isopropyl alcohol
MAT-027 to clean.
2. Anodized Aluminum Cases

2.1. WARNING
MAT-050 CHEMICAL COATING MAY BE HARMFUL TO EYES, SKIN, AND LUNGS. MAY CAUSE
PERMANENT DAMAGE AND SKIN BURNS. WEAR EYE PROTECTION AND PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING WHILE MIXING AND USING COATING MATERIAL. MIX ONLY SMALL AMOUNTS
AND AVOID PROLONGED BREATHING OF FUMES. USE IN WELL VENTILATED AREA.
FJ-AAA-70-42-12-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
If liquid Iridite MAT-050 is used, apply it as follows:
2.1.1. Apply touch-up chemical coating to damaged/repaired area. Overlapping of touch-up coating to base
coating is allowed.
2.1.2. Allow coating to dry for one to five minutes. Wipe off excess coating with a damp cloth.
2.1.3. If the repair is on an area that has blue chemical coating, it is allowable to touch-up the repaired area
with a dark blue fine line marker (MAT-033).
2.2. If Alodine/Bonderite 1132 or 871 pen is used (MAT-050), apply it as follows:
2.2.1. Lightly abrade the area with a moist pad, wipe with a damp lint-free cloth and let dry.
2.2.2. Coat the area in even overlapping strokes and allow to dry.
2.2.3. Re-coat the area within 5 minutes by applying at 90 degrees to the first coat (cross pattern).
2.2.4. Allow the coating to dry thoroughly.
2.2.5. Do not wipe up excess.
2.3. Blue topcoat (MAT-052) may be applied to repaired areas as follows:
2.3.1. Make sure that all damaged/repaired surfaces are clean and dry. Swab area with isopropyl alcohol
MAT-027 to clean.
2.3.2. WARNING
MAT-050 CHEMICAL COATING OR TOPCOAT MAT-052 MAY BE HARMFUL TO EYES, SKIN,
AND LUNGS. MAY CAUSE PERMANENT DAMAGE AND SKIN BURNS. WEAR EYE
PROTECTION AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING WHILE MIXING AND USING COATING
MATERIAL. MIX ONLY SMALL AMOUNTS AND AVOID PROLONGED BREATHING OF FUMES.
USE IN WELL VENTILATED AREA.
Apply touch-up chemical coating MAT-050 to damaged/repaired area. Overlapping of touch-up

coating to base coating is allowed. Allow coating to dry in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
2.3.3. To ensure that surface is clean and free of contamination, perform water break test by spraying the
surface to be painted with a mist of distilled water:
2.3.3.1. If water droplets tend to coalesce into large lenses lasting for 25 seconds (without a sudden flash
out), the surface is acceptable.
2.3.3.2. If water gathers into droplets within 25 seconds (if the surface shows a “water break” within that
time), or if the water forms a continuous film by flashing out suddenly over the surface area, the
surface is not acceptable and must undergo further cleaning.
2.3.3.3. Allow surface to fully dry before applying topcoat.
2.3.4. Mask off areas of part which do not require application of topcoat.
2.3.5. Mix topcoat (MAT-052) in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
2.3.6. Apply the topcoat over the damaged area. The topcoat can be applied by brush or spray.
2.3.7. The topcoat takes 7 days to fully cure at room temperature. It is acceptable to continue processing
the coated hardware after 12 hours at room temperature. It is acceptable to fly after 72 hours.
FJ-AAA-70-42-12-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. Non-Anodized Polished Aluminum Surfaces

3.1. Refer to component maintenance task(s) for application of protective coatings on polished aluminum
surfaces.
FJ-AAA-70-42-12-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection
General
This task covers the penetrant method of inspection for the detection of cracks and other discontinuities open to
the surface.
Procedure
1. General
1.1. The penetrant test materials used for inspection per this task shall be as specified in AMS-2644.
Note
1 These instructions are to be used as a supplement to regular visual inspection procedures,
not a replacement.
2 Inspectors shall be qualified and certified as specified in NAS-410 or SNT-TC-1A.
1.2. The following Industry Specifications are referenced:
ASTM E 1417
AMS 2644
NAS-410
SNT-TC-1A
1.3. Parts inspected must be clean and free from oil, grease, dirt, cleaning solution, and other
contamination which could prevent adequate penetration of discontinuities or hold penetrant and
cause non-relevant indications. Clean parts in accordance with the methods specified in the Engine
Inspection Manual or the Engine Manual (72-00-00-601) and the general requirements of
70-21-00-701.
2. Inspection Process
2.1. Materials
The penetrant test materials used for inspection per this task shall be as specified in AMS-2644, and
shall be from one manufacturer's family. The penetrant system shall be purged when penetrant
families and/or materials are changed. A family is defined as a penetrant and post-emulsified
combination, unless otherwise directed by Williams International.
2.2. Processes
Parts that are inspected in accordance with this task shall be processed and inspected per ASTM E
1417. The individual process specifications/methods, as called-out in specific inspection instructions
for parts, are detailed in the tables which follow:
FJ-AAA-70-42-15-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. TABLE 70-42-15-230-001
Type Methods Developer Sensitivity Level
I A, B (Note 5) or D a, (b,c)(Note 1) 2 or 3
4. TABLE 70-42-15-230-003
I A, B(Note 5), D(Note 2) a, (b,c)(Note1) 3 or 4
5. TABLE 70-42-15-230-004
I A, B(Note 5), C (Note a(Note 4), (b,c)(Note 4

6), D(Note 2) 1), d
Note
1 Aqueous or water soluble developers cannot be used with water washable (method A)
penetrants
2 Method D penetrants are mandatory for inspecting rotating or highly stressed parts, except
for checking fan rotor blend repair areas outside of a CSICheck 4/6/8/10 (etc).
3 Developer not required, inspect opposite side surface for evidence of through leaks
4 Form “a” developer only.
5 Dwell time for lipophilic emulsifiers shall be 1 minute maximum unless otherwise agreed to
in the fixed process.
6 Only Method C or D penetrants may be used for checking the fan rotor blend repair areas
outside of a CSICheck 4/6/8/10 (etc).
7 Use developers a, c, or d only when using Method C.
Methods Developer Type Sensitivity Level
A - Water Wash a - Dry Powder I - Fluorescent Dye 2 - Medium

B - Post Emulsifier b - Water Soluble II - Visible Dye 3 - High
(Lipophilic) c - Water Suspendable 4 - Ultra-High
C - Solvent Removable d - Non-Aqueous
D - Post Emulsifier
(Hydrophilic)
6. Acceptance Criteria
6.1. Parts shall meet the acceptance criteria specified in the detailed inspection instructions. For
acceptance criteria provided as a class, the classes are defined in Table 1 Fluorescent Penetrant
Limits - FJ44.
FJ-AAA-70-42-15-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Table 1 Fluorescent Penetrant Limits - FJ44

Class Max Size Any Max. Size Max. No. of Dist.
Linear Indication Rounded Indications per
(Inch) Indication (Inch) Square or Linear
(Notes 2 & 3) Inch
AA None Allowed None Allowed - -
A None Allowed 0.010 7 Note 5
B None Allowed 0.030 5 Note 1
C None Allowed 0.060 3 Note 1
D 0.010 0.010 7 Note 1

E 0.030 0.030 5 Note 1
F 0.060 0.060 3, (Note 4) Note 1
G 0.120 0.120 2, (Note 4) Note 1
Note
1 Indications to be separated by a minimum of 4 times the largest dimension of the largest
indication being considered (edge to edge).
2 A linear indication is defined as an indication whose length is 5 times its width, minimum.
3 The following defects are not allowed for Class AA through C: cracks, laps, laminations,
seams, tears, cold shuts, forging bursts, intruded scale, pipes and corrosion pits.
4 The maximum number of indications above can be greater under the following conditions:
(a) The cumulative length of all indications must not be greater than the max size of
indications times the max number of indications specified; e.g., Class F permitted indication/
size mixtures include: 3 at 0.060 inch, 6 at 0.030 inch, 5 at 0.036 inch, etc
(b) The requirements of Note 1 are maintained.
5 Indications to be separated by a minimum of 1 times the largest dimension of the largest

indication being considered (edge to edge).
6 A tightly spaced group of defects (usually consisting of porosity or microshrinkage) must be

considered as a cluster and treated as a single defect.
6.2. Parts exhibiting indications may be evaluated using additional non-destructive test methods to
determine the relevancy and severity of the indications.
7. Quality Assurance Provisions

7.1. Inspection Process
The inspecting activity shall establish an inspection process defining, as a minimum, the following:
– Brand name, type and group designation of penetrant and developer (if used)
– Surface preparation
– Dwell time
FJ-AAA-70-42-15-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
– Wash method
– Details of applying developer (if used)
– Part number and inspection class, as applicable
– Cleaning method after inspection
7.2. Process Controls
The inspecting activity shall be responsible for conducting process control tests per ASTM E 1417.
8. Notes
8.1. Nonrelevant Indications
All indications revealed by liquid penetrant inspection do not necessarily represent detrimental
defects since nonrelevant indications are sometimes encountered. They may be caused by rough
areas or by insufficient rinsing following penetrant applications. Nonrelevant indications can be wiped
off without reappearing and not show the brilliance of true indications. Regard any indication which is
believed to be nonrelevant as unacceptable until the indication is either eliminated by surface
conditioning or it is evaluated by other nondestructive means and demonstrated to be nonrelevant.
8.2. Relevant Indications

Relevant indications are those which result from mechanical discontinuities. Linear indications are
those indications in which the length is more than five times the width. Linear indications can be
caused by such discontinuities as cracks, laps, laminations, seams, tears, etc. Rounded indications
are indications which are circular or elliptical with the length less than five times the width. Cracks,
seams, laps, and cold shuts appear as lines. Porosity is revealed by round spots. Growing or
bleeding spots are indicative of subsurface cavities. For estimating the extent of a defect, it is helpful
to examine under white light preferably with 10x (area) magnification.
9. Inspection of Components
9.1. Refer to NDI tasks for specific components for inspection methods and acceptance criteria.
FJ-AAA-70-42-15-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Torque Tightening Technique
Description
1. General
This task provides information for torque tightening technique. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Typical Torque Sequences and Torque Calculation for the Use of Extensions and Adapters
2. Information
2.1. A predetermined torque load is applied to nuts, bolts, fittings, and screws to prevent overstressing
and to give optimum security. All threaded fasteners on the engine are tightened to either:
2.1.1. A special load for a particular application, or
2.1.2. A standard torque for the size of the thread
2.2. Torque values for all threaded fasteners are given at the point of application in the maintenance
manual.
3. Lubrication
3.1. You must apply lubricant to the threads on parts to get the correct torque load at assembly. This
lubrication is necessary because most of the applied torque is absorbed by :
3.1.1. Friction at the screw head
3.1.2. The mating faces of the assembly parts
3.2. Lubricate all steel tube nut fittings prior to assembly with engine oil MAT-001. Do not apply lubricant
to inside of tubes.
3.3. Lubricate all other threaded fasteners with MAT-001 engine oil (unless otherwise specified).
3.4. You must not use any other lubricants unless specifically told otherwise in the specific procedure in
the manual.
3.5. If you use the wrong lubricant, the mean tensile load, when you apply torque, can increase by 80
percent. This can put severe stress on the fastener.
4. Retightening of Nuts
4.1. CAUTION
IF YOU DO NOT DO THE INSTRUCTIONS THAT FOLLOW, THE RESULT CAN BE AN
INADEQUATE CLAMPING LOAD. IF YOU GO PAST THE CORRECT TORQUE LOAD IN AN
ATTEMPT TO INCREASE THE CLAMPING LOAD, YOU CAN DAMAGE THE THREADS OF
PARTS. THIS MAY NOT BE OBVIOUS AT FIRST BUT CAN CAUSE FAILURE OF THE JOINT
DURING SERVICE.
FJ-AAA-70-51-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Whenever you must tighten nuts again, do the procedure that follows:
4.1.1. Remove the nuts.
4.1.2. Clean and apply lubricant to the threads and abutment faces.
4.1.3. Install the nuts again.
4.1.4. Torque the nuts to the specified torque load.
5. Torque Tightening Sequence - Close-Pitch Bolting

5.1. When you use close-pitch bolting, and when you must make a seal, do not tighten adjacent fasteners
successively. Tighten in a symmetrical pattern to prevent the induction of strain into the structure. Do
the procedure that follows, unless you are told differently in the manual.
5.1.1. On flanges, lightly tighten two fasteners approximately opposite to each other; then lightly tighten
another pair at approximately 90° to the first pair. Bisect the resultant angles and continue as before.
When the faces touch with all fasteners lightly tightened, apply the prescribed torque in a similar
sequence. Refer to Fig 1 Typical Torque Sequences and Torque Calculation for the Use of
Extensions and Adapters for an example of a typical torque sequence.
6. Hand Torque Wrenches

6.1. Flexible Beam Type
6.1.1. Standard equipment flexible beam type wrenches include: Hand torque wrench, flexible beam type,
1/4-in. drive and Hand torque wrench, flexible beam type, 1/4-in. drive.
6.1.2. To get a correct reading, hold the handle lightly with one hand. Pull the handle at right-angles (90
degrees) to the center-line of the wrench. The handle must be free to move on the pivot point; this
will keep the force or load at the correct point. Do not move the position of the handle. If you do, this
will change the concentration of the force from the pivot point to another position on the handle.
6.1.3. Use a torque wrench which will show you torque value in the higher range of the scale. This will
make sure that you get the greatest possible accuracy when you look at the scale values.
6.1.4. Before you use the wrench, set it to zero.
6.2. Screwdriver type
6.2.1. Standard equipment screwdriver type wrench includes: Hand torque wrench, screwdriver type, 1/4-in
drive.
6.2.2. To get a correct reading, hold the handle like a screwdriver. Turn the handle smoothly until you can
see the required torque load.
6.2.3. Examine screwdriver-type wrenches for accuracy. When there is no load, make sure that the pointer
shows zero on the scale. If necessary, adjust the wrench in accordance with manufacturer
instructions.
7. Use of Torque Adapters and Extensions.

7.1. The use of an adapter on the torque wrench lengthens the effective working arm of the torque
wrench, except when the adapter is used at right angles (90°) to the wrench handle. When the
adapter is used in such a manner that it lengthens the arm of the torque wrench, adjust the torque
values as follows:
FJ-AAA-70-51-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
7.1.1. Measure the length of the torque wrench from the center of the drive to the center of the handle. This
is dimension A (Fig 1 Typical Torque Sequences and Torque Calculation for the Use of Extensions
and Adapters).
7.1.2. Measure the length of the torque wrench with the adapter attached. This measurement (dimension B)
is taken from the center of the handle to the centerline of the adapter.
7.1.3. Divide dimension A by dimension B to get the conversion factor.
7.1.4. Multiply the conversion factor by the torque value given for the nut to get the torque reading that
should be used with the adapter on the wrench.
7.2. Example - Torque Value Conversion:
Dimension A on the torque wrench is 12.5 inches. With an adapter installed, dimension B is 14.3
inches. A + B = 12.5 ÷ 14.3 = 0.87. This is the conversion factor. Multiply the conversion factor by the
nominal torque.
8. Locking Torque for Self-Locking Fasteners.

8.1. Refer to Locking Techniques for Threaded Parts, 70-12-04-201, for a description of the proper use
and minimum run-down torques for self-locking fasteners.
FJ-AAA-70-51-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-705101-0-24235-00110-A-001-00
Fig 1 Typical Torque Sequences and Torque Calculation for the Use of Extensions and Adapters
FJ-AAA-70-51-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-70-51-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Maintenance and Calibration of Special Tools
General
This task describes the maintenance practices required to keep special tools for engines in proper working
condition. Special tools require regular inspection and maintenance to ensure safety of operation and/or accuracy
of measurement.
Special tools are typically designated with an alpha prefix followed by six numeric digits (e.g. TLXXXXXX). Special
tools with or without hyphens and/or leading zeros shall be considered equivalent (e.g. TL012345, TL-012345,
TL-12345).

MAT-001
Oil, Penetrating FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-005
Pad, Abrasive FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-041
Procedure
1. Visual Inspection: Each time a tool is used it should be checked for:
1.1. Damage: Tools that are cracked, chipped, or otherwise damaged should not be used. Nicks, burrs, or
raised material should be blended smooth. Areas on tools where a protective surface is removed
should be recoated to prevent corrosion.
1.2. Wear: Contact surfaces should be inspected for areas of excessive wear that would prevent the tool
from functioning properly. Threaded diameters and contact surfaces should be lubricated with clean
engine oil MAT-001 to reduce friction. Replace tools that are excessively worn.
1.3. Cleanliness: All tools are potential sources of engine contamination and should be properly cleaned
before use. Assembly tools must be held to the same standards of cleanliness as engine parts in the
system in which they are used.
1.4. Corrosion: Corrosion may impair the function of a tool, shorten its life-span, or weaken it. Remove
corrosion with an abrasive pad MAT-041. All steel tools, including those which have black oxide
coating, should be coated with penetrating oil MAT-005 to inhibit corrosion. In areas of high humidity,
tools should be sealed in plastic bags or stored in rust-inhibiting paper.
FJ-AAA-70-53-00-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.5. Proper Configuration: Tools that are composed of multiple piece-parts should be checked for proper
assembly and/or configuration. Refer to the detailed instructions in the Maintenance, Engine
Inspection, or Engine Manual.
2. Non-Destructive Inspection (NDI): Tools which are under high stress during operation must be
periodically checked with fluorescent penetrant to detect cracks or weaknesses which would
otherwise be invisible. Perform NDI inspection at intervals indicated in Table 1 Maintenance And
Calibration Requirements For All FJ44 Special Tools .
3. Calibration: In order to assure accuracy of measurement, service facilities shall maintain a program
for calibrating engine tools. Tools which require periodic calibration are identified in Table
1 Maintenance And Calibration Requirements For All FJ44 Special Tools .
Table 1 Maintenance And Calibration Requirements For All FJ44 Special Tools
TOOL TOOL NAME REQUIREMENT INTERVAL NOTES
NUMBER
TL37102-4 Gauge, Hydraulic Pump Calibrate Pressure 6 Months

Gauge
TL37102-76 Gauge, Pressure Calibrate Pressure 6 Months

Gauge
TL37102-11, Stretch Tooling details NDI Inspect 24 Months Inspect for cracks
TL37102-12, Visual check prior using visible dye
TL37102-13, to each usage (spray can)
TL37102-29, penetrant.
TL37102-62,
TL37102-64,
TL217317-13,
TL217317-14,
TL235628, Oil Tank Pressure Test Calibrate Pressure 6 months

TL217323 Fixture Gauge
TL37114-2 Puller, 1st and 2nd LP NDI Inspect Puller 24 Months Inspect for cracks
Turbines Legs (3) using visible dye
Visual check prior (spray can)
to each useage penetrant.
TL037281 Gauge, Gearbox Calibrate Dial 6 months

Backlash Indicator
TL065023 Gauge, HP Calibrate Dial 6 months

Compressor Rotor Indicator
Face Clearance
TL099967 Test Box, Delta P Calibrate Pressure 12 months

Pressure Sensor Gauge
TL110118 Test Block, Indicator, Calibrate Pressure 6 months

Delta P, Oil Filter and Gauge
Fuel Filter
FJ-AAA-70-53-00-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Requirements for Vibration Measuring Equipment
General
This section describes equipment requirements and guidelines to perform vibration surveys on FJ44/FJ33
engines. It also contains equipment calibration requirements and examples of equipment which meet these
requirements.
Procedure
1. Vibration Measuring Equipment Requirements

1.1. Accelerometer:
1.1.1. Light weight (preferably less than 10 grams), ground isolated, charge accelerometers with a nominal
sensitivity between 1-10 pC/g are generally recommended.
1.1.2. Stud/bolt mount compatible with the vibration mount tooling.
1.1.3. Measures vibration in the radial direction, orthogonal to vibration mount plate surface (+/- 5°).
1.1.4. Temperature range of -65 to +300 °F
1.1.5. Amplitude range capability, ±500 g (+/-5%)
1.1.6. Frequency range capability, 5 Hz to 5,000 Hz (+/-5%)
1.2. Cabling:
1.2.1. RG-58 or RG-59 “low noise” cabling or equivalent. These types of cable have been designed to
minimize undesirable ground loop noise and triboelectric noise.
1.2.2. Cable length should be considered in the layout of the measurement chain to avoid unwanted signal
attenuation. As the length of cable increases, a greater current is required to drive the signal. If
insufficient current is provided to the sensor the measured signal will show effects of a low pass filter.
1.3. Signal Conditioners:
1.3.1. Each channel should be set for single ended piezo electric (SEPE) inputs.
1.3.2. The maximum input charge shall be capable of handling the anticipated full scale measurement
range, i.e. 500 g x 10 pC/g = 5000 pC minimum per channel.
1.3.3. Each channel’s gain selections shall be chosen such that the peak signal handling capacity prevents
peak clipping. Time waveforms should be inspected to verify the absence of clipping. A full scale
range of 500 g-pk is recommended.
1.3.4. If any filters are used between the accelerometer and signal conditioner then a reduced full scale
range may be acceptable. For example, analog filters may be used to suppress high frequency
content associated with the turbomachinery. The filter design and resulting cutoff frequencies vary as
a function of the size and scale of the engine. In general though, a full scale range of 200 g-pk is
acceptable when such filters are employed.
1.4. Data Acquisition System (DAQ)
FJ-AAA-70-53-00-802A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
DAQ with equivalent or better capability than the specifications below is recommended.
1.4.1. The data recording system(s) shall have a per-channel bandwidth of not less than 5 kHz, shall
sample a minimum of 20,480 samples per second, shall have a minimum of 16 bit resolution, and
shall be linear within ± 0.5 dB over the reported measurement range.
1.4.2. Each A/D channel shall include anti-alias filtering with Nyquist frequency no less than 10 kHz and roll
off slope of no less than 12dB/octave.
1.4.3. The maximum digitally recorded cross talk measured at 1 kHz between adjacent channels (if there
are multiple channels) should be no more than -70 dB relative to the original signal.
1.5. Spectrum Analyzer:
If a real time spectrum analyzer is employed, then the following Fast Fourier Transform (FFT)
parameters and engineering units are recommended.
1.5.1. Frequency resolution = 5 Hz
1.5.2. Time window = Flat top
1.5.3. Overlap = 0%
1.5.4. No averaging of adjacent FFT blocks

1.5.5. Engineering units = inches/sec-pk
2. Vibration Measuring Equipment Calibration

2.1. All sensors, signal conditioners, and data acquisition systems shall be calibrated with procedures
traceable to NIST.
2.2. All devices shall be calibrated for frequency response from a minimum of 5 Hz to at least 5 kHz or
the maximum frequency range of the devices, as specified by the manufacturer.
2.3. The frequency response of the dynamic data acquisition measurement system should be determined
using pure sine tones at the prescribed amplitudes and frequencies as specified in Table
1 Calibration Table for Vibration Measurement System.
Table 1 Calibration Table for Vibration Measurement System

Sine Tone Sine Tone
Tolerance
Frequency Input Input Tolerance Tolerance
Type range [g-
[Hz] Amplitude Amplitude range [dB] range [%]
oj]
[IPS-pk] [G-pk]
50 0.25 0.20 0.21 0.010 5.0
100 0.25 0.41 0.21 0.020 5.0

FJ44/FJ33 1X
LP Speed 200 0.25 0.81 0.21 0.040 5.0
Range
315 0.25 1.28 0.21 0.064 5.0
400 0.25 1.63 0.21 0.081 5.0
FJ-AAA-70-53-00-802A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Table 1 Calibration Table for Vibration Measurement System (Continued)

Sine Tone Sine Tone
Tolerance
Frequency Input Input Tolerance Tolerance
Type range [g-
[Hz] Amplitude Amplitude range [dB] range [%]
oj]
[IPS-pk] [G-pk]
315 1.10 5.64 0.21 0.280 5.0
400 1.10 7.17 0.21 0.355 5.0

FJ44/FJ33 1X
HP Speed 500 1.10 8.96 0.21 0.444 5.0
Range
630 1.10 11.29 0.21 0.559 5.0
800 1.10 14.33 0.21 0.710 5.0

1000 1.23 20.00 0.21 0.991 5.0
Turbo
Machinery 2000 0.61 20.00 0.21 0.991 5.0
Blade Passing
Frequency 3150 0.39 20.00 0.21 0.991 5.0
Range
5000 0.25 20.00 0.21 0.991 5.0
3. Examples of Vibration Measuring Equipment

3.1. The following are examples of vibration measuring equipment which meet these requirements:
– DynaVibe GX3
– ACES Models 1700, 4040, 4041, and 2021
FJ-AAA-70-53-00-802A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Storage of Parts that have Shelf Life Limits
Description
1. General
This task describes the maintenance practices required for storage of parts that have shelf life limits.
2. Shelf Life
2.1. The date which the shelf life of rubber and synthetic rubber parts is calculated is the cure date. This
cure date is shown on the parts and/or on their associated packaging. It is applicable to the following
types of parts:
2.1.1. Rubber or synthetic rubber
2.1.2. Cables
2.1.3. Harnesses
2.2. The cure date is shown as the quarter of the year (given as a single figure) and the year (given as a
double figure) when the part was manufactured. The letter Q separates the single figure and double
figure. For example, 2Q91 is the cure date for a part made in the second quarter of 1991. The year is
divided into quarters as follows:
2.2.1. January, February, March
2.2.2. April, May, June
2.2.3. July, August, September
2.2.4. October, November, December
Note
On some parts, the month of manufacture is shown in brackets after the cure date, e.g. 2Q91
(May).
2.3. Calculate the age of any part from the end of the quarter in which the part was made. For example, a
part with the cure date 2Q91 would be one year old at the end of the second quarter of 1992, i.e. 30
June, 1992.
3. Cure Date Marking

3.1. The method that shows the cure date of uninstalled or separate rubber or synthetic rubber parts is as
follows:
3.1.1. Individual parts (except seal rings) are stamped or stencilled with a permanent marking fluid of a
contrasting color. The parts are large enough for marks to be made on them. Examples of these
parts are diaphragms and bulkhead seals.
3.1.2. Seal rings (O-rings) and individual parts, which are too small to mark on, are put into identifiable
envelopes. Labels are attached to the part or batch.
FJ-AAA-70-61-01-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.1.3. The cure date is on all basic envelopes, bags, or packages and all intermediate and/or exterior
containers into which the items are put. Additionally, each envelope, bag, or package shows the
manufacturer's name or reference, the Williams International part number, and the batch number.
4. Storage of Parts
4.1. Keep rubber and synthetic rubber parts in good condition. Look carefully at the storage conditions in
order to get the maximum shelf life. Keep parts in conditions that give the maximum protection
against these effects:
4.1.1. Strain
4.1.2. Direct Sunlight
4.1.3. Ozone
4.1.4. Moisture
4.1.5. Excessive circulation of air
4.1.6. Extremes of temperature
4.1.7. Physical damage

4.1.8. Contamination by fuel, oil, grease, or solvents
4.2. If parts are supplied in envelopes, plastic bags, or cartons, keep them in this condition until you need
them. Monitor level of stocks to rate of use to prevent excessive storage time. You must remove parts
from the shelf on the basis of age. The cure date shows you how old the part is. Do not let rubber
parts and metals (especially copper) touch each other.
4.3. Store parts in a relaxed position. They must be free from tension and, wherever possible, in their
normal shape. Do not put too many parts in a vertical stack. This can cause permanent distortion of
the lower layers. Put flexible hoses in straight lengths, wherever possible, as coiling causes tension
in the outside of each coil. It also increases the risk of ozone cracking.
4.4. Give sufficient ventilation to prevent condensation, but do not let currents of air come into contact
with the stored parts. Keep parts away from sources of ozone. These are:
4.4.1. Mercury vapor lamps
4.4.2. Electrical machinery
4.4.3. Excessive exposure to outdoor air
4.5. When you put lip-type seals into storage, make sure that you do not cause damage and distortion to
the edges. Only attach seal rings to ferrules or bobbins immediately before installation into an engine
or unit. Prolonged exposure to light can cause deterioration to the seal rings.
4.6. Keep temperature within the preferred range of 59 to 70 degrees F (15 to 21 degrees C). The
minimum temperature must be 41 degrees F (5 degrees C) and the maximum must be 100 degrees
F (38 degrees C). The relative air humidity will be 65 percent. Put parts at least 3 feet (1 meter) from
any unscreened source of heat.
4.7. If you store parts in the recommended conditions in Para 4. Storage of Parts, the shelf life of rubber
and rubber synthetic parts is virtually unlimited. In certain cases, examine and monitor the parts at
specified intervals. For this purpose, materials are divided into three groups.
4.7.1. Group A
FJ-AAA-70-61-01-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4.7.1.1. Natural rubber
The customer can receive these up to five years after the cure date. The subsequent shelf life is
unlimited, provided you examine a sample of the oldest stock at least every two years (see Para
5. Inspection of Parts).
4.7.2. Group B
4.7.2.1. Butyl
4.7.2.2. Neoprene (Chloroprene)
The customer can receive these up to seven years after the cure date. The subsequent shelf life is
unlimited, provided you examine a sample of the oldest stock at least every three years (see Para
5. Inspection of Parts).
4.7.2.3. Nitrile
The customer can receive these up to 10 years from cure date. The ultimate life is 15 years.
4.7.3. Group X
4.7.3.1. Silicone, Fluorosilicone, and Fluorocarbon (Viton)

There is no life limit for supply to a customer or for storage. Cure date marks are on these parts to
help monitor stock.
5. Inspection of Parts
5.1. Examine parts for signs of aging or degradation because of oxidation; this is shown by surface
cracks and deterioration. Bend the part gently and discard it if you see cracks.
5.2. Do not automatically discard parts because you see a white or colored bloom on their surface. The
layers of blooms help to prevent ageing. They come from the anti-oxidants which are in high-grade
rubber.
5.3. Examine parts for conditions as follows; discard them if they are faulty:
5.3.1. Permanent distortion, flats, and other obvious defects
5.3.2. Tackiness or surface hardening or softening
5.3.3. Blistering, peeling, or cracks when material is extended or flexed
5.3.4. Chafing of outer coverings and corrosion of, or damage to, end fittings of hose assemblies and cable
harnesses
5.3.5. Corrosion of metal elements in bonded rubber-to-metal assemblies

5.3.6. Obstruction of the bore (flexible hoses)
FJ-AAA-70-61-01-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 71
Power Plant
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 71
Power Plant
Table of Contents
71 Power Plant
71-00-00 Power Plant
71-00-00-101 Power Plant - Fault Isolation
71-00-00-00 Power Plant - Troubleshooting
No N2 Speed Indication on Instrumentation - Starter FJ-AAA-71-00-00-092A-420A-A

Rotates - General Fault Isolation Procedure
Engine Will Not Start - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-024A-420A-A

Procedure
No or Low Oil Pressure - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-093A-420A-A

Procedure
Low/No Sound Of Igniters Firing with Manual Ignition - FJ-AAA-71-00-00-075A-420A-A

General Fault Isolation Procedure
No Low Fuel Flow Indication - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-086A-420A-A

Procedure
No Slow Acceleration Hung Start N2 - 42 Percent 20 FJ-AAA-71-00-00-097A-420A-A

Sec after Light - General Fault Isolation Procedure
No ITT Indication - General Fault Isolation Procedure FJ-AAA-71-00-00-083A-420A-A
Engine Hot Start - General Fault Isolation Procedure FJ-AAA-71-00-00-014A-420A-A
No N1 Speed Indication - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-090A-420A-A

Procedure
High N2 Indication at Idle - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-041A-420A-A

Procedure
Engine Flameout - General Fault Isolation Procedure FJ-AAA-71-00-00-011A-420A-A
Fuel Leaking from Overboard Drain - Engine Operating FJ-AAA-71-00-00-039A-420A-A

- General Fault Isolation Procedure
No Acceleration above Idle - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-080A-420A-A

Procedure
Slow Acceleration - General Fault Isolation Procedure FJ-AAA-71-00-00-114A-420A-A
71- Content
71-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Low Fuel Pressure - General Fault Isolation Procedure FJ-AAA-71-00-00-071A-420A-A
Debris in Fuel Filter Bowl - Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-135A-420A-A
High ITT - General Fault Isolation Procedure FJ-AAA-71-00-00-040A-420A-A
Bleed Odor Troubleshooting - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-004A-420A-A

Procedure
Overspeed N2 - General Fault Isolation Procedure FJ-AAA-71-00-00-107A-420A-A
Engine Surge - General Fault Isolation Procedure FJ-AAA-71-00-00-018A-420A-A
N1 N2 ITT Indications Erratic - Max Continuous FJ-AAA-71-00-00-076A-420A-A

Operation - General Fault Isolation Procedure
High Oil Temperature - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-052A-420A-A

Procedure
Lightning Strike Troubleshooting and Inspection - FJ-AAA-71-00-00-068A-420A-A

Engine Flameout (Deceleration) - General Fault FJ-AAA-71-00-00-007A-420A-A

Isolation Procedure
Failure to Shutdown - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-029A-420A-A

Procedure
Short or Noisy Engine Rundown - General Fault FJ-AAA-71-00-00-111A-420A-A

Isolation Procedure
High Oil Pressure - General Fault Isolation Procedure FJ-AAA-71-00-00-051A-420A-A
Fuel Filter Delta P Lamp Lit - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-033A-420A-A

Procedure
High Vibration With or Without Noise - General Fault FJ-AAA-71-00-00-055A-420A-A

Isolation Procedure
High Oil Consumption or Oil Leak - General Fault FJ-AAA-71-00-00-048A-420A-A

Isolation Procedure
Fuel Leak - Increased Fuel Consumption - General FJ-AAA-71-00-00-036A-420A-A

Fault Isolation Procedure
Oil Discoloration - General Fault Isolation Procedure FJ-AAA-71-00-00-099A-420A-A
Impact Event - General Fault Isolation Procedure FJ-AAA-71-00-00-059A-420A-A
Oil Filter Delta P Indicator Extended - General Fault FJ-AAA-71-00-00-102A-420A-A

Isolation Procedure
Suspect N1 or N2 Speed Pickup - General Fault FJ-AAA-71-00-00-123A-420A-A

Isolation Procedure
High Oil Consumption - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-045A-420A-A

Procedure
71- Content
71-00-00
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Bird Strike or Foreign Object Ingestion - General Fault FJ-AAA-71-00-00-001A-420A-A

Isolation Procedure
ITT Split Between Engines - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-063A-420A-A

Procedure
ITT Split Between Engines (For Mid-Length Probes) - FJ-AAA-71-00-00-064A-420A-A

Throttle Lever Movement is Rough Binding Sticks - FJ-AAA-71-00-00-129A-420A-A

Debris in Fuel Filter Bowl - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-006A-420A-A

Procedure
Volcanic Ash Exposure - Engine Not Operated - FJ-AAA-71-00-00-133A-420A-A

Volcanic Ash Ingestion - Engine Operated - General FJ-AAA-71-00-00-134A-420A-A

Starter Generator - Auxiliary Generator Failure - FJ-AAA-71-00-00-121A-420A-A

Hydraulic Pump Failure - General Fault Isolation FJ-AAA-71-00-00-058A-420A-A

Procedure
Overboard Fuel Leak - Troubleshooting - Fault FJ-AAA-71-00-00-843B-421A-A

isolation procedure
71-00-00-201 Power Plant - Maintenance Practices
Configure Engine For Right or Left-Hand Use - FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-913A-A

71-00-00-401 Power Plant - Removal/Installation
Remove the Engine from Build Stand - Disconnect, FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-500A-A

remove and disassemble procedures
Install the Engine in Build Stand - Assemble, install FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-700A-A

and connect procedures
Engine Removal Requirements List - Disconnect, FJ-AAA-71-00-00-803A-500A-A

Engine Installation Requirements List - Assemble, FJ-AAA-71-00-00-803A-700A-A

install and connect procedures
71-00-00-501 Power Plant - Adjustment/Test
List of Test Procedures - Test and inspection FJ-AAA-71-00-00-805A-322A-A
General Operating Procedures - Test and inspection FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
Idle Speed and Leak Check Run - Test and inspection FJ-AAA-71-00-00-809A-322A-A
Vibration Survey - Test and inspection FJ-AAA-71-00-00-812A-322A-A
71- Content
71-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Trim Balance Procedures - Test and inspection FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A
Stability/Acceleration Check - Test and inspection FJ-AAA-71-00-00-816A-322A-A
Performance Check - Test and inspection FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A
Capped Bleed Run - Test and inspection FJ-AAA-71-00-00-828A-322A-A
Oil Consumption Check - Test and inspection FJ-AAA-71-00-00-827A-322A-A
High Power Check - Test and inspection FJ-AAA-71-00-00-826A-322A-A
71-00-03 Power Plant Cleaning
71-00-03-701 Power Plant Cleaning - Cleaning

Clean the Power Plant - Water Rinse - Other FJ-AAA-71-00-03-801A-258A-A
procedure to clean
Clean the Power Plant - Compressor Wash - Other FJ-AAA-71-00-03-803A-258A-A

procedure to clean
Washing Exterior of Engines - Other procedure to FJ-AAA-71-00-03-804A-258A-A

clean
71-00-21 Preserving Uninstalled Engine
71-00-21-201 Preserving Uninstalled Engine - Maintenance Practices
Uninstalled Engine Preservation - Preservation FJ-AAA-71-00-21-801A-810A-A

procedure
71-00-22 Preserving Installed Engine for Nine Months or More
71-00-22-201 Preserving Installed Engine for Nine Months or More - Maintenance Practices
Installed Engine Preservation - More than Nine Months FJ-AAA-71-00-22-801A-810A-A

- Preservation procedure
71-00-23 Preserving Installed Engine for Nine Months or Less
71-00-23-201 Preserving Installed Engine for Nine Months or Less - Maintenance Practices
Installed Engine Preservation - Nine Months or Less - FJ-AAA-71-00-23-804A-810A-A

Preservation procedure
71-00-24 Storage Inspection
71-00-24-201 Storage Inspection - Maintenance Practices
Storage Inspection - Procedure to keep item FJ-AAA-71-00-24-801A-850A-A

serviceable when in storage
71-00-25 Engine Shipping/Receiving
71-00-25-201 Engine Shipping/Receiving - Maintenance Practices
Engine Shipping - Shipping and storage - General FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
Engine Receiving - Procedure to unpack items FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-842A-A
71- Content
71-00-00
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
71-00-26 Engine Depreservation
71-00-26-201 Engine Depreservation - Maintenance Practices
Depreserve the Engine - Procedure to remove FJ-AAA-71-00-26-801A-820A-A

preservation material
71-00-30 IP and HP Compressors (Borescope)
71-00-30-601 IP and HP Compressors (Borescope) - Inspection/Check
Inspect the HP and IP Compressors with a Borescope FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A

- Visual examination
71-00-32 Internal Oil Leak (Borescope)

71-00-32-601 Internal Oil Leak (Borescope) - Inspection/Check
Check for an Internal Oil Leak with a Borescope - FJ-AAA-71-00-32-801A-310A-A

Visual examination
71-00-40 Combustor, Fuel Slinger, and HP Turbine Blades Leading Edge (Borescope)
71-00-40-601 Combustor, Fuel Slinger, and HP Turbine Blades Leading Edge (Borescope) -
Inspection/Check
Inspect the Combustor, Fuel Slinger, and HP Turbine FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A

Blade Leading Edges with a Borescope - Visual
examination
71-00-50 LP Turbines (Borescope)
71-00-50-601 LP Turbines (Borescope) - Inspection/Check
Inspect the LP Turbines with a Borescope - Visual FJ-AAA-71-00-50-801A-310A-A

examination
71-00-52 HP Nozzle/HP Turbine Trailing Edge and 1st LP Turbines Leading Edge (Borescope)
71-00-52-601 HP Nozzle/HP Turbine Trailing Edge and 1st LP Turbines Leading Edge (Borescope) -
Inspection/Check
Inspect the HP Nozzle/HP Turbine Trailing Edge and FJ-AAA-71-00-52-801A-310A-A

1st LP Turbine Leading Edge with a Borescope -
Visual examination
71- Content
71-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
No N2 Speed Indication on Instrumentation - Starter Rotates
Fault Isolation
1. Troubleshoot N2 speed pickup per “Suspect N1/N2 Speed Pickup” troubleshooting. Are pickup, wire
harness, and indication system okay?
1.1. Yes: Go to Step 2.
1.2. No: Go to Step 5.
2. Install N2 speed pickup. Listen for HP spool rotation during engine crank. Does HP rotate?
3. Remove starter/generator and check for shaft damage. Is starter/generator okay?
4. Rotate starter/generator spline in gearbox clockwise with spline tool. Observe HP compressor with
borescope (72-00-30). Is compressor rotating?
5. Replace N2 speed pickup ( 77-12-01) or replace/repair wire harness or indication system, as

required.
Go to Requirements after job completion.
6. Engine is acceptable.
7. Troubleshoot starter/generator per “Starter/Generator and/or Auxiliary Generator Failure”

troubleshooting.
Note
Contacting WI Product Support ( 00-00-00) for validation of inspection findings and coordination
is recommended, prior to proceeding with this step.
8. Reject the engine.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-092A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Requirements after job completion
Required conditions
1. Troubleshooting complete
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-092A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Will Not Start
Fault Isolation
1. Ensure that engine start is performed per operating instructions.
2. Can you hear igniters firing?
3. Is there a fuel flow indication during start on instrumentation?
4. Is FCU shutoff valve tripped?
5. Is firewall shutoff valve closed?
6. Check throttle rigging adjustment. Are throttles okay?
7. Adjust throttles per A.M.M.. Are throttles okay?
8. Is engine fuel filter bypass indicator lit or are filters due replacement?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-024A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
9. Replace fuel filters (both engines) (73-14-01). If bypass indicators were lit, clean or replace fuel
manifold filters (75-25-01). Is debris visible in fuel filter bowl?
10. Is aircraft serviced with proper type of fuel?
11. Check fuel control unit TT2 sensor hookup to airframe per A.M.M.. Are hoses (2) kinked, torn,
plugged, loose, or missing?
12. Check fuel nozzle assembly (73-12-01) Is nozzle operation acceptable?

13. Borescope engine hot section (71-00-40). Is engine hot section acceptable?
14. Turn all systems off and perform start per general operating procedures.
15. Refer to “Low/No Audible Indication of Igniter(s) Firing” troubleshooting.
16. Determine cause and correct.
17. Troubleshoot per A.M.M..
18. Refer to “Throttle Lever Movement is Rough/Binding/Sticks” troubleshooting.
19. Refer to “Debris in Fuel Filter Bowl” troubleshooting.
20. Replace fuel filters (both engines)( 73-14-01). Reservice fuel system.
21. Repair or replace TT2 hose installations per A.M.M..
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-024A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
22. Replace or clean fuel nozzle assembly.
Note
Contacting WI Product Support ( 00-00-00) for concurrence on troubleshooting steps and
assistance is recommended, prior to proceeding with this step.
23. Reject the FCU/fuel pump or IFCU.
Note
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-024A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
No or Low Oil Pressure
Fault Isolation
Note
Operating with no or low oil pressure can damage the engine. Contacting W.I. Product Support
(00-00-00) prior to proceeding with troubleshooting is recommended.
1. Is the oil pressure low at altitude and normal on ground?
2. Is equipment for testing oil tank check valve available (reference SL44-72-101)?
3. Test oil tank check valve (reference SL44-72-101). Is the valve stuck open?
4. Is the interstage housing a configuration 1 or 2 (P/N 67548, 65655, 61704, 62711, 50930, or 50972)?
Note
5. Replace check valve (reference SL44-72-466). Is oil pressure okay?
6. Check engine oil level (72-00-03). Is oil level okay?
7. Inspect engine for signs of external or internal leakage. Any leaks found?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-093A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
8. Check magnetic chip collectors. Are chip collectors okay?
9. Service oil system. Is oil pressure okay?
Note
For engine oil pressure chart, refer to General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
10. Is there any oil pressure?
11. Check for N2 speed indication. Is N2 speed present?

12. Troubleshoot aircraft oil pressure indication system per A.M.M. Recommend installing direct reading
gauge at engine gearbox. Is system okay?
13. Was oil pressure low and temperature high? Refer to general operating procedures.
14. Check condition of oil filter. Is filter bypassed or due replacement?
15. Replace oil filter (79-21-01) and reset pop-out bypass indicator, if required. Is oil pressure okay?
16. Check magnetic chip collectors (79-30-01). Is abnormal debris present?
Note
High or low oil pressure indications may denote lube system blockage or pump degradation.
Therefore, it is not recommended that frequent adjustment of oil pressure regulators be
performed.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-093A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
17. Adjust oil pressure regulating valve (79-25-01). Restart engine and check oil pressure reading.
Repeat adjustment as necessary to obtain proper pressure. Is pressure okay after adjustment?
Note
For engine oil pressure chart, refer to General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
18. Is there any oil pressure?
19. Remove oil pressure regulating valve (79-25-01). Is valve stuck open? If so, replace valve and repeat
adjustment to obtain proper pressure. Is proper pressure obtainable?
20. Is fuel system known to be compromised or has metal been discovered in the oil system?
21. Remove lube oil cooler (79-22-01) and engine oil supply line (79-26-01). Are passages obstructed?
22. Clear passages or replace components. Repeat adjustment of pressure regulating valve. Is oil
pressure okay?
23. Was oil tank check valve tested earlier?
24. Is equipment for testing oil tank check valve available (reference SL44-72-101)?
25. Test oil tank check valve (reference SL44-72-101). Is the valve stuck open?
26. Is the interstage a configuration 1 or 2 (P/N 67548, 65655, 61704, 62711, 50930, or 50972)?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-093A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
Contacting W.I. Product Support 00-00-00 for concurrence on troubleshooting steps and
27. Replace the check valve (reference SL44-72-466). Is oil pressure okay?
28. Replace lube pump (79-24-01). Repeat adjustment of pressure regulating valve. Is oil pressure
okay?
29. Replace lube oil cooler (79-22-01). Repeat adjustment of pressure regulating valve. Is oil pressure
okay?

30. Was the oil pressure regulating valve replaced in a prior step?
31. Replace oil pressure regulating valve (79-25-01). Repeat adjustment of pressure regulating valve. Is
oil pressure okay?
Note
Note
33. Repair oil leaks, as required. Service oil system.
Note
34. Identify problem and correct.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-093A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
35. Refer to “No N2 Speed Indication on Cockpit Instrumentation” troubleshooting.
36. Repair oil pressure indication system per A.M.M.
37. Refer to “High Oil Temperature” troubleshooting.
38. Make sure that oil regulating valve is properly secured ( 79-25-01).
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-093A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Low/No Sound Of Igniters Firing with Manual Ignition
Fault Isolation
Safety conditions
Note
Only one ignitor is used for ground starts by FADEC/ECU. FADEC/ECU alternates ignitor between each start
attempt. Manual ignition uses both ignitors.
1. Remove igniter plugs (74-22-01). Inspect the igniters, see figures.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-075A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
IGNITER PLUG TROUBLESHOOTING
Inspect igniter plug exterior shell for:
Cracks
Chips REJECT
Swelling
Distortion
CRACK DAMAGE
NOTE: If the igniter is found to be

rejectable, contacting WI Product
Support (00-00-00-860-829) for
concurrence on the finding is
recommended.
Fretting or chafing wear in Zone A

resulting in a local shell diameter of ACCEPT
0.370 in (9.4 mm) or greater.
Fretting or chafing wear in Zone B

resulting in a local shell diameter of ACCEPT
0.435 inch (11.0 mm) or greater
Fretting or chafing wear in Zone A or B

REJECT
resulting in local shell diameters less than
previous two steps.
REJECT igniter plug and perform

Fretting or chafing wear in Zone C borescope inspection of the diffuser
skirt and bosses in accordance with
Task 71-00-40-220-801
44-7106-94
ICN-FJ-AAA-710000-A-24235-00015-A-001-01
Fig 1 Igniter Plug Troubleshooting
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-075A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
IGNITER PLUG TROUBLESHOOTING (continued)

Visually inspect igniter
tip for:
CLEAN
Combustion deposits Refer to 74-22-01,
P.B. 701
Cracked ceramic REJECT
Visually inspect igniter
connector for:
Cracked ceramic or REJECT
carbon deposits
Damage to functional REJECT
thread surfaces
NOTE: When checking for binding of spherical pivot,

make sure that pivot area is clean and free from
anti-seize compound residue.
Check spherical pivot for proper movement.

If binding is apparent -- REJECT
Measure the distance between the face of the igniter tip

and the highest point of the center electrode:
Dimension up to 0.150 in (3.81 mm) ACCEPT
Dimension greater than 0.150 in REJECT

(3.81 mm)
NOTE: Electrode depth dimension for new igniter plug

is 0.122 to 0.142 inch (3.10 to 3.60 mm)
44-7106-95
ICN-FJ-AAA-710000-A-24235-00058-A-001-01
Fig 2 Igniter Plug Troubleshooting (continued)
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-075A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. If rejectable, replace, and repeat test. Are plugs firing with sound that is not low?
WARNING
IGNITION SYSTEM OUTPUT VOLTAGE IS DANGEROUSLY HIGH. YOU MUST COMPLETELY
DISCHARGE THE IGNITION SYSTEM BEFORE YOU REMOVE ANY INGITION CABLE. TO
COMPLETELY DISCHARGE THE SYSTEM, MAKE SURE THAT THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN OFF
FOR AT LEAST TWO (2) MINUTES AND GROUND THE CONNECTOR TERMINAL. GROUND
THE TERMINAL BY RESISTANCE TO PREVENT ARCING OR SPARKING. GROUND THE
TERMINAL IN AN ATMOSPHERE FREE OF EXPLOSIVE OR FLAMMABLE GASES.
3. Disconnect airframe power input cables from both ignition exciters. Turn ignition switch to ON.
Measure voltage across airframe power input cable plugs. Turn ignition switch off. Was voltage
between 10 and 30 VDC across pins in airframe power input cable plugs?
WARNING
IGNITION SYSTEM OUTPUT VOLTAGE IS DANGEROUSLY HIGH. REVIEW ALL WARNINGS IN
MANUAL PROCEDURES PRIOR TO MAINTENANCE.
4. Remove two igniter plugs and let them hang down below engine. Visually identify malfunctioning
igniter plug by performing ignition system operational test to each side in accordance with 74-00-10.
Did both igniters fire with sound that is not low?
WARNING
IGNITION SYSTEM OUTPUT VOLTAGE IS DANGEROUSLY HIGH. YOU MUST COMPLETELY
DISCHARGE THE IGNITION SYSTEM BEFORE YOU REMOVE ANY INGITION CABLE. TO
COMPLETELY DISCHARGE THE SYSTEM, MAKE SURE THAT THE SYSTEM HAS BEEN OFF
FOR AT LEAST TWO (2) MINUTES AND GROUND THE CONNECTOR TERMINAL. GROUND
THE TERMINAL BY RESISTANCE TO PREVENT ARCING OR SPARKING. GROUND THE
TERMINAL IN AN ATMOSPHERE FREE OF EXPLOSIVE OR FLAMMABLE GASES.
5. Swap the exciter plug from the side that fired to the other side and perform the ignition operational
test. Did the previously malfunctioning side fire with sound that is not low?
6. Swap the igniter lead input and output leads from the side that fired to the other side. Perform the
ignition operational test. Did the previously malfunctioning side fire with sound that is not low?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-075A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
7. Swap the igniter lead from the side that fired to the other side and perform the ignition operational
test. Did the previously malfunctioning side fire with sound that is not low?
8. Troubleshoot ignition power input in accordance with A.M.M.
9. Action is complete.
10. Replace the igniter plug that was removed from the malfunctioning side.
11. Replace the malfunctioning exciter box.
12. Replace the igniter lead that was removed from the malfunctioning side.
Note
13. Troubleshoot the airframe input lead to the exciter per the A.M.M.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-075A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
No Low Fuel Flow Indication
Fault Isolation
1. If no flow, check fuel delivery system, flow instruments, and fuel level. Okay?
2. Inspect LP trip lever fuel shutoff mechanism. Is shutoff valve tripped?
3. Check fuel filter. Is bypass indicator lit or is filter due service (05-20-00)?
4. Is debris visible in filter bowl?
5. Replace fuel filter for each engine. If filter bypass indicator(s) were lit, remove and clean fuel manifold
filter assembly (73-25-01). Is fuel flow indication normal?
6. Inspect fuel manifold filter (73-25-01). Is debris present?
7. Clean or replace fuel manifold filter. Remove and check lube oil cooler (79-22-01) and fuel tubes
(73-10-01) for debris. Recheck. Is fuel flow normal?
8. Check CDP air lines for loose connections. Was leakage found?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-086A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
9. Replace the fuel control unit. Recheck. Is fuel flow normal?
Note
10. If fuel manifold filter was clean and okay on inspection, then reject FCU/fuel pump or IFCU.
11. Repair fuel delivery system or service fuel per the A.M.M.
12. Determine cause and correct/reset.

Note
14. If fuel manifold filter was clean and okay on inspection, then reject FCU/fuel pump or IFCU.
15. Repair CDP leakage ( 73-10-01). Recheck. Is fuel flow normal?
Note
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-086A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
No Slow Acceleration Hung Start N2 - 42 Percent 20 Sec after Light
Fault Isolation
Safety conditions
Note
Record overtemperature condition in engine log book as direct in operating procedures.
1. Review ITT temperature hung start condition and compare to “Overtemperature Limits (Starting)” in
operating procedures. Did engine exceed limit?
2. Does starter cut-out at greater than 40% N2?
3. Does engine fan rotate easily by hand?
4. Check for obstructions in inlet/exhaust areas. Are obstructions present?
5. Was start sequence performed per operating procedures?
6. Check aircraft battery condition per A.M.M. Are batteries okay?
7. Was fuel flow indication acceptable during start?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-097A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
8. Check fuel control unit TT2 sensor hookup to airframe per A.M.M. Are hose(s) kinked, torn, plugged,
missing, or loose?
9. Check engine fuel control CDP air lines and fittings for security. Are CDP lines or fittings leaking?
10. Is debris visible in fuel filter bowl?
11. Perform engine service and inspection as directed by “Overtemperature Limits (Starting)” in
operating procedures.

12. Troubleshoot generator control per A.M.M.
13. Remove obstructions or evaluate engine condition.
14. Refer to “Short or Noisy Engine Rundown” troubleshooting.
15. Follow restart procedure in operating procedures.
16. Charge or replace aircraft batteries per A.M.M.
17. Refer to “No/Low Fuel Flow” troubleshooting.
18. Repair or replace TT2 house installations as required per A.M.M.
19. Tighten or replace CDP air lines/fittings ( 73-10-01).
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-097A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
21. Reject the fuel control unit.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-097A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
No ITT Indication
Fault Isolation
1. Verify aircraft ITT harness P2 is connected to jumper harness J2 connector and probe J1 connector
is connected to jumper harness P1 connector. Are harnesses connected?
2. Check aircraft ITT indicating system per A.M.M. Is system okay?
3. Inspect engine ITT probes and harnesses (77-22-02). Was the check okay?
4. Connect harnesses, as required.
5. Repair ITT indicating system per A.M.M.
6. Fault cleared by maintenance performed in block.
7. Replace ITT probes and/or harnesses ( 77-22-02).
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-083A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Hot Start
Fault Isolation
Note
Make engine logbook entry as directed in general operating procedures.
1. Ensure that engine start is performed per general operating procedures. Check generator (including
engine speed when start cuts out), hydraulic systems, and environmental systems. Are all systems
okay?
1.2. No: Turn all systems off: Go to Step 2.
2. Check engine temperature versus start time limits per general operating procedures (71-00-00). Did
engine ITT exceed allowable limits?
2.1. Yes: Perform corrective action as indicated in general operating procedures (71-00-00): Go to Step 3.
3. Check engine fan for rotation by hand. Does fan rotate easily?
4. Check for obstructions in inlet and exhaust areas. Are obstructions present?
5. Remove obstructions and evaluate engine hardware for damage. Is engine serviceable?
6. Check aircraft battery conditions per A.M.M.. Are batteries okay?
7. Charge or replace aircraft batteries per A.M.M.. Restart okay?
8. Check electrical power input to starter terminals per A.M.M.. Is adequate voltage present?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-014A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
9. Tighten or replace electrical input leads to starter per A.M.M.. Restart okay?
10. Was engine fuel system properly purged after maintenance?
11. Inspect engine ITT harness (77-20-02). Is ITT harness okay?
12. Check aircraft ITT indication system per A.M.M.. Is system okay?

13. Can you hear igniter plugs firing during start?
14. Check throttle rigging. Is rigging okay?
15. Check fuel control unit TT2 sensor hookup to airframe per A.M.M.. Are hoses kinked, torn, plugged,
missing, or loose?
16. Is debris visible in fuel filter bowl?
17. With engine off, remove diffuser case fuel drain tubes (73-11-01). Do drain valves function properly?
18. Borescope engine. Is engine acceptable per borescope criteria?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-014A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
19. Replace the fuel control unit. Is the engine acceptable?
20. Purge engine fuel system. Refer to 71-00-00 Idle/Leak Check.
21. Replace ITT probes and/or harness ( 77-20-02).
22. Repair aircraft ITT indication system per A.M.M..
23. Refer to “Low/No Sound of Igniters Firing” troubleshooting.
24. Correct throttle rigging per A.M.M..

25. Repair or replace TT2 hose installations per A.M.M., as required.
27. Clean or replace drain tubes ( 73-11-01).
28. Contact W.I. for further instructions ( 00-00-00).
Note
29. Determine root cause and repair (if applicable) or replace components.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-014A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
No N1 Speed Indication
Fault Isolation
1. Does engine rotate freely by hand?
2. Are physical obstructions visible in inlet or exhaust areas?
Note
Engine should run at idle for two minutes before shutdown.
3. Refer to general operating procedures. Was last start attempt a hot (high ITT) shutdown?
4. Allow engine to cool for one hour. Try to rotate fan by hand. Does fan rotate freely?
5. Troubleshoot N1 speed pickup per “Suspect Speed Pickup” troubleshooting.
6. Remove obstruction(s). Evaluate engine and repair, as required.
7. Refer to “Short or Noisy Engine Rundown” troubleshooting.
8. Restart the engine.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-090A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-090A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
High N2 Indication at Idle
Fault Isolation
1. Check aircraft throttle rigging for proper adjustment per A.M.M. Is adjustment okay?
2. Check fuel control unit TT2 sensor hookup to airframe per A.M.M. Are hoses kinked, torn, plugged,
missing, or loose?
2.2. No: Reject the FCU/fuel pump or IFCU. Contacting W.I. Product Support (00-00-00) for concurrence
on troubleshooting steps and assistance is recommended, prior to proceeding with this step. If the
issue is not resolved,: Go to Step 3.
3. Check aircraft N2 speed indicating system per A.M.M. Is system okay?
4. Adjust aircraft throttle rigging per A.M.M.
5. Repair or replace TT2 hose installations, as required, per A.M.M.
6. Repair aircraft N2 speed indicating system per A.M.M.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-041A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Flameout
Fault Isolation
1. Fuel filter bypass indicators lit or filters due service?
1.1. Yes: Note: Contacting WI Product Support (00-00-00-001) for concurrence on troubleshooting steps
and assistance is recommended, prior to proceeding with this step. Clean fuel start nozzle and check
start nozzle spray pattern (73-12-01). Remove and clean fuel manifold filter (73-25-01): Go to Step 2.
2. Check position of LP trip mechanism (76-20-01). Has mechanism been tripped?
3. Check for proper fuel type or water/other contaminant in fuel (72-00-01). Is fuel contaminated?
4. Remove fuel filter bowl and inspect engine fuel filter. Is debris visible in filter bowl?
5. Check aircraft throttle rigging per A.M.M.. Make sure that power lever is not rigged below the idle
detent. Are throttles okay?
6. Check engine fuel control CDP air lines and fittings for loose fittings or leaks. Check CDP line o-ring.
Is CDP system ok?
missing, or loose?
7.1. Yes: Repair or replace TT2 hose.: Go to Step 8.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-011A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
8. Note: Contacting WI Product Support (00-00-00-001) for concurrence on troubleshooting steps and
assistance is recommended, prior to proceeding with this step. Replace the fuel control unit or
contact W.I. for issuance of a service letter to permit continued operation.
9. Did flameout anomaly continue after the fuel control replacement?
10. Check start spray nozzle spray pattern (73-12-01). Is pattern acceptable?
11. Borescope combustor, fuel slinger, and HP turbine blades (71-00-40). Is engine acceptable?
12. Check aircraft fuel delivery system per A.M.M.. Is fuel system serviceable?

13. Determine cause and correct. Reset if engine is serviceable.
14. Replace fuel filters on both engines ( 73-14-01). Re-service fuel system per A.M.M..
15. Photograph debris. Submit to WIProductSupport@Williams-Int.com . Send filter and debris to W.I. in
proper container for analysis. Refer to “Debris in Fuel Filter Bowl” troubleshooting.
16. Adjust throttles per the A.M.M..
17. Replace or tighten CDP lines and fittings or replace CDP line o-ring ( 73-10-01).
18. Clean or replace nozzle.
19. Note: Contacting WI Product Support (00-00-00-001) for concurrence on troubleshooting steps and
assistance is recommended, prior to proceeding with this step. Determine root cause and repair, if
applicable, or replace rejectable components.
20. Repair the aircraft fuel delivery system per the A.M.M..
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-011A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-011A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Fuel Leaking from Overboard Drain - Engine Operating
Fault Isolation
1. Is fuel leak within acceptable limits? Refer to 71-00-00-501 Idle Speed/Leak Check Run.
3. Refer to Overboard Fuel Leak troubleshooting

Overboard Fuel Leak - Troubleshooting (FJ-AAA-71-00-00-843B-421A-A)
Note
4. Reject the HMU or FCU/Fuel Pump as determined by ground run testing.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-039A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
No Acceleration above Idle
Fault Isolation
1. Check aircraft throttle rigging and adjustment per A.M.M. Is throttle okay?
2. Inspect engine FCU CDP lines fittings for loose connections. Is CDP system okay?
3. Adjust throttle rigging per A.M.M.
Note
4. Reject the FCU/IFCU.
5. Repair, replace, or tighten CDP lines and fittings ( 73-10-01).
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-080A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Slow Acceleration
Fault Isolation
1. Check for proper operation and adjustment of acceleration bleed valve (75-30-01, 75-35-01,
75-37-01). Is bleed valve okay?
2. Check fuel control unit TT2 sensor hookup to airframe per A.M.M. Are hoses kinked, torn, plugged,
missing, or loose?
3. Check engine fuel control CDP air lines and fittings for loose fittings or leaks (71-00-00). Were leaks
found?
4. Check fan and compressor sections. Are sections dirty?
5. Check engine and aircraft for bleed air/environmental system leaks per A.M.M. Is bleed air/
environmental system okay?
6. Check aircraft throttle rigging for proper operation per A.M.M. Are they okay?
7. Adjust or repair throttle rigging per A.M.M. Are throttles okay?
8. Adjust acceleration control on fuel control unit. Refer to appropriate section (73-21-01 or 73-18-01).
Is acceleration okay?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-114A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
9. Check engine fuel filter. Is debris visible in filter bowl?
10. Adjust or repair bleed valve ( 75-30-01, 75-35-01, 75-37-01).
11. Repair or replace TT2 hose installations per A.M.M., as required.
12. Tighten or replace CDP air lines and fittings ( 71-00-00).
13. Clean fan and compressor section ( 71-00-03).

14. Repair bleed air leakage per A.M.M.
15. Refer to “Throttle Lever Movement is Rough/Binging/Sticks” troubleshooting.
Note
17. Reject the FDU/HMU.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-114A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Low Fuel Pressure
Fault Isolation
1. Inspect the fuel pressure switch per the A.M.M. Is the switch acceptable?
2. Is there a Fuel Filter Delta P indication?
Note
This step is not applicable to FJ44-1A, FJ44-1C, and FJ44-2A where oil cooler is downstream of
FCU.
3. If dual engine aircraft, swap oil coolers from side-to-side and monitor for reoccurrence. Is aircraft
single engine or did reoccurrence follow oil cooler?
4. If dual engine aircraft, swap fuel control units from side-to-side and monitor for reoccurrence. Is
aircraft single engine or did reoccurrence follow fuel control unit?
5. If engine model has a fuel pump, swap them from side-to-side and monitor for reoccurrence. Does
engine model have a fuel pump and did reoccurrence follow fuel pump?
6. Replace fuel pressure switch per A.M.M.
7. Replace the oil cooler ( 79-22-01). Inspect the fuel tanks for contamination. Troubleshoot the airframe
fuel shutoff valves, fuel pumps, and any strainers/filters per A.M.M.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-071A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
Contacting WI Product Support (00-00-00) for concurrence on troubleshooting steps and
8. Reject the fuel control unit.
Note
9. Reject the fuel pump.
10. Engine is acceptable. Inspect/troubleshoot the aircraft low fuel press annunciator wiring and the
ejector pump per the A.M.M.
11. Refer to Fuel Filter Delta P Lamp Lit troubleshooting.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-071A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Debris in Fuel Filter Bowl
Fault Isolation
Fault Isolation
1. Is debris metallic?
Note
Contacting WI Product Support (00-00-00) for validation of inspection findings and coordination
2. Replace Fuel Pump/IFCU/FDU/FCU. Clean fuel manifold filter and fuel nozzle assy. Purge fuel
system per 71-00-00 (Idle Speed and Leak Check Run). Drain and clean fuel tanks. Check fuel filter
of new Fuel Pump/IFCU/FDU/FCU after 20 hours of operation. Is contamination present?
3. Replace fuel filter. Clean/replace manifold filter if bypass indicator was lit.
4. Replace fuel filter. Inspect/clean fuel manifold filter and fuel nozzle.
5. Fuel system has been purged.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-135A-420A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
High ITT
Fault Isolation
Safety conditions
Note
For FADEC model engines: Perform FADEC download and submit to FADEC@williams-int.com . Continue
with troubleshooting.
1. Has ITT degraded slowly?
2. Perform compressor wash procedures (71-00-03). Is ITT acceptable after the compressor wash?
3. Has engine ITT been up-trimmed? Check logbook/records for engine or contact W.I. Product
Support?
4. Remove up-trim. Is ITT acceptable?
5. Borescope the diffuser case assembly and diffuser liner. Is the diffuser case okay?
Note
Submitting the photos to W.I. for review and concurrence is recommended, prior to proceeding
with the next step.
6. Borescope the acceleration bleed valve area and look for problems (71-00-30). Is acceleration bleed
valve okay?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-040A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
7. Adjust/repair the acceleration bleed valve (75-30-01). Is ITT acceptable?
8. Perform capped bleed run procedures (71-00-00) and verify that the acceleration bleed valve closes
when the throttles are transitioned through 75 - 90% N2. (See stability/acceleration check, 71-00-00).
Did bleed valve close at proper speed?
Note
Submitting capped bleed run data to W.I. for review and concurrence is recommended, prior to
proceeding with the next step.
9. Is engine within operating limits?

Note
Submitting the photos to W.I. for review and concurrence is recommended, prior to proceeding
with the next step.
10. Borescope combustor/HPT/LPT areas of engine (71-00-40 and 71-00-50). Does the engine meet
rejection criteria?
11. Inspect ITT probes (77-20-02). Are probes acceptable?
12. Replace ITT probes as required (77-20-02) Is ITT now acceptable?
13. Submit borescope photos to W.I. Product Support.
Note
Contacting W.I. Product Support (00-00-00) for concurrence on troubleshooting steps and
14. Reject the acceleration bleed valve.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-040A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
15. Engine is acceptable. Inspect/troubleshoot the aircraft HP bleed and ITT indicating systems per the
A.M.M. If applicable, inspect/troubleshoot the RAT indicating system per the A.M.M.
Note
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-040A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Bleed Odor Troubleshooting
Fault Isolation
1. Has engine been properly isolated per the A.M.M..
2. Ensure bleed valves were closed during start as directed by AFM. Is oil smell still present?
3. Drain oil from tank and gearbox and flush tank with 2 quarts of oil and re-service engine per
72-00-03. Is oil smell still present?
4. Does odor occur during taxi, take off, or shortly after take off < 10,000 feet?
5. Repair breather plumbing if obstructed or collapsed line. Is oil smell still present?
6. Check the gearbox breather tube and discharge plumbing for obstruction or collapsed line. Is there
an obstruction or collapsed line?
7. Repair breather plumbing. Is oil smell still present during run?
8. Refer to A.M.M. for troubleshooting bleed odor.
9. Engine(s) are serviceable.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-004A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-004A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Overspeed N2
Fault Isolation
Safety conditions
Note
Record overspeed in engine log as directed by general operating procedures.
1. Did N2 overspeed warning lamp illuminate?
2. Review engine speed parameters during operation. Refer to figure N2 overspeed limits in 71-00-00.
Is service activity required?
3. Check fuel control unit maximum PLA angle stop. Is stop secure with lockwire present?
4. Check fuel control unit TT2 hookup to airframe per A.M.M. Are hose(s) (2) kinked, torn, plugged,
missing, or loose?
5. Troubleshoot N2 speed pickup per “Suspect N1 or N2 Speed Pickup” troubleshooting. Are pickup
and aircraft systems okay?
6. Perform engine test procedure to evaluate (71-00-00). Is testing acceptable?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-107A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
7. Swap the FCUs. Did the issue follow the FCU?
8. Check overspeed circuit per A.M.M.
9. Perform engine service activity as defined in figure N2 overspeed limits in 71-00-00 general
operating procedures.
Note
10. Reject the FCU.
11. Repair or replace TT2 hose installations as required per A.M.M. Perform engine ground run testing to
evaluate ( 71-00-00).
12. Repair aircraft system or replace pickup, as required.
Note
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-107A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Surge
If an engine surges, determine the following:
– Had either engine had known birdstrikes or foreign object damage (FOD)?
– What are the flight conditions when surges occur?
– For in flight surges:
– Altitude:
– Mach No:
– RAT:
– Wingtip vorticies or hot gas ingestion from other A/C?
– For ground run surges:
– Wind direction:
– Wind velocity relative to heading:
– Hot gas ingestion from other aircraft?
– What are the engine operating conditions when surges occur?
– Only during accels and or reslams

– Only during steady-state high power during cross winds or tailwind
– Only during cold temperatures
– Engine N1 and N2 speed
– What type of surge is occurring (EXAMPLES: sputter, single pop, thump, multiple thumps, big bang, buzz)?
– Are both engines surging?
– What are the aircraft bleed settings when surges occur?
– AIR SOURCE SELECT knob setting (OFF, FRESH AIR, LH, BOTH, RH, EMER)?
– ANTI ICE/DE ICE:
– WINDSHIELD (HI/LOW):
– WING/ENGINE (XFLOW, LH, RH):
– TAIL (AUTO/MANUAL):
– Can surge be eliminated by changing bleed settings or by operating both engines simultaneously? If so,
how?
– Is there a condition present that might be causing an FCU TT2 error (≥ 10F) (EX: TT2 plumping uninsulated,
cowling off)?
Fault Isolation
1. Check bypass duct and rear housing area for debris or obstructions. Are areas clear?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-018A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.2. No: Clear obstructions or debris. If obstructions cannot be cleared, contact W.I. for further
instructions (00-00-00): Go to Step 2.
2. Check aircraft inlet-to-engine inlet fitment. Is fitment correct with no steps or distortion?
3. Check engine for FOD. Visually check fan, inlet, and fan stator. Using borescope, check IP rotor, IP
stator, and HP compressor (71-00-30). Is engine damaged?
4. Rotate LP rotary group by hand. Remove starter/generator and rotate HP spool. Do both spools
rotate freely?
5. Check magnetic chip collectors for metal particles (79-30-01). Were particles found?
6. Disconnect bleed valve cable at lever. Check bleed valve manually. Does it move smoothly
(75-37-01)?
7. Check movement of bleed valve cable and FCU piston manually. Do they move smoothly
(75-35-01)?
8. Reconnect bleed valve cable to bleed valve lever. Do a stability/acceleration ground run test (test
3)with the cowling off. Watch for bleed valve actuation. Did engine pass test and does bleed valve
actuate at 88-90% N2?
9. Did engine surge during ground run?
10. Was opposite engine running during ground run?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-018A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
11. Adjust (reduce) acceleration control on FCU. Do a stability/acceleration ground run test. Did engine
pass test without surging?
12. Refer to A.M.M. to correct fitment issue.
Note
13. Determine root cause and repair (if applicable) or replace rejectable components.
14. Refer to “Short or Noisy Rundown” troubleshooting.
15. Monitor or reject engine as defined in 79-30-01.

16. Adjust or repair bleed valve linkage ( 75-35-01). If bleed valve has failed “CLOSED,” contact W.I. for
further instructions (00-00-00).
17. Replace bleed valve cable ( 75-37-01).
Note
18. Replace the FDU/HMU.
19. Engine is acceptable. Refer to Other Possible Causes of Surge.
20. Troubleshoot aircraft bleed system for possible in-bleeding from opposite engine. Refer to A.M.M..
21. Engine is acceptable. Refer to Other Possible Causes of Surge below.
Note
22. Refer to Other Possible Causes of Surge or reject engine.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-018A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Possible Causes of Surge

– Cross wind or tail wind conditions
– Hot gas ingestion from other aircraft
– In-bleeding from opposite engine. This may occur if aircraft bleed systems are malfunctioning
(failed check valve) and opposite engine is at a power setting greater than 80% N2.
– Defective fuel control unit
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-018A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
N1 N2 ITT Indications Erratic - Max Continuous Operation
Fault Isolation
1. Was fuel flow indication also erratic?
2. Is fuel filter bypass indicator lit or is filter due service (05-20-00)?
3. Is proper type/grade fuel being used or is there excessive water or other contamination in fuel
(72-00-01)?
4. Check aircraft fuel delivery system per A.M.M. including FCU delivered motive flow. Is system okay?
5. Is the aircraft throttle linkage loose or does it have excessive free play?
6. Inspect aircraft harness for N1, N2, and ITT signals. Are connectors loose or damaged?
7. Inspect N1 speed pickup (77-11-01), N2 speed pickup (77-12-01), ITT probes (77-20-02), and ITT
jumper harness (77-20-04). Are any of these components faulty?
8. Is fuel filter bypass indicator lit, are filters due replacement, or is debris visible in filter bowl?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-076A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
9. Is there debris visible in fuel filter bowl?
10. Check fuel manifold filter for blockage (73-25-01). Is filter okay?
11. Borescope engine and inspect fuel slinger and fuel manifold condition (71-00-40). Condition okay?
12. Replace the fuel filter. Inspect fuel manifold filter and fuel nozzle and clean, as necessary. If debris is
visible in fuel filter bowl, refer to “Debris in Fuel Filter Bowl” troubleshooting.
13. Replace both fuel filters ( 73-14-01) and reservice aircraft fuel system per A.M.M.
14. Repair aircraft fuel delivery system per A.M.M.
15. Repair throttle linkage per A.M.M.
16. Repair or replace aircraft harnesses/connectors per A.M.M.
17. Replace components, as required.
19. Replace filter, clean/replace manifold filter if bypass indicator was lit.
Note
FCU may be suspect depending on debris found.
20. Clean fuel manifold filter.
Note
21. Reject the FCU/IFCU.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-076A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-076A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
High Oil Temperature
Fault Isolation
1. Check engine oil level. Is oil level okay?
2. Inspect engine for oil leakage. Any leakage found?
3. Does engine oil smell of fuel?
4. Change engine oil (72-01-03). Replace lube oil cooler (79-22-01). Perform engine ground run for leak
check and verify oil temperature. Is oil temperature okay?
5. Check aircraft oil temperature indicating system per A.M.M. Is system okay?
6. Replace lube oil cooler (suspect bypass-oil side). Perform engine ground run for leak check. Is oil
temperature okay?
7. Repair source of oil leakage and service oil system ( 72-00-03).
8. Change oil ( 72-00-03).
9. Repair aircraft oil temperature indicating system per A.M.M.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-052A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-052A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Lightning Strike Troubleshooting and Inspection
Fault Isolation
1. Does engine or components have localized burn spots visible?
2. Check the condition of the ground strap between the engine and the aircraft. Is the strap serviceable
and secured?
3. Check the magnetic chip collectors for metal particles (79-30-01). Were metal particles found on chip
collectors?
3.1. Yes: Monitor or reject engine as defined in 79-30-01: Go to Step 4.
4. Check the spinner and fan blades for signs of high heat from electrical discharge. Is condition okay?
5. Perform start to idle. Is start okay?
5.2. No: Check and replace starter, if required, per A.M.M. Troubleshoot ignition system and repair: Go to
Step 6.
6. Engine is acceptable pending results of follow-up chip collectors check (25 hours). After 25 hours of
operation, check chip collectors for metal particles (79-30-01). Are results of chip collector inspection
normal?
Note
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-068A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-068A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Flameout (Deceleration)
Fault Isolation
1. Check throttle rigging and adjustment. Are throttles okay?
2. Inspect fuel control CDP lines and fitting for looseness or damage (73-10-00). Are lines okay?
3. Is engine fuel filter in bypass mode or due service, or is debris visible in filter bowl?
4. Is debris visible in filter bowl? If debris is present, return filter and debris to W.I. in proper container
for analysis.
5. Check position of LP shaft trip lever mechanism. Is it tripped?
missing, or loose?
7. Verify fuel is flowing from the fuel control. Disconnect fuel line downstream of IFCU and direct into a
5 gallon container. Turn boost pumps on, advance PLA to idle, and crank the engine. Is fuel flowing?
8. Adjust or repair throttles per A.M.M..
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-007A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
9. Tighten or replace CDP lines and fittings, as required ( 73-10-00).
11. Replace engine fuel filter ( 73-14-01). If filter Delta P indicator was lit, remove and replace (or clean)
fuel manifold filter assembly ( 73-25-01).
12. Determine cause and correct. Reset trip mechanism if engine is okay.
13. Repair or replace TT2 hose installations as required per A.M.M..
14. Evaluate engine performance and operating characteristics with ground run testing ( 71-00-00).
Troubleshoot, as required.

Note
15. Replace the fuel control unit or contact W.I. for issuance of service letter to permit continued
operation.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-007A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Failure to Shutdown
Fault Isolation
1. Check position of throttle lever with power lever in the cutoff position. Is throttle lever at the min stop
position on the fuel control unit?
Note
2. Reject the FCU/fuel pump or IFCU.
3. Inspect and adjust aircraft throttle lever A.M.M.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-029A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Short or Noisy Engine Rundown
Fault Isolation
Safety conditions
Note
If ITT was high during run-down, record in engine log book and correct per general operating instructions.
1. Allow engine to cool and attempt to rotate fan by hand. Does fan rotate freely?
2. Inspect inlet and exhaust areas for signs of dirt or other obstruction. Are areas clear?
3. Check LP trip lever adjustment (76-20-01). Is adjustment okay?
4. Borescope IP/HP compressors (71-00-30). Are compressors okay?
5. Borescope for possible disengagement of LP turbine blade retaining segments or blade tip shroud
damage (71-00-50). Are turbines okay?
6. Remove aircraft starter/generator per A.M.M. Check rotation of starter/generator off engine. Does
starter/generator rotate easily?
6.2. No: Replace starter/generator (after HP rotational check below): Go to Step 7.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-111A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
7. Install engine rotation tool (TL37244) to starter drive gear. Does rotation tool turn engine (HP spool)
easily?
8. Examine the magnetic chip collectors (79-30-01) for contamination. Were findings okay?
9. Remove hydraulic pump per A.M.M. and recheck HP spool for rotation. Does engine rotate easily?
10. If engine distress is not evident, remove gearbox (72-00-60). Does gearbox rotate easily with spline
tool?

11. Remove obstructions or debris. Evaluate engine condition for serviceability.
12. Adjust trip lever ( 76-20-01).
Note
15. Take action as designated per applicable instruction(s).
16. Replace hydraulic pump per A.M.M.
17. Perform hot section inspection to verify HP condition ( 72-00-01). Accept/reject engine as directed.
18. Replace gearbox assembly ( 72-00-60).
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-111A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-111A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
High Oil Pressure
Fault Isolation
1. Was there high oil pressure on start and was the engine cold soaked below freezing temperature?
2. Refer to General Operating Procedures “Oil System Characteristics.” Is condition acceptable?
3. Does oil have abnormal appearance?
4. Check engine logbook to verify proper oil type used for service (72-00-03). Is oil okay?
5. Check engine oil filter delta P indicator and filter service record. Is filter due replacement (05-20-00)
or in bypass mode?
6. Replace oil filter (79-21-01). Visually inspect oil filter for debris. Inspect chip collectors (79-30-01). Is
oil pressure okay?
7. Is there high oil pressure at max continuous operation?
8. Is there a flexible breather hose installed?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-051A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
9. Inspect breather tube for constricted inside diameter. Is the ID constricted?
10. Replace gearbox breather tube. Is oil pressure okay?
11. Is equipment for testing oil tank pressure available (reference WISL-72-1069)?
12. Test oil tank pressure (reference WISL-72-1069). Was tank head pressure acceptable?
13. Is the interstage housing a configuration 1 or 2 (P/N 67548, 65655, 61704, 62711, 50930, or 50972)?
14. Test oil tank check valve (reference SL44-72-101). Is valve stuck closed?
Note
15. Replace check valve (reference SL44-72-466). Is oil pressure okay?
16. Test oil tank pressure (reference WISL-72-1069). Was tank head pressure acceptable?
17. Remove oil supply tube (79-26-01) and check tube for blockage. Is tube blocked?
18. Clear tube blockage and reassemble (79-26-01). Is oil pressure okay?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-051A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
19. Remove oil pressure regulator valve (79-25-01) and check passages for blockage. Are passages
blocked?
20. Clear blockage. Is oil pressure regulator stuck closed?
21. Is oil pressure okay?
22. Is the oil pressure regulator valve stuck closed?

23. Replace and adjust oil pressure regulator valve (79-25-01). Restart engine and check oil pressure
reading. Repeat adjustment as necessary to obtain correct oil pressure. Is pressure okay after
adjustment?
24. Check engine for signs of oil leakage. Any leakage found?
25. Can source of leakage be identified?
Note
26. Repair oil leaks. Is oil pressure okay?
27. Refer to oil system troubleshooting matrix (refer to High Oil Consumption troubleshooting) for
possible cause. Is oil pressure okay?
28. Check operation of aircraft oil pressure indication system per A.M.M. Is system okay?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-051A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
29. Was the oil pressure regulating valve replaced in a prior step?
Note
High or low oil pressure indications may demote lube system blockage or pump degradation.
Therefore it is not recommended that frequent adjustment of oil pressure regulators be
performed.
30. Adjust oil pressure regulating valve (79-25-01). Restart engine and check oil pressure reading.
Restart adjustment as necessary to obtain correct oil pressure. Is pressure okay after adjustment?
31. Remove and replace oil pressure regulating valve. Is oil pressure okay?
Note
33. Mark sure regulating valve is properly secured.
34. Repair indicating system per A.M.M.
35. Make sure that regulating valve is properly secured ( 79-25-01).
36. Troubleshooting complete.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-051A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Fuel Filter Delta P Lamp Lit
Fault Isolation
1. Inspect aircraft fuel system for water. Was water found?
2. Purge water from fuel system per A.M.M.. Did light stay out during engine run?
3. Check engine fuel filter. Is debris visible in filter bowl?
4. Replace fuel pump filter (73-14-01). Did light stay out during engine run?
5. Inspect fuel filter Delta P switch (73-23-01). Is switch okay?
6. Replace fuel filter Delta P switch (73-23-01). Did light stay out during engine run?
7. Check fuel Delta P cockpit indicator and harness per A.M.M.. Checks okay?
8. Repair or replace harness or indicator per A.M.M.. Did light stay out during engine run?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-033A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
11. Reject the fuel pump.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-033A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
High Vibration With or Without Noise
Fault Isolation
Note
FJ44-1A S/N 1001-1243 ONLY
Check logbook for incorporation of service letter SL44-72-35. Contact Customer Support.
1. Check cowling/nacelle panel installation per A.M.M. Are panels installed properly?
2. Are main engine mounts loose on either engine or are isolators bypassed?
3. Is aft engine mount loose on either engine or is isolator bypassed?
4. Is gearbox properly secured on each engine?
5. Are gearbox accessories properly installed on each engine?
6. Inspect bleed plumping installation. Is plumbing loose or rubbing against aircraft structure?
7. Install vibration monitoring equipment and perform ground run vibration test (71-00-00). Is vibration
present when one engine is operating at a time?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-055A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
8. Reinstall cowling/nacelle panels. Is vibration present when one engine is operated at a time?
9. Select bleed on/off during engine ground run. Dows bleed selection affect vibration?
10. Install panels per A.M.M.
11. Reinstall main engine mount per A.M.M.
12. Reinstall aft engine mount per A.M.M.
Note
14. Reinstall gearbox accessories on gearbox.
15. Correct bleed plumbing installation per A.M.M.
16. Correct interface with cowling per A.M.M.
17. Engine is serviceable.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-055A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
High Oil Consumption or Oil Leak
Fault Isolation
1. If oil is assumed coming from starter/generator adapter area, check o-ring on starter/generator shaft
for damage. Is o-ring damaged?
2. Check starter/generator shaft bore for scoring or damage in ID. Is there scoring/damage in ID?
3. Check external engine oil system or components (including drains) for signs of oil leakage. Were
leaks found?
4. Check rear bypass area for signs of oil coming from engine core. Was leakage found?
5. Check forward bypass area for leaks from drain holes (71-00-32). Was leakage found?
6. Is leak from No. 1 carbon seal drain?
7. Perform ground run for 10 minutes at max continuous power (MCT). Is there evidence of oil leak?
8. Perform oil consumption ground run test (71-00-00). Is consumption within limits?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-048A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
9. Replace o-ring.
10. Reject gearbox.
11. Repair or replace faulty oil system components or seals.
Note
12. If oil leakage is small, apply RTV to bypass duct and tailpipe to contain small amounts of
unscavenged oil (refer to 72-00-71. Otherwise, reject the engine.
13. Replace No. 1 carbon seal and runner ( 72-35-10).

Note
14. If leakage is from No. 2 carbon seal drain, reject the engine.
15. Contact W.I. customer support for troubleshooting assistance.
16. Record oil service requirements in engine log. Inspect oil level before each flight per flight manual.
Note
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-048A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Fuel Leak - Increased Fuel Consumption
Fault Isolation
Safety conditions
Note
For engine fuel system maintenance and repair instruction, refer to Chapter 73.
1. Is there a fuel leak from the FCU/fuel pump, or IFCU overboard drain?
2. Check engine fuel tube assemblies for leakage. Are fuel tubes okay?
3. Is there a fuel puddle on the ground?
3.1. Yes: Disconnect the bleeds and check for contamination. If contamination exists, clean per A.M.M.
Cap engine, motor it, and do a ground idle start, which clears any excess fuel from the engine.: Go to
Step 4.
4. Check engine fuel system and aircraft interface for leakage(s). Are systems okay?
5. Check fuel control unit TT2 sensor hookup to airframe per A.M.M. Are hose(s) kinked, torn, plugged,
loose, or missing?
6. Is engine ITT indication at or near maximum limits? Refer to general operating procedures.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-036A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
7. Inspect aircraft fuel flowmeter and/or switch flowmeter left to right to see if problem follows. Is
flowmeter bad?
8. Check engine oil for the smell of fuel. Is oil okay?
9. Is fuel system known to be compromised or has metal been discovered in the oil system?
10. Pressure test oil cooler (79-22-01). Is cooler okay?

11. Perform “Overboard Fuel Leak” troubleshooting (71-00-00).
12. Replace fuel tube assemblies and fittings, as required.
13. Repair fuel leak(s) per A.M.M. or engine maintenance manual, as applicable.
14. Repair or replace TT2 hose installations as required per A.M.M.
15. Refer to “High ITT” troubleshooting.
16. Replace fuel flowmeter per A.M.M.
Note
17. Repeat troubleshooting.
18. Replace lube oil cooler ( 79-22-01). Drain and reservice oil system. Replace oil filter.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-036A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-036A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Oil Discoloration
Fault Isolation
1. Make sure that engine has been serviced with proper type of oil (72-00-03). Is oil okay?
2. Check oil temperature readings during operation. Refer to general operating instructions. Are oil
temperatures high?
3. Check oil in engine for the smell of fuel or hydraulic fluid. Does oil smell normal?
3.2. No: If fuel smell: Go to Step 8.
3.3. No: If hydraulic fluid: Go to Step 7.
4. Remove the engine and return to an authorized repair facility.
5. Refer to “High Oil Temperature” troubleshooting.
Note
7. Inspect hydraulic pump per A.M.M. Drain and re-service oil system. Replace oil fliter.
8. Replace the lube oil cooler (79-22-01).
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-099A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-099A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Impact Event
Fault Isolation
Safety conditions
Note
This does not include other troubleshooting events covered within this manual and does not include
accidents, but may include other events potentially or actually resulting in airframe and/or engine damage
such as:
– Aircraft runway excursion

– Aircraft runway incursion
– Aircraft abnormal runway contact
– Aircraft obstacle collision
1. Is there damage to the aircraft?
2. Examine the following areas for damage: external engine cases, engine mounts and structure, all
engine accessories, all engine tubes, electrical harnesses, and bleed ports. Any discrepancies
found?
3. Examine the inlet and exhaust areas for damage, leakage, and security of attachment. If you suspect
that debris has entered the engine, examine the following areas: fan blades (72-31-20), fan stator
vanes (72-32-70), and IP compressor (71-00-30). Any discrepancies found?
3.1. Yes: Replace all suspect or damaged engine components. Clean engine internally (71-00-03). Re-
inspect, if required: Go to Step 4.
4. Inspect the magnetic chip collectors (79-30-01). Is oil system okay?
4.2. No: Follow actions as defined in procedures listed: Go to Step 5.
5. Turn the LP rotor counterclockwise. Does rotor turn freely with no unusual noises?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-059A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
6. Remove starter/generator per A.M.M. Check HP spool rotation by slowly turning starter generator
gearshaft clockwise with spline tool. Does HP spool rotate freely with no unusual noises?
7. Perform the following engine ground runs: Idle Speed/Leak Check Run and Vibration Run. After
running, inspect the magnetic chip collectors (79-30-01). Oil and ground runs check okay?
Note

9. Engine evaluation completed.
10. Follow actions as defined in procedures listed.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-059A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Oil Filter Delta P Indicator Extended
Fault Isolation
1. Inspect magnetic chip collectors (79-30-01). Were the chip collector results acceptable?
2. Install new filter(s) (79-21-01) reset indicator. Visually inspect oil filter for debris. Perform ground run
at 80% power for five minutes. Did Delta P indicator extend again?
3. Perform functional verification of the oil filter Delta P indicator (72-60-02 or 79-35-08, depending on
engine model). Is indicator acceptable?
4. Inspect chip collectors. Clean?
Note
6. Replace the oil filter Delta P indicator.
7. Continue with normal engine operation and maintenance intervals.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-102A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-102A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Suspect N1 or N2 Speed Pickup
Fault Isolation
1. Remove suspect pickup. Flush the pickup connector and harness connector with isopropyl alcohol
and dry with compressed air. Perform visual and resistance check (at room temperature) in
accordance with 77-11-01 (N1) or 77-12-01 (N2). Are checks okay?
2. Install pickup and connect a digital multimeter directly to the pickup connector (pins A & C). Set
multimeter to read AC volts on a 1 or 2 volt scale. For N2 pickup, motor engine. For N1 pickup, rotate
fan by hand. Does AC volt reading increase or decrease with engine rotation?
3. Replace the pickup in accordance with 77-11-01 (N1) or 77-12-01 (N2).
4. Troubleshoot aircraft speed pickup harnesses or indication system per A.M.M.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-123A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
High Oil Consumption
Procedure
1. The following condition/fault matrix provides information regarding potential oil system failure
conditions. The matrix can be used by following the observed condition across to identify a possible
oil system failure that could produce the condition listed. In addition, a detection method for
conditions has been given.
Important: It must be understood that the information provided here is to be used only as an AID to
troubleshooting oil system failures/conditions. It is not a decision matrix for engine acceptance or
rejection. Each engine oil system is subject to specific operating conditions that may or may not
produce all or part of the conditions listed herein. Therefore, it is recommended that specific engine
troubleshooting procedures always be used before referring to this matrix.
2. Component/Causes
Engine Carbon Seal Failures
A. No. 1 or No. 2 Carbon Seal
B. No. 3 Carbon Seal
C. No. 4 Carbon Seal
Gearbox Carbon Seal Failures
D. Generator Shaft Seal
E. Hydraulic Pump Shaft Seal
F. Fuel Pump Shaft Seal
G. Air/Oil Separator Shaft Seal
Oil System Miscellaneous
H. Lube and Scavenge Pump Gearbox Scavenge Element
I. Lube and Scavenge Pump ¾ Scavenge Element

J. Oil Scavenge Failure/Passage Blocked
K. Oil Tank Check Valve
L. Oil Pressure Regulator (Stuck Closed)
M. Oil Pressure Regulator (Stuck Open)
N. Gearbox Breather Outlet Tube (Blocked)
O. Oil Tank Cover (Leak)
P. Lube and Scavenge Pump Pressure Element
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-045A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
R. Oil Pressure Tube, 3-4 Bearing
S. Oil Scavenge Tube, 3-4 Bearing
T. Aircraft Indicating System
Possible Condition Det Potential Cause or Failed Part*

ecti
on
Met
hod
Oil detected on interstage at scupper drain(s) I I A

I
Oil loss into bypass duct or tailpipe of the engine I A B C G K L M N O R S T

Oil vapor/odor in bleed air I A N
I
I
Increased oil pressure I B C K L M N T
Oil loss onto core of engine I I A B C I J K L M R S

I
Smoke in exhaust/tailpipe at shutdown I B C O R S
Oil loss to nacelle I D
Oil drained overboard (via drain system, as applicable) I E F
Oil on surface of the aircraft I E D F N
Oil draining from aircraft drain mast I D H K L M R S
Oil on exterior of bypass duct I A G H I J
Smoke at leak point after shutdown I I J O R S
Oil at exterior of diffuser at 6 o’clock position I A I J O S
Loss of oil pressure (no visible leaks) I G K M P T
* Potential causes of failed part information have not been given in order of probability.
Detection Methods:
I. Visual Inspection
II. Borescope Inspection
III. Smell
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-045A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Bird Strike or Foreign Object Ingestion
Fault Isolation
Safety conditions
WARNING
REFER TO SL44-71-067 (BIRD INGESTION - PRECAUTIONS) FOR SAFE HANDLING GUIDELINES FOR
RECEIVING, DISSEMBLING, AND CLEANING AN ENGINE THAT HAS INGESTED A BIRD. ALTHOUGH
POSSIBILITY OF A BIRD BEING INFECTED WITH AVIAN FLU VIRUS H5N1 IS SLIM AT THIS TIME,
CAUTION SHOULD BE USED. READ ENTIRE SERVICE LETTER BEFORE TOUCHING AN ENGINE THAT
HAS INGESTED A BIRD.
Note
If engine operating limits were exceeded, make appropriate logbook entries or take appropriate maintenance
action in accordance with general operating instructions.
1. Clean spinner and fan. Inspect spinner for obvious damage (72-30-10). Is spinner okay?
1.2. No: Repair or replace the spinner (72-30-10 or 72-00-30).: Go to Step 2.
2. Inspect the fan rotor for bent blades or obvious damage (72-31-20). Is fan okay?
3. Repair or replace the fan rotor (72-31-20 or 72-00-31). Was the fan repairable?

3.2. No: Perform dimensional inspection of LP shaft (72-35-12 or 72-35-22).: Go to Step 4.
4. Inspect fan tip shroud in inlet case for spalling, missing material, or obvious damage (72-32-10). Is tip
shroud okay?
4.2. No: Replace the case and insert assembly (72-00-32).: Go to Step 5.
5. Inspect the fan stator for bent vanes or obvious damage (72-32-20). Is fan stator okay?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-001A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.2. No: Repair or replace the fan stator (72-32-20 or 72-00-32).: Go to Step 6.
6. Using borescope, inspect the IP and HP compressors (71-00-30). Are compressors okay?
7. If compressor section is damaged, remove engine per A.M.M. and return to approved repair facility.
Does compressor section have debris?
7.1. Yes: Remove inlet case to clean and visually inspect IP compressor. Clean compressor path and
reinspect: Go to Step 8.
8. Visually inspect exhaust duct area for debris or obstruction. Is exhaust duct clear?
8.2. No: Clear debris or obstruction from exhaust duct.: Go to Step 9.
9. Inspect the following bypass area components:
– Interstage housing struts

– Fuel drain tube assembly (3)
– Oil scavenge tube assembly
– Heat exchanger assembly
– Rear housing assembly
– Forward and rear bypass ducts
– LP trip lever mechanism
– RH and LH service adapters
10. Are all components okay?
10.2. No: Repair or replace bypass area components, as required.: Go to Step 11.
11. Check the magnetic chip collectors or debris sensors for debris (79-30-01). Are chip collectors okay?
12. Were any components in this procedure repaired or replaced?
13. Perform the applicable tests required after maintenance or component replacement per test list
(71-00-00). Are test results acceptable?
Note
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-001A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
15. Reject engine. Contact authorized repair station.
16. Refer to troubleshooting procedure for malfunction.
17. Engine is acceptable. 25 operating hours after the engine is returned to service, check the magnetic
chip collectors or debris sensors for debris ( 79-30-01).
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-001A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ITT Split Between Engines
Fault Isolation
1. Perform continuity check on installed probes to ensure probes are functioning properly (77-20-02).
Are probes functioning correctly?
2. Inspect ITT jumper harness on both engines for shorts or open circuits (77-20-04-601). Is jumper
harness okay?
Note
Engines do not have a split limit.
3. Perform a capped bleed engine run (71-00-00) and send data to Williams International for further
direction. Are ITT readings for both engines within acceptable limits?
4. Replace ITT probes, as required ( 77-20-02). If this does not correct ITT split, go to “Check
acceleration bleed lever and cable…”.
5. Replace ITT jumper harness ( 77-20-04).
6. Remove bleed caps. Troubleshoot aircraft bleed system and/or ITT indicating system per A.M.M. (i.e.
blockage, bleed leak, line rupture).
Note
7. Perform “High ITT” troubleshooting.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-063A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-063A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ITT Split Between Engines (For Mid-Length Probes)
Fault Isolation
1. Perform continuity check on installed probes to ensure probes are functioning properly (77-20-02).
Are probes functioning correctly?
Note
Engines do not have a split limit.
2. Perform a capped bleed engine run (71-00-00) and send data to Williams International for further
direction. Are ITT readings for both engines within acceptable limits?
3. Replace ITT probes, as required ( 77-20-02). If this does not correct ITT split, go to “Check
acceleration bleed lever and cable…”.
4. Remove bleed caps. Troubleshoot aircraft bleed system and/or ITT indicating system per A.M.M. (i.e.
blockage, bleed leak, line rupture).
Note
5. Perform “High ITT” troubleshooting.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-064A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Throttle Lever Movement is Rough Binding Sticks
Fault Isolation
Note
PLA torque will increase sharply below the idle position near cutoff and will be hard to rotate.
1. Disconnect aircraft rigging from fuel control. Manually rotate PLA on fuel control between max and
min stops (see figure). Is binding/sticking noticed?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-129A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710000-A-24235-0007V-A-001-01
Fig 1 Fuel Control Power Level Arm
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-129A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Fuel control unit is acceptable.
3. Record/describe position of throttle lever relative to the max and min stops where binding or sticking
occurs.
Note
4. Reject the FCU.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-129A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Debris in Fuel Filter Bowl
Fault Isolation
1. Is debris bronze color?
2. Replace fuel pump/IFCU. Clean fuel manifold filter and fuel nozzle assembly. Purge fuel system
(71-00-00). Perform an idle speed and leak check run. Drain and clean fuel tanks. Check fuel filter of
new fuel pump/IFCU after 20 hours of operation. Is contamination present?
3. Replace fuel filter. If bypass indicator was lit, clean/replace manifold.
4. Replace fuel filter. Inspect/clean manifold filter and fuel nozzle.
5. Fuel system has been purged.
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-006A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Volcanic Ash Exposure - Engine Not Operated
Fault Isolation
1. Remove volcanic ash from the area in front of the engine inlet and around exhaust.
2. Dry motor the engine at maximum motoring speed at maximum allowable duration of starter duty
cycle per flight manual to blow volcanic ash out of the engine.
3. If loose material is observed, dry motor the engine again for maximum allowable duration of starter
duty cycle per flight manual and re-inspect.
4. If foreign material still is observed, contact W.I. Product Support ( 00-00-00).
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-133A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Volcanic Ash Ingestion - Engine Operated
Fault Isolation
1. Inspect the engine inlet and exhaust areas for damage or erosion. Is there visible damage or
erosion?
2. Was engine operated in visible volcanic ash or in high concentration (>4000 micrograms per cubic
meter)?
3. For engines operated in an environment defined by local regulatory authorities as time-limited or

enhanced procedures; or low (<2000 micrograms per cubic meter) or medium ash concentrations
(<4000 micrograms per cubic meter).
3.1. : Go to Step 4.
4. Within 10 operating hours of initial exposure, take an engine oil sample. Use an oil sampling kit from
one of the authorized labs listed in 72-00-05. Make sure the oil sample is fully identified with all
required information. Submit sample to authorized lab. Request the sample be analyzed for total acid
number (TAN) and solid contamination and request the results be forwarded to
WIProductSupport@Williams-Int.com. Repeat oil sample once per month if engine continues to be
operated in non-visible volcanic ash. Perform an engine high power check (71-00-00). Repeat high
power check once per month if engine continues to be operated in non-visible volcanic ash.
Borescope inspect HP compressor (71-00-30), combustor (71-00-40), HP turbine disk (71-00-52),
and LP turbine disk (71-00-52) for evidence of erosion, foreign object damage (FOD), ash deposits,
or cooling hole plugging. Were deposits or damage found?
Note
6. Change engine oil filters ( 79-21-01).
7. Drain oil system and refill with new oil ( 72-00-03).
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-134A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
8. Perform an engine high power ground run ( 71-00-00).
9. Continue to use engine within operating limits.
10. Repeat HP turbine disk borescope inspection ( 71-00-52) at the next scheduled maintenance interval
(check 1 or 2).
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-134A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Starter Generator - Auxiliary Generator Failure
Fault Isolation
1. Inspect the gearbox assembly for evidence of damage. Is there visible damage to the gearbox?
2. Visually inspect all installed gearbox components, accessories, and flange areas for leaks and
cracking. Visually inspect the gearbox and interstage housing mounting flanges for leaks and
cracking. See Figure - "Starter/Generator and/or Auxiliary Generator Failure". Are any leaks or cracks
present?
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-121A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-0-7106-59-0-24235-001-0-001-00
Fig 1 Starter/Generator and/or Auxiliary Generator Failure
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-121A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. Check engine control harness for security of connectors and backshells. Contact W.I. Product
Support (00-00-00) if connectors or backshells are loose. Check magnetic chip collectors
(79-30-01-601). Visually inspect the starter/generator or auxiliary shaft. Did the shaft shear as a
result of the failure?
4. Using the engine rotation tool, determine if the gearbox accessory drive shaft (towershaft) sheared
as a result of the failure. Did the shaft shear as a result of the failure?
5. The requirements to replace the rigid fuel and CDP tube assemblies and gearbox carbon seals in the
event of a starter/generator and/or auxiliary generator failure may be waived when ALL of the
following conditions have been met:
– Photographs of the gearbox and affected accessories which clearly illustrate component
condition are provided to Williams International Product Support for review, and a disposition
waiving the rigid tube and carbon seal replacement is provided by Williams International.
– The starter generator and/or auxiliary generator spline shaft did not shear.
– No change in normal vibration can be reported by the flight crew concurrent with or during post
flight evaluation of a starter generator and/or auxiliary generator failure annunciation or
discovery. Vibrations from a starter generator and/or auxiliary generator failure will introduce
stress to fuel tubes that has resulted in tube failures.
– In cases involving a starter generator and/or auxiliary generator failure, no anomalies related to
component bearings were found.
– There is no evidence of heat damage on the component.
– There is no evidence of a mechanical anomaly with the armature or related internal rotating
components. Mechanical damage to stationary components (such as brushes, brush wear, etc.)
do not in themselves require the replacement of the rigid fuel and CDP assemblies and gearbox
carbon seals.
– There is no evidence of arcing (burn damage) on the outside surface of the component.
6. Have ALL these conditions been met?
6.2. No: Replace the gearbox carbon seals at location of the failed accessory/component (72-60-01-401).
Replace all external fuel (and CDP tube assemblies, if applicable) on the engine. (This instruction
applies to rigid tube assemblies, not flexible tube assemblies) (73-10-01). Perform an idle speed and
leak check run at max continuous power (required testing after fuel tube assembly replacement)
(71-00-00-501). Replace all non-riveted clamp brackets that secure the fuel tube assemblies (and
CDP tube assemblies, if applicable): Go to Step 8.
7. Contact W.I. Product Support for assistance ( 00-00-00).
8. Perform “Lightning Strike Troubleshooting Inspection” troubleshooting requirements.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-121A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-121A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Hydraulic Pump Failure
Fault Isolation
1. Inspect the gearbox assembly for evidence of damage. Is there visible damage to the gearbox?
Note
3. – Replace the gearbox carbon seals at location of the failed accessory/component

( 72-60-01-401).
– Check magnetic chip collectors ( 79-30-01-601).
Required conditions
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-058A-420A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Overboard Fuel Leak - Troubleshooting
Fault isolation procedure
General
This task contains instructions to isolate the source of an overboard fuel leak (engine operating). The leak may
originate in the either fuel pump assembly or the fuel control unit (HMU). This procedure gives instructions to
block the internal drain passage between the two parts and perform a ground run to identify the source of the
leak. As a minimum, this procedure will require removal/installation of the fuel control unit and replacement of the
flange O-rings.
Refer to the following illustration(s):

Fig 1 Overboard Fuel Leak - Block Fuel Drain
Support equipment
Shut-Off / AR
TL099521
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
Refer to 73-21-01-401 and 73-16-01-401 for listing of expendable parts, as applicable.
2. Job Set-up
2.1. Prepare the engine for fuel system maintenance
2.1.1. WARNING
TO PREVENT POSSIBLE FUEL SPRAY FROM PRESSURIZED FUEL LINES, OPEN OR CYCLE
ANY AIRCRAFT ISOLATION VALVES PRIOR TO ENGINE FUEL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.
Install DO NOT OPERATE signs.
2.1.2. Open the circuit breakers to isolate the engine electrical supply.
2.1.3. Close the aircraft fuel shutoff valve.
2.1.4. Remove the cowling. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-843B-421A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. Note
Contacting WI Product Support
(How to Contact Williams International (FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A)) for concurrence on
troubleshooting steps and assistance is recommended, prior to proceeding with troubleshooting.
Remove fuel control unit heatshield (if applicable). Refer to 73-21-01-401
4. WARNING
FUEL IS HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. IT MUST BE KEPT AWAY FROM HEAT AND OPEN FLAME.
FUEL MAY ALSO CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION. ANY FUEL THAT CONTACTS THE SKIN MUST BE
WASHED OFF IMMEDIATELY. CLOTHING WITH FUEL CONTAMINATION MUST BE
THOROUGHLY CLEANED BEFORE BEING WORN. CONTAINERS SHOULD BE PLACED
BELOW WORK AREA TO CATCH DRIPPING FUEL.
Disconnect the FCU-to-oil cooler tube assembly from the fuel control unit. Refer to 73-21-01-401.
5. Loosen three nuts securing the FCU to the fuel pump. Loosen nuts enough to slide TL099521 (or
equivalent shim stock .850 in. width, .008 to .012 in. thickness) between the FCU and the fuel pump
to block off the drain passage between the two parts. Refer to Fig 1 Overboard Fuel Leak - Block
Fuel Drain for location. Torque the three FCU nuts 110 to 123 inch-pounds (12.4 to 13.8 N.m).
6. Install/connect the FCU-to-oil cooler tube assembly to the fuel control unit. Refer to 73-21-01-401.
7. Prepare the engine for running.
7.1. Open the aircraft fuel shutoff valve
7.2. Close aircraft circuit breakers.
7.3. Remove DO NOT OPERATE signs.
7.4. Verify that the throttle cable is properly secured/connected. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance
Manual.
8. Purge the fuel system and perform an Idle Speed and Leak Check ground run. (71-00-00-501).
Check overboard drain during engine operation for fuel leakage.
9. Evaluate ground run leak check as follows:
9.1. Note
Limit for overboard fuel leakage are found in the Idle Speed and Leak Check ground run task.
If fuel is still leaking from the overboard drain (with internal drain port blocked), the fuel pump is the
source of the leak. Replace the fuel pump if the leak is beyond acceptable limits. Refer to
73-16-01-401.
9.2. If fuel is not leaking from the overboard drain (with internal drain port blocked), the fuel control unit is
the source of the leak. Replace the fuel control unit. Refer to 73-21-01-401.
Note
The O-rings between the FCU and the fuel pump shall be replaced after this test is performed,
regardless of the outcome, because the tool used to block the drain passage may have nicked
or cut the O-ring.
10. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-71-00-00-843B-421A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
10.1.1. Install the cowling. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
10.1.2. Open the aircraft fuel shutoff valve
10.1.3. Close aircraft circuit breakers.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-843B-421A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710398-0-24235-00186-A-001-00
Fig 1 Overboard Fuel Leak - Block Fuel Drain
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-843B-421A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-843B-421A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Configure Engine For Right or Left-Hand Use
General
This task provides procedures to change a No. 1 (left hand) engine to a No. 2 (right hand) engine or a No. 2 (right
hand) engine to a No. 1 (left hand) engine.
Note
We identify locations of all parts of the engine as if installed in an aircraft, viewed from the rear. All radial
locations are numbered counting clockwise. Number one (1) is always at the top (12 o'clock position) on the
centerline.
Support equipment
Sling, Engine AR
TL300079
Engine Sling / AR Option

08-0119-8000
Procedure
1. To change a No.1 (left hand) engine to a No. 2 (right hand) engine or a No.2 (right hand) engine to a
No.1 (left hand) engine:
Note
The No. 2 (right hand) engine requires that the N1 (LP) magnetic speed pickup assembly be
installed on the outboard (right hand) side of the engine. This is so that the pickup will be
accessible for maintenance. The No. 1 (left hand) engine requires that the N1 (LP) magnetic
speed pickup assembly be installed on the left side to be accessible for maintenance.
1.1. Remove the N1 (LP) speed pickup; refer to 77-11-01-401. Remove the plug from the LP speed
pickup port located on the opposite side of the interstage housing from the installed pickup. Change
positions of the LP speed pickup and the plug.
1.2. Remove the rear bypass duct; refer to 72-00-71-401. Reposition the rear mount ring to the opposite
side (clock position). Make sure that the lifting lugs are at the 1:00 and 11:00 o'clock positions.
Note
There is no forward or aft orientation required when installing the rear mount ring.
1.3. Install the rear bypass duct; refer to 72-00-71-401.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.4. WARNING
HANGING LOADS COULD KILL OR INJURE YOU. BE EXTREMELY CAREFUL AROUND
HANGING LOADS AND OVERHEAD EQUIPMENT.
Note
The engine must be hanging from the engine lifting sling 08-0119-8000 or TL300079 to do the
following task:
Move the eight mounting pad hole plugs to the opposite side of the engine. Torque plugs 90-100
inch-pounds (10.1-11.2 N.m).
1.5. Remove the valve-to-nozzle flexible fuel tube and reposition as follows:
1.5.1. WARNING
Note
Ensure that the 45° elbow end of the tube assembly is installed on the fuel nozzle.
For left-hand engines, orient the bow in the flexible line towards the left (outboard) side.
1.5.2. For right-hand engines, orient the bow in the flexible line towards the right (outboard) side.
1.5.3. Torque both ends of the valve-to-nozzle tube assembly 115 to 150 inch-pounds (12.9 to 16.9 N.m).
1.6. Dipstick assembly must be installed on the outboard side. Change positions of dipstick assembly and
filler port plug assembly, as required. Refer to 79-31-01-401.
1.7. If the engine is equipped with an oil level sight glass on the interstage housing, the sight glass must
be installed on the outboard side. The cover plate blank must be installed on the inboard side.
Change positions of the sight glass and cover plate blank. Refer to 79-33-11-401.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Engine from Build Stand
Disconnect, remove and disassemble procedures
General
This task provides procedures for removing the engine from the build stand. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Engine Lifting Sling - Removal/Installation
Fig 3 Engine in Build Stand - Removal/Installation
Note
Review Assembly/Disassembly Maintenance Practices, 70-00-01-201 in the Maintenance Manual before
beginning work.
Support equipment
Sling, Engine / AR
TL300079

08-0119-8000
Sling, Engine Lift / AR Option

08-0147C4000
Procedure
1. WARNING
HANGING LOADS CAN INJURE OR KILL YOU. BE EXTREMELY CAREFUL AROUND HANGING
LOADS AND OVERHEAD EQUIPMENT.
WARNING
INCORRECTLY INSTALLED LIFTING SLING DETENT PINS CAN ENDANGER PERSONNEL AND
DAMAGE ENGINE COMPONENTS
CAUTION
Inspect lift sling for damage before use. Make sure that shackle bolts on lift arms are securely
fastened. Make sure that adjustments for length and center-of-gravity are correct for engine
model/type.
Connect engine lifting sling 08-0119-8000, 08-0147C4000, TL300079 to engine as follows:
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.1. Adjust lift sling for length and/or center-of-gravity to match engine model/type. Tighten bolts securely.
Refer to Fig 1 Engine Lifting Sling - Removal/Installation or Fig 2 Engine Lifting Sling - Removal/
Installation.
1.2. Connect engine lifting sling to engine lift points:
1.2.1. CAUTION
MAKE SURE ALL DETENT PINS ARE SECURELY INSERTED, ORIENTED CORRECTLY, AND
LOCKED IN PLACE WHEN USING THE ENGINE SLING AND BUILD STAND.
Connect lift sling front arm to front lift bracket on forward interstage housing flange using detent pin. If
detent pin has a "T" handle, ensure that it is oriented horizontally.
1.2.2. Connect lift sling outboard rear arm to outboard lift point on rear mount ring using detent pin. If detent
pin has a "T" handle, ensure that it is oriented horizontally.
1.2.3. Note
The inboard rear arm of lift sling has two mounting holes. Use the upper hole for level
installation. Use the lower hole if the engine needs to be rolled slightly for aircraft installation.
Connect lift sling inboard rear arm to inboard lift point on rear mount ring using detent pin. If detent
1.3. Connect lifting sling to overhead hoist. Adjust position of engine build stand and/or hoist, as required,
and raise hoist until there is light, equal tension on lifting sling arms.
2. After connecting lifting sling to engine and hoist, remove engine from engine stand as follows:
2.1. WARNING
Remove two detent pins from pivoting support arm yokes on the engine build stand. Retract the
pivoting support arm.
2.2. Remove two detent pins from gear-driven support arm yokes and disengage engine mount adapters
from yokes.
2.3. When engine and mount adapters are completely clear of build stand support arms, raise hoist
and/or remove engine build stand.
2.4. Remove sixteen bolts and four engine mount adapters from four engine mount pads on the
interstage housing. After removal, attach engine mount adapters to build stand.
3. Note
If engine is to be used on right hand side of aircraft, install forward engine mounts on left hand
mounting pads. If engine is to be used on left hand side of aircraft, install forward engine mounts
to right hand mounting pads.
Install two forward engine mounts on two mounting pads on the interstage housing. Install eight plugs
to the mount holes on the other two pads. Torque the plugs 90 to 100 inch-pounds (10.1-11.2 N.m.).
4. Job Close-up
4.1. Install the engine into the aircraft. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
OVERHEAD
HOIST CENTER-OF-GRAVITY
ADJUSTMENT
FORWARD AFT LENGTH

LENGTH ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT
Engine Lift Sling

08-0119-8000/08-0147C4000
OUTBOARD
REAR ARM
INBOARD
REAR ARM
REAR MOUNT
RING
LIFT POINTS
FRONT
ARM
LOWER HOLE
DETENT
PIN (QTY 3)
FRONT
LIFT
BRACKET
44-7125-19
ICN-FJ-AAA-712519-0-24235-00394-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ADJUST POSITIONS OF LIFT SHACKLE LIFT

AND LIFT ARMS TO MATCH ENGINE TYPE SHACKLE
AFT LIFT ARMS

LIFT SLING BEAM
REAR MOUNT
RING
WI Engine Lift Sling LIFT POINTS
TL300079
FORWARD
LIFT ARM
FORWARD
LIFT BRACKET
44-7125-27
ICN-FJ-AAA-712527-0-24235-00402-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710024-0-24235-00122-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Engine in Build Stand
Assemble, install and connect procedures
General
This task provides procedures for installing the engine in the build stand. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Note
beginning work.
Support equipment
Engine Build Stand, Complete Assy / AR

TL300695
Stand, Engine / AR Option

08-2021-0000
Sling, Engine / AR
TL300079

08-0119-8000

08-0147C4000
Adapter, Engine Stand / AR

K-2032
FJ44-1/2/3 Mount Arms / AR

TL300686
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. WARNING
HANGING LOADS CAN INJURE OR KILL YOU. BE EXTREMELY CAREFUL AROUND HANGING
LOADS AND OVERHEAD EQUIPMENT.
WARNING
INCORRECTLY INSTALLED LIFTING SLING DETENT PINS CAN ENDANGER PERSONNEL AND
DAMAGE ENGINE COMPONENTS
CAUTION
Inspect lift sling for damage before use. Make sure that shackle bolts on lift arms are securely
fastened. Make sure that adjustments for length and center-of-gravity are correct for engine
model/type.
Connect engine lifting sling 08-0119-8000, 08-0147C4000, TL300079 to engine as follows:
1.1.1. Adjust lift sling for length and/or center-of-gravity to match engine model/type. Tighten bolts securely.
Refer to Fig 1 Engine Lifting Sling - Removal/Installation, Fig 2 Engine Lifting Sling - Removal/
Installation.
1.1.2. Connect engine lifting sling to engine lift points:
1.1.2.1. Connect lift sling front arm to front lift bracket on forward interstage housing flange using detent pin. If
detent pin has a "T" handle, ensure that it is oriented horizontally.
1.1.2.2. Connect lift sling outboard rear arm to outboard lift point on rear mount ring using detent pin. If detent
1.1.2.3. CAUTION
Note
The inboard rear arm of lift sling has two mounting holes. Use the upper hole for level
installation. Use the lower hole if the engine needs to be rolled slightly for aircraft installation.
Connect lift sling inboard rear arm to inboard lift point on rear mount ring using detent pin. If detent
1.1.3. Connect lifting sling to overhead hoist. Adjust position of hoist, as required, and raise hoist until there
is light, equal tension on lifting sling arms.
1.2. Complete removal of engine from aircraft or shipping container. Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual
for engine removal task.
1.3. Remove two forward engine mounts from two mounting pads on the interstage housing. Refer to the
Aircraft Maintenance Manual. Remove plugs from the other two mounting pads, if applicable.
2. Install engine to engine build stand as follows:
2.1. FJ44-1/2/3 engine stand/engine mount adapter options are shown below:
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Stand P/N Engine Mount Adapter Requirements
08-2021-0000 K-2032 Qty 4
TL300695 TL300686 Qty 4

(includes engine mount adapters)
2.2. Install four engine mount adapters, to the four engine mount pads on the interstage housing. Torque
16 mounting bolts 200 to 245 inch-pounds (22.5 to 27.6 N.m).
2.3. Rotate the gear-driven support arm, if necessary, to put it in the vertical position. Lock rotation crank.
2.4. Retract the pivoting support arm to make room for installation of the engine.
2.5. CAUTION
Move the engine build stand, into position as shown in Fig 3 Engine in Build Stand - Removal/
Installation. Guide two engine mount adapters into the gear-driven support arm yokes and lock in
place with detent pins.
2.6. Swing the pivoting support arm into the vertical position and slide it inward to engage the other two
engine mount adapters. Lock the adapters and the support arm yokes with detent pins.
2.7. CAUTION
WHEN ENGINE IS SERVICED WITH OIL, DO NOT ROTATE TO THE EXTREME "NOSE UP" OR
"NOSE DOWN" POSITION. THIS MAY CAUSE OIL WETTING BEHIND THE COMPRESSOR
COVER.
Remove engine lifting sling from the engine by removing detent pins.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
OVERHEAD
HOIST CENTER-OF-GRAVITY
ADJUSTMENT
FORWARD AFT LENGTH

LENGTH ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT
Engine Lift Sling

08-0119-8000/08-0147C4000
OUTBOARD
REAR ARM
INBOARD
REAR ARM
REAR MOUNT
RING
LIFT POINTS
FRONT
ARM
LOWER HOLE
DETENT
PIN (QTY 3)
FRONT
LIFT
BRACKET
44-7125-19
ICN-FJ-AAA-712519-0-24235-00394-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ADJUST POSITIONS OF LIFT SHACKLE LIFT

AND LIFT ARMS TO MATCH ENGINE TYPE SHACKLE
AFT LIFT ARMS

LIFT SLING BEAM
REAR MOUNT
RING
WI Engine Lift Sling LIFT POINTS
TL300079
FORWARD
LIFT ARM
FORWARD
LIFT BRACKET
44-7125-27
ICN-FJ-AAA-712527-0-24235-00402-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710024-0-24235-00122-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Removal Requirements List
General
This task provides a list of engine-related requirements for removing an engine from an aircraft.
Note
beginning work.
Support equipment
Procedure
1. Perform the following maintenance actions prior to removal of the engine from the aircraft.
Note
If engine being removed is a rental engine, refer to Rental Engine Condition report for additional
checks or reporting actions.
1.1. Inspect engine inlet, fan rotor, and exhaust area for FOD.
1.2. Rotate the fan rotor (LP rotary group) and check for freedom of rotation and verify no unusual noise.
1.3. CAUTION
Make sure that fuel system preservation is performed before oil system is drained.
As required by Engine Shipping task 71-00-25-201, preserve fuel system in accordance with
71-00-22-201, Installed Engine Preservation - More than Nine Months.
1.4. Visually check the magnetic plugs on magnetic chip collectors. Refer to 79-30-01-601.
1.5. Drain the engine oil. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
2. Remove the engine from the aircraft in accordance with the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
3. Refer to 71-00-25-201 Engine Shipping for a listing of engine parts which should be retained when
shipping an engine. Remove these parts in accordance with applicable removal/disassembly
instructions.
4. Perform the following maintenance actions after the engine is removed from the aircraft:
4.1. Prepare the engine for shipment in accordance with 71-00-25-201 Engine Shipping.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-803A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4.2. Make sure that the engine operating hours and cycles at the time of removal are properly
documented in the engine logbook.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-803A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Installation Requirements List
General
This task provides a list of engine-related requirements for installing an engine on an aircraft.
Note
beginning work.
Support equipment
Procedure
1. Perform the following maintenance actions prior to installation of the engine on the aircraft:
1.1. Receive the engine in accordance with 71-00-25-201, Engine Receiving.

1.2. Make sure that the engine logbook is received with the engine.
1.3. Review engine maintenance records for pending post-installation maintenance requirements.
2. The Engine Shipping task 71-00-25-201 defines engine parts which are to be retained with the
aircraft when the engine is shipped. Make sure that all engine parts are re-installed in accordance
with applicable installation tasks.
3. Install the engine on the aircraft in accordance with the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
4. Service the engine oil. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
5. Perform engine ground testing per 71-00-00-501, List of Test Procedures, Tests Required after
Maintenance or Component Replacement
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-803A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
List of Test Procedures
Test and inspection
General
This task lists the types of ground running tests that are necessary after engine maintenance. Refer to the
following tables:
Table 1 List of Test Procedures Table 2 Tests Required after Maintenance or Component Replacement
Note
The tests which are referred to in this task are found in 71-00-00-501
Procedure
1. Refer to table below:
List of Test Procedures

TASK NAME REASON
Idle Speed and Idle Speed and Leak Check To check the engines performance at idle and
Leak Check Run Run make sure that there are no leaks in the fuel,
(FJ- oil, or air systems.
AAA-71-00-00-809
A-322A-A)
Vibration Survey Vibration Survey To check the level of vibration and the source.
(FJ-
AAA-71-00-00-812
A-322A-A)
Stability/ Stability/Acceleration Check To make sure that the acceleration and time is
Acceleration Check correct and that the engine does not flame-out
(FJ- during deceleration.
AAA-71-00-00-816
A-322A-A)
Performance Performance Check To make sure that the engine performance is

Check (FJ- within limits.
AAA-71-00-00-821
A-322A-A)
Oil Consumption Oil Consumption Check To monitor and calculate oil consumption.
Check (FJ-
AAA-71-00-00-827
A-322A-A)
High Power Check High Power Check To make sure that the engine performs
(FJ- correctly at high power.
AAA-71-00-00-826
A-322A-A)
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-805A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Capped Bleed Run Capped Bleed Engine Run To record engine data when engine is isolated
(FJ- from aircraft bleed system.
AAA-71-00-00-828
A-322A-A)
2. Refer to Table 2 Tests Required after Maintenance or Component Replacement for specific tests that
are necessary after engine maintenance or replacement of the engine, basic engine components, or
engine line replaceable units (LRUs). The Oil Consumption Check is required to evaluate a
suspected oil consumption problem.
Note
Do the tests in the order shown.
Table 2 Tests Required after Maintenance or Component Replacement

Component Maint. Idle/Leak Vibe Stability Perform High
Action Check Survey Accel Check Power
Check Check
ROUTINE PERIODIC INSPECTION:
Check 1 Inspection X
NOTE 5 NOTE 9
Check 2 Inspection X
NOTE 5 NOTE 9
ENGINE INSTALLATION OR MAJOR PERIODIC INSPECTION:
Major Periodic Inspection X X X X

(Engine installed in aircraft) NOTE 1
Major Periodic Inspection Perform engine functional test procedure (FTP). Refer to
(Engine installed in test cell) 72-00-00-1301 in the Engine Inspection Manual or the
Engine Manual. NOTE 1
Engine Installation X
(New engine or engine which has NOTE 1
undergone functional test procedure
since last installation or maintenance)
NOTE 10
NOTE 11
Engine Installation X X
(Rental Engine) NOTE 1
NOTE 10
NOTE 11
Engine Installation X As required by maintenance performed on

(Engine which has not undergone NOTE 1 individual parts (see below)
functional test procedure since last
installation or maintenance.)
NOTE 10
NOTE 11
BASIC ENGINE COMPONENT REPLACEMENT:
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-805A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Table 2 Tests Required after Maintenance or Component Replacement (Continued)

Check Check
Spinner Repaired X
or New
Fan Rotor Remove/ X

Install
Repaired X X X
or New
Case and Insert Assy Remove/ X

and/or Fan Stator Install
Repaired X X
or New
Magnetic Chip Collector Replacem X

Assy ent NOTE 4
IP Compressor Rotor Remove/ X

Install
Repaired X X X
or New
IP Compressor Stator Any Maint. X X X X
No. 1 Carbon Seal Any Maint. X X

NOTE 1
Combustor Cover Assy Remove/ X X X X

Install
New X X X X
Fuel Slinger Remove/ X X X X

Install
New X X X X
Balance Piston Seal Remove/ X X X X

Install
New X X X X
HP Turbine Combustor Remove/ X X X X

Assy Install
Repaired X X X X
or New
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-805A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01

Check Check
HP Turbine Rotor Remove/ X X X X

Install
Repaired X X X X
or New
No. 3 Roller Bearing Any Maint. X X X
1st LP Turbine Nozzle Remove/ X X X

Assy Install
Repaired X X X X
or New
No. 4 Roller Bearing Any Maint. X X X
No. 3 Carbon Seal Any Maint. X X X
No. 4 Carbon Seal Any Maint. X X X
LP Turbine Module Remove/ X X

Install
Disassy/ X X X
Assy
Repaired X X X
or New
Rear Housing Assy Remove/ X X

Install
Repaired X X X
or New
Front Bypass Duct Assy Any Maint. X X X

NOTE 2
Rear Bypass Duct Assy Any Maint. X
Rear Case Assy Any Maint. X
ENGINE ACCESSORIES/LRU REPLACEMENT:
Fuel Tube Assembly Any Maint. X

NOTE 9
Fuel Nozzle Assembly Any Maint. X

NOTE 9
NOTE 12
Fuel Pump Filter Any Maint. X

NOTE 9
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-805A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01

Check Check
Fuel Pump Any Maint. X X X

NOTE 1
Fuel Control Unit Remove/ X X X

Install NOTE 9 NOTE 2
Repaired
or New
Adjust X X
Start Nozzle Control Any Maint. X

Valve NOTE 9
Fuel Filter Electrical Any Maint. X

Indicator (Delta P) NOTE 9
Fuel Manifold FIlter Assy Any Maint. X

NOTE 9
Gearbox Assy Remove/ X X X

Install NOTE 1
Gearbox Carbon Seal Any Maint. X

NOTE 1
Gearbox Filter Delta P Any Maint. X

Indicator NOTE 9
Ignition Exciter Any Maint.

NOTE 5
Igniter Lead Any Maint.

NOTE 5
Igniter Plug Any Maint.

NOTE 5
Oil Filler Port Plug Any Maint. X

Assembly NOTE 1
Oil Sight Glass Any Maint. X

(Interstage Housing) NOTE 9
Acceleration Bleed Any Maint X X

System NOTE 2
LP Magnetic Speed Any Maint. X X

Pickup Assy NOTE 9
Gearbox (HP) Magnetic Any Maint. X X

Speed Assy NOTE 9
ITT Probe Any Maint. X X

NOTE 3 NOTE 9
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-805A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01

Check Check
ITT Jumper Harness Any Maint. X

NOTE 9
Starter/Generator Any Maint. X Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual

NOTE 6 NOTE 1
Hydraulic Pump Any Maint. X Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual

NOTE 6 NOTE 1
Oil Filter Any Maint. X

NOTE 9
Lube Oil Cooler Any Maint. X

NOTE 1
Lube and Scavenge Any Maint. X X

Pump NOTE 1
NOTE 7
Oil Pressure Regulating Any Maint. X X

Valve NOTE 9
NOTE 7
Oil Supply Tube Any Maint. X

NOTE 9
Rear Bearing Oil Supply Any Maint. X X

Tube or Scavenge Tube NOTE 9
Fuel Flow Transmitter NOTE 8
Note
1 Leak Check at Max Continuous power is required. Refer to 71-00-00-501, Idle Speed and
Leak Check Run.
2 Visual/functional check of acceleration bleed system is required.
3 As an alternate means of compliance after ITT probe replacement, perform Continuity

Check and Resistance Check tasks. Refer to 77-20-02-601.
4 Leak Check is required only if the complete Magnetic Chip Collector Assembly is replaced.
5 Do an operational test on the ignition system. Refer to 74-00-10-501
6 If the starter/generator or hydraulic pump is rejected for failure, you must perform
maintenance specified in the corresponding troubleshooting tree (Refer to 71-00-00-101).
7 Ensure the oil pressure falls within the operating band. Refer to 79-25-01-501.
8 In the event of Fuel Flow Transmitter failure, remove the Fuel Manifold Filter Assembly and
inspect for debris. Refer to 73-25-01-401.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-805A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
9 Leak check at Intermediate Power is required. Refer to 71-00-00-501, Idle Speed and Leak
Check Run.
10 Review return to service documents supplied with engine to determine if any additional
testing is required after engine installation.
11 Refer to 71-00-00-401 Engine Installation Requirements List for a list of requirements when
an engine is installed.
12 For fuel nozzle removal/installation with no other fuel system maintenance performed,
purging air from the fuel system is not required.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-805A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
General Operating Procedures
Test and inspection
General
This task gives operational procedures and limits for the engine. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Danger Areas During Ground Run
Fig 2 Nominal Oil Pressure Operating Band
Fig 3 Overtemperature Limits (Continuous Operation)
Fig 4 Overtemperature Limits (Takeoff)

Fig 5 Overtemperature Limits (Takeoff - One Engine Inoperative)
Fig 6 Overtemperature Limits (Starting)
Fig 7 N2 Overspeed Limits
Note
1 Refer to this task before all ground running.
2 The procedures outlined in this task are generic guidelines covering operation of the engine and do not
take into consideration installation-specific requirements. Please refer to the Aircraft Operation
Instructions to ensure appropriate procedures are followed.
3 When you run the engine on the ground, set HP bleed OFF (unless test instructions specify ON) and use
minimal electrical and hydraulic power.
4 When you are doing more than one test, group them, if possible, during the one engine cycle. This
prevents unnecessary operation of the engine.
5 When operating the engine, monitor the engine parameters to make sure the engine does not go past its
operating limits.
6 Operate the thrust levers slowly and smoothly and keep ground running to the minimum level of power
and time required. You should not move the thrust lever quickly unless you are doing snap acceleration
or deceleration tests. This causes the engine temperature to change quickly which is not good for the life
of the engine.
Procedure
1. Ground Running Tests - General Procedures
1.1. Reason for ground running tests
1.1.1. To make sure that the engine is correctly installed.
1.1.2. When told of a defect on the engine, to find that defect.
1.1.3. To make sure an adjustment is done correctly.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.1.4. To monitor the effect which a replacement unit can have on the operation of a system or the
performance of the engine.
1.1.5. To check for leaks.
1.2. Safety precautions
1.2.1. WARNING
MAKE SURE THAT PEOPLE AT WORK NEAR THE AIRCRAFT KNOW OF THE AREAS THAT
ARE DANGEROUS. THIS MAKES SURE THAT PEOPLE ARE NOT KILLED OR BADLY
INJURED.
WARNING
MAKE SURE THAT PEOPLE DO NOT WEAR LOOSE CLOTHING (COATS, JACKETS, CAPS
AND SCARVES) NEAR THE ENGINE WHILE IT OPERATES. MAKE SURE THAT THE HOODS
ON PARKAS ARE NOT LOOSE.
CAUTION
MAKE SURE THAT NO MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT ON THE GROUND CAN GO INTO THE
ENGINE AIR INTAKE. INGESTION OF FOREIGN OBJECTS CAUSES DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE
AND/OR A DECREASED PERFORMANCE OF THE ENGINE.
When you do ground-run tests, look at the areas that are dangerous before you go near the aircraft.
Refer to Fig 1 Danger Areas During Ground Run.
1.2.2. CAUTION
Use of a ground run enclosure, blast fence, or other structures could result in the
recirculation of hot exhaust gases, which would impact engine performance and could
damage the engine. Performance data collected using these structures is not valid for the
purpose of engine rejection.
Not using these structures is recommended, and any use of them must not prevent the
aircraft from being pointed directly into the wind during the ground run.
Point the nose of the aircraft into the wind. If this is not possible (and if the speed of the wind is more
than 10 knots), you must not operate the engines above 60 percent N1.
1.2.3. Make sure that you have ground fire-extinguishing equipment available at all times.
1.2.4. Close the cowling doors when you operate the engine. Leave them open only when told to do so in a
task.
1.2.5. Make sure that there is no equipment or unwanted material near the engine exhaust and inlet.
1.3. WARNING
MAKE SURE THERE IS SOMEONE IN THE COCKPIT AT ALL TIMES DURING ENGINE
OPERATON.
Engine Handling
1.3.1. Power Control
1.3.1.1. Keep ground runs to the minimum level of power and time that is necessary to do the tests.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.4. CAUTION
DO NOT MOVE THE THRUST LEVERS FORWARD AND BACK QUICKLY UNLESS YOU ARE
DOING ACCELERATION/DECELERATION TESTS. FAST MOVEMENT OF THE THRUST LEVERS
CAUSES THE ENGINE TEMPERATURE TO CHANGE QUICKLY WHICH IS NOT GOOD FOR THE
LIFE OF THE ENGINE.
Ground Running in Icing Conditions
1.4.1. Icing can be expected to occur when visible moisture is present such as cloud or fog with low
visibility, rain, snow, sleet, ice crystals, or with standing water, ice or snow present on the ground. If
icing conditions exist or are anticipated, operate the airframe-supplied anti-icing system (if available)
per the aircraft operating manual.
1.5. Oil System Characteristics:
1.5.1. Oil Pressure - Engine oil pressure limits are listed under operating limits. For nominal engine
operation, the oil pressures shown in Fig 2 Nominal Oil Pressure Operating Band apply.
1.5.2. Oil Temperature - Continuous operation at all engine speeds is permitted when engine oil
temperature is between 10 - 121° C (50 - 250° F).
1.5.3. Transient Oil Temperature - Large reductions in engine RPM may result in transient increase in oil
temperatures in excess of the steady state temperatures listed under operating limits.
1.5.4. Starting under cold weather conditions - When starting a cold soaked engine below freezing
temperature, high oil pressure can occur. As oil temperature rises with engine at idle, oil pressure will
fall. The engine should not be run above 85% N2 until oil temperature is above 10° C (50° F).
Maximum allowable cold day start oil pressure is 100 psig for 5 minutes, with oil pressure returning to
normal range as defined under operating limits.
1.5.5. Oil Consumption - The maximum permissible oil consumption is 0.023 gal/hr. Operation in excess of
this value will require agreement of Williams International Co., LLC.
1.6. Windmilling on Ground.
1.6.1. It is highly recommended that while the aircraft is unattended, the inlet and exhaust covers are
installed to prevent windmilling.
2. Operating Limitations
2.1. CAUTION
OBEY THE OPERATING LIMITS SPECIFIED IN THE TEXT AND THE FIGURES WHEN YOU
OPERATE THE ENGINE. IF YOU DO NOT, IT WILL DECREASE THE OPERATING LIFE OF THE
ENGINE.
CAUTION
WHEN YOU MONITOR A LIMIT, MAKE SURE THE RELATED AIRCRAFT INSTRUMENT IS NOT
DEFECTIVE OR INACCURATE. THIS WILL PREVENT FALSE MONITORING.
Note
1 The conditions defined herein are the minimum/maximum as noted for the engine. Other
information is supplied for operator convenience. Any instances of the operating limits being
exceeded must be recorded and reported together with duration and degree of excess. The
operator should take whatever action is necessary, to keep operation within limits
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2 Long term shifts in engine shaft speeds (N1 and N2) or ITT readings can be useful in
tracking trends in engine health. It is recommended that the operator periodically record
these readings and notify Williams International if any sudden or gradual changes over time
are detected.
3 Airflow disturbances across engine intake, particularly during gusty or crosswind conditions,
may result in RPM fluctuations. This is normal at high power settings during static or low
speed operations.
Fuel System Limits:
2.1.1. Minimum Fuel Temperature - Refer to Aircraft Operating Instructions.
2.1.2. Maximum Fuel Temperature - Refer to Aircraft Operating Instructions.
2.1.3. Maximum Fuel Leakage - Refer to the Idle Speed and Leak Check Run, 71-00-00-501.
Note
Fuel leakage rate is for normal operations. However, after an aborted start, fuel leakage may
exceed limits. If this occurs, clear fuel from combustor by motoring the engine. Refer to
instructions given under Failure of Engine to Light.
2.2. Starting Limits:

2.2.1. Maximum Tailwind Component - Refer to Aircraft Operating Instructions
2.2.2. Maximum Crosswind Component - Refer to Aircraft Operating Instructions
2.2.3. Time Between Starts - 30 Seconds
2.2.4. Time to Light-Off - 10 seconds
Note
Time to light-off is defined as the time after the power lever is moved from SHUTOFF to START
position until light-off is indicated.
2.3. Operating Limits: Refer to Table 1 FJ44 Operating Limits
Table 1 FJ44 Operating Limits

THRUST TIME LIMIT ITT TEMP N2 RPM - % N1 RPM - % OIL PRESS OIL TEMP
SETTING (MINUTES) °C (PSIG) °C
START See Fig 25 MIN -40 - 121

6 Overtemp (Note 6)
erature
Limits
(Starting)
IDLE CONTINUO 796 MAX 35 MIN -40 - 121

US (Note 7)
TAKEOFF (Note 1) See Fig 40,900-99.3 18,000-104. 45 - 90 10 - 121

4 Overtemp 4
erature
Limits
(Takeoff)
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Table 1 FJ44 Operating Limits (Continued)

THRUST TIME LIMIT ITT TEMP N2 RPM - % N1 RPM - % OIL PRESS OIL TEMP
SETTING (MINUTES) °C (PSIG) °C
MAXIMUM (Note 2) 796 MAX 40,900-99.3 18,000-104. 45 - 90 10 - 121

CONTINUO 4 (Note 3)
US
TRANSIEN See Fig See Fig See Fig 25 MIN

T 3 Overtemp 7 N2 8 N1 (Note 4)
erature Overspeed Overspeed 100 MAX
Limits Limits Limits (Note 5)
(Continuous
Operation)
Note
1 Takeoff thrust settings are defined in the Aircraft Operating Manual. Time at takeoff thrust is
limited to 5 minutes maximum (10 minutes maximum with one engine inoperative) beginning
when the thrust lever is advanced.
2 Maximum continuous climb thrust settings and max continuous cruise thrust settings are
defined in the Aircraft Operating Manual. Continuous operation is acceptable provided
engine limits are not exceeded. For extended component life, it is recommended that a
lower thrust setting be used during normal flight operations.
3 Minimum oil pressure is 45 psig when operating at or above 80% N2; 35 psig when
operating below 80% N2.
4 During idle periods after high thrust operation for up to 5 minutes maximum.
5 During periods of high thrust operation for up to five minutes maximum.
6 Maximum allowable cold day start oil pressure is 100 psig for five minutes with oil pressure
returning to normal range.
7 The engine should not be operated above 85% N2 until oil temperature is above 10° C.
3. Normal Operating Procedures

3.1. Starting the Engine
3.1.1. CAUTION
DO NOT START THE ENGINE UNTIL YOU HAVE MADE SURE THE OIL TEMPERATURE OF THE
ENGINE IS NOT COLDER THAN MINUS 40 DEGREES C (MINUS 40 DEGREES F.).
Perform engine pre-start checks as follows:
3.1.1.1. Verify battery or ground power supply meets the starter/generator manufacturer's requirements.
3.1.1.2. Set generator -OFF.
3.1.1.3. Set bleed air -OFF.
3.1.1.4. Set power lever - SHUT OFF.
3.1.1.5. Set boost pumps - ON.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.1.2. Start engine as follows:
Note
Follow starter manufacturer's operational duty cycle limits.
3.1.2.1. Set engine starter switch - ON.
3.1.2.2. CAUTION
DO NOT TURN ON THE ENGINE IGNITION SWITCH UNTIL THE HP ROTOR IS ROTATING AT
OR ABOVE 4% N2.
CAUTION
ABORT START IF THERE IS NO N1 SPEED INDICATION AT 12% N2 OR IF N1 SPEED IS LESS
THAN 3% SIX SECONDS AFTER LIGHT-OFF.
Set ignition switch - ON.
3.1.2.3. At or above 8% N2, move power lever to START position.
3.1.2.4. Monitor the ITT. ITT may not exceed 1000 °C (1832° F). Monitor transient ITT limits per Fig
6 Overtemperature Limits (Starting).
3.1.2.5. At 40% N2 or above, set starter - OFF.
3.1.2.6. Check oil pressure indication.
3.1.2.7. CAUTION
IF OIL PRESSURE IS NOT AT LEAST 25 PSIG, SHUT DOWN ENGINE.
When the engine reaches idle RPM, start is complete. Scan the engine instruments and warning
lamps for normal indications.
3.1.2.8. Set ignition switch - OFF.
3.2. Shutting Down the Engine
3.2.1. Set ignition switch - OFF.
3.2.2. Set the power lever - IDLE (two minutes).
3.2.3. Set bleed air - OFF.
3.2.4. Set power lever - SHUT OFF.
3.2.5. Set boost pumps - OFF
3.3. Motoring the Engine
Note
Starter damage may occur if motoring is prolonged. Consult starter/generator manufacturer's
operational duty cycle limits for proper motoring time.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.3.4. Set engine starter switch - ON, for time duration as specified by starter/generator manufacturer's
operation duty cycle limit.
3.3.5. Set engine starter switch - OFF.
4. Abnormal Operating Procedures

4.1. Ground Engine Fire/Fire Out of Tail pipe
4.1.1. Determine engine affected.
4.1.4. Set fuel supply - OFF.
4.1.6. Set engine starter - ON, for the time duration as specified by starter/generator manufacturer's
operation duty cycle limit.
4.1.7. Set engine starter - OFF.

4.1.8. Determine cause of fire.
4.2. Procedure if the engine becomes too hot during ground run
4.2.1. CAUTION
DO NOT USE THE FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM IN THE AIRCRAFT IF YOU HAVE A
WARNING INDICATION THAT THE ENGINE IS TOO HOT INTERNALLY.
Retard power lever until ITT is within allowable limits.
4.2.2. Monitor ITT.
4.2.3. Record ITT exceedance in engine log book.
4.2.4. If ITT does not remain within allowable limits, shut down the engine. Refer to Troubleshooting,
71-00-00-101.
4.3. Compressor Surge
4.3.1. If the ITT increases suddenly or you hear a rumbling, banging, or backfire sound you must:
4.3.1.1. Close the power lever.
4.3.1.2. Stop the engine.
4.3.1.3. Find the cause. Refer to Troubleshooting, 71-00-00-101.
4.4. Failure of Engine to Light.
4.4.1. Whenever an engine fails to start within 10 seconds after moving the power lever to the idle position:
4.4.1.1. Set power lever - SHUT OFF.
4.4.1.2. Set ignition switch - OFF.
4.4.1.3. Continue to motor engine with starter (within manufacturer's operational duty cycle limits) to clear fuel
from the combustor.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4.4.1.4. Allow N2 RPM to reach zero before attempting a restart.
4.5. No N1 Speed at 25% N2.
4.5.3. Set boost pumps - OFF.
4.5.4. Starter - OFF.
4.6. Oil Pressure Less Than 25 PSIG After Start
4.6.4. Starter - OFF.
4.6.5. Refer to Troubleshooting, 71-00-00-101.
4.7. Hot Start

4.7.1. CAUTION
DO NOT USE THE FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM IN THE AIRCRAFT IF YOU HAVE A
WARNING INDICATION THAT THE ENGINE IS TOO HOT INTERNALLY.
Set power lever - OFF.
4.7.4. Motor engine as required.
4.7.5. Refer to Fig 6 Overtemperature Limits (Starting) for corrective action.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
AIRCRAFT STATIC - SEA LEVEL I.S.A> - NO WIND
MAX POWER VELOCITY

DROPS TO 20 MPH
MAX POWER TEMPERATURE
DROPS TO 30 DEGREES C
6 M (20 FT)
RADIUS
11 M (35 FT) 22 M (70 FT)
25 M (80 FT)
2 M (7 FT)
46 M (150 FT)
AREA TO BE CLEARED OF PERSONNEL/EQUPMENT

BEFORE ENGINE START OR DURING IDLE
THIS ADDITIONAL AREA MUST BE CLEARED OF PERSONNEL

BEFORE OPERATING AT MAX THRUST
44-7100-02D
ICN-FJ-AAA-710002-0-24235-00112-A-001-00
Fig 1 Danger Areas During Ground Run
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710065-0-24235-00138-A-001-00
Fig 2 Nominal Oil Pressure Operating Band
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710440-0-24235-00219-A-001-00
Fig 3 Overtemperature Limits (Continuous Operation)
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710583-0-24235-00280-A-001-00
Fig 4 Overtemperature Limits (Takeoff)
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 12 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710584-0-24235-00281-A-001-00
Fig 5 Overtemperature Limits (Takeoff - One Engine Inoperative)
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 13
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710067-0-24235-00140-A-001-00
Fig 6 Overtemperature Limits (Starting)
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 14 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710068-0-24235-00141-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 15
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710069-0-24235-00142-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 16 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 17
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Idle Speed and Leak Check Run
Test and inspection
General
This task checks idle performance and ensures there are no fuel, oil or air leaks. You must do this test after
engine maintenance as required by the Test List matrix in the List of Test Procedures, 71-00-00-501. Refer to the
following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Idle N2 Speed Check
Fig 2 N1 Speeds for Ground Checks at Takeoff Thrust Settings - Cessna CitationJet 1
Note
1 Refer to the Test List matrix in the List of Test Procedures, 71-00-00-501, for a listing of all tests required
after replacement or repair of parts.
2 Refer to General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501, for engine operation instructions.
Oil, Preservative FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-002
Procedure
1. Definitions
1.1. A leak is defined as the formation of a fluid droplet on the engine after completion of the final run. In
areas where, due to location, a droplet cannot form, fluid may be collected by wiping the surface of
the component with a finger. If enough fluid can be collected from an area to form a droplet, it is
considered a leak.
1.2. Fluid caught between mating surface at fluid line joints, or a discolored (wetted) surface is not a leak.
If a droplet has not formed or enough fluid cannot be collected on the finger to form a droplet, it is not
a leak.
1.3. It is acceptable to use optional flared tube seals, as defined in the IPC 73-10-01, to correct leakage
from fuel tubes. Install a new seal of the correct size, as follows:
1.3.1. Place seal between the flared fitting and the tube being connected, with the seal sitting over the 37°
flare of the male fitting.
1.3.2. Thread tube nut several turns with fingers until the connection is snug. If tube nut cannot be
tightened snugly with fingers, disassemble to correct problem to prevent assembly damage to seal.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-809A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.3.3. Torque tube nut to the required torque value. Wait 15 seconds to allow yielding of crush seal, then re-
torque to the required torque value. Do not loosen tube nut after initial torque application without
replacing seal.
1.3.4. Each seal shall be used one time. Re-use of seal after torquing/disassembly is not allowed.
1.4. Fuel leakage from the fuel drains following false or aborted starts in which unburned fuel is
introduced to the engine is acceptable. During engine operation, allowable leak rate from the fuel
control/fuel pump drain is 1.5 ml per minute, or approximately 30 drops per minute.
Note
If fuel leakage from drain during engine operation exceeds the allowable limit, refer to
Troubleshooting Task Overboard Fuel Leak - Troubleshooting (FJ-AAA-71-00-00-843B-421A-A).
1.5. A wetting of the oil breather exit port is acceptable to the extent that no more than three drops are
present on the port lip.
1.6. Absorbent materials may not be used for the detection of leaks.
1.7. Bypass air leakage around the fuel manifold tube, bypass duct flanges, Service Islands, and ITT
probes is acceptable; however, if the air is excessively hot, reject the engine.
Note
If the engine is found to be rejectable, contacting WI Product Support
(How to Contact Williams International (FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A)) for concurrence on the
finding and assistance is recommended.
2. Job Set-up
2.1. CAUTION
Position the aircraft into the wind.
2.2. Remove the cowling. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
Note
Visually inspect all engine surfaces to make sure that they are clean and free of fuel or oil
residue prior to running. Clean surfaces as required.
2.3. Put the aircraft booster pumps on.
3. WARNING
MAKE SURE THAT THE PEOPLE AT WORK NEAR THE AIRCRAFT KNOW OF THE AREAS
THAT ARE DANGEROUS. THIS MAKES SURE THAT PEOPLE ARE NOT KILLED OR BADLY
INJURED.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-809A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
WARNING
MAKE SURE THAT PEOPLE DO NOT WEAR LOOSE CLOTHING (COATS, JACKETS, CAPS,
CAUTION
If maintenance has been performed on the engine fuel system or the aircraft fuel system; or if the fuel
system has been preserved with preservative oil MAT-002, purge the fuel system as follows:
3.1. Disengage the ignition circuit breakers.
3.2. WARNING
Disconnect oil cooler-to-fuel manifold tube assembly.
3.3. Install drain hose to oil cooler fitting and direct open end of hose into a bucket.
3.4. Disconnect flexible valve-to-nozzle fuel line from fuel nozzle and cap line.
3.5. Move power lever to IDLE and motor engine until a steady stream of fuel flows into the bucket.
Dispose of fuel in accordance with local regulations.
3.6. Remove drain hose and install oil cooler-to-fuel manifold tube assembly. Torque tube nuts 135 to 150
inch-pounds (15.2-16.9 N.m.).
3.7. Install flexible valve-to-nozzle fuel line in accordance with 73-10-01-401.
4. Set the power lever to the SHUT-OFF position. Motor the engine for 30 seconds, refer to General
Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
5. Check all external fuel and oil tubes for leaks.

6. Repair leaks as necessary.
Note
Visually inspect all engine surfaces to make sure that they are clean and free of fuel or oil
residue prior to running. Clean surfaces as required.
7. Reconnect the ignition circuit breakers
8. Start the engine. Refer to General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
9. Run the engine at idle for at least two minutes
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-809A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
1 The OAT indicator reading must be within ±3° C of actual airfield ambient temperature.
2 To determine pressure altitude using aircraft altimeter, set 29.92 in-hg or 1013.25 mb in the
altimeter Kollsman window or in the avionics altimeter setting field and read the displayed
altitude.
10. Observe N2 speed and OAT and compare to Fig 1 Idle N2 Speed Check.
10.1. Idle speed must be at or below the value shown in Fig 1 Idle N2 Speed Check.
10.2. If idle speed exceeds limit, shut down engine and refer to Troubleshooting.
71-00-00-101
11. Refer to the Test List, 71-00-00-501 to determine if leak check must be run at max continuous power.
If not, set speed in accordance with Step 11.1. , below. If so, set speed in accordance with Step
11.2. , below:
11.1. Leak Check at Intermediate Power. Slowly advance the power lever and let engine become stable at
or above N2 speed of 75% (±1.0%). Remain at this speed for 3 minutes then decel to idle.
11.2. Leak Check at Max Continuous Power. Refer to the Aircraft Flight Manual and determine the max
continuous N1 speed setting. Slowly advance the power lever to the N1 speed setting required for
max continuous operation. Remain at max continuous speed for 10 minutes, then decel to idle.
12. Check for signs of fuel or oil leaks; look carefully around the gearbox, fuel pump and lubrication
pump.
13. Apply a soap and water solution to air tube connections and look for leaks. The compressor
discharge pressure (CDP) tube has a moisture drain hole. Disregard this hole. Some air (CDP) may
escape the internal fitting. This is normal and is not a defect. Dirt or discoloration on adjacent
surfaces is acceptable.
14. Stop the engine. Refer to General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
15. Check the engine for signs of leakage. If there are leaks, repair as necessary.
16. If an engine hot section component has been removed/installed since the engine was last run, check
the oil supply and scavenge tube flanges with a borescope to make sure there are no leaks.
17. If there are signs of leaks at the core engine tubes, repair as necessary.
18. Repeat Step 8. (Start the engine) Step 17. (check for leaks) after corrective action.
19. Inspect the magnetic chip collectors. Refer to 79-30-01-601.
20. If there are no leaks, proceed to Job Close-up.
21. Job Close-up

21.1. Check oil level. Service oil system, as required, in accordance with 72-00-03-301.
21.2. Install the cowling. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-809A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710080-0-24235-00152-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-809A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710081-0-24235-00153-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-809A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-809A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Vibration Survey
Test and inspection
General
This task checks the level of vibration and the source. You must do this test after engine maintenance as required
by the Test List matrix in the List of Test Procedures, 71-00-00-501. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Vibration Accelerometers - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 N1 Speeds for Ground Checks at Takeoff Thrust Settings - Cessna CitationJet
Note
3 Refer to Requirements for Vibration Measuring Equipment, 70-53-00-201, for engine operation
instructions.
Support equipment
STD-408 / AR
Vibration Analyzer
Mount, Engine Vibration / AR

TL037253
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Install vibration measuring equipment
1.1.1. CAUTION
Point the nose of the aircraft into the wind.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-812A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.1.3. Remove lockwire and remove plug from the engine mount pad hole (upper outboard side, upper
forward hole as installation allows). Install TL037253 engine vibration mount into mount pad hole.
Torque 70 - 80 inch-pounds (7.9 - 9.0 N.m). Refer to Fig 1 Vibration Accelerometers - Removal/
Installation.
1.1.4. Install vibration pick-up assembly to TL037253 vibration mount.
1.1.5. Hook-up vibration pick-up assembly to Vibration Analyzer and set unit to record vibration data in
accordance with manufacturers instructions.
2. Do the vibration survey
2.1. Set generator - OFF.
2.2. Set bleed air - OFF.
2.3. WARNING
MAKE SURE THAT PEOPLE AT WORK NEAR THE AIRCRAFT KNOW OF THE AREAS THAT
ARE DANGEROUS. THIS MAKES SURE THAT PEOPLE ARE NOT KILLED OR BADLY
INJURED.
WARNING
CAUTION
Start the engine. Refer to General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
2.4. Let the engine stabilize at idle for two minutes.
2.5. Note
To determine pressure altitude using aircraft altimeter, set 29.92 in-hg or 1013.25 mb in the
altitude.
Refer to Fig 2 N1 Speeds for Ground Checks at Takeoff Thrust Settings - Cessna CitationJet to
determine the takeoff thrust N1 speed setting.
2.6. Advance the power lever from idle, at a uniform rate over a period of approximately 100 seconds (not
less than 90 seconds) until takeoff is achieved.
2.7. CAUTION
Do not exceed maximum time at takeoff as defined in Operating Limits.
Hold the engine at takeoff speed for a minimum of 2 minutes.
2.8. Move the power lever back, at a uniform rate over a period of approximately 90 seconds (not less
than 60 seconds), to idle.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-812A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.9. Review the recorded vibration data and compare it with the following limits:
2.9.1. Allowable vibration level - peak (1E HP, Radial) = 0.85 IPS (inch per second).
Note
The vibration limits displayed by test equipment do not necessarily reflect the manual limits.
2.9.2. Allowable steady state vibration level - peak (1E LP, Radial) = 0.27 IPS (inch per second).
2.10. Stop the engine or continue with the next ground run test, if applicable. Refer to General Operating
Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
2.11. If vibration levels exceed limits, refer to Troubleshooting (High vibration with or without noise),
71-00-00-101.
2.12. If LP vibration levels exceed limits, refer to Trim Balance Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
3. Job Close-up
3.1. Remove the vibration measuring equipment
3.1.1. Remove the vibration pick-up assembly from TL037253 engine vibration mount
3.1.2. Remove the TL037253 engine vibration mount from the engine mount pad.
3.1.3. Install plug into engine mount pad hole. Torque the plug to 90-100 inch-pounds (10.1-11.2 N.m.).
Install lockwire to retain plugs.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-812A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ENGINE VIBRATION
MOUNT
UPPER MOUNT PAD

UPPER FORWARD HOLE
44-7100-56E
ICN-FJ-AAA-710056-0-24235-00133-A-001-00
Fig 1 Vibration Accelerometers - Removal/Installation
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-812A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710081-0-24235-00153-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-812A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-812A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Trim Balance Procedures
Test and inspection
General
This task provides procedures for trim balance which reduce the 1E LP radial vibration to acceptable levels. Refer
to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Reflective Tape Placement
Fig 2 Trim Balance by Vector Subtraction - Sample Plot
Fig 3 Trim Balance by Vector Subtraction - Sample Plot Procedure

Fig 4 Reducing Data for Final Trim Weight Rotation
CAUTION
TRIM BALANCE PROCEDURES ARE ONLY USED IF LP VIBRATION LEVELS EXCEED LIMITS (HIGH
VIBRATION WITH OR WITHOUT NOISE).
Note
The following are the two methods for trim balancing:
– The Vector Subtraction Method: This is the initial method used for trim balancing.
– The 3-Weight Method: This is the second method used, if further reduction of 1E LP is required. This
method may also be used if phase information is not available from vibration analyzer program.
Support equipment
STD-408 / AR
Vibration Analyzer

MAT-033
Primer, Epoxy FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-096
Tape, Reflective FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-201
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Procedure
1. CAUTION
Expendable Parts
Note
In order to perform trim balance, a trim balance-capable spinner must be installed on the engine.
Setscrew weights are also required. Refer to the Illustrated Parts Catalog.
IPC Reference
Subject Fig. Item Nomenclature
72-00-30 01 39 Setscrew
72-00-30 01 40 Setscrew
2. Install test equipment.
2.1. Install accelerometer radially at the upper outboard mount pad (UOMP) location. Additional
accelerometers and/or microphones may be installed as required to monitor engine response.
2.2. CAUTION
THE SENSOR MUST BE ATTACHED SO THAT INGESTION DURING TESTING WILL BE
AVOIDED.
Note
Refer to Requirements for Vibration Measuring Equipment, 70-53-00-201.
Hook up the Vibration Analyzer, accelerometer mounting bracket, cabling (between accelerometers
and analyzers) and N1 speed light sensor.
3. Setup Procedures:
3.1. CAUTION
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE, DO NOT ROTATE THE LP (N1) ROTARY ASSEMBLY
IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF OPERATION.
Using MAT-033 marker, alignment "match-mark" the spinner, spinner pilot plate, locking plate, and
fan rotor as new baseline. Put the "match-mark" in line with one of the spinner mount bolts.
3.2. Note the condition of the fan tip shroud and mark, if necessary, to document any subsequent tip rubs.
3.3. Place MAT-201 reflective tape on tip of spinner. Use a piece of tape about ¼ inch wide and 1 inch
long. Put the long dimension of the tape along the spinner axis in line with the "match-mark. The tape
and "match-mark" will be the 0 degree reference point. Refer to Fig 1 Reflective Tape Placement.
4. Trim Balance Testing by Vector Subtraction Method
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
If testing is performed on an aircraft, the engine not being balanced is to be OFF or at idle.
4.1. Initial Run
4.1.1. After a 2 minute (min.) warm-up at idle, perform a slow accel from idle to Takeoff power, then a 1
minute dwell at T.O. After the 1 minute dwell at T.O., take initial run data. Record 1E amplitude and
phase from the ACES analyzer. Perform a slow decel to idle.
4.1.2. Shutdown engine per General Operating Procedures 71-00-00-501, and examine fan tip shroud for
new tip rubs.
4.2. Trial Weight Location
Note
Weight(s) are setscrews, available in various sizes and weights, ranging from 0.0442 ounces
(1.25 grams) to 0.1500 ounces (4.25 grams). They are installed using MAT-096. If the weight(s)
are moved to new location(s), clean off the uncured adhesive from the hole and weight.
4.2.1. Remove the spinner and install 1 trim weight in the first hole CW (aft looking forward) from the 0
degree reference mark. Screw in approximately 1/8 to ¼ inch below flush.
Note
For longer trim balance screws, it is acceptable for the screw to stand proud of the surface, as
long as it is bottomed in the hole.
4.2.2. Reinstall spinner to baseline position. Refer to 72-00-30-401 for spinner installation.
4.3. Second Run
phase from the analyzer. Perform a slow decel to idle.
4.3.2. Shutdown engine per General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501 and examine fan tip shroud for
new tip rubs.
4.4. Vector Plotting/Subtraction Procedures
4.4.1. If the 1E LP vibration level has not been reduced to acceptable levels, a Third Run is needed.
4.4.2. Plot data per Fig 2 Trim Balance by Vector Subtraction - Sample Plot and Fig 3 Trim Balance by
Vector Subtraction - Sample Plot Procedure.
4.5. Third Run
4.5.1. Move weight. Refer to Fig 3 Trim Balance by Vector Subtraction - Sample Plot Procedure.
phase from the analyzer. Perform a slow decel to idle.
4.5.3. Shutdown engine per General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501 and examine fan tip shroud for
new tip rubs.
4.5.4. If the 1E LP vibration level has not been reduced to acceptable levels, a Fourth Run is needed.
4.5.5. Plot data per Fig 2 Trim Balance by Vector Subtraction - Sample Plot and Fig 3 Trim Balance by
Vector Subtraction - Sample Plot Procedure.
4.6. Fourth Run
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4.6.1. Move weight. Refer to Fig 3 Trim Balance by Vector Subtraction - Sample Plot Procedure.
phase from the ACES analyzer or equivalent. Perform a slow decel to idle. Shutdown engine per
General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
4.6.3. CAUTION
Trim Balancing is done to reduce vibrations at one specific speed during the slow transient
acceleration. Caution must be used to ensure that vibration levels (at speeds other than the
one of original interest) do not increase beyond limits as a result of the trim balancing.
If this method, (Trim Balance Testing by Vector Subtraction Method), results in vibration levels that
are not sufficiently reduced, do the following:
4.6.3.1. Verify lowest vibration levels (at the speed of interest) were obtained during the final run.
4.6.3.2. Verify vibrations (at other speeds) were not reached or exceeded the limit.
4.6.3.3. If above verifications apply, one additional weight may be used in the location adjacent to the weight
that is already installed. The procedures must be repeated to verify that vibration levels at all speeds
are satisfactory. No more than two weights may be used.
4.6.4. If the 1E LP vibration level has not been reduced to acceptable levels, proceed to Trim Balance by 3-
Weight Method.
5. Trim Balance Testing by 3-Weight Method
Note
Weight(s) are setscrews, available in various sizes and weights (grams). They are installed using
MAT-096. If the weight(s) are moved to new location(s), clean off the uncured adhesive from the
hole and weight.
5.1. Perform an initial run per Step 4.3. . Only the 1E amplitude is needed.
5.1.1. Baseline Weight Location: If this effort is a follow-on to the Vector Subtraction Method, then the fourth
run (of the vector subtraction method) will be the 1st weight run and the initial run, Step 4.3. is the
initial.
5.2. First Weight Location: Put trial weight in any hole.
5.3. Weight Rotation:
5.3.1. Relocate trim weight 120 degrees CW (aft looking forward) from Step 5.2. above.
5.3.2. Repeat the 2 minute (min.) warm-up at idle, slow accel from idle to Takeoff power (over a 90 second
time frame), 1 minute dwell at T.O., followed by a slow decel to idle (over 90 seconds).
5.4. Shut down and examine fan tip shroud for new tip rubs.
5.5. Weight Rotation:
5.5.1. Relocate trim weight to 240 degrees CW (aft looking forward) from Step 5.2. above.
time frame), 1 minute dwell at T.O, followed by a slow decel to idle (over 90 seconds).
5.5.3. Shutdown and examine fan tip shroud for new tip rubs.
5.6. Final Trim Weight Rotation:
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.6.1. Reduce data. Refer to Fig 4 Reducing Data for Final Trim Weight Rotation.
5.6.2. Install trim weight at optimum calculated clock angle.
time frame), 1 minute dwell at T.O., followed by a slow decel to idle (over 90 seconds).
5.6.4. Shutdown and examine fan tip shroud for new tip rubs.
5.7. Reduce data to quantify change in 1E LP vibration.
5.8. CAUTION
Trim Balancing is done to reduce vibrations at one specific speed during the slow transient
acceleration. Caution must be used to ensure that vibration levels (at speeds other than the
one of original interest) do not increase beyond limits as a result of the trim balancing.
If this method, (Trim Balance Testing by 3-Weight Method), results in vibration levels that are not
sufficiently reduced, do the following:
5.8.1. Verify lowest vibration levels (at the speed of interest) were obtained during the final run.
5.8.2. Verify vibrations (at other speeds) were not reached or exceeded the limit.
5.9. If above verifications apply, one additional weight may be used in the location adjacent to the weight
that is already installed. The procedures must be repeated to verify that vibration levels at all speeds
are satisfactory. No more than two weights may be used.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710062-0-24235-00136-A-001-00
Fig 1 Reflective Tape Placement
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710102-0-24235-00173-A-001-00
Fig 2 Trim Balance by Vector Subtraction - Sample Plot
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710103-0-24235-00174-A-001-00
Fig 3 Trim Balance by Vector Subtraction - Sample Plot Procedure
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710063-0-24235-00137-A-001-00
Fig 4 Reducing Data for Final Trim Weight Rotation
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Stability/Acceleration Check
Test and inspection
General
This task checks the engine stability and ensures that engine acceleration time is within limits. You must do this
test after engine maintenance as required by the Test List matrix in the List of Test Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
Fig 2 "Max Allowable Accel Time - Idle to 90% Rated Thrust (Reference: 8 HP, 6.5 lb/Min Bleed)"
Note
Support equipment
STD-212 / AR
Stopwatch
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. CAUTION
Use of a ground run enclosure, blast fence, other structures could result in the recirculation
of hot exhaust gases, which would impact engine performance and could damage the engine.
Performance data collected using these structures is not valid for the purpose of engine
rejection.
Not using these structures is recommended and any use of them must not prevent the aircraft
from being pointed directly into the wind during the ground run.
2. Set generator - ON.
3. Set normal bleed - ON.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-816A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. WARNING
INJURED.
WARNING
CAUTION
5. CAUTION
IF DURING TEST, ANY OF THE FOLLOWING WARNING LIGHTS ILLUMINATE, REFER TO THE
ABNORMAL PROCEDURES SECTION OF THE AIRCRAFT MANUAL: (1) ANTI-ICE (WING); (2)
AIR DUCT OVERHEAT; (3) BLEED AIR OVERHEAT; (4) WINDSHIELD AIR OVERHEAT.
Run the engine at idle for at least two minutes.
Note
Visual check of the acceleration bleed system is required. Refer to Test List, 71-00-00-501.
6. Accel engine to 88 - 90% N2. One should see the bleed valve move to closed position. Decel engine
to idle. One should see the bleed valve move to open position.
7. Note
To determine pressure altitude using aircraft altimeter, set 29.92 in-hg or 1013.25 mb in the
altitude.
Read the outside air temperature (OAT) and refer to Fig 1 N1 Speeds for Ground Checks at Takeoff
Thrust Settings - Cessna CitationJet to determine the takeoff thrust N1 speed setting.
8. Determine 90 percent of the takeoff thrust N1 speed setting from Fig 1 N1 Speeds for Ground
Checks at Takeoff Thrust Settings - Cessna CitationJet. Engine acceleration shall be timed, with a
Stopwatch, from idle to this N1 speed.
9. Slowly advance the power lever from idle to takeoff N1 (as determined). a minimum of 20 seconds
should elapse during the idle-max transient. Maintain takeoff N1 for three minutes.
10. Rapidly (less than 1 second) move the power lever back to the idle position, observing the N2 speed
indicator. Maintain the power lever at idle for a minimum of 1 minute, then rapidly (less than 1
second) advance the power lever from idle to takeoff N1.
11. CAUTION
POWER LEVER SLAM WILL TEND TO OVERSHOOT TAKEOFF N1; ADJUST POWER LEVER
POSITION WHEN N1 REACHES TAKEOFF VALUE TO AVOID OVERSPEED AND REMAIN
WITHIN APPROVED LIMITS.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-816A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Maintain the power lever at takeoff N1 for a minimum of 20 seconds. The engine must operate
normally without flame-out during the entire max-idle-max transient.
12. Perform intermediate-idle snap decel checks as follows:
12.1. Slowly (greater than 20 seconds) reduce the power lever position to 77.7% N2 and maintain this
position for a minimum of 30 seconds.
12.2. Rapidly (less than 1 second) move the power lever back to the IDLE position. The engine must
operate normally without flame-out during the entire intermediate-idle decel transient.
12.3. Repeat Step 12.1. and Step 12.2. (above) two more times.
12.4. Slowly advance the power lever position from IDLE to 72.8% N2 and maintain this position for a
minimum of 30 seconds.
12.7. Slowly advance the power lever position from IDLE to 68% N2 and maintain this position for a
minimum of 30 seconds.
13. Rapidly advance the power lever from idle to the predetermined takeoff thrust N1 speed setting as
indicated on the vertical N1 speed indicators. Check, with the stopwatch, the time between idle and
90 percent of the takeoff thrust speed setting.
14. Move the power lever to the idle position.
15. Repeat the acceleration and timing procedure at least three times and average the results to reduce
timing errors.
Note
The OAT indicator reading must be ±3° C of actual airfield ambient temperature.
16. Observe the outside air temperature (OAT) and compare the acceleration time with Fig 2 "Max
Allowable Accel Time - Idle to 90% Rated Thrust (Reference: 8 HP, 6.5 lb/Min Bleed)". If acceleration
time exceeds limits, refer to Troubleshooting (Slow Acceleration), 71-00-00-101. Retest as required.
17. Job Close-up

17.1. Shut-Down the engine or continue with the next ground run test, if applicable. Refer to General
Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-816A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710081-0-24235-00153-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-816A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710032-0-24235-00123-A-001-00
Fig 2 "Max Allowable Accel Time - Idle to 90% Rated Thrust (Reference: 8 HP, 6.5 lb/Min Bleed)"
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-816A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-816A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Performance Check
Test and inspection
General
This task ensures the engine performance is within limits. You must do this test after engine maintenance as
required by the Test List matrix in the List of Test Procedures, 71-00-00-501. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 3 ITT Limit for Ground Checks at Takeoff Thrust Settings

Fig 4 N2 Speed Limits for Ground Checks at Takeoff Thrust Settings
Fig 5 HP Bleed Air Port Locations
Note
R-MC Cleaner FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-021
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Inspect the fan rotor and the bypass area as follows:
2.1. Make sure the fan rotor is clean. Clean as required using MAT-021.
2.2. Inspect fan rotor for damage and repair as required. Refer to 72-31-20-801.
2.3. Visually inspect bypass area for debris or other blockage. Remove any blockage.
3. CAUTION
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. Set generator - OFF.
5. Set bleed air - OFF.
6. WARNING
INJURED.
WARNING
CAUTION
7. Run the engine at idle for at least two minutes.
Note
altitude.
8. Observe N2 speed and outside air temperature (OAT) and compare to Fig 1 Idle N2 Speed Check.
8.1. Idle speed must be at or below the value shown in the figure.
8.2. If idle speed exceeds limit, shut-down engine and refer to Troubleshooting, 71-00-00-101.
9. Refer to Fig 2 N1 Speeds for Ground Checks at Takeoff Thrust Settings - Cessna CitationJet to
determine the takeoff thrust N1 speed setting.
10. Slowly advance the power lever to the N1 speed setting required for takeoff thrust and stabilize for
two minutes.
11. Monitor the engine ITT and refer to Fig 3 ITT Limit for Ground Checks at Takeoff Thrust Settings to
determine if it is within allowable limits. If not, repeat the Performance Check with the HP bleed air
ports capped:
11.1. Remove the HP bleed air tubes from the right and left hand service adapters. Install HP bleed port
cap to each port. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual. Reference figure below for locations of
the HP bleed air ports on the engine (Fig 5 HP Bleed Air Port Locations).
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
11.2. Monitor the engine ITT with the HP bleed air ports capped and refer to Fig 3 ITT Limit for Ground
Checks at Takeoff Thrust Settings to determine if it is within allowable limits. If not, shut down engine
and refer to Troubleshooting (High ITT), 71-00-00-101.
12. Monitor the engine N2 speed and refer to Fig 4 N2 Speed Limits for Ground Checks at Takeoff Thrust
Settings to determine if it is within allowable limits. If not, shut-down engine and refer to
Troubleshooting (Overspeed N2), 71-00-00-101.
13. Move power lever to IDLE position.
14. Shut-Down the engine. Refer to General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
15. Remove the HP bleed port caps from the right and left hand service adapters. Install the HP bleed
tubes, to each port. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
16. Job Close-up

16.1. Install the engine cowling. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710080-0-24235-00152-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710081-0-24235-00153-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710093-0-24235-00165-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710094-0-24235-00166-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710614-0-24235-00303-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Capped Bleed Run
Test and inspection
General
This task contains instructions for performing a capped bleed engine run. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 FJ44 Ground Power Chart
Support equipment
Wrench, Special Crowsfoot / AR

TL240226
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. To prepare engine for test, remove the cowling. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
2. Disconnect the aircraft bleed air plumbing from the HP bleed air fittings on the right and left hand
service adapters. Install an HP bleed port cap to each port. Reconnect/clamp aircraft plumbing. Refer
to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual and see Fig 2 HP Bleed Air Port Locations .
3. Perform baseline ground run. Use Fig 1 FJ44 Ground Power Chart.
3.1. CAUTION
3.2. Set generator - OFF.
3.3. WARNING
ENSURE PEOPLE WORKING NEAR AIRCRAFT ARE AWARE OF DANGEROUS AREAS. THIS
PRECAUTION IS TO PREVENT LOSS OF LIFE OR SERIOUS INJURY.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-828A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
WARNING
ENSURE PEOPLE DO NOT WEAR LOOSE CLOTHING (COATS, JACKETS, CAPS, AND
SCARVES) WHILE ENGINE IS OPERATING. ENSURE HOODS ON PARKAS ARE NOT LOOSE.
CAUTION
ENSURE NO MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT ON THE GROUND CAN GO INTO THE ENGINE AIR
INTAKE. INGESTION OF FOREIGN OBJECTS CAUSES DAMAGE TO ENGINE AND/OR A
DECREASED PERFORMANCE.
3.4. Let the engine stabilize at idle for two minutes.
3.5. Determine the takeoff thrust N1 speed setting.
3.6. Note
Make sure that atmospheric conditions are measured at the time of test and are recorded
accurately.
3.7. Take data as shown on Fig 1 FJ44 Ground Power Chart for Ground Power Check stabilizing three
minutes before recording data at each powersetting.
3.8. Return to idle for two-minute cool-down and stop the engine. Refer to General Operating Procedures,
71-00-00-501.
3.9. Send data recorded on Fig 1 FJ44 Ground Power Chart to Williams International.
4. Job Close-up
4.1. Remove HP bleed caps.
4.2. Install HP bleed adapter and tighten to 590 to 610 inch-pounds (66.6 to 68.9 N.m) using special
crows foot TL240226.
4.3. Reconnect aircraft bleed plumbing. Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
4.4. Install cowling. Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-828A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710104-0-24235-00175-A-001-00
Fig 1 FJ44 Ground Power Chart
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-828A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710614-0-24235-00303-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-828A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-828A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Oil Consumption Check
Test and inspection
General
This task monitors and calculates oil consumption. You must do this test as required by Troubleshooting,
71-00-00-101.
Note
Refer to General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501 , for engine operation instructions.

MAT-001
Procedure
1. CAUTION
Service oil system with MAT-001 engine oil, if required. DO NOT top off oil level to full line. Refer to
72-00-03-301.
2. WARNING
INJURED.
WARNING
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-827A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CAUTION
Start the engine and run for five minutes at idle to warm oil. Refer to General Operating Procedures,
71-00-00-501.
4. Record oil temperature (cockpit display).

5. Check and carefully record the oil level.
Note
1 When recording sight glass oil level, mark baseline using the bottom of the miniscus (curved
oil level line).
2 Carefully time engine run time in decimal hours. This information will be used to calculate oil
consumption.
6. Start the engine and run for a minimum of one hour at 85 to 90% N2. Refer to General Operating
Procedures, 71-00-00-501. Engine run can be performed on the ground or in flight.
7. Move power level to IDLE position. Remain at idle speed until oil temperature approaches the value
recorded when baseline was measured.
9. Carefully check the oil level while still warm. Add small, measured amounts of oil, and continue
checking level, until the bottom of the oil meniscus is at the original recorded level. Record amount of
oil added (used).
10. Calculate oil consumption as follows:
10.1. Convert recorded amount of oil used to gallons. Use one of the following conversion factors, as
required:
10.1.1. To convert quarts to gallons, multiply by 0.25.
10.1.2. To convert fluid ounces to gallons, multipy by 0.0078.
10.1.3. To convert cubic inches to gallons, multiply by 0.0043.
10.1.4. To convert liters to gallons, multiply by 0.264
10.1.5. To convert milliliters to gallons, multiply by 0.000264.
10.2. Divide gallons of oil used by engine run time (decimal hours). This is oil consumption in gallons per
hour.
11. The maximum allowable limit for oil consumption is 0.023 gallons (or 2.94 ounces) per hour. If oil
consumption exceeds this limit, reject engine.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-827A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
High Power Check
Test and inspection
General
This task checks that the engine performs correctly at high power. You must do this test after engine maintenance
as required by the Test List matrix in the List of Test Procedures, 71-00-00-501. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Note
1 Refer to the Test List matrix, 71-00-00-501, for a listing of all tests required after replacement or repair of
parts.
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Remove the engine cowling. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
1.2. CAUTION
2. Set generator - OFF.
3. Set bleed air - OFF.
4. WARNING
INJURED.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-826A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
WARNING
CAUTION
5. Run the engine at idle for at least two minutes.
Note
altitude.
6. Observe N2 speed and outside air temperature (OAT) and compare to Fig 1 Idle N2 Speed Check .
6.1. Idle speed:
6.1.1. Note
Note that idle speed varies with temperature.
FOR FJ44-2A and FJ44-2C ONLY: Idle speed must within the specified tolerance shown in figure.
6.1.2. All other models: Must be at or below the value shown in the figure.
6.2. If idle speed exceeds limit, shut-down engine and refer to Troubleshooting, 71-00-00-101.
7. To determine the takeoff thrust N1 speed setting, refer to Fig 2 N1 Speeds for Ground Checks at
Takeoff Thrust Settings - Cessna CitationJet 1 .
8. Slowly advance the power lever to the N1 speed setting required for takeoff thrust and stabilize for
two minutes.
9. Monitor the engine ITT to determine if it is within allowable limits. Refer to Fig 3 ITT Limit for Ground
Checks at Takeoff Thrust Settings . If not, shut-down engine and refer to Troubleshooting (High ITT),
71-00-00-101.
10. Monitor the engine N2 speed to determine if it is within allowable limits. Refer to Fig 4 N2 Speed
Limits for Ground Checks at Takeoff Thrust Settings . If not, shut-down engine and refer to
Troubleshooting (Overspeed N2, 71-00-00-101.
11. Move power lever to IDLE position.
Note
If the engine did not perform within allowable limits at take-off power, remove the HP bleed tubes
and repeat the ground-run test with the bleed ports capped. If engine performs within limits with
bleed ports capped, troubleshoot aircraft bleed system in accordance with the Aircraft
Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-826A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
13. Job Close-up

13.1. Install the engine cowling. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-826A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710080-0-24235-00152-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-826A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710081-0-24235-00153-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-826A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710093-0-24235-00165-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-826A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710094-0-24235-00166-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-826A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-00-826A-322A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Clean the Power Plant - Water Rinse
Other procedure to clean
General
This task provides procedures to clean the power plant with fresh water. Perform this task to remove salt and
other corrosive substances from the engine.
Fig 1 Location of Cleaning Areas
Note
Perform engine cleaning at intervals recommended in Recommended Maintenance, 05-50-00-201.
Support equipment
STD-604 / AR
Pressure Washer Spray Equipment
(50 to 100 Psi)
Procedure
1. Note
There are two separate cleaning tasks for the power plant. The water rinse is a water-only wash
for removing salt or other corrosive substances from the interior of the engine. The compressor
wash procedure uses approved cleaning fluids to remove dirt and grime from the gas path and
improve compressor efficiency.
Water Rinse
1.1. If ambient temperature is below 32°F (0°C) and engine has been shut down for more than 30
minutes, engine must be warmed up. Start engine and run at idle for a minimum of five minutes.
Operate engine in accordance with General Operating Instructions Task of 71-00-00-501. Shut down
engine.
1.2. Set engine bleed air OFF/CLOSED.
1.3. Set ignition OFF.
Note
To ensure that fluid reaches the engine core, initial spray cleaning should be performed with the
engine static (not running). Rotation of the fan (LP spool) forces the flow outwards into the
bypass area.
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-801A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.4. CAUTION
To prevent damage to fan, Keep the end of the nozzle outside of the inlet lip.
CAUTION
Do not spray into the engine exhaust duct from the rear. If fluid is sprayed into the exhaust
duct, it will enter the gearbox breather vent and cause contamination of the engine oil system.
While engine is static (not running), use Pressure Washer Spray Equipment (50 to 100 Psi). Spray
1.5 to 2.0 gallons of clean water (drinking purity) into the engine core and around the circumference
of the fan shroud. Direct the spray towards the base of the spinner and the fan blade root area and
the fan shroud. Spray 360 degrees around.
1.5. WARNING
TO PREVENT INJURY OR DAMAGE, MAKE SURE THAT PEOPLE AND EQUIPMENT ARE
CLEAR OF THE FAN BLADES DURING STARTER CRANKING
Have a second person starter-crank the engine in accordance with the duty cycle limits for the
starter-generator in the Aircraft Maintenance Manual. As soon as the fan starts to rotate, spray 1.5 to
2.0 gallons of clean water into the engine core flowpath. Direct the spray at a 30 degree angle
relative to the axial engine center line, in the same direction as the rotor rotation. Hold the spray
nozzle at the appropriate radius to enter the core Fig 2 Location of Cleaning Areas. To confirm that
water has entered the core, observe water dripping from the engine diffuser drains (aircraft drain
mast). If water is not observed, change the direction of spray and repeat starter crank.
1.6. Repeat starter-crank rinse (one time).
1.7. Perform Post-Rinse Engine Ground Run in accordance with the instruction that follows.
2. Post-Rinse Engine Ground Run:
2.1. Note
Please reference the Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM) for post-rinse engine run procedures.
Operate engine in accordance with General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501. Shut down
engine. If the AMM does not contain post-rinse engine run procedures, run the engine in
accordance with the following step.
After completing water rinse procedure, start engine and run at idle for a minimum of five minutes
(with bleed air OFF) to ensure that all water is evaporated or blown from the engine. Operate engine
in accordance with General Operating Procedures Task of 71-00-00-501. Shut down engine.
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-801A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-101001-0-24235-00059-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-801A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-101021-0-24235-00067-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-801A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-801A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Clean the Power Plant - Compressor Wash
General
This task provides procedures to clean the power plant using an approved cleaning fluid. The compressor wash
procedure removes dirt and grime from the gas path to improve compressor efficiency.
Fig 2 HP Compressor Wash Nozzle - Removal/Installation
Note
1 R-MC MAT-021 is the preferred cleaning fluid. R-MC is a non-flammable, non-toxic, biodegradable fluid.
Gas Path Cleaner MAT-031 is also approved for use.
2 Perform engine cleaning at intervals recommended in Recommended Maintenance, 05-50-00-201.
Support equipment
STD-605 / AR
Pressure Washer Tank (50-150 Psi,
2.5 Gallons Minimum Volume)
Nozzle, Wash, HP Compressor / AR

TL099920
Nozzle Wash, HP Compressor, / AR

FJ44
TL109739

MAT-021
Cleaner, Gas Path FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-031
Lockwire, .020 FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-061
Safety Cable, .022 and Ferrule FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-063
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-803A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Prepare the Engine for Compressor Wash:
2.1. If ambient temperature is below 42°F (5.5°C) and engine has been shut down for more than 30
minutes, engine must be warmed up. Start engine and run at idle for a minimum of five minutes.
Operate engine in accordance with General Operating Instructions task in 71-00-00-501. Shut down
engine.
2.2. CAUTION
TO ENSURE THAT CLEANING FLUIDS DO NOT ENTER FCU/FDU OR AIRCRAFT BLEED
SYSTEM, REMOVE CDP LINE FROM FCU ELBOW (IF ENGINE CONFIGURATION HAS A CDP
LINE). SET AIRCRAFT BLEED OFF/CLOSED.
Set engine bleed air OFF/CLOSED.

2.3. Set ignition OFF.
2.4. Open the cowling to access the engine. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
2.5. Disconnect (separate) the aircraft (or engine-mounted precooler) bleed piping from the engine bleed
fittings on the service adapters.
2.6. Cover the aircraft side of the bleed piping with a plastic bag, or equivalent, to prevent entry of water.
Leave piping disconnected so that water can drain from the engine bleed fittings. Refer to AMM for
any additional airframe-specific requirements to prepare for compressor wash.
2.7. (If engine configuration has a CDP line, perform this step) Remove heatshield, if required, for access
to CDP elbow. 73-21-01-401.
2.8. (If engine configuration has a CDP line, perform this step) Disconnect CDP air-to-elbow tube
assembly from FCU elbow. Refer to 73-10-01-401 .
3. Wash the Fan and Bypass Area:
3.1. WARNING
SPINNER TIP IS EXTREMELY SHARP. COVER THE TIP DURING MAINTENANCE TO PREVENT
INJURY.
Note
If cleaning fluid is purchased as concentrate, mix it per manufacturer's instructions.
With engine shut down, wipe readily accessible inlet area, spinner, and fan blades free of all dirt and
grime using a cloth wetted with cleaner MAT-021 or MAT-031.
3.2. While engine is static, use pressure washer spray equipment (50-150 psi) and spray approximately
32-64 ounces (946-1892 ML) of cleaner MAT-021 or MAT-031 into the engine. Direct the spray near
the spinner and between the fan blades, concentrating on the core of the engine. Spray 360 degrees
around the spinner. Let engine stand five minutes.
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-803A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.3. WARNING
starter-generator in the Aircraft Maintenance Manual. As soon as the fan starts to rotate, spray 32-64
ounces (946-1892 ML) of cleaner MAT-021 or MAT-031 into the engine core. Direct spray near the
fan/spinner to concentrate the cleaner into the core of the engine as shown in Fig 1 Location of
Cleaning Areas. Move spray wand 360 degrees around the spinner to ensure cleaner can reach all
areas of the core.
3.4. Spray some cleaner around the remaining inlet area to clean bypass duct flow path. Spray 32-64
ounces (946-1892 ML) of cleaner MAT-021 or MAT-031 during this procedure. Repeat starter
cranking if necessary. Observe starter duty cycle limits. Allow engine to stand 10 minutes.
3.5. Repeat Step 3.2. and Step 3.3. using 2.5 to 3.5 gallons of clean water (drinking purity).
4. Wash the Compressor Core:
4.1. Equipment and tools for washing the compressor core:
Pressure Washer Tank (50-150 Psi, 2.5 Gallons Minimum Volume)
Hose for Connecting Pressure Washer Tank to -4 AN Male Fitting on HP Compressor Wash Nozzle
M83248/1-904 O-ring for HP Compressor Wash Nozzle and Borescope Port Plug
TL109739 or TL099920 HP Compressor Wash Nozzle
Note
TL099926 ("Can, Pressure") is still acceptable for use, although no longer manufactured by
Williams International.
4.2. Fill pressure washer tank with 32-64 ounces (946-1892 ML) of cleaner MAT-021 or MAT-031 and
pressurize the canister to 100-150 psi.
4.3. Remove the borescope plug/IP bleed port from the top of the interstage housing. Refer to Fig 2 HP
Compressor Wash Nozzle - Removal/Installation.
4.4. Install HP compressor wash nozzle into the borescope port at the top of the interstage housing.
Tighten the nozzle securely.
4.5. Connect the pressure washer spray equipment to the -4 AN fitting on the end of the HP compressor
wash nozzle and torque 90 to 100 inch-pounds (10.1 to 11.2 N.m).
4.6. Set Ignition OFF.
4.7. WARNING
CAUTION
Do not spray into the engine exhaust duct from the rear. If fluid is sprayed into the exhaust
duct, it will enter the gearbox breather vent and cause contamination of the engine oil system.
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-803A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
starter-generator in the Aircraft Maintenance Manual. As soon as the starter is activated, spray 32-64
ounces (946-1892 ML) of cleaner MAT-021 or MAT-031 until the starter-crank cycle is complete.
4.8. Disconnect the pressure washer spray equipment from the wash nozzle. Fill the pressure washer
spray equipment with 32-64 ounces (946-1892 ML) of clean water (drinking purity) and pressurize
the canister to 100-150 PSI.
4.9. Connect the pressure washer spray equipment to the wash nozzle and torque 90 to 100 inch-pounds
(10.1 to 11.2 N.m).
4.10. WARNING
starter-generator in the Aircraft Maintenance Manual. As soon as the starter is activated, spray 32-64
ounces (946-1892 ML) of 100-150 psi pressurized water until the starter-crank cycle is complete.
4.11. Visually inspect the water draining from the compressor core for the presence of cleaning fluid.
Repeat Step 4.10. until cleaning fluid is no longer present.
4.12. Disconnect the pressure washer spray equipment from wash nozzle. Remove wash nozzle from the
borescope port.
4.13. Install borescope plug/IP bleed port and O-ring into interstage housing. Torque the plug assembly 90
to 100 inch-pounds (10.1 to 11.2 N.m).
5. Prepare the Engine for Ground Run
5.1. If engine is equipped with CDP line, blow out any residual water from the CDP line. Reattach CDP
air-to-elbow tube assembly to FCU. Refer to 73-10-01-401.
5.2. Remove plastic bag from aircraft bleed piping and reconnect piping to engine bleed fittings. Refer to
the Aircraft Maintenance Manual or Engine Maintenance Manual (if applicable to engine
configuration). If torque was disturbed on HP bleed fittings, torque fittings 590 to 610 inch-pounds
(66.6 to 68.9 N.m). If HP bleed fitting hex is drilled, install safety wire (MAT-061) or safety cable
(MAT-063) to secure left-hand and right-hand HP bleed air fittings to service adapter boss.
6. Ensure aircraft bleed system is still set OFF/CLOSED. Run engine at idle for five minutes to ensure
excess cleaning fluid and water is evaporated or blown from the engine and that there are no bleed
leaks. Operate engine in accordance with General Operating Procedures Task of 71-00-00-501.
Refer to AMM for any airframe-specific requirements to be performed during post-cleaning ground
run. Shut down engine.
7. Perform a Performance / High Power Check in accordance with the table “Tests Required after
Maintenance or Component Replacement” (List of Test Procedures) in 71-00-00-501 for HP bleed
tube assembly installation.
8. Job Close-up
8.1. Install engine cowling. Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-803A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-101001-0-24235-00059-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-803A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
REMOVE: INSTALL:
BORESCOPE PLUG HP COMPRESSOR
ASSEMBLY WASH NOZZLE
CONNECT:
-4 AN SIZED HOSE
FROM PRESSURE WASH
EQUIPMENT
O-RING O-RING
BORESCOPE
PORT
44-7104-54
ICN-FJ-AAA-710454-0-24235-00220-A-001-00
Fig 2 HP Compressor Wash Nozzle - Removal/Installation
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-803A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-803A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Washing Exterior of Engines
General
This task provides procedures for cleaning the exterior of the engine. Perform this task before engine preservation
or storage, or as needed.

MAT-202
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Wash exterior of the engine as follows:
2.1. Prepare a diluted detergent by mixing 1 part water with 1 part detergent (MAT-202).
2.2. CAUTION
Do not allow fluid to pool and dry on painted surfaces, as it may damage the coating. That
includes the flameproof coating on a composite fan case (has a non-metallic exterior),
applicable to some engines.
Hand scrub the exterior of the engine using a soft cloth or sponge with the prepared diluted
detergent.
2.3. Rinse using clean water or by wiping with a towel/sponge wetted with clean water.
2.4. Blow dry using compressed air, or hand dry using soft towel.
3. Job Close-up
3.1. Install engine cowling. Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-71-00-03-804A-258A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Uninstalled Engine Preservation
General
This task provides procedures for the storage of an engine for nine months or more. The engine must be
preserved. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Engine Setup for Preservation
Fig 2 Location of Closures
Note
1 Before preserving, clean the power plant externally (installed or uninstalled). Refer to 71-00-03-701,
Washing Exterior of Engines.
2 Engines stored more than six months require periodic inspection. Refer to 71-00-24-201, Storage
Inspection.
Bag, Desiccant FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-175

MAT-176
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Preserve the engine fuel system before removing the engine from the aircraft. Refer to 71-00-22-201.
1.2. WARNING
CAUTION
WHEN USING THE SLING, THE ENGINE SHOULD BE MOVED ONLY BY THE SUPPLIED
HANDLE OR THE SLING BRACKET. THE ENGINE OR ITS EXTERNAL COMPONENTS SHOULD
NOT BE USED TO ROTATE OR MOVE THE ENGINE. IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO HAVE ONE
PERSON HOLD THE TOP OF THE SLING WHILE ANOTHER PERSON ROTATES THE ENGINE
USING THE SUPPLIED HANDLE. THIS METHOD MUST BE USED TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
EXTERNAL COMPONENTS.
FJ-AAA-71-00-21-801A-810A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the engine using engine lifting sling. Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
2. Drain oil system as follows:
2.1. With the engine hanging from lifting sling or installed in engine maintenance stand, drain the engine
oil. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
2.2. Tag the engine "NO OIL INSTALLED".
Note
Residual engine oil is sufficient to preserve the oil system.
3. Perform the following steps to preserve the engine:
3.1. Install all closures on the engine.
3.2. If engine is on a sling, remove the eight plugs which are located on the engine mount pads of the
interstage housing, if applicable to engine configuration. Place them into a cloth bag and attach them
near the mount pads.
3.3. Using MAT-176 barrier material make a bag to cover the engine. Slip bag over the engine from the
underside.
3.4. Cut small openings in the barrier material at each engine mount pad.
3.5. Insert three desiccant bags MAT-175 around engine.
3.6. Heat seal the top edge of the barrier bag. Cut a small opening along the seam and vacuum the air
from the bag until it is drawn snugly around the engine. Reseal the bag.
3.7. To install engine into an engine build stand to store the engine, refer to 71-00-00-401. To install
engine into a shipping/storage container to store the engine, refer to 71-00-25-201.
FJ-AAA-71-00-21-801A-810A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-101005-0-24235-00060-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-21-801A-810A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-101007-0-24235-00061-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-21-801A-810A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-21-801A-810A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Installed Engine Preservation - More than Nine Months
General
This task provides procedures for preserving an installed engine for more than nine months. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Note
2 Engines stored more than six months require periodic storage inspection. Refer to 71-00-24-201.

MAT-002
Procedure
1. Note
This procedure is for the engine which will remain on the aircraft and on the ground for nine
months or more. The engine fuel and oil system must be drained.
Preserve the engine's fuel system as follows:
1.1. WARNING
THOROUGHLY CLEANED BEFORE BEING WORN. A CONTAINER SHOULD BE PLACED
UNDERNEATH WORK AREA TO CATCH DRIPPING FUEL.
Turn off fuel supply to engine.
1.2. Disconnect the out-going fuel tube attached to the oil cooler.
1.3. Disconnect the flex fuel tube from the fuel nozzle. Insert the end of tube into a suitable container.
1.4. Remove the aircraft supplied fuel inlet line to the engine fuel pump. Install a plug with an O-ring to
cap the fuel inlet line.
FJ-AAA-71-00-22-801A-810A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.5. Remove the fuel line to fuel control motive flow port to allow fuel to drain. Cap off the line and plug
the port in fuel control.
1.6. Install a drain tube to the fitting on oil cooler. Insert the opposite end of the tube into an appropriate
container.
1.7. Connect the preservation oil supply hose to the inlet port on the engine fuel pump.
1.8. Turn off engine ignition system.
1.9. CAUTION
STAY WITHIN THE STARTER/GENERATOR DUTY CYCLE LIMITS WHEN MOTORING THE
ENGINE.
Adjust the power lever to idle.
1.10. Motor the engine to 10% N2 speed (approx. 4000 rpm).
1.11. WARNING
PRESERVATION OIL IS COMBUSTIBLE AND MUST BE KEPT FROM OPEN FLAME OR
EXCESSIVE HEAT. AVOID PROLONGED OR REPEATED SKIN CONTACT WHICH MAY CAUSE
SKIN IRRITATION. REMOVE CONTAMINATED CLOTHING. WIPE MATERIAL FROM SKIN AND
WASH THOROUGHLY WITH SOAP AND WATER.
Let preserving oil flow into engine's fuel pump and out the drain tube which is attached to the oil
cooler.
Note
Only MAT-002, MIL-L-6081, grade 1010 oil is approved for preservation of this engine. Other
fluids may damage the fuel system.
1.12. Continue flowing preserving oil until you see a clean flow of oil.
1.13. Stop motoring the engine and set the power lever to OFF.
1.14. Let all residual oil drain from the system.
1.15. Disconnect the preservation oil tubes from the engine and reinstall the oil cooler to engine fuel tube.
Plug the fuel inlet port on the engine fuel pump. Torque the fuel tube 135 to 150 inch-pounds (15.2 to
16.9 N.m)
1.16. Install the control valve-to-nozzle flexible fuel tube to the fuel nozzle. Torque 115 to 150 inch-pounds
(12.9 to 16.9 N.m).
1.17. Secure a warning tag to the engine to indicate that engine has been preserved and that it should not
be operated or rotated until it has been depreserved.
1.18. Clean all fuel and preservation oil from the engine.
Note
3. Perform the final protective procedures as follows:
FJ-AAA-71-00-22-801A-810A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.1. Secure a warning tag to the aircraft controls to indicate the engine has been preserved and it should
not be operated.
3.2. Install closures to the aircraft inlet and exhaust areas.
FJ-AAA-71-00-22-801A-810A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-101008-0-24235-00062-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-22-801A-810A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-22-801A-810A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Installed Engine Preservation - Nine Months or Less
General
This task provides procedures for preserving an installed engine for nine months or less.
Note
2 Engines stored more than six months require periodic inspection. Refer to 71-00-24-201, Storage
Inspection.
Procedure
1. Note
This procedure is for an aircraft which will remain on the ground for nine months or less. The
engine fuel system must not be drained or flushed. The fuel which remains in the engine's fuel
system is enough to preserve the fuel system for this period of time.
Turn off fuel supply to the engine.
2. Inspect engine to ensure the inlet area is clean and dry.
3. Install inlet and exhaust closures on the engine.
FJ-AAA-71-00-23-804A-810A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Storage Inspection
Procedure to keep item serviceable when in storage
General
Engines which have been preserved must be inspected periodically for signs of corrosion or deterioration of
preservation materials.
Bag, Desiccant FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-175

MAT-176
Procedure
1. For engines which are installed in containers, inspect bottom of container beneath the engine for
evidence of fluid. If fluid appears to have leaked from the engine, install plugs with O-rings as needed
to prevent further leakage, and clean both the container and engine of any residual fluids.
Note
Freight companies may reject the shipment if fluid leakage is present.
2. Perform the following inspections every six months if uninstalled engine has been enclosed in a
barrier bag:
2.1. Make sure there is no apparent deterioration of the MAT-176 barrier bag sealing the engine. If the
bag is deteriorated, replace the bag and the MAT-175 desiccant bags. Refer to 71-00-21-201.
3. Perform the following inspections every six months if engine is installed or if it has not been enclosed
in a barrier bag:
3.1. Remove inlet and exhaust covers and check for signs of corrosion or foreign material on the fan or in
the inlet and bypass duct.
3.2. CAUTION
Rotate the fan by hand (CCW, facing aft) and check for smooth rotation.
3.3. Check the external area of the engine for corrosion or damage.
FJ-AAA-71-00-24-801A-850A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.4. If fan rotation is not smooth or there are indications of corrosion, foreign material, or damage, reject
the engine.
Note
If the engine is found to be rejectable, contacting WI Product Support
FJ-AAA-71-00-24-801A-850A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Shipping
Shipping and storage - General
General
This task provides the procedures to prepare the engine for shipping. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Assemble Engine Shipping Mounts
Fig 3 Metal Container Ready to Ship
Fig 4 Plastic Container - Assembly of Container Lid

Fig 5 Plastic Container - Hinged Panel
Fig 6 Gearbox Accessory Pads - Protective Shipping Covers
Support equipment
Sling, Engine AR
TL300079

08-0119-8000

08-0147C4000
Container, Shipping, Engine / AR

TL301178
Container, Shipping, Engine / AR Option

210865

125355

118633
Engine Shipping Mount AR

TL302606
Modified Engine Mount w/Nylon / AR Option

TL302594
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Steel Strapping FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-007

MAT-071

MAT-202
Procedure
1. Parts Required
Refer to table of shipping preparation caps and plugs
2. Prior to engine removal, determine engine preservation steps.
Note
Preserving the engine may negate the need to ship the engine as hazmat.
2.1. If the engine is being removed for maintenance in addition to or other than a major periodic
inspection and if allowed by shipping rules, the engine fuel system should not be preserved.
Note
(How to Contact Williams International (FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A)) for concurrence is
recommended.
2.2. If the engine is being shipped for a major periodic inspection, preserve the engine in accordance with
71-00-22-201 Preserving Installed Engine for Nine Months or More.
Note
4. If needed, the engine may be wiped clean using a general wet cleaner (MAT-202) and a lint free cloth
(MAT-071).
5. Make sure that all engine-installed aircraft parts are removed in accordance with the Aircraft
Maintenance Manual. Cap all open engine ports.
6. Prepare the engine and the container for engine installation as follows:
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
6.1. CAUTION
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE ALL SCREWS, NUTS, WASHERS ON
EACH SIDE ARE INSTALLED. A MISSING ITEM CAN CAUSE THE ENGINE TO SHIFT, CAUSING
SEVERE DAMAGE.
Note
Make sure that SAE grade 5 bolts are used when assembling the shipping container.
(Metal Engine Container Only) Assemble two engine shipping mount supports to the shipping mount
plates using four screws, four locknuts and four washers. Torque 90 to 100 foot-pounds (122 to 136
N.m).
6.2. Install all caps and plugs on the engine.
Shipping Preparation - Caps and Plugs

Location Qty Description Size/Dimensions
Breather Tube End 1 Plastic Cap, Un-Threaded 0.625 ID x 0.75 long
Drain Port, Rear 1 Cap, Threaded -4 size

Bypass Duct
Front Bypass Duct, 1 Cap, Threaded -4 size

Fuel Drain Fitting
Fuel Control Unit, 1 Plug, Threaded -6 size

Motive Flow Port
Fuel Control Unit, 1 O-Ring MIL-R-83248/1-906

Motive Flow Port
Fuel Control Unit, TT2 2 Plastic Cap, Un-Threaded 0.750 ID x 0.75 long
Ports
Fuel Filter Delta P 1 Plastic Cap, Un-Threaded 0.625 ID x 0.75 long

Indicator Connector
Fuel Pump, Fuel Inlet 1 Plug, Threaded -8 size
Fuel Pump, Fuel Inlet 1 O-Ring MIL-R-83248/1-908
Fuel Pump/FDU, Drain 1 Cap, Threaded -4 size

Port
Gearbox, Hydraulic 1 Plexi-Glass Cover WI P/N 50727 or equivalent.

Pump Refer to Fig 6 Gearbox
Accessory Pads - Protective
Shipping Covers.
Gearbox, Hydraulic 4 Nut, Hydraulic Pump Studs 1/4-28 Hex Nut

Pump
Gearbox, Oil Pressure 1 Plug, Threaded -4 size

Port
Gearbox, Oil Pressure 1 O-Ring MIL-R-83248/1-904

Port
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Gearbox, Oil 1 Plug, Threaded 1/2-20 thread

Temperature Port
Gearbox, Oil 1 O-Ring MIL-R-83248/1-905

Temperature Port
Gearbox, Starter/ 1 Plexi-Glass Cover WI P/N 50728 or equivalent.

Generator Refer to Fig 6 Gearbox
Accessory Pads - Protective
Shipping Covers.
Gearbox, Starter/ 4 Nut, Starter/Gen Studs 5/16-24 Hex Nut

Generator
HP Bleed Port 2 Flange Cover, Soft Plastic 2.0 ID
HP Magnetic Speed 1 Plastic Cap, Un-Threaded 0.437 ID x 0.50 long

Pickup Connector
Ignition Exciter, 2 Plastic Cap, Un-Threaded 0.625 ID x 0.75 long

Connector
Inlet/Exhaust Opening 2 Plastic Drum Liner 10 mil, 37 x 40 x 74 circum
Inlet/Exhaust Opening 2 Large Rubber Band 14 x .25 x .125
Jumper Harness 1 Plastic Cap, Un-Threaded 0.625 ID x 0.75 long

Connector
LP Magnetic Speed 1 Plastic Cap, Un-Threaded 0.625 ID x 0.75 long

Pickup Connector
Start Nozzle Control 1 Cap, Threaded -3 size

Valve, Drain Port
6.3. Note
An option to inlet and exhaust closures is the use of liners and rubberbands.
Install engine closures to inlet and exhaust. If a liner is used instead of a closure, secure liner around
inlet/exhaust openings with rubber band.
6.4. Cover oil tank sightglass with cardboard. Tape in place (no masking tape allowed).
6.5. CAUTION
Make sure the engine lift sling is rated for the load being lifted. Adding accessories to the
engine can significantly increase the weight.
Using engine lifting sling 08-0119-8000 or 08-0147C4000 or TL300079, remove engine from build
stand. Refer to 71-00-00-401.
6.6. Install four engine shipping mounts to the engine using 16 screws and 16 washers. Refer to Table
1 Engine Shipping Container and Applicable Mount Part Numbers for engine shipping container and
applicable mount part numbers. Torque 140 to 160 inch-pounds (15.8 to 18.0 N.m).
Engine Shipping Container and Applicable Mount Part Numbers
Shipping Container P/N Engine Shipping Mount P/N (Qty.)
TL301178 50624 (4), 111733 (4), TL302594 (4), TL302606 (4)
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
210865 50624 (4), 111733 (4), TL302594 (4), TL302606 (4)
125355 50624 (4), 111733 (4), TL302594 (4), TL302606 (4)
118633 50624 (4), 111733 (4), TL302594 (4), TL302606 (4)
7. Install the engine into the shipping container as follows:
7.1. CAUTION
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE ENGINE, MAKE SURE ALL SCREWS, NUTS, WASHERS ON
EACH SIDE ARE INSTALLED. A MISSING ITEM CAN CAUSE THE ENGINE TO SHIFT, CAUSING
SEVERE DAMAGE.
Lower the engine into the container and secure it to the engine shipping mount supports using four
bolts, four nuts, four lockwashers, and eight flat washers. Torque bolts 800 to 885 inch-pounds (90.4
to 100 N.m).
7.2. Assemble and secure removable panel plastic engine container as follows:
7.2.1. Place the engine logbook in a suitable container for protection.

7.2.2. Secure logbook inside the container.
7.2.3. Assemble lid assembly as shown in Fig 4 Plastic Container - Assembly of Container Lid
7.2.4. Secure container lid on container using keylock fasteners.
7.2.5. If banding is required for shipment, use edge protectors and do not over-tighten banding.
7.3. Assemble and secure hinged panel plastic engine container as follows:
7.3.1. Place the engine logbook in a suitable container for protection.
7.3.3. Assemble lid assembly as shown in Fig 5 Plastic Container - Hinged Panel.
7.3.4. Secure container lid on container using clips.
7.3.5. If banding is required for shipment, use edge protectors and do not over-tighten banding.
7.4. Assemble and secure metal engine container as follows:
7.4.1. Align the upper collar of the shipping container to the lower collar.
7.4.2. Place the engine log book in a suitable container for protection.
7.4.4. Install the container sides on the shipping pallet. Install the lid and secure the container using
MAT-007 steel strapping and edge protectors.
8. Storage (Stacking) of Engine Containers. FJ44 containers (both the 62-inch and the 72-inch long
versions) can be stacked two high when empty (no engine installed). However, the following
precautions should be taken due to different configurations and lengths:
8.1. The 72-inch long container should not be stacked on top of a 62-inch container.
8.2. Stacking of the 62-inch wooden containers should be avoided if the bottom container appears to
have experienced heavy useage.
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ENGINE
MOUNTS
SPLIT
LOCKWASHER
BOLT
ENGINE
MOUNT
NUT
FLAT FLAT
WASHER WASHER
44-1010-17C
ICN-FJ-AAA-101017-0-24235-00064-A-001-00
Fig 1 Assemble Engine Shipping Mounts
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-101007-0-24235-00061-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-101019-0-24235-00065-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
DISASSEMBLE/ASSEMBLE
CONTAINER LID
44-1010-22A
ICN-FJ-AAA-101022-0-24235-00068-A-001-00
Fig 4 Plastic Container - Assembly of Container Lid
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CONTAINER
LID
REMOVE TWELVE (12) CLIPS
WHICH SECURE LID TO
HINGED SIDES
USE TWELVE (12) CLIPS

TO RE-SECURE LID TO FOLD-DOWN
CONTAINER HINGED SIDES
SECURE SIDES
WITH FOUR (4)
CORNER CLIPS
44-1010-25
ICN-FJ-AAA-101025-0-24235-00071-A-001-00
Fig 5 Plastic Container - Hinged Panel
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
GEARBOX ACCESSORY PADS

PROTECTIVE SHIPPING COVERS
RADIUS 4 PLACES
0.286 (OPTIONAL)
0.279 INCH
THRU
4 HOLES
1.886 MATERIAL OPTIONS:

P/N 50727
EQUIVALENT 1.866 INCH LEXAN
(SQUARE) PLASTIC
NYLON
ALUMINUM (ANODIZED)
CARDBOARD
2.241
2.235 INCH
(SQUARE) RADIUS 4 PLACES
0.349 (OPTIONAL)
0.342 INCH
THRU
4 HOLES
P/N 50728 3.546

EQUIVALENT 3.526 INCH
(SQUARE)
4.21
4.15 INCH
(SQUARE) 44-1010-26
ICN-FJ-AAA-101026-0-24235-00072-A-001-00
Fig 6 Gearbox Accessory Pads - Protective Shipping Covers
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 12 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Receiving
Procedure to unpack items
General
This task provides procedures for receiving the engine. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 2 Installation of Engine in Container
Fig 4 Plastic Engine Container - Storage of Engine Mounts

Fig 5 Plastic Engine Container - Break Down of Lid for Return Shipment
Fig 6 Plastic Engine Container - Hinged Panel
Support equipment
Sling, Engine / AR
TL300079

08-0119-8000

08-0147C4000
Procedure
1. Prepare to remove the engine from the shipping/storage container as follows:
Note
Two people are required for the following procedure.
1.1. Remove the container lid by removing the steel strapping and the edge protectors and/or releasing
the keylock fasteners.
1.2. Note
The engine log book must be kept with the engine.
Remove the upper collar of the container of the metal container. Remove the engine log book.
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-842A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.3. CAUTION
Make sure the engine lift sling is rated for the load being lifted. Adding accessories to the
engine can significantly increase the weight.
Install engine lifting sling to hoist. Refer to table below for engine lift sling tool number(s). Attach sling
to engine lift points on the rear mount ring and interstage housing. Refer to 71-00-00-401.
Engine Lift Sling
TL300079 Engine Lift Sling
08-0119-8000 Engine Lift Sling (option)
08-0147C4000 Engine Lift Sling (option)
1.4. Adjust position of hoist as required and raise hoist until there is equal tension on sling cables.
1.5. Remove four bolts, four nuts, four lockwashers, and eight washers which secure the engine mounts
to the container support.
1.6. WARNING
Raise engine until clear of container.
1.7. Prepare metal shipping container for return shipment or storage as follows:
1.7.1. Remove the four engine shipping mounts and store them in the container.
1.7.2. Remove engine inlet and exhaust closures. Store them inside the container
1.7.3. Remove engine shipping mount supports and store inside the container.
1.7.4. Fold the upper collar of the container and store it inside the container.
1.7.5. Place the lid on the container.
1.8. Prepare removable panel plastic shipping container for return shipment or storage as follows:
1.8.1. Remove four engine shipping mounts and store them in engine mount storage container. See Fig
4 Plastic Engine Container - Storage of Engine Mounts.
1.8.2. Break down the container lid assembly and store the sides inside the container as shown in Fig
5 Plastic Engine Container - Break Down of Lid for Return Shipment
1.8.3. Secure the top of the lid assembly on the container.
1.9. Prepare hinged panel plastic shipping container for return shipment or storage as follows:
1.9.1. Remove four engine shipping mounts and store them in engine mount storage container. See Fig
4 Plastic Engine Container - Storage of Engine Mounts.
1.9.2. Fold container sides and secure as shown in Fig 6 Plastic Engine Container - Hinged Panel.
1.9.3. Secure lid assembly top on container.
2. Perform an acceptance check of the engine and container as follows:
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-842A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1. Visually inspect the container for any obvious damage such as damaged hinges, torn labels, or other
visual damage.
2.2. Visually inspect the engine for any obvious damage such as dents in the bypass duct.
3. If required, service oil system . Refer to 72-00-03-301.
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-842A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-101007-0-24235-00061-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-842A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ENGINE
MOUNTS
SPLIT
LOCKWASHER
BOLT
ENGINE
MOUNT
NUT
FLAT FLAT
WASHER WASHER
44-1010-17C
ICN-FJ-AAA-101017-0-24235-00064-A-001-00
Fig 2 Installation of Engine in Container
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-842A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-101019-0-24235-00065-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-842A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ENGINE MOUNT
STORAGE CONTAINER
(MAY BE ATTACHED TO
EITHER END OF ENGINE
CONTAINER TO ALLOW
CLEARANCE WITH INSTALLED
ENGINE)
44-1010-24
ICN-FJ-AAA-101024-0-24235-00070-A-001-00
Fig 4 Plastic Engine Container - Storage of Engine Mounts
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-842A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
STOW CONTAINER LID

LONG SIDES
STOW CONTAINER LID

SHORT SIDES
44-1010-23
ICN-FJ-AAA-101023-0-24235-00069-A-001-00
Fig 5 Plastic Engine Container - Break Down of Lid for Return Shipment
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-842A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CONTAINER
LID
REMOVE TWELVE (12) CLIPS
WHICH SECURE LID TO
HINGED SIDES
USE TWELVE (12) CLIPS

TO RE-SECURE LID TO FOLD-DOWN
CONTAINER HINGED SIDES
SECURE SIDES
WITH FOUR (4)
CORNER CLIPS
44-1010-25
ICN-FJ-AAA-101025-0-24235-00071-A-001-00
Fig 6 Plastic Engine Container - Hinged Panel
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-842A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-842A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Depreserve the Engine
Procedure to remove preservation material
General
This task provides procedures for depreserving the engine.
Note
Engine should be in a condition suitable for motoring with systems connected and engine accessories
installed.
Procedure
1. Depreservation/purging of the engine fuel system is performed during ground run after engine
installation. Refer to 71-00-00-501, Idle Speed and Leak Check Run.
2. As required, replenish the oil system. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
FJ-AAA-71-00-26-801A-820A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Inspect the HP and IP Compressors with a Borescope
Visual examination
General
This task contains detailed procedures for borescope inspection of the HP and IP compressor sections and the
diffuser inlet vanes. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 IP Compressor Blades and Stator Vanes - Borescope Inspection
Fig 2 Borescope Plug
Fig 3 HP and IP Compressor Blades and Diffuser Vanes - Borescope Inspection

Fig 4 HP Compressor Rotor - Inspection
Fig 5 Engine Rotation Tool
Note
1 We identify locations of all parts of the engine as if installed in an aircraft, viewed from the rear. All radial
locations are numbered counting clockwise. Number one (1) is always at the top (12 o'clock position) on
the centerline.
2 You must inspect all parts for damage, corrosion, and wear whether specified in the text or not. If you find
any part to be defective which is not included in the inspection procedure, notify Williams International,
Pontiac, Michigan, USA.
3 You should not discard parts which fail inspection limits and are rejected. The word "reject" means that
the part should not be used in its present condition. If there is no approved repair procedure available,
you should keep the part for a possible future repair procedure and/or contact Williams International,
Pontiac, Michigan, USA for service.
Support equipment
Tool, Engine Rotation / AR

TL037244
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
75-35-01 02 131 O-ring
FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Job Set-up
2.1. Make the engine ready for inspection
2.1.2. Open the aircraft circuit breakers to isolate the engine electrical supply.
2.1.4. Remove the starter/generator. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
3. Note
A Flexible, steerable fiberscope, 6mm dia (or smaller) x 50 inch long (or longer) is standard
equipment for borescoping inspection procedures.
Inspect the IP compressor rotor blades leading edges. Refer to Fig 1 IP Compressor Blades and
Stator Vanes - Borescope Inspection.
3.1. Insert the borescope through the fan blades and fan stator vanes to examine the IP rotor blades
leading edge (area A). Inspect as follows:
Foreign object damage (FOD) Reject
4. Inspect the IP stator leading edges. Refer to Fig 1 IP Compressor Blades and Stator Vanes -
Borescope Inspection
4.1. Insert the borescope through the fan blades, fan stator vanes, and IP rotor blades to examine the IP
stator vanes leading edge (area B). Inspect as follows:
FOD Reject
5. Remove the borescope plug assembly and O-ring from the top of the interstage housing. Refer to Fig
2 Borescope Plug.
6. Inspect IP compressor rotor blades. Refer to Fig 3 HP and IP Compressor Blades and Diffuser Vanes
- Borescope Inspection.
6.1. Adjust the flexible fiberscope so that it points forward, toward the IP compressor (area C). Inspect as
follows:
FOD Reject
7. Inspect the HP compressor rotor. Refer to Fig 3 HP and IP Compressor Blades and Diffuser Vanes -
Borescope Inspection and Fig 4 HP Compressor Rotor - Inspection.
Note
The HP compressor is in the same flowpath downstream of the IP compressor.
7.1. Adjust the flexible fiberscope so that it points aft, toward the HP compressor.
Note
A second person is required to turn the HP rotary assembly during borescope inspection.
7.2. Rotate the HP rotary group for inspection as follows:
7.2.1. Insert engine rotation tool, TL037244, into starter/generator spline in gearbox. Refer to Fig 5 Engine
Rotation Tool.
FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
7.2.2. Slowly turn the tool clockwise. This will rotate the HP rotary assembly for inspection.
7.3. Inspect the following areas of the HP compressor rotor:
7.3.1. Blade roots (qty 32)
7.3.2. Main blade (area D) leading edges (qty 8)
7.3.3. Long splitter blades (area E) leading edges (qty 8)
7.3.4. Short splitter blades (area F) leading edges (qty 8)
7.4. Inspect HP compressor rotor as follows:
Cracks or FOD Reject
7.5. Position the borescope between HP compressor rotor blades and rotate HP rotary group to inspect
diffuser vanes (area G) for:
FOD Reject
Buildup of material on vanes Reject
8. CAUTION
To prevent damage to borescope or engine, allow the straightest line possible for removal
from engine.
With borescope still located between HP compressor rotor blades, turn tip radially outward to inspect
the HP compressor cover. Rotate HP rotary assembly and inspect the compressor cover for:
Note
If the HP compressor cover is found to be rejectable, contacting WI Product Support
Missing segments between holes Reject
Chipping damage to abradable coating around Reject

outer diameter edge up to 3.000 long x 0.175
inch wide (76.2 x 4.4 mm)
Loss of abradable coating from holes up to Accept

0.100 inch (2.54 mm) from the hole edge.
Nicks aft of bleed holes: Total area does not Accept

exceed 0.100 square inches (2.54 sq mm) and
depth does not exceed 0.030 inch (0.76 mm);
nicks must be separated by a distance of two
times the approximate diameter of the nick.
Nicks forward of bleed holes: Total area does Accept

not exceed 0.200 square inches (5.08 mm) and
depth does not exceed 0.050 inch (1.27 mm);
nicks must be separated by a distance of two
times the approximate diameter of the nick.
FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Rub indications 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) deep, Reject

360 degree radial arc, and 0.7 inch (17.78 mm)
width.
Rub indications in zone outboard of bleed holes Accept

up to 0.004 inch (0.101 mm) depth, 120 degree
radial arc, and 1-inch (25.4 mm) width
Rub indications in zone inboard of bleed holes Accept

up to 7 square inches (17.7 square cm); 0.006
inch (0.152 mm) depth
Loss of abradable coating or damage greater Reject

than previous steps
Note
Craze crack indications in the abradable coating in the area forward of the bleed holes are
acceptable.
9. Rotate HP compressor in reverse direction to allow removal of borescope.
10. Withdraw borescope from gas path and insert it through the bleed valve opening. Inspect the
compressor cover bleed holes (area H) for:
Missing segments between bleed holes Reject
Cracks (any amount) Reject
11. Inspect compressor cover for:
Other damage or cracks. Reject
12. Inspect the compressor bleed valve (area J) for
Fretting or galling where the valve meets the Accept as long as valve movement is not
case restricted.
Damaged bushing (6 o’clock position). Accept as long as bleed valve shaft maintained
its integrity, it rotates freely, and the engine
passes the High Power Check.
Missing bushing (6 o’clock position). Bleed valve Replace within 50 engine operating hours.
shaft maintained its integrity, it rotates freely, and
the engine passes the High Power Check. Note
Contacting WI Product Support for
assistance, concurrence with findings, and
scheduling of the bleed valve bushing
replacement is recommended.
Missing or damaged bushing (6 o'clock position). Reject.

Bleed valve shaft does not have integrity or does
not rotate freely or the engine does not pass the Note
High Power Check. Contacting WI Product Support for
assistance, concurrence with findings, and
scheduling of the bleed valve bushing
replacement is recommended.
FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
13. Install borescope plug assembly into interstage housing.
13.1. Install plug into port on interstage housing.
13.2. Torque plug assembly 90 to 100 inch-pounds (10.1 to 11.2 N.m).
14. Job Close-up

14.1.1. Install the starter/generator. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710012-0-24235-00114-A-001-00
Fig 1 IP Compressor Blades and Stator Vanes - Borescope Inspection
FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710035-0-24235-00124-A-001-00
Fig 2 Borescope Plug
FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710019-0-24235-00117-A-001-00
Fig 3 HP and IP Compressor Blades and Diffuser Vanes - Borescope Inspection
FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710020-0-24235-00118-A-001-00
Fig 4 HP Compressor Rotor - Inspection
FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710036-0-24235-00125-A-001-00
Fig 5 Engine Rotation Tool
FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-30-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Check for an Internal Oil Leak with a Borescope
Visual examination
General
This task contains detailed procedures for checking for an internal oil leak with a borescope. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Fig 1 Internal Oil Leak - Facing Aft - Borescope Inspection
Fig 2 Internal Oil Leak - Side View - Borescope Inspection
Note
the centerline.
Support equipment
STD-315
Flexible, Steerable Fiberscope,
6mm (or Smaller) X 50 Inch Long
(or Longer)
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
FJ-AAA-71-00-32-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Note
A Flexible, Steerable Fiberscope, 6mm (or Smaller) X 50 Inch Long (or Longer) is standard
Inspect for an oil leak with the borescope
Note
Visible oil is not cause for engine rejection. The Oil Consumption Check in 71-00-00-501 will
determine engine acceptability.
2.1. Move the borescope through the front case, past the fan and the fan stator vanes. Borescope should
remain in the bypass airflow area and face the bottom (6 o'clock) strut in the interstage housing.
2.2. Move the borescope to the right side (facing aft) of the interstage housing 6:00 strut and inspect for
signs of oil leakage. Oil coming from the carbon seal scupper drain on this side of the strut originates
from the No. 2 carbon seal.
2.3. Move the borescope to the left side (facing aft) of the interstage housing strut and inspect for signs of
oil leakage. Oil coming from the carbon seal scupper drain on this side of the strut originates from the
No. 1 carbon seal.
2.4. Inspect for the following conditions. If oil is visible, perform an Oil Consumption Check in
71-00-00-501.
2.4.1. Visible oil puddles are present in the bypass duct, the origin of which are traceable to the No. 1 or
No. 2 scupper drains.
and/or
2.4.2. Oil streams/drops are present on the bypass duct and/or core (i.e. diffuser) which originate from the
No. 1 or No. 2 scupper drains.
and/or
2.4.3. A visible drop of oil is present on the respective scupper drain outlets.
and/or
Note
A wetted/damp surface located around the scupper holes is acceptable.
2.4.4. A wetted/damp surface located around the scupper holes.
2.5. Inspect the front bypass duct fairing assembly for signs of oil leakage. Oil leaking from this area
means an oil tank cover leak.
2.6. Inspect the oil scavenge and supply tube bosses on the interstage housing/tube connections for
signs of oil leakage.
3. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-71-00-32-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710021-0-24235-00119-A-001-00
Fig 1 Internal Oil Leak - Facing Aft - Borescope Inspection
FJ-AAA-71-00-32-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710014-0-24235-00116-A-001-00
Fig 2 Internal Oil Leak - Side View - Borescope Inspection
FJ-AAA-71-00-32-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-32-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Inspect the Combustor, Fuel Slinger, and HP Turbine Blade Leading Edges
with a Borescope
Visual examination
General
This task contains detailed procedures for borescope inspection of the combustor, fuel slinger, and HP turbine
blades leading edge. Refer to the following illustration:
Fig 1 Combustor, Fuel Slinger, HP Turbine Leading Edge - Borescope Inspection
Fig 2 Combustor Cover Assembly - Inspection
Fig 3 HP Turbine Blades - Leading Edge - Borescope Inspection
Fig 4 Diffuser - Borescope Inspection
Fig 5 Igniter/Fuel Nozzle Boss and Diffuser Skirt - Borescope Inspection
Note
the centerline.
Support equipment

TL037244
STD-315
(or Longer)
FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.2. Open the aircraft circuit breakers to isolate engine electrical supply.
2. Note
A Flexible, steerable fiberscope, 6mm dia (or smaller) x 50 inch long (or longer) is standard
Remove the two igniter plugs from the service adapters on the front bypass duct. Refer to
74-22-01-401.
3. Inspect the fuel manifold supply tube (area A) as follows:
3.1. Insert the borescope through the right hand igniter port.
3.2. Move the borescope forward in the space between the outside of the combustor cover and the inside
of the diffuser.
3.3. Check the fuel manifold tube for:
Signs of leakage (carbon, residue) Reject
Signs of overtemperature Reject
3.4. Remove the borescope.
4. Insert the borescope into the combustor area through either igniter port.
Note
If inspection reveals foreign object damage, you must also do a compressor inspection. Refer to
71-00-30-601.
5. Inspect the TOBI nozzle (area B) as follows:
5.1. Move the borescope through the HP nozzle vanes and into the area behind the primary plate.
5.2. Looking aft, inspect the TOBI nozzle (area B) for:
Loose rivets Reject
Separation of weld joint Reject
6. Inspect the combustor as follows:
Note
A section is defined as the area formed by connecting four effusion cooling holes.
6.1. Insert the borescope into the combustion area and inspect the primary plate (area C) for:
FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
A series of cracks which are more than 80% Reject. NOTE: Contacting WI Product Support
linked that could free a piece equivalent to four ( 00-00-00-001) for validation of inspection
sections. Refer to Fig 2 Combustor Cover findings and coordination is recommended, prior
Assembly - Inspection to proceeding with this action.
6.2. Inspect the combustor cover (area D) for:
A series of cracks which are more than 80% Reject. NOTE: Contacting WI Product Support
linked that could free a piece equivalent to four ( 00-00-00-001) for validation of inspection
sections. Refer to Fig 2 Combustor Cover findings and coordination is recommended, prior
Assembly - Inspection to proceeding with this action.
7. Inspect Fuel Slinger
Note
7.1. Rotate the HP rotary assembly for inspection as follows:
7.1.1. Insert engine rotation tool, TL037244, into starter/generator spline in gearbox.
7.2. Inspect the fuel slinger (area E) for:
Clogged fuel delivery holes or slots Reject
8. Inspect the HP turbine nozzle vanes (area F) for cracks and pitting. Evaluate damage as follows:
Cracks on leading edge of vanes Reject
Pits that can be detected by borescope Reject
9. Inspect HP turbine blades leading edges (area G) as follows:
9.1. CAUTION
TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE BORESCOPE OR THE ENGINE, DO NOT ALLOW BORESCOPE
TO CONTACT THE HP TURBINE ROTOR BLADES.
Move the borescope around and down between the HP nozzle vanes to point at the HP turbine
blades. Refer to Fig 3 HP Turbine Blades - Leading Edge - Borescope Inspection.
9.2. Have someone slowly turn the HP rotary assembly to allow inspection of all the blades.
9.3. Note
If an HP Turbine Blade is found to be rejectable, contacting WI Product Support (00-00-00-1) for
concurrence on the finding and assistance is recommended.
Inspect the 43 HP turbine blades for:
FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Cracks Reject
Oxidation products (coating loss) near the blade Accept

tip on the pressure/suction sides of the blade,
evidenced by a slight discoloration band typically
aqua or green in color, to a maximum distance
of 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) radially inboard from the
blade tip. Coating loss may affect all 43 blades
and 0.250 (6.35 mm) of blade tip. Check with
dental pick to make sure that remaining coating
is intact and bond coat is not compromised.
Loss of coating/erosion through coating, or any Reject

oxidation condition greater than previous step,
including any corrosion or pitting resulting in any
loss of base metal, or any aqua or green
colorations elsewhere on blade.
Nicks on outer 0.400 inch (10.16 mm) of leading Accept

edge up to 0.003 inch (0.076 mm) deep by
0.150 inch (3.81 mm) long. Circular damage
must be less than 0.060 inch (1.52 mm)
diameter, with no coating removal or sharp
edges. Maximum quantity of damaged blades
per rotor is 26.
Damage to leading or trailing edges or other Reject

blade surfaces greater than previous step
Signs of rub on blade tip, or shroud material Accept

which has rolled over the edge of the blade tip
10. Carefully remove the borescope from the igniter port.
11. Inspect the combustor cover key as follows:
11.1. Insert the borescope into the right-hand igniter port.
11.2. Locate the combustor cover key (area H) on the HP nozzle. It is radially in-line with the right-hand
igniter port and slightly forward. It locates the large indexing slot on the outside edge of the
combustor cover.
11.3. Inspect the combustor cover key for:
Cracks Reject
Missing Reject
12. Inspect the igniter or fuel start nozzle boss (Area 1) and diffuser skirt (Area 2 and 3), as follows.
Refer to Fig 4 Diffuser - Borescope Inspection and Fig 5 Igniter/Fuel Nozzle Boss and Diffuser Skirt -
Borescope Inspection .
12.1. Insert the borescope through an igniter or fuel start nozzle port.
12.2. Inspect the igniter/fuel start nozzle boss (Area 1) for:
FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chafing of the igniter/fuel start nozzle boss by Reject

the diffuser skirt (Area 1)
12.3. Move the borescope forward in the space between the outside of the combustor cover and the inside
of the diffuser skirt.
12.4. Check the diffuser skirt for:
Cracking of the diffuser skirt (Area 2) Reject
Separation of weld joint or cracking of the skirt Reject

doubler (Area 3)
13. Install the igniter plugs. Refer to 74-22-01-401.
14. Job Close-up


FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710013-0-24235-00115-A-001-00
Fig 1 Combustor, Fuel Slinger, HP Turbine Leading Edge - Borescope Inspection
FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710673-0-24235-00349-A-001-00
Fig 2 Combustor Cover Assembly - Inspection
FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-714003-0-24235-00409-A-001-00
Fig 3 HP Turbine Blades - Leading Edge - Borescope Inspection
FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1 BOSS - IGNITER PLUG/START NOZZLE

2 DIFFUSER SKIRT
IGNITER
3 DIFFUSER SKIRT WELD/DOUBLER PORT
3 2
1
44-7140-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-714001-0-24235-00407-A-001-00
Fig 4 Diffuser - Borescope Inspection
FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
AREA 1
AREA 3 AREA 3
(WITHOUT GUSSET) (WITH GUSSET)
44-7140-02
ICN-FJ-AAA-714002-0-24235-00408-A-001-00
Fig 5 Igniter/Fuel Nozzle Boss and Diffuser Skirt - Borescope Inspection
FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Inspect the LP Turbines with a Borescope
Visual examination
General
This task contains detailed procedures for borescope inspection of the 1st LP turbine rotor blades trailing edge
and the 2nd LP turbine rotor blades leading edge. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Borescope Plug Removal
Fig 2 LP Turbines - Borescope Inspection
Note
the centerline.
Support equipment
STD-315 / AR
(or Longer)
Assembly Fluid, No. 1 FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-011
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
FJ-AAA-71-00-50-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
IPC Reference
72-00-71 01 100 O-ring
72-00-71 01 120 O-ring
72-00-71 01 130 O-ring
2. Job Set-up
3. Note
A Flexible, Steerable Fiberscope, 6mm (or Smaller) X 50 Inch Long (or Longer) is standard
Remove fuel drain tube from the rear bypass duct. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
4. Remove two screws, two nuts, and four washers which attach the rear fuel drain adapter to the rear
bypass duct. Remove adapter and O-ring. Refer to Fig 1 Borescope Plug Removal.
5. Using one of the screws removed, install screw into end of tube and remove fuel drain transfer tube
and two O-rings.
6. Insert appropriate hex key (1/4 inch) through the fuel drain port through the rear housing boss.
Remove the borescope plug from the 2nd nozzle case.
7. Insert borescope through the fuel drain port. Move borescope forward and locate the trailing edge of
the 1st LP turbine rotor blades (area A). Inspect blades as follows:
7.1. WARNING
BE CAREFUL TO PREVENT INJURY TO FINGERS AND HANDS WHEN YOU TURN THE LP
ROTARY ASSEMBLY.
CAUTION
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE FAN, DO NOT USE METAL TOOLS OR SIMILAR HARD
OBJECTS TO TURN THE LP ROTARY ASSEMBLY.
Note
Clicking sound originating from rotation of No. 1 bearing is acceptable.
Slowly rotate the LP rotary assembly and inspect the blade root, trailing edge, and blade tip platforms
of the 70 blades on the 1st LP turbine rotor. Refer to Fig 2 LP Turbines - Borescope Inspection.
Nicks or deflection or FOD Reject
8. Move borescope aft and find the 2nd LP turbine rotor blades (area B). Inspect blades as follows:
FJ-AAA-71-00-50-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Slowly rotate the LP rotary assembly and Reject

inspect the blade root, leading edge, and tip
platform of the 65 blades on the 2nd LP turbine
rotor.
9. Carefully remove borescope from fuel drain port.
10. Install plug and torque 85 to 95 inch-pounds (9.6 to 10.7 N.m).
11. Lube two O-rings with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on rear fuel drain transfer tube.
12. Install transfer tube in port.
13. Install O-ring with assembly fluid and install on rear fuel drain adapter. Attach rear fuel drain adapter
to adapter boss using two screws, four washers, and two nuts. Torque screws 31 to 35 inch-pounds
(3.5 to 3.9 N.m).
14. Job Close-up

14.1.2. Close the aircraft circuit breakers.
FJ-AAA-71-00-50-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710043-0-24235-00127-A-001-00
Fig 1 Borescope Plug Removal
FJ-AAA-71-00-50-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710022-0-24235-00120-A-001-00
Fig 2 LP Turbines - Borescope Inspection
FJ-AAA-71-00-50-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-50-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Inspect the HP Nozzle/HP Turbine Trailing Edge and 1st LP Turbine Leading
Edge with a Borescope
Visual examination
General
This task contains detailed procedures for borescope inspection of the HP nozzle/HP turbine trailing edge and the
1st LP turbine leading edge. Refer to following illustration:
Fig 1 HP Nozzle, HP Turbine, and 1st LP Turbine - Borescope Inspection
Fig 2 HP Turbine Combustor Assembly - Flowpath Coating
Note
the centerline.
Support equipment
STD-315 AR
(or Longer)
STD-314 / AR
5mm Dia (or Smaller) X 50 Inch
Long (or Longer)

TL037244
FJ-AAA-71-00-52-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Remove any one of the six ITT probes from the front bypass duct. Refer to 77-20-02-401.
3. A Flexible, Steerable Fiberscope, 6mm (or Smaller) X 50 Inch Long (or Longer) is standard
4. Insert the borescope through the ITT port and into the core airflow path.
5. Inspect 1st LP Turbine Rotor Blades
5.1. Move the borescope aft, between the 1st LP nozzle vanes, and locate the 1st LP turbine rotor blades
(area A).
5.2. WARNING
BE CAREFUL TO PREVENT INJURY TO FINGERS AND HANDS WHEN YOU TURN THE LP
ROTARY ASSEMBLY.
CAUTION
CAUTION
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE FAN, DO NOT USE METAL TOOLS OR SIMILAR HARD
OBJECTS TO TURN THE LP ROTARY ASSEMBLY.
Slowly rotate the LP rotary assembly. Inspect the blade root, leading edge, and blade tip platforms of
each of the 70 1st LP turbine rotor blades for any damage, erosion, cracks, nicks, or any other visual
defects.
Nicks or deflection or FOD Reject
6. Inspect HP Turbine Rotor Blades
6.1. Turn the borescope so it is facing forward and locate the HP turbine rotor blades.
Note
6.2. Rotate the HP rotary assembly for inspection as follows:
6.2.1. Insert engine rotation tool, TL037244, into starter/generator spline in gearbox.
FJ-AAA-71-00-52-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
6.3. Note
If an HP Turbine Blade is found to be rejectable, contacting WI Product Support (00-00-00-1) for
concurrence on the finding and assistance is recommended.
Inspect the 43 HP turbine blades for:
Cracks Reject
Oxidation products (coating loss) near the blade Accept

tip on the pressure/suction sides of the blade,
evidenced by a slight discoloration band typically
aqua or green in color, to a maximum distance
of 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) radially inboard from the
blade tip. Coating loss may affect all 43 blades
and 0.250 (6.35 mm) of blade tip. Check with
dental pick to make sure that remaining coating
is intact and bond coat is not compromised.
Loss of coating/erosion through coating, or any Reject

oxidation condition greater than previous step,
including any corrosion or pitting resulting in any
loss of base metal, or any aqua or green
colorations elsewhere on blade.
Nicks on outer 0.400 inch (10.16 mm) of leading Accept

edge up to 0.003 inch (0.076 mm) deep by
0.150 inch (3.81 mm) long. Circular damage
must be less than 0.060 inch (1.52 mm)
diameter, with no coating removal or sharp
edges. Maximum quantity of damaged blades
per rotor is 26.
Damage to leading or trailing edges or other Reject

blade surfaces greater than previous step
Signs of rub on blade tip, or shroud material Accept

which has rolled over the edge of the blade tip
7. Inspect HP Turbine Nozzle Vanes
7.1. Move the borescope forward until it passes through the HP turbine rotor blades and the HP nozzle
vanes are visible.
7.2. CAUTION
TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE BORESCOPE OR THE ENGINE, DO NOT ALLOW BORESCOPE
TO CONTACT THE HP TURBINE NOZZLE VANES.
Have someone slowly turn the HP rotary assembly. The HP turbine rotor will carry the borescope
around the engine's circumference, allowing inspection of the HP turbine nozzle vanes.
7.3. Note
If the HP Turbine Nozzle is found to be rejectable, contacting WI Product Support
Inspect the trailing edges of the HP turbine nozzle vanes (area C) for visual defects:
FJ-AAA-71-00-52-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
7.3.1. Cracks in zone C that meet the following criteria are acceptable:
7.3.1.1. Cracks that do not branch in multiple directions.
7.3.1.2. Multiple cracks which are not converging in a way that could result in material loss.
7.3.1.3. Cracks that have not allowed material movement that would disrupt airflow or routing.
7.3.1.4. The cracks have not resulted in loose material around the crack.
7.4. Cracks greater than previous steps, reject.
7.5. Fretting on ID of vanes due to contact with igniter plugs, or start nozzle adapter, is acceptable
provided the radial length of the fretting has not consumed the length of the vane ID wall.
7.6. Inspect the HP nozzle flowpath for coating loss or erosion (Refer to Fig 2 HP Turbine Combustor
Assembly - Flowpath Coating):
7.6.1. Flaking or blistering of nozzle coating without parent metal coating erosion is acceptable.
7.6.2. Erosion of parent metal to the extent that it could disrupt airflow or routing, reject.
8. Carefully remove borescope from engine.
9. Install ITT probe to front bypass duct. Refer to 77-20-02-401.
10. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-71-00-52-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-710023-0-24235-00121-A-001-00
Fig 1 HP Nozzle, HP Turbine, and 1st LP Turbine - Borescope Inspection
FJ-AAA-71-00-52-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-724704-0-24235-00890-A-001-00
Fig 2 HP Turbine Combustor Assembly - Flowpath Coating
FJ-AAA-71-00-52-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-71-00-52-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 72
Engine
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 72
Engine
Table of Contents
72 Engine
72-00-00 Engine
72-00-00-001 Engine - Description and Operation
Compressor System - Description and Operation - FJ-AAA-72-00-00-805A-042A-A

Gearbox Assembly (8k Configuration) - Description FJ-AAA-72-00-00-806A-042A-A

and Operation - Description of function
Bypass Duct Group - Description and Operation - FJ-AAA-72-00-00-808A-042A-A

72-00-01 Approved Engine Fuel
72-00-01-301 Approved Engine Fuel - Servicing
Approved Engine Fuels - Servicing FJ-AAA-72-00-01-801A-200A-A
72-00-03 Engine Servicing — Oil Changing/Replenishing
72-00-03-301 Engine Servicing - Oil Changing/Replenishing - Servicing
Service the Engine Using Dipstick Oil Fill Port - FJ-AAA-72-00-03-801A-200A-A

Servicing
72-00-05 Oil Filter Analysis Program
72-00-05-201 Oil Filter Analysis Program - Maintenance Practices
Submit Oil Filter for Analysis - General maintenance FJ-AAA-72-00-05-801A-913A-A

procedure
72-00-30 Spinner
72-00-30-401 Spinner - Removal/Installation
Remove the Spinner - Disconnect, remove and FJ-AAA-72-00-30-801A-500A-A

disassemble procedures
Install the Spinner - Assemble, install and connect FJ-AAA-72-00-30-801A-700A-A

procedures
72-00-31 Fan Rotor
72- Content
72-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
72-00-31-401 Fan Rotor - Removal/Installation
Remove the Fan Rotor - Disconnect, remove and FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A

disassemble procedures
Install the Fan Rotor - Assemble Procedure FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-700A-A
72-00-32 Case and Insert Assembly
72-00-32-401 Case and Insert Assy - Removal/Installation
Remove the Case and Insert Assembly - Disconnect, FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-500A-A

Install the Case and Insert Assembly - Assemble, FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-700A-A

72-00-34 IP Compressor Rotor
72-00-34-401 IP Compressor Rotor - Removal/Installation
Remove the IP Compressor Rotor - Disconnect, FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-500A-A

Install the IP Compressor Rotor - Assemble, install and FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-700A-A

connect procedures
72-00-56 Rear Housing/Rear Case Assy
72-00-56-401 Rear Housing/Rear Case Assy - Removal/Installation
Remove the Rear Case Assembly - Disconnect, FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-500A-A

Remove and Disassemble
Install the Rear Case Assembly - Assemble Procedure FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-700A-A
72-00-60 Gearbox Assembly
72-00-60-401 Gearbox Assy - Removal/Installation
Remove the Gearbox Assembly - Disconnect, remove FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-500A-A

and disassemble procedures
Install the Gearbox Assembly - Assemble, install and FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-700A-A

connect procedures
72-00-71 Rear Bypass Duct Assembly
72-00-71-401 Rear Bypass Duct Assy - Removal/Installation
Remove the Rear Bypass Duct Assembly - FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-500A-A

Install the Rear Bypass Duct Assembly - Assemble, FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-700A-A

72-02-00 Internal Cooling and Sealing Air System
72-02-00-001 Internal Cooling and Sealing Air System - Description and Operation
72- Content
72-00-00
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Internal Cooling and Sealing Air System - Description FJ-AAA-72-02-00-801A-042A-A

and Operation - Description of function
72-30-10 Spinner
72-30-10-601 Spinner - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Spinner - Visual examination FJ-AAA-72-30-10-801A-310A-A
72-30-10-801 Spinner - Repair
Blend Repair the Spinner - Miscellaneous FJ-AAA-72-30-10-801A-690A-A
72-31-10 Fan Retainer Nut

72-31-10-801 Fan Retainer Nut - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Fan Retainer Nut - Visual FJ-AAA-72-31-10-801A-310A-A

examination
72-31-12 Fan Locking Plate
72-31-12-801 Fan Locking Plate - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Fan Locking Plate - Visual FJ-AAA-72-31-12-801A-310A-A

examination
72-31-15 Spinner Pilot Plate Assembly
72-31-15-601 Spinner Pilot Plate Assy - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Spinner Pilot Plate Assembly - FJ-AAA-72-31-15-801A-310A-A

Visual examination
72-31-20 Fan Rotor
72-31-20-601 Fan Rotor - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Fan Rotor - Visual examination FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-310A-A
72-31-20-801 Fan Rotor - Repair
Blend Repair the Fan Rotor - Miscellaneous FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-690A-A
72-32-10 Case and Insert Assembly
72-32-10-601 Case and Insert Assembly - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Case and Insert Assembly - Visual FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-310A-A

examination
Dimensionally Inspect the Case and Insert Assembly - FJ-AAA-72-32-10-802A-361A-A

Dimensions check
72-32-10-801 Case and Insert Assembly - Repair
Replace/Transfer the Engine Identification Plate - FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-690A-A

Miscellaneous
72-32-20 Fan Stator
72- Content
72-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
72-32-20-601 Fan Stator - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Fan Stator - Visual examination FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-310A-A
72-32-20-801 Fan Stator - Repair
Blend Repair the Fan Stator - Miscellaneous FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-690A-A
72-34-10 IP Compressor Rotor
72-34-10-601 IP Compressor Rotor - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the IP Compressor Rotor - Visual FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-310A-A

examination
72-34-10-801 IP Compressor Rotor - Repair
Blend Repair the IP Compressor Rotor - Miscellaneous FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-690A-A
72-35-10 LP Shaft/Front Bearing Housing Group
72-35-10-401 LP Shaft/Front Bearing Housing Group - Removal/Installation
Remove the No. 1 Carbon Seal and Runner - FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-500A-A

Install the No. 1 Carbon Seal and Runner - Assemble, FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-700A-A

72-35-10-601 LP Shaft/Front Bearing Housing Group - Inspection/Check
Visual Inspect the No. 1 Carbon Seal and Runner - FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-310A-A

Visual examination
72-35-12 LP Shaft Assembly
72-35-12-601 LP Shaft Assembly - Inspection/Check
Dimensionally Inspect the LP Shaft Forward End (Run- FJ-AAA-72-35-12-801A-361A-A

Out) - Dimensions check
72-37-12 Interstage Housing Assembly
72-37-12-801 Interstage Housing Assembly - Repair
Repair the Interstage Housing Assembly Threaded FJ-AAA-72-37-12-801A-663A-A

Inserts (Sight Glass) - Standard repair procedure
72-39-10 Diffuser Case Group
72-39-10-401 Diffuser Case Flanged Fitting - Removal/Installation
Remove the Diffuser Case Flanged Fitting - Remove FJ-AAA-72-39-10-001A-520A-A

Procedure
Install the Diffuser Case Flanged Fitting - Install FJ-AAA-72-39-10-001A-720A-A

Procedure
72-56-10 Rear Housing Group
72- Content
72-00-00
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
72-56-10-601 Rear Housing Group - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Rear Housing Group - Visual FJ-AAA-72-56-10-801A-310A-A

examination
72-56-12 Rear Housing Assembly
72-56-12-801 Rear Housing Assembly - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Rear Housing Assembly - Visual FJ-AAA-72-56-12-801A-310A-A

examination
72-60-01 Gearbox Carbon Seals
72-60-01-401 Gearbox Carbon Seals - Removal/Installation

Remove Magnetic Carbon Seals from the Gearbox - FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A
Remove procedure
Remove Type 1 Spring-Loaded Carbon Seals from the FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-520A-A

8k Gearbox - Remove procedure
Remove Type 2, 3, or 4 Spring-Loaded Carbon Seals FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-520A-A

from the 8k Gearbox - Remove procedure
Install Magnetic Carbon Seals in Gearbox - Install FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A

procedure
Install Type 1 Spring-Loaded Carbon Seals in the 8k FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A

Gearbox - Install procedure



72-60-02 Oil Filter Differential Pressure (Delta P) Indicator
72-60-02-401 Oil Filter Differential Pressure (Delta P) Indicator - Removal/Installation
Remove the Oil Filter Delta P Indicator - Remove FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-520A-A

procedure
Install the Oil Filter Delta P Indicator - Install procedure FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-720A-A
72-60-02-601 Oil Filter Differential Pressure (Delta P) Indicator - Inspection/Check
Perform Functional Verification of the Mechanical Oil FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-362A-A

Filter Delta P Indicator - Pressure check
72-60-10 Gearbox Assembly
72-60-10-601 Gearbox Assembly - Inspection/Check
72- Content
72-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Accessory Drive Gearbox FJ-AAA-72-60-10-803A-310A-A

Assembly - Visual examination
72-70-10 Front Bypass Duct Assembly
72-70-10-801 Front Bypass Duct Assy - Repair
Repair the Service Adapter Threaded Inserts - FJ-AAA-72-70-10-801A-663A-A

Standard repair procedure
72-71-10 Rear Bypass Duct Assembly
72-71-10-601 Rear Bypass Duct Assy - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Rear Bypass Duct Assembly - FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-310A-A

Visual examination
72-71-10-801 Rear Bypass Duct Assembly - Repair
Replace the Trip Sensor Housing Threaded Inserts - FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-663A-C

Standard Repair Procedure
72-71-20 Rear Mounting Ring Assembly
72-71-20-601 Rear Mounting Ring Assy - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Rear Mounting Ring Assembly - FJ-AAA-72-71-20-801A-310A-A

Visual examination
72- Content
72-00-00
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Compressor System - Description and Operation
Description
1. General
The engine has three compressor stages:
Fig 1 Compressor System
– Low pressure (LP) compressor stage

– Intermediate pressure (IP) compressor stage
– High pressure (HP) compressor stage
These stages supply compressed air for combustion. Some other functions of the air supplied by the
compressor section are:
– Sealing air for oil and labyrinth seals

– Cooling air for LP and HP turbine discs
The compressor rotors are located in front of the compressor stators.
2. Description
2.1. The main parts of the compressor system are:
Spinner
Fan rotor (LP axial compressor)
Fan stator (LP compressor axial stator)
Case assembly
IP compressor rotor (axial)
IP compressor stator (axial)
HP compressor rotor (centrifugal)
Diffuser case assembly
2.1.1. The spinner bolts onto the front of the fan rotor. The spinner shape provides a smooth airflow into the
engine. The sharp point prevents accumulation of ice.
2.1.2. The fan rotor (LP axial compressor) is a 20 blade titanium blisk (blades and disc are integral). The
fan is attached to the LP shaft with one nut. The fan is splined but there is no master keyway to clock
the position.
2.1.3. The fan stator is located directly behind the fan rotor. The stator is keyed into the fan case assembly.
It contains 53 vanes set in an aluminum case and secured and damped with polyurethane. The ID
seal on the rear side seals with the IP compressor.
FJ-AAA-72-00-00-805A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1.4. The IP compressor is a 60 blade titanium blisk. The IP compressor is installed on the LP shaft and is
secured by the installation of the fan and front LP retaining nut.
2.1.5. The IP stator is cast from inconel 718 with integral vanes and case. The case forms the splitter fairing
dividing the LP compressor air into core airflow and bypass airflow. The LP turbines power both the
fan and the IP rotors.
2.1.6. The HP compressor is a centrifugal compressor made from forged and machined titanium. It is
attached to the HP shaft and is powered by a single HP turbine. The HP compressor, along with the
diffuser, increase the pressure of the incoming axial compressor air before combustion.
The compressor is pressed onto the HP shaft and is secured by the installation of the fuel slinger/
seal assembly, HP turbine, and the rear HP nut. These parts are locked together by curvic couplings
on the rear of the HP compressor, front and back of the fuel slinger/seal, and the front of the HP
turbine disc.
2.1.7. The diffuser case assembly is made from inconel 718. The diffuser forward flange bolts to the
interstage housing. The rear flange is the single mounting point for all the hot section components. In
addition to directing HP compressor air flow, the diffuser also houses the fuel supply tube and fuel
manifold which supplies fuel to the fuel slinger/seal assembly. The diffuser also has two pads on its
OD which allow extraction of compressor discharge pressure (CDP) and HP bleed. The diffuser also
contains ports for the igniter plugs and fuel delivery
3. Operation
3.1. The rotation of the compressor and turbine assemblies moves air into the engine. The diameter of
the compressors and stators narrows from front to rear. This increases the pressure and velocity of
the airflow.
3.2. The airflow goes from the fan (LP compressor) to the IP compressor. The splitter fairing, which is part
of the IP stator, divides the airflow into core air and bypass air. Core air is routed to the HP
compressor and then into the diffuser. The diffused air then enters the combustor section where it is
mixed with fuel and burned. Bypass air is ducted around the core and mixes with the exhaust.
3.3. The LP turbines drive the fan and IP compressors. The HP turbine drives the HP compressor. The
LP shaft passes through the HP shaft and connects the LP turbines with the fan and IP compressor.
The HP shaft connects the HP turbine with the HP compressor. Both shafts rotate in the same
direction but not at the same speed. The HP shaft speed is slightly more than twice as fast as the LP
shaft speed.
FJ-AAA-72-00-00-805A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-720035-0-24235-00498-A-001-00
Fig 1 Compressor System
FJ-AAA-72-00-00-805A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-00-805A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Gearbox Assembly (8k Configuration) - Description and Operation
Description
1. General
The gearbox assembly supplies shaft power and mounting for the engine accessories. It is bolted to
the interstage housing and is located at the bottom of the engine. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Gearbox - Accessory Mounting Pads
Fig 2 Gearbox - Drive Train
2. Description
2.1. The gearbox assembly connects to the interstage housing and is driven off the HP shaft by an
accessory drive shaft. The gearbox provides rotational power to four mount pads for accessories.
These accessories are the starter/generator, the fuel pump, the lube and scavenge pump, and the
hydraulic pump. The shaft drives are oil-wetted. Magnetic/spring loaded carbon seals are provided at
each mount pad except the lube and scavenge pump mount pad. The lube and scavenge pump
mount pad uses internal passages to transfer oil to and from the gearbox assembly.
The starter/generator pad is on the forward end of the gearbox. The oil pump pad is directly aft of the
starter/generator pad. Drive for the starter/generator and oil pump is provided by the same drive
gear. Next to the oil pad is the fuel pump pad. The fuel control is mounted on the back end of the fuel
pump and is driven by the fuel pump drive shaft. The hydraulic pad is also forward and adjacent to
the starter/generator pad.
3. Operation
3.1. The gearbox receives its rotational power from the HP shaft, via an accessory drive shaft. Two
reduction bevel gears, one at the top and one at the bottom of the accessory drive shaft, reduce the
HP shaft rotational speed for accessory operation. The gearbox provides mounting and drive
provisions for the accessories. Oil wetted shafts provide lubrication for accessory shafts. The
gearbox provides internal passages for the engine oil system.
FJ-AAA-72-00-00-806A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726002-0-24235-01023-A-001-00
Fig 1 Gearbox - Accessory Mounting Pads
FJ-AAA-72-00-00-806A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726005-0-24235-01024-A-001-00
Fig 2 Gearbox - Drive Train
FJ-AAA-72-00-00-806A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-00-806A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Bypass Duct Group - Description and Operation
Description
1. General
The bypass duct group includes the front bypass duct assembly, the rear bypass duct assembly, and
their related parts. The function of the bypass duct group is to route a part of the air received from the
fan around the core and into the exhaust. The engine air bypass-to-core ratio is 3.31 : 1. The bypass
flow allows operation of high core temperatures and pressure, while decreasing the velocity and
temperatures of the engine exhaust. Refer to the following illustration(s): Fig 1 Bypass Duct Group
2. Description
2.1. The front bypass duct assembly is made from sheet aluminum that is formed and seam welded.
Access holes for ITT probes are provided toward the aft flange. Spacers, retainers, plates, and
retaining rings are used to seal the thermocouple bosses. The front duct also houses the service
adapters which supply access ports for fuel, HP bleed air, CDP air, and igniter plugs. A boss is
provided on the front duct for mounting of the fuel nozzle. Fuel drain ports are located at the bottom
of the duct.
2.2. The rear bypass duct assembly is also made from sheet aluminum that is formed and seam welded.
It also has a fuel drain port located on the bottom side of the duct. The rear duct contains a trip lever
housing and cable attachment as part of the LP trip system that shuts down the engine if the shaft
separates. The rear duct also includes a bracket for external mounting of the start nozzle control
valve. On some engines, a fan bleed port is also provided.
2.3. The rear mount ring is mounted between the front and rear bypass duct. The rear mount ball socket
changes location depending on which side of the aircraft the engine is mounted on.
FJ-AAA-72-00-00-808A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-727001-0-24235-01192-A-001-00
Fig 1 Bypass Duct Group
FJ-AAA-72-00-00-808A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-00-808A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Approved Engine Fuels
Servicing
General
This task lists approved fuels and additives for the engine. It is the responsibility of the operator to ensure that all
fuel delivered to the engine meets the requirements of the approved fuel specifications in all respects.
Procedure
1. Approved Fuels
1.1. The fuel specifications and additives listed below are based on the results of engine testing. The
fuels and additives listed as approved are not necessarily approved for use in the aircraft. Refer to
the aircraft Operating Instructions.
GRADE (TYPE) APPROVED SPECIFICATION

ADDITIVES
Jet A NOTE A 1, 5, 6, 7 ASTM-D1655
Jet A1 NOTE A 1, 5, 6, 7 ASTM-D1655
F-24 NOTE A 1, 5, 6, 7 ASTM-D1655
Jet B 1, 5, 6, 7 ASTM-D6615
JP-4 1, 5, 6, 7 MIL-DTL-5624
JP-5 1, 5, 7 MIL-DTL-5624
JP-8 1, 5, 6, 7 MIL-DTL-83133
Chinese #3 Jet Fuel NOTE B 1, 4, 5, 6, 7 GB 6537-2018
TS-1 3 C.I.S. GOST # 10227
RT 3 C.I.S. GOST # 10227
Aviation Gasoline NOTE C ASTM D910 Grade

(Emergency Only) 100LL
FUEL SYSTEM ADDITIVES (may be optional)
FJ-AAA-72-00-01-801A-200A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
GRADE (TYPE) APPROVED SPECIFICATION

ADDITIVES
1. MIL-DTL-27686 or MIL-DTL-85470 in a concentration of 0.10% to

0.15% by volume is required when fuel temperature is below 32 °F.
Minimum fuel icing inhibitor content during refueling is 0.10% by volume.
2. MIL-DTL-27686 in a concentration of 0.10% to 0.20% by volume is

required when fuel temperature is below 32 °F. Minimum fuel icing
Anti-Icing Additives inhibitor content during refueling is 0.10% by volume.
3. GOST 8313 (Fluid I) or CIS TU 6-10-1458 (Fluid I-M) in a concentration

of 0.10% to 0.30% by volume is required.
4. T1301 (SH0396-92) in a concentration of 0.10% to 0.15% by volume

may be used in place of MIL-DTL-27686 or MIL-DTL-85470.
Anti-Static Additives 5. Dupont Stadis 450 or equivalent in the amount necessary to bring fuel
up to 300 conductive units, but not to exceed 1 part per million.
Corrosion Inhibitors 6. HiTEC® 580 at a concentration of 15 to 22.5 gm/m3.
Biocide Additives 7. SOHIO Biobor JF at a concentration not to exceed 20 ppm (270 ppm
total additive) of elemental boron.
NOTES
Williams International has approved all ASTM D1655 Jet A for use in this
engine. This applies to both petroleum-based Jet-A, as well as alternative
A
fuels which have passed ASTM D7566 and been re-identified as ASTM
D1655.
Static dissipater additive T1502, Anti-icing additive ethylene glycol

B
monomethyl ether, and antifriction additive T1602 are not permitted.
Record in engine log book total amount of run time with aviation gasoline.
If aviation gasoline is used for over 50 hours, the engine(s) must go
C through a major periodic inspection. The upper altitude/temperature for
use of aviation gasoline is limited by the aircraft. Refer to the Aircraft
Operating Instructions.
2. Mixing of Fuels
2.1. Mixing of approved fuels is permissible.
FJ-AAA-72-00-01-801A-200A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Service the Engine Using Dipstick Oil Fill Port
Servicing
General
This task contains procedures for checking the oil level, draining, and filling the engine with oil via the dipstick oil
fill port. Do this task as required by scheduled maintenance checks. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Oil Servicing - Dipstick
Fig 2 Oil Servicing - Oil Drain Fitting
Fig 3 Oil Servicing - Proper Installation of Oil Fill Cap/Dipstick
WARNING
ENGINE OIL (SYNTHETIC) IS TOXIC TO THE SKIN. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING WHILE HANDLING
ENGINE OIL. ANY OIL THAT CONTACTS THE SKIN MUST BE WASHED OFF IMMEDIATELY. OIL MAY BURN
IF EXPOSED TO FLAME. HANDLE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION.
WARNING
TO AVOID BURNS, ALLOW TIME AFTER ENGINE OPERATION FOR THE OIL SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND
TUBES TO COOL.
CAUTION
DO NOT LET OIL FALL ONTO ENGINE PARTS WHICH ARE NOT USUALLY IN TOUCH WITH OIL. RUB OFF
ANY OIL WHICH FALLS ONTO THE ENGINE. THE OIL CAN DAMAGE PAINTWORK AND RUBBER PARTS.
CAUTION
USE ONLY CLEAN CONTAINERS AND EQUIPMENT. THE OIL WILL BREAK DOWN IF MIXED WITH ANY
ALKALINE FLUID.
CAUTION
USING OIL THAT HAS ONLY BEEN STORED IN THE OIL-MANUFACTURER’S CONTAINER IS
RECOMMENDED. OIL MAY REACT WITH OTHER CONTAINERS’ MATERIALS AND BECOME
CONTAMINATED.
CAUTION
DO NOT PUT USED OIL BACK INTO THE SYSTEM.
FJ-AAA-72-00-03-801A-200A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Support equipment
Fitting, Oil Drain / AR

TL037255

MAT-001

MAT-071
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
79-30-01 1 25, O-ring (2)

55
2. Job Set-up
2.1. Prepare to service engine with oil
3. Note
1 When oil is drained, Williams International recommends that only Mobil Jet II is used for
total oil replacement.
2 Mobil 254 may be used for total oil replacement only if Mobil 254 has been used as the
replenishing (topping-off) oil for at least the last 150 flight hours or if Mobil 254 was used for
total oil replacement at the last oil change.
Drain engine oil (if required) using TL037255 oil drain fitting
3.1. Vent oil tank by removing oil fill cap (dipstick).
FJ-AAA-72-00-03-801A-200A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.2. Remove the magnetic chip collector plug from the bottom rear of the lube pump (port labeled TANK
DRAIN).
3.3. Install oil drain fitting, TL037255, to self-closing fitting and drain oil tank oil into a suitable container.
3.4. Lubricate new O-ring with engine oil (MAT-001) and install on magnetic chip collector plug.
3.5. Remove oil drain tube and install magnetic chip collector plug.
3.6. Remove the magnetic chip collector plug from the bottom of the gearbox.
3.7. Install oil drain fitting, TL037255, to self-closing fitting and drain gearbox oil into a suitable container.
3.8. Lubricate new O-ring with engine oil and install on magnetic chip collector plug.
3.9. Remove oil drain tube and install magnetic chip collector plug.
4. Check the engine oil level and add oil as required.
4.1. (FJ44-2A Only) Actuate low oil level sensor (if engine is so equipped) in accordance with aircraft
flight manual. If low oil is indicated, check oil with dipstick and service oil system, as required.
4.2. WARNING
TO AVOID SUDDEN PRESSURE RELEASE FROM THE OIL TANK, WAIT AT LEAST FIVE (5)
MINUTES AFTER ENGINE SHUTDOWN BEFORE REMOVING OIL FILL CAP/DIPSTICK.
Check the oil sight glass (if engine is so equipped), or insert and remove the (oil fill cap) dipstick from
the fill port.
4.3. Wipe the oil from the dipstick using a clean, lint-free cloth (MAT-071). Install the dipstick and then
remove it to get an accurate reading of the oil level on the dipstick.
Note
Filling the oil tank above the FULL mark on the dipstick or the sight glass will not harm the
engine, but will ultimately result in overflow from the fill port.
4.4. You must add oil (MAT-001) if level is at or below the ADD mark on the dipstick or the sight glass. To
avoid overfilling, add oil in increments and check the level after each addition.
Note
If it appears that the oil is over-full or there is more oil registering than has been added, smell the
oil to detect the possible presence of fuel. If you smell fuel in the oil, reject the engine.
4.5. Inspect the dipstick O-ring for damage and replace, if required. To avoid binding, rotate dipstick on
filler port plug so offset bend faces aft of engine. Install dipstick in fill port and secure by turning and
folding down lever against base portion of cap to lock. Refer to Fig 3 Oil Servicing - Proper
Installation of Oil Fill Cap/Dipstick.
4.6. Record amount and type of oil added in engine logbook.
5. Approved engine lubricating oils are listed below:
Approved Brand (Note 2) Specification
Mobil Jet II (Note 1) MIL-PRF-23699
Mobil 254 MIL-PRF-23699
FJ-AAA-72-00-03-801A-200A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
1 Mobil Jet II is the preferred oil.
2 Mixing of approved oils is permissible when replenishing (topping off) oil due to normal
consumption.
6. Oil servicing of dry engine
Note
1 Williams International recommends that only Mobil Jet II is used for total oil replacement.
2 Mobil 254 may be used for total oil replacement only if Mobil 254 has been used as the
replenishing (topping-off) oil for at least the last 150 flight hours or if Mobil 254 was used for
total oil replacement at the last oil change.
6.1. Make sure that magnetic chip collector plugs are properly installed. Refer to 79-30-01-401.
6.2. Fill the tank with oil (approximately 3.7 quarts [3.5 liters]).
6.3. To avoid binding, rotate the dipstick on the filler port plug so the offset bend faces aft of the engine.
Install the dipstick in the fill port and secure by turning and folding down the lever against the base
portion of the cap to lock. Refer to Fig 3 Oil Servicing - Proper Installation of Oil Fill Cap/Dipstick.
6.4. Motor the engine to approximately 14% N2 rpm for positive oil pressure indication. Refer to
71-00-00-501 Engine Operating Instructions.
6.5. When N2 rpm decreases to "0", remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth. Reinstall
and remove it to get an accurate reading of the oil level. If required, add oil to bring the level up to the
FULL mark on the dipstick or sight glass. To avoid overfilling, add oil in increments and check the
level after each addition.
6.6. Inspect the dipstick O-ring for damage and replace, if required. To avoid binding, rotate the dipstick
on the filler port plug so the offset bend faces aft of the engine. Install the dipstick in the fill port and
secure by turning and folding down the lever against the base portion of the cap to lock.
6.7. Record amount and type of oil added in the engine logbook.
7. Check oil drain fittings for leaks.
8. Job Close-up
8.1. Put the Engine Back to Normal
8.1.3. Remove DO NOT OPERATE and NO OIL INSTALLED signs.
FJ-AAA-72-00-03-801A-200A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-121301-0-24235-00080-A-001-00
Fig 1 Oil Servicing - Dipstick
FJ-AAA-72-00-03-801A-200A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-121302-0-24235-00081-A-001-00
Fig 2 Oil Servicing - Oil Drain Fitting
FJ-AAA-72-00-03-801A-200A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
44-7931-15
ICN-FJ-AAA-793115-0-24235-02192-A-001-00
Fig 3 Oil Servicing - Proper Installation of Oil Fill Cap/Dipstick
FJ-AAA-72-00-03-801A-200A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-03-801A-200A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Submit Oil Filter for Analysis
General
This task contains procedures for changing the oil filter and submitting it to be analyzed as part of the oil filter
analysis program. This program provides the operator and maintenance personnel with valuable information
about engine health. Do this task as directed by troubleshooting or other maintenance procedures.

MAT-001
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
79-21-01 01 20 O-Ring
79-21-01 01 30 Filter, Oil-Disposable
79-21-01 01 40 O-Ring
2. Job Set-up
2.1. Prepare to Access Engine

3. Remove the drained oil filter and place it in a suitable container. Install a new oil filter. Refer to
79-21-01-401.
Note
Placing a filter within a plastic zipper bag (High Density Polyethylene - HDPE preferred), then
placing that in another bag with paper towel to absorb any potential residual oil that leaks
through the first bag is recommended.
FJ-AAA-72-00-05-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. Install a new oil filter. Refer to 79-21-01-401.
5. Identify the oil filter with the following:
5.1. Engine model number and serial number
5.2. Aircraft number
5.3. Date of oil filter sample
5.4. Reason for analysis
5.5. Total engine run hours
5.6. Oil filter hours (in engine operating hours)
5.7. Contact name, e-mail, and phone number (if not enrolled in a maintenance program)
6. Service the engine with oil (MAT-001). Refer to 72-00-03-301.
7. Note
need for analysis prior to sending the oil filter is recommended.
Send the oil filter to our approved Williams International lab for analysis, located at the following
address:
Williams International
2000 Centerpoint Parkway
Pontiac, MI, 48341
8. Job Close-up
8.1. Put the engine back to normal.
FJ-AAA-72-00-05-801A-913A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Spinner
General
This task covers removal of the spinner from the engine. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Spinner - Removal
Note
1 Review Assembly/Disassembly Maintenance Practices, 70-00-01-201 in the Maintenance Manual, before
beginning work.
2 The part callouts in parentheses in the text correspond to the figure-item numbers used in the Illustrated
Parts Catalog (IPC) for this particular Chapter-Section-Subject (CH-SE-SU) number. If parts from a
different CH-SE-SU are discussed, that CH-SE-SU number is also included within parentheses.
Support equipment
Puller, Spinner / AR
TL037112
Marker, Broad Line FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-032

MAT-033
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Prepare to Disassemble the Engine
1.1.2. Open the circuit breakers to isolate the engine electrical system.
2. Remove Spinner Bolts
FJ-AAA-72-00-30-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1. WARNING
SPINNER TIP IS EXTREMELY SHARP AND SHOULD BE COVERED BEFORE MAINTENANCE
TO PREVENT INJURY. A REUSEABLE COVER CAN BE MADE BY DIPPING THE SPINNER TIP
IN PLASTIC OR LATEX COATING MATERIAL.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Only use approved marker. Do not scribe a mark which removes/displaces metal.
Note
During removal, the spinner is alignment match-marked in case trim balancing is needed. Trim
balancing is needed if LP vibration levels exceed limits (high vibration with or without noise).
Trim balance procedures are in 71-00-00-501 in the Maintenance Manual.
Using MAT-033 or equivalent MAT-032 marker, alignment match-mark the spinner and fan rotor as a
baseline. Put the match mark in line with one of the spinner mount bolts.
2.2. Remove six bolts (1-20) and six washers (1-30) which attach the spinner (1-10) to the engine.
2.3. After removal of spinner, make an alignment mark on the pilot plate, locking plate, and LP shaft in-
line with the mark on the fan. Use MAT-033 marker (or equivalent).
3. Using spinner puller, remove spinner as follows:
Note
The spinner bolt holes are threaded. The threads are used only for removal purposes.
3.1. Remove spinner by hand, or if necessary, install spinner puller, TL037112, on spinner by installing
three puller screws into three of the six bolt holes.
3.2. Remove the spinner by using the slide hammer of the puller.
FJ-AAA-72-00-30-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723001-0-24235-00529-A-001-00
Fig 1 Spinner - Removal
FJ-AAA-72-00-30-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-30-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Spinner
General
This task covers installation of the spinner. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Spinner - Removal/Installation
Parts relating to this maintenance procedure are found in the following figure(s) of the Illustrated Parts Catalog:
72-00-30-01
Note
beginning work.
3 Lubricate all threads and contact surfaces of nuts and bolts with clean engine oil (MAT-001) before
installation.
4 This part must undergo routine and major periodic inspection. If a serviceable, used spinner from another
engine is to be installed, make sure that it has undergone all scheduled inspections (per requirements in
05-20-00-601) before installation.

MAT-001

MAT-096
Procedure
1. WARNING
USE EPOXY PRIMER (MAT-096) WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION AND AVOID CONTACT WITH
SKIN OR EYES.
If a replacement spinner is being installed, make sure that any trim balance weights from previous
spinner are transferred to new spinner. Remove weights and transfer to same relative position(s) on
FJ-AAA-72-00-30-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
the new spinner. Position of weights is relative to the alignment mark with the fan. Secure the
balance weights using epoxy primer (MAT-096).
2. Install Spinner
2.1. WARNING
SPINNER TIP IS EXTREMELY SHARP AND SHOULD BE COVERED BEFORE MAINTENANCE
TO PREVENT INJURY. A REUSABLE COVER CAN BE MADE BY DIPPING THE SPINNER TIP IN
PLASTIC OR LATEX COATING MATERIAL.
CAUTION
Note
The pilot area of the spinner touches the spinner pilot plate assembly and the fan locking plate
when installed. There will be a gap between the spinner and the fan.
Inspect the pilot area of the spinner for burrs. Remove any burrs in accordance with standard
practices. Refer to 70-42-11-801.
2.2. Make sure that the LP nut locking plate (1-30, 72-00-31) is installed on the front LP nut and that all
six pilot plate bolt holes are visible.
Note
Make sure that there is an alignment mark on the spinner. Refer to spinner removal task.
2.3. Insert one bolt (1-20) and washer (1-30) through the spinner and align the spinner with the spinner
pilot plate and with alignment marks made at removal. Install the bolt into one of the six pilot plate
holes, finger tight.
2.4. Install the remaining five bolts and washers.
2.5. Torque bolts 49 to 55 inch-pounds (5.5 - 6.2 N.m).
2.6. Check for gap between spinner and fan. Gap should be 0.002 inch (0.050 mm) minimum.
3. Job Close-up
3.2. Perform engine ground run testing as required by List of Test Procedures. Refer to 71-00-00-501.
FJ-AAA-72-00-30-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723008-0-24235-00531-A-001-00
Fig 1 Spinner - Removal/Installation
FJ-AAA-72-00-30-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-30-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Fan Rotor
General
This task covers removal of the fan rotor from the engine. Refer to the following illustrations:
Fig 1 Fan - Stretch Dimension
Fig 2 Fan - Inspect LP Pusher Functional Surface
Fig 3 Fan - Shaft Stretch Tool
Fig 4 Fan - Pilot Plate Removal

Fig 5 Fan - Removal
Note
beginning work.
Support equipment
Puller, 3-Jaw / AR
CG-253
STD-306 / AR
Depth Micrometer
TL114286-07 / AR
Hydraulic Pump, Cylinder and
Gauge Kit
TL114286-03 / AR Alternate
Gauge Kit
Cap, Fwd LP Shaft / AR

TL037210
Puller Assembly, Spinner Pilot Plate / AR Alternate

TL099501
Cylinder, Hydraulic / AR Alternate

TL114435
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Puller Assy, Spinner Pilot Plate / AR Alternate

TL239281
Puller, Assembly Fan / AR

TL246980
Puller Rod / AR
TL37102-11
Puller Adapter, LP / AR
TL37102-12
Nut / AR
TL37102-13
Cap, Hydraulic Cylinder / AR

TL37102-14
Pusher Adapter, LP / AR
TL37102-61

TL37102-7

MAT-001
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.2. CAUTION
Note
Prior to removal, make sure that there is an alignment mark on the spinner, as described in
72-00-30-401.
Remove the spinner (1-10, 72-00-30). Refer to 72-00-30-401.
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Remove the Fan Rotor
2.1. Note
Prior to removal, make sure that there is an alignment mark on the pilot plate, locking plate, and
LP shaft and fan rotor as described in 72-00-30-401.
Remove the fan locking plate (1-30).
2.2. Using a Depth Micrometer, measure from the front face of the LP shaft to the forward face of the pilot
plate assembly. Refer to Fig 1 Fan - Stretch Dimension.
2.3. Record measurement as stretched dimension.
2.4. Remove the fan retainer nut (1-20) using shaft stretch tool as follows (Fig 3 Fan - Shaft Stretch Tool):
2.4.1. Install the TL37102-12 LP shaft adapter on the TL37102-11 rod so that the large threaded ID of the
adapter is located on the end of the rod.
2.4.2. Lubricate threads with engine oil (MAT-001) and install the rod/adapter to the front of the LP shaft.
After the adapter is hand tight on the LP shaft, back-off one turn.
2.4.3. Note
Check the functional contact surface of the LP pusher for wear or deformation. Reject pusher if
contact surface flatness deviates by more than 0.005 inch (0.13 mm) in the convex direction or is
concave. See Fig 2 Fan - Inspect LP Pusher Functional Surface
Install TL37102-61 LP pusher over the rod.
2.4.4. Install the TL114435 or TL37102-7 hydraulic cylinder over the rod with the piston side facing forward.
2.4.5. Install the TL37102-13 nut on the rod. After nut is hand tight, back-off 1/2 turn.
2.4.6. Install the TL37102-14 cap on the hydraulic cylinder.
2.4.7. CAUTION
DO NOT EXCEED 7450 PSIG WHEN PUMPING HYDRAULIC CYLINDER. EXCESSIVE
PRESSURE WILL DAMAGE THE LP SHAFT. IF MORE THAN 7450 PSIG IS REQUIRED TO
LOOSEN NUT, reject the engine.
Note
1 If the engine is rejected, contacting WI Product Support
(How to Contact Williams International (FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A)) for assistance is
recommended.
2 It is recommended to have a second person assist with shaft stretch procedures.
Support the TL37102-61 LP pusher while the hydraulic pressure is increased. Do not allow the
pusher to contact the fan nut and keep pusher centered around the nut. Operate the Hydraulic Pump,
Cylinder and Gauge Kit until the gauge indicates 4350 psig and the fan retainer nut can be loosened
by rotating it with a screwdriver blade through the holes in the pilot plate. If the nut does not become
loose at 4350 psig:
2.4.7.1. Increase the pressure in 50 psig increments.
2.4.7.2. Check for nut rotation after each increase in pressure.
2.4.7.3. Do not exceed 7450 psig.
2.4.7.4. Record pressure at which nut became loose.
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.4.8. Release pump pressure and remove all details of stretch tooling.
2.4.9. Remove the fan retainer nut.
plate assembly. Refer to Fig 1 Fan - Stretch Dimension.
2.6. Record measurement as unstretched dimension.
2.7. Remove the pilot plate (1-40) from the LP shaft using pilot plate puller TL099501 or TL239281. Refer
to Fig 4 Fan - Pilot Plate Removal.
2.8. Install LP shaft cap, TL037210, or fan rotor puller, TL246980, on forward end of the LP shaft.
Note
The LP shaft cap, TL037210, is used as a base for the jacking shaft of the 3-jaw puller, CG-253.
The fan rotor puller, TL246980, is the preferred tool for pulling the fan rotor off the shaft.
2.9. Remove the fan from the LP shaft using the fan rotor puller, TL246980, or the 3-jaw puller, CG-253
installed on LP shaft cap, TL037210, Refer to Fig 5 Fan - Removal.
2.10. Remove the LP shaft cap, TL037210, from the LP shaft if installed.
3. Note
– Include Service Life data with the returned component (e.g., if available, remove and
provide the TBO/LLC card from engine logbook).
– If LLC card lists all LLC components, make a copy of LLC card. Update original card by
crossing out component removed. Retain original card with engine log book. Fill out and
send copy of LLC card with component.
Record Service Life data for the removed fan rotor, refer to 05-12-00-201 Service Life Tracking.
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723109-0-24235-00538-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fan - Stretch Dimension
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CONVEX
SURFACE
ACCEPT
UP TO 0.005 INCH
FUNCTIONAL
CONTACT
SURFACE
CONCAVE
SURFACE
REJECT
44-7231-64
FORWARD LP PUSHER
ICN-FJ-AAA-723164-0-24235-00577-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723101-0-24235-00535-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
SPINNER
PILOT
PLATE
44-7231-39
PULLER,
PILOT PLATE
ICN-FJ-AAA-723139-0-24235-00560-A-001-00
Fig 4 Fan - Pilot Plate Removal
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723120-0-24235-00547-A-001-00
Fig 5 Fan - Removal
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Fan Rotor
Assemble Procedure
General
This task covers installation of the fan rotor on the engine. Refer to the following illustrations:
Fig 3 Fan - Measure Stretch Dimension
72-00-31-01
Note
beginning work.
3 This part must undergo routine and major periodic inspection. If a serviceable, used fan from another
Support equipment
STD-306 / AR
Depth Micrometer
TL114286-07 / AR
Gauge Kit
TL114286-03 / AR Alternate
Gauge Kit

TL114435
Puller Rod / AR
TL37102-11
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Puller Adapter, LP / AR
TL37102-12
Nut / AR
TL37102-13
Cap, Hydraulic Cylinder / AR

TL37102-14
Pusher Adapter, LP / AR
TL37102-61

TL37102-7

MAT-001
Magnesium Hydroxide FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-013
Lubricant, Dry Graphite FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-017
Procedure
1. Install the Fan Rotor
1.1. CAUTION
Install the fan rotor (1-10) on the LP shaft and align index marks on fan rotor and LP shaft which
were made at removal. Rotate the fan slightly (while keeping index marked aligned) to allow the fan
to engage the splines.
1.2. To make sure that the fan rotor has engaged the splines, measure from the end of the LP shaft to the
forward face of the fan hub. If this dimension is less than 1.0 inch (25.4 mm), the fan is not properly
engaged on the splines and must be corrected before seating the fan with the shaft stretch tool.
1.3. Install the pilot plate assembly (1-40) with the thick flange against the fan. Make sure that the locating
pin is aligned with the hole in the fan flange.
Note
You must seat the fan rotor on the LP shaft using shaft stretch tool before installing the LP nut.
1.4. Seat the fan rotor using shaft stretch tool as follows (Fig 1 Fan - Shaft Stretch Tool):
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.4.1. Install the TL37102-12 LP shaft adapter on the TL37102-11 rod so that the large threaded ID of the
adapter is located on the end of the rod.
1.4.2. Lubricate threads with engine oil (MAT-001) and install the rod/adapter to the front of the LP shaft.
After the adapter is hand tight on the LP shaft, back-off one turn.
1.4.3. Note
Check the functional contact surface of the LP pusher for wear or deformation. Reject pusher if
contact surface flatness deviates by more than 0.005 inch (0.13 mm) in the convex direction or is
concave. See Fig 2 Fan - Inspect LP Pusher Functional Surface
Install TL37102-61 LP pusher over the rod.
1.4.7. CAUTION
DO NOT EXCEED SPECIFIED PRESSURE WHEN PUMPING HYDRAULIC CYLINDER.
EXCESSIVE PRESSURE WILL DAMAGE THE LP SHAFT.
Operate the Hydraulic Pump, Cylinder and Gauge Kit until the gauge indicates 4350 psi. This seats
the fan rotor on the LP shaft.
1.4.8. Release pump pressure and remove all details of stretch tooling.
2. Measure the LP Shaft Stretch (Unstretched Condition)
plate assembly. Refer to Fig 3 Fan - Measure Stretch Dimension.
2.2. Record as unstretched dimension.
3. Install Fan Retainer Nut
3.1. Note
Magnesium hydroxide (MAT-013) must be dry before the fan retainer nut is installed.
Lubricate the face and threads of the fan retainer nut (1-20) and LP shaft with dry graphite lubricant
(MAT-017 preferred), or magnesium hydroxide (MAT-013) and install it on LP shaft, hand tight.
3.2. Tighten fan retainer nut using shaft stretch tool as follows:
3.2.1. Lubricate threads with engine oil and install the TL37102-11 rod and TL37102-12 adapter to the front
of the LP shaft. After the adapter is hand tight on the LP shaft, back-off two turns.
3.2.2. Install TL37102-61 LP pusher over the rod.
3.2.6. CAUTION
DO NOT EXCEED SPECIFIED PRESSURE WHEN PUMPING HYDRAULIC CYLINDER.
EXCESSIVE PRESSURE WILL DAMAGE THE LP SHAFT.
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
It is recommended to have a second person assist with shaft stretch procedures.
Support the TL37102-61 LP pusher while the hydraulic pressure is increased. Do not allow the
pusher to contact the fan nut and keep pusher centered around the nut. Operate the hydraulic hand
pump until the gage indicates 4350 psi. Tighten the fan retainer nut by turning it with a screwdriver
through the holes in the side of the pilot plate.
3.2.7. Release pump pressure.
3.2.8. To make sure parts are seated properly, operate hand pump again and make sure that nut is able to
be loosened (by hand) at 4350 psi (± 50 psi). Tighten nut. If gage reading is above or below limit,
remove fan and reinstall until you get a proper reading.
3.2.9. Remove all details of strech tooling.
4. Measure the LP Shaft Stretch (Stretched Condition)
4.1. Using a depth micrometer, measure from the front face of the LP shaft to the forward face of the pilot
plate assembly. Refer to Fig 3 Fan - Measure Stretch Dimension.
4.2. Record as stretched dimension.
4.3. Subtract unstretched dimension from stretched dimension to determine shaft stretch. Shaft stretch
must be 0.006 - 0.009 inch (0.152 - 0.228 mm).
5. Job Close-up
5.1. Install the fan locking plate (1-30) ensuring teeth engage the grooves on the fan nut.
5.2. Install the spinner (1-10, 72-00-30). Refer to 72-00-30-401.
5.3.1. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual (A.M.M.) and Install the engine cowling.
5.3.2. Close aircraft circuit breakers
Note
If the pilot plate was replaced and the index-marking of the spinner and the fan rotor does not
align, perform a Vibration Survey.
6. Note
– Document Service Life data for the installed component (e.g., if available, add the
documented TBO/LLC card to engine logbook).
Record Service Life data for the installed Fan Rotor, refer to 05-12-00-201 Service Life Tracking.
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723101-0-24235-00535-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CONVEX
SURFACE
ACCEPT
UP TO 0.005 INCH
FUNCTIONAL
CONTACT
SURFACE
CONCAVE
SURFACE
REJECT
44-7231-64
FORWARD LP PUSHER
ICN-FJ-AAA-723164-0-24235-00577-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723109-0-24235-00538-A-001-00
Fig 3 Fan - Measure Stretch Dimension
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-31-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Case and Insert Assembly
General
This task covers removal of the case and insert assembly and the fan stator from the engine. Refer to the
following illustrations:
Fig 1 Case and Insert Assembly - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Fan Stator - Removal - TL037264

Note
beginning work.
2 The part callouts in parentheses in the text correspond to the figure-item numbers used in the illustrated
Support equipment
Removal Tool, Stator Vane to Inlet / AR

Housing
TL037264
Removal Tool, Fan Stator to Inlet / AR

Case
TL099751
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.2. Open the circuit breakers to isolate the engine electrical system.
1.2. Remove the spinner (1-10, 72-00-30). Refer to 72-00-30-401.
1.3. Remove the fan rotor (1-10, 72-00-31). Refer to 72-00-31-401.
1.4. Remove the igntion exciters (1-10, 74-10-01). Refer to 74-10-01-401 in the Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Remove the case and insert assembly as follows:
Note
Mark location of all brackets before removal.
2.1. (FJ44-1A Only) Remove 33 nuts (1-60), 30 screws (1-30), three screws (1-40), and 63 washers
(1-50) from flange. Remove lifting bracket (1-70) and the forward exciter bracket (1-80) from flange.
2.2. (FJ44-1C Only) Remove 33 nuts (1-60), 33 screws (1-30), and 66 washers (1-50) from flange.
Remove the aft ignition bracket (1-35, 74-10-01).
2.3. Carefully remove the case and insert assembly (1-10) from the interstage housing.
2.4. Cover front of the interstage housing to prevent dirt from entering the engine.
Note
If case and insert assembly is to be rejected from the engine, remove the engine identification
plate and transfer it to the new case and insert assembly. Refer to 72-32-10-801, in the
Maintenance Manual.
3. Separate the fan stator vane assembly (1-20) by removing it from the aft side of the case and insert
assembly.
3.1. To remove fan stator using TL037264 Fig 2 Fan Stator - Removal - TL037264:
3.1.1. Attach forward flange of inlet case to plywood base of TL037264.
3.1.2. Engage pins of handle bar in space between inlet case and stator vane OD.
3.1.3. Rotate the handle bar counter-clockwise to disengage the stator from the inlet case.
3.2. To remove fan stator using TL099751 Fig 3 Fan Stator - Removal - TL099751:
3.2.1. Attach forward flange of inlet case to base ring of TL099751. Make sure that the flat spot on the edge
of the inlet forward flange is aligned with the flat spot on the base ring.
3.2.2. Align the flat spot on the support ring with the flat spot on the base ring. Lower the support ring so
that the locating keys engage the space between the inlet case and the stator vane OD.
3.2.3. Using the extension bar detail of TL099751, rotate the support ring counter-clockwise to remove
stator.
FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723203-0-24235-00578-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723212-0-24235-00584-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723244-0-24235-00609-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Case and Insert Assembly
General
This task covers installation of the fan stator in the case and insert assembly, and installation of the case and
insert assembly in the engine. Refer to the following illustrations:
72-00-32-01
Note
beginning work.
2 The part callouts in parentheses in the text correspond to the figure-item numbers used in the illustrated
installation.
4 This part must undergo major periodic inspection. If a serviceable, used case and insert from another

MAT-001
Petrolatum FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR
MAT-009
Procedure
1. Install case and insert assembly as follows:
Note
If case and insert assembly is replaced, transfer engine identification plate to the new case and
insert assembly. Refer to 72-32-10-801, Repair in the Maintenance Manual.
1.1. If the fan stator (1-20) has been removed from the case and insert assembly, re-install it as follows:
FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.1.1. Install the fan stator into the aft side of the inlet case.
1.1.2. Make sure that the fan stator is fully seated in the inlet case.
1.2. Hold stator in place and align and install the case and insert assembly on the interstage housing.
1.3. Apply a thin layer of petrolatum MAT-009 to the shroud for the IP forward labyrinth seal on the ID of
the fan stator. Wipe excess lubricant from the edges of the seal.
1.4. (FJ44-1A Only) Install the lifting bracket at the forward, 12:00 o'clock position on the flange. Secure
with three MS9207-12 screws (1-40), three washers (1-50), and three nuts (1-60).
1.5. Install the oil supply tube clamp bracket (1-70, 79-26-01) on the aft side of the flange. Secure with
one screw (1-30), one washer (1-50), and one nut (1-60).
1.6. (FJ44-1A Only) Install the forward ignition exciter bracket on the aft side of flange. Secure with three
screws (1-40) six washers (1-50) and three nuts (1-60).
1.7. (FJ44-1C Only) Install the aft ignition exciter bracket on the forward side of the flange. Secure with
four screws (1-30) eight washers (1-50) and four nuts (1-60).
1.8. Install the remaining screws (1-30), washers (1-50) and nuts (1-60).
1.9. Torque nuts 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 3.9 N.m).
2. Job Close-up
2.1. Install the ignition exciters. Refer to 74-10-01-401.
2.2. Install the fan rotor. Refer to 72-00-31-401.
2.3. Install the spinner. Refer to 72-00-30-401.
FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723203-0-24235-00578-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-32-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the IP Compressor Rotor
General
This task covers removal of the IP compressor from the engine. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 IP Rotor - Removal
Note
beginning work.
Support equipment
Puller Assembly, IP Compressor / AR

TL099522
Marker, Broad Line FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-032

MAT-033
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.2. Remove the spinner. Refer to 72-00-30-401.
FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.3. Remove the fan rotor. Refer to 72-00-31-401.
1.4. Remove the case and insert assembly. Refer to 72-00-32-401.
2. Remove the IP compressor rotor as follows:
2.1. Prior to removal of the rotor: alignment match-mark the IP compressor rotor and LP shaft to index
mark the location of the rotor to the shaft. Use MAT-033 or equivalent MAT-032 marker.
2.2. Use IP compressor rotor puller, TL099522 to remove the IP rotor (1-10) from the LP shaft. Refer to
Fig 1 IP Rotor - Removal.
3. Note
– If LLC card lists all LLC components, make a copy of LLC card. Update original card by
crossing out component removed. Retain original card with engine log book. Fill out and
send copy of LLC card with component.
Record Service Life data for the IP compressor rotor, refer to 05-12-00-201 Service Life Tracking.
FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
IP COMPRESSOR ROTOR
IP COMPRESSOR
ROTOR PULLER
44-7234-01D
ICN-FJ-AAA-723401-0-24235-00652-A-001-00
Fig 1 IP Rotor - Removal
FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the IP Compressor Rotor
General
This task covers installation of the IP compressor rotor in the engine. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 IP Compressor Rotor - Installation
72-00-34-01
Note
beginning work.
3 This part must undergo major periodic inspection. If a serviceable, used IP compressor rotor from
another engine is to be installed, make sure that it has undergone all scheduled inspections (per
requirements in 05-20-00-601) before installation.
Support equipment
STD-207 / AR
Heat Gun
STD-110 / AR
Oven
Procedure
1. Install the IP compressor rotor as follows:
1.1. CAUTION
max temperature for this component is 360° F (182° C).
Heat the IP compressor rotor (1-10) by putting it in the Oven for 10 to 15 minutes, or locally heat the
hub of the IP compressor rotor by using a Heat Gun and handheld surface temperature probe.
Note
The recommended minimum temperature for heating this component is 340° F (171° C).
FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.2. WARNING
WEAR THERMAL PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN HANDLING HEATED OR CHILLED PARTS.
CAUTION
Complete a vibration survey in the event the alignment index mark is not visible.
Install on LP shaft, aligning index marks. Seat against No. 1 bearing seal runner by hand and allow
rotor to cool.
2. Note
Record Service Life data for the installed IP Compressor Rotor, refer to 05-12-00-201 Service Life
Tracking.
3. Job Close-up
3.1. Install the case and insert assembly. Refer to 72-00-32-401.

FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
IP COMPRESSOR
ROTOR
44-7239-13B
ICN-FJ-AAA-723413-0-24235-00658-A-001-00
Fig 1 IP Compressor Rotor - Installation
FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-34-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Rear Case Assembly
Disconnect, Remove and Disassemble
General
This task covers removal of the rear case assembly from the engine. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Rear Case Assembly - Removal/Installation
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Prepare the engine for maintenance as applicable.
3. Remove the rear bypass duct assembly and related parts. Refer to 72-00-71-301.
4. Remove the rear case assembly as follows (Refer to Fig 1 Rear Case Assembly - Removal/
Installation):
4.1. Remove five bolts (2-80) which attach the rear case assembly (2-90) and five heat exchanger clamps
(2-70) to the rear housing (1-10).
4.2. Using a 1/4 inch hex key, remove borescope plug (1-80, 72-55-10) from the 2nd nozzle through the
hole at the 6:00 position of the rear housing.
4.3. Remove the rear case from the rear housing.
FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-500A-A
72-00-56
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-725601-0-24235-000Q4-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-500A-A
72-00-56
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-500A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Rear Case Assembly
Assemble Procedure
General
This task covers the installation of the rear case assembly. Refer to the following illustration(s):
72-00-56-02

MAT-001
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Install the rear case assembly as follows (Refer to Fig 1 Rear Case Assembly - Removal/Installation):
Note
Lubricate all threads and contact surfaces of nuts and bolts with clean engine oil MAT-001 before
installation unless otherwise noted in text.
2.1. Align and install rear case assembly (2-90). Note that fuel drain boss is at 6 o'clock position (If
applicable to engine model).
2.2. Using a 1/4 inch hex key, install borescope plug (1-80, 72-55-10) to 2nd nozzle through hole at 6:00
position of the rear housing. Torque plug 85 to 95 inch-pounds (9.6 to 10.7 N.m)
2.3. Install five heat exchanger clamps (2-70) on heat exchanger tubing with five screws (2-100) and nuts
(2-110). Torque nuts 25 to 28 inch-pounds (2.8 to 3.1 N.m)
2.4. Attach clamps (2-70) and rear case (2-90) using five bolts (2-80). Torque bolts 49 to 55 inch-pounds
(5.5 to 6.2 N.m).
3. Attach clamps (2-70) and mixer case/rear case (2-90) using five bolts (2-80). Torque bolts 49 to 55
inch-pounds (5.5 to 6.2 N.m).
4. Install the rear bypass duct assembly and related parts. Refer to 72-00-71-401.
5. Put the aircraft back to normal.
FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-700A-A
72-00-56
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
6. Perform a High Power Check in accordance with 71-00-00-501.
FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-700A-A
72-00-56
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-725601-0-24235-000Q4-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-700A-A
72-00-56
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-700A-A
72-00-56 End of data module
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Gearbox Assembly
General
This task covers removal of the gearbox assembly from the engine. Removal procedures for gearbox-mounted
accessory items are referenced to the appropriate Maintenance Manual section. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Fig 1 Gearbox - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Gearbox - Breather Tube Torque Adapter

Note
beginning work.
3 Discard all O-rings and gaskets during disassembly.
Support equipment
Fitting, Oil Drain / AR

TL037255
Torque Adapter, 3/8"" / AR

TL037270
Cover, Gearbox Assy Breather Port / AR

TP216022
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Prepare to Disassemble the Engine.
1.1.2. Open circuit breakers to isolate the engine electrical supply.
1.1.3. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual (A.M.M.) and remove the cowling.
1.2. Remove Gearbox Accessories
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.2.1. Drain oil from the engine using TL037255, oil drain fitting. Refer to 72-00-03-301 in the Maintenance
Manual.
1.2.2. Refer to the Illustrated Parts Catalog and determine if the gearbox assembly includes a magnetic
chip collector. If the magnetic chip collector is not part of the gearbox assembly, remove the magnetic
chip collector assembly. Refer to 79-30-01-401.
1.2.3. If applicable, remove oil temperature and oil pressure sensors (including any associated plumbing or
fittings) from the gearbox assembly. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
1.2.4. Remove the starter/generator from the gearbox. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
1.2.5. Remove the hydraulic pump from the gearbox. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
1.2.6. Remove the gearbox magnetic speed pickup. Refer to 77-12-01-401 in the Maintenance Manual.
1.2.7. Remove the fuel control unit/fuel delivery unit. Refer to 73-21-01-401 in the Maintenance Manual.
1.2.8. Remove the fuel pump from the gearbox, if applicable. Refer to 73-16-01-401 in the Maintenance
Manual.
1.2.9. Remove the lube oil cooler from the gearbox. Refer to 79-22-01-401 in the Maintenance Manual.
1.2.10. Remove the lube and scavenge pump from the gearbox. Refer to 79-24-01-401 in the Maintenance
Manual.
1.2.11. Remove the oil filter from the gearbox. Refer to 79-21-01-401 in the Maintenance Manual.
2. Remove Gearbox Breather Tube - Flexible Configuration
2.1. If applicable, disconnect gearbox breather tube discharge plumbing. Refer to the Aircraft
Maintenance Manual.
2.2. Remove bolt (1-150) and nut (1-160) which secures breather tube loop clamp (1-170) to bracket
(1-140).
2.3. If applicable, remove screw (1-220) from bracket (1-210) which secures the elbow (1-200) in the
service island. Remove O-ring (1-215) from elbow.
2.4. CAUTION
If gearbox has spring-loaded configuration carbon seals, use caution when removing the
breather tube. The breather port carbon seal is not retained when the breather tube assembly
is removed. Make sure that the carbon seal does not fall out. You may install shipping cover
TP216022 or temporarily re-install the breather tube as required to retain carbon seal.
Note
The breather tube flange O-ring (1-130) is present only on engines with magnetic carbon seal
configuration gearbox assemblies. On gearbox assemblies with spring-loaded carbon seals, the
O-ring is located on the carbon seal as part of the gearbox.
Remove two bolts (1-110) and two washers (1-120) which attach breather tube assembly (1-90)
flange and O-ring (1-130) to gearbox. Use TL037270, as required.
3. Remove Gearbox Assembly
3.1. Remove two bolts (1-110) and washers (1-120) which retain breather outlet boss (1-90). Remove
breather outlet boss.
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.2. Remove four nuts (1-40), four washers (1-50), two bolts (1-20), and two washers (1-30) which attach
the gearbox to the engine.
3.3. CAUTION
THE ACCESSORY DRIVE SHAFT IS NOT SECURED AND MAY BE DAMAGED IF DROPPED.
REMOVE THE ACCESSORY DRIVE SHAFT FROM THE INTERSTAGE HOUSING OR THE
GEARBOX ASSEMBLY BEFORE IT DROPS.
Note
To avoid damage to the gearbox flange surface, use a plastic gasket scraper to remove the
gearbox gasket (1-60).
Carefully remove the gearbox (1-10), gearbox gasket (1-60) and the accessory drive shaft (1-70)
from the engine.
Note
Check the accessory drive shaft for wear or damage. Refer to 72-60-10-601.
3.4. Put gearbox in a clean plastic bag to protect from contamination.
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726001-0-24235-01022-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726040-0-24235-01045-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Gearbox Assembly
General
This task covers installation of the gearbox assembly. Installation procedures for gearbox-mounted accessory
items are referenced to the appropriate Maintenance Manual section. Refer to the following illustration(s):
72-00-60-01
CAUTION
If a new part number gearbox is installed on the engine, refer to the Illustrated Parts Catalog (IPC) or
contact Williams International Product Support to make sure that the breather tube is a compatible
configuration. Installing the wrong configuration could result in a sudden loss of oil.
Note
beginning work.
3 During installation, make sure all parts are clean and free from burrs or high metal that might cause
misalignment, interference to mating flanges, or damage to O-rings.
5 This part must undergo major periodic inspection. If a serviceable, used gearbox assembly from another
Support equipment

TL037244
Torque Adapter, 3/8"" / AR

TL037270
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Torque Adapter / AR
TL099924

MAT-001

MAT-011
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
72-00-60 01 260 O-ring
2. Install Gearbox Assembly
2.1. Make sure that mount pads on interstage housing and gearbox assembly are clean and dry.
2.2. The gearbox mounting gasket (1-60) may be re-used if it passes the following criteria:
2.2.1. No evidence of sealing material (rubber) delamination or pull-away from base metal groove side
walls permitted.
2.2.2. Cracks, splits, or other defects which may affect sealing in the rubber component are not permitted.
2.2.3. Raised metal in the sealing surface areas not permitted. It is permitted to stone raised metal and
touch up anodize per 70-42-12-801.
2.2.4. Scratches or defects in the anodize coating may be repaired per 70-42-12-801.
2.2.5. Gearbox gasket must be replaced at the compressor zone inspection interval (Check 4).
2.3. Install gearbox mounting gasket (1-60) (dry) on gearbox (1-10). Make sure oil passages and bolt
holes are aligned.
2.4. Inspect the accessory drive shaft for wear or damage. Refer to 72-60-10-601.
2.5. Install the accessory drive shaft (1-70) into the gearbox assembly and engage it with reduction gear.
Use TL037244 inserted into the starter/generator mounting spline as needed to align splines.
2.6. Align bolt holes and install the gearbox assembly on the interstage housing. Make sure that the
accessory drive shaft engages with the reduction bevel gear in the interstage housing. Attach
gearbox with four washers (1-50), four nuts (1-40), two washers (1-30) and two bolts (1-20).
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.7. Torque nuts (1-40) 110 to 123 inch-pounds (12.4 to 13.8 N.m). Use TL099924 torque adapter as
required.
2.8. Torque bolts (1-20) 49 to 55 inch-pounds (5.5 to 6.2 N.m).
3. Install Breather Tube - Flexible Breather Tube Configuration
3.1. CAUTION
If gearbox has spring-loaded configuration carbon seals, use caution when removing the
shipping cover from the breather port. The breather port carbon seal is not retained when the
shipping cover is removed. Make sure that the carbon seal does not fall out.
CAUTION
If a new part number gearbox is installed on the engine, refer to the Illustrated Parts Catalog
(IPC) or contact Williams International Product Support to make sure that the breather tube is
a compatible configuration. Installing the wrong configuration could result in a sudden loss of
oil.
Install breather tube O-ring (1-130) as follows:
3.1.1. Note
The breather tube flange O-ring (1-130) is present only on engines with magnetic carbon seal
configuration gearbox assemblies. On gearbox assemblies with spring-loaded carbon seals, the
O-ring is located on the carbon seal as part of the gearbox.
For magnetic carbon seal gearbox configuration, lubricate a new O-ring (1-130) with assembly fluid
(MAT-011) and install on breather tube (1-80) flange.
3.1.2. For spring-loaded carbon seal gearbox configuration, make sure that O-ring is present on the OD of
the installed carbon seal assembly.
3.2. CAUTION
Use care not to pinch o-ring during installation of breather tube flange.
Carefully position the breather tube flange on the gearbox housing.
3.3. Install two bolts (1-110) and washers (1-120) to attach breather tube (1-80) flange to gearbox. If fuel
pump is installed, use TL037270 torque adapter. Torque screws 49 to 55 inch-pounds (5.5 to 6.2
N.m).
Note
If hose portion of breather tube is disassembled from either end, reassemble by lubricating ends
with assembly fluid (MAT-011). Torque hose clamp 16 to 18 inch-pounds (1.8 to 2.0 N.m).
3.4. Install loop clamp to breather tube. Secure loop clamp bracket with one bolt and one nut. Torque 49
3.5. Lubricate elbow O-ring with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on elbow. Secure breather tube
elbow in service island by attaching with a bracket and screw. Torque 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to
4.0 N.m).
3.6. Connect the breather tube discharge plumbing to the breather tube, if applicable. Refer to the Aircraft
Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. Job Close-up
4.1. Install Gearbox Accessories
4.1.1. Install oil filter to gearbox. Refer to 79-21-01-401 in the Maintenance Manual.
4.1.2. CAUTION
HYDRAULIC PUMP spline should be clean and dry when installed. Do not use grease or other
lubricant.
Install the hydraulic pump to the gearbox. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
4.1.3. CAUTION
Starter/generator spline should be clean and dry when installed. Do not use grease or other
lubricant.
Install the starter/generator to the gearbox. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
4.1.4. Install the magnetic chip collector assembly (if not already installed as part of the gearbox assembly).
Refer to 79-30-01-401.
4.1.5. Install the lube and scavenge pump to the gearbox. Refer to 79-24-01-401 in the Maintenance
Manual.
4.1.6. Install the fuel pump to the gearbox, if applicable. Refer to 73-16-01-401 in the Maintenance Manual.
4.1.7. Install the fuel control unit/fuel delivery unit. Refer to 73-21-01-401 in the Maintenance Manual.
4.1.8. Install the lube oil cooler to the gearbox. Refer to 79-22-01-401 in the Maintenance Manual.
4.1.9. Install the gearbox magnetic speed pickup. Refer to 77-12-01-401 in the Maintenance Manual.
4.1.10. If applicable, install oil temperature and oil pressure sensors (including any associated plumbing or
fittings). Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
4.2. Service the engine with oil. Refer to 72-00-03-301 in the Maintenance Manual.
4.3. Put Engine Back to Normal
4.3.1. Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual (A.M.M.) and install the cowling.
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726001-0-24235-01022-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726040-0-24235-01045-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-60-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Rear Bypass Duct Assembly
General
This task covers removal of the rear bypass duct assembly from the engine. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Rear Bypass Duct - Cable Actuator Housing - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Rear Bypass Duct - Removal/Installation
Note
beginning work.
Support equipment
STD-207 / AR
Heat Gun
Procedure
1. Job Set-up

1.1.3. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual (A.M.M.) and do the following:
1.1.3.1. Remove the cowling.
1.1.3.2. Remove the tailpipe.
1.2. Remove the start nozzle control valve (1-10, 73-22-01). Refer to 73-22-01-401.
2. Remove Rear Bypass Duct and Related Parts
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1. Remove the two screws (280, 76-20-01) and the two washers (20, 76-20-01) which attach the cover
plate (290, 76-20-01) to the LP trip sensor housing. Remove the cover plate.
2.2. Measure and record trigger pin end play. Refer to 76-20-01-501 in the Maintenance Manual.
2.3. Remove two screws (1-270, 76-20-01), four washers (1-20, 76-20-01), and two nuts (1-260,
76-20-01) which attach the cable actuator housing (1-240, 76-20-01) to the LP trip sensor housing.
Refer to Fig 1 Rear Bypass Duct - Cable Actuator Housing - Removal/Installation.
2.4. (FJ33 Only) Remove the trip sensor cable from the FDU support boss.
2.5. Remove the cable actuator housing by sliding the housing straight forward. Wrap a protective
covering on the open end of the housing to prevent contamination and accidental actuation.
2.6. Remove trigger pin (1-100, 76-20-01) from housing.
2.7. While holding the LP trip lever (1-50, 76-20-01) (through the trip lever housing), push adjustment
spring (1-40, 76-20-01) located on rear housing forward to release the trip lever. Remove the trip
lever through the trip lever housing.
2.8. Note
Trip lever adjustment spring and spring shaft are not normally removed during engine
disassembly.
If trip lever adjustment spring or spring shaft require removal, remove from bracket on rear case/
mixer as follows:
2.8.1. Use a Heat Gun to release locking compound which retains spring shaft bolt. Remove bolt (1-10,
76-20-01) and washer (1-20).
2.8.2. Remove spring (1-30) and lever spring shaft (1-40).
2.9. If required, remove drain fitting (160) and O-ring (150) from transfer tube adapter.
2.10. Remove two screws (1-90), four washers (1-80), and two nuts (1-70) and remove the external
transfer tube adapter (1-140) from bottom of duct. Refer to Fig 2 Rear Bypass Duct - Removal/
Installation .
2.11. Remove the transfer (drain) tube (1-110) from the boss in the duct by installing an 8-32 screw into the
tube end. Remove two O-rings (1-120 and 1-100) from the tube.
2.12. Index mark front bypass duct, rear mount ring, and rear bypass duct and brackets for assembly
purposes.
2.13. If applicable, remove the rear mount sleeve (65) from the rear mount ring.
3. Remove Rear Bypass Duct attaching hardware
3.1. Remove 24 screws (1-40), 24 nuts (1-30), washers (1-20), and 10 brackets (1-50) securing the rear
bypass duct to the front bypass duct. Remove the rear bypass duct (1-10) from the engine.
3.2. Remove the rear mount ring (1-60).
3.3. Clean RTV from flange mating surfaces (if present).
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
LEVER
TRIP REMOVAL
LEVER
SPRING BRACKET LEVER

(ON REAR CASE/ SPRING
MIXER) SHAFT
SCREW NUT
WASHER REAR
SPRING WASHER
BYPASS
DUCT
WASHER
SCREW
NUT
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW WASHER
TRIGGER
PIN
WASHER CABLE
HOUSING ACTUATOR
HOUSING GASKET HOUSING
SCREW COVER
44-7620-01E
ICN-FJ-AAA-762001-0-24235-01885-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-727109-0-24235-01249-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Rear Bypass Duct Assembly
General
This task covers installation of the rear bypass duct assembly. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 3 Rear Bypass Duct - Apply RTV to Flanges
Fig 4 Rear Bypass Duct - ITT Bracket Locations

72-00-71-01
Note
beginning work.
the centerline.
5 This part must undergo major periodic inspection. If a serviceable, used rear bypass duct from another
05-20-00-801 EM) before installation.

MAT-001

MAT-011
Acetone FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR
MAT-019
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01

MAT-027
Sealant, RTV 106 FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-090
Compound Retaining, 620 FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-093
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
72-00-71 01 100 O-ring
72-00-71 01 120 O-ring
72-00-71 01 130 O-ring
72-00-71 01 150 O-ring
76-20-01 01 230 Gasket, cable housing
2. Apply RTV to mounting flange
2.1. WARNING
WARNING
ACETONE IS A CLEAR LIQUID WHICH IS FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE. IT IS
SUGGESTED THAT A SOURCE OF CLEAN WATER BE AVAILABLE IN WORK AREA FOR
FLUSHING EYES AND SKIN. WEAR CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE GOGGLES, GLOVES, AND
CLOTHING TO PREVENT SKIN CONTACT. AVOID BREATHING VAPORS AND MAKE SURE
ADEQUATE VENTILATION IS AVAILABLE OR USE A RESPIRATOR. CONSUMPTION OF
ACETONE MAY BE HAZARDOUS TO YOUR HEALTH.
Clean the bottom 180 degrees of the flange area mating surfaces of the rear bypass duct, mount
ring, and front bypass duct. Use a cloth soaked with isopropyl alcohol (MAT-027) or acetone
(MAT-019).
2.2. Apply RTV sealant MAT-090 to the bottom 180 degrees of the flange mating surfaces of the rear
bypass duct, mount ring, and front bypass duct. See Fig 3 Rear Bypass Duct - Apply RTV to Flanges.
Note
RTV sealant must also be applied to the rear flange of the rear bypass duct and the tailpipe
flange.
3. Mount rear bypass duct
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.1. Install the rear mount ring (1-60). Make sure that the uniball mount is located on the inboard side of
the engine and that mount is clocked 90 degrees from top dead center.
3.2. Install the rear bypass duct assembly (1-10), aligning the index mark made during disassembly.
Attach with 24 screws (1-40), 24 nuts (1-30), 10 brackets (1-50), and 48 washers (1-20). Torque nuts
31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 4.0 N.m). Refer to Fig 4 Rear Bypass Duct - ITT Bracket Locations for
ITT bracket locations.
3.3. If applicable, install rear mount sleeve on rear mount ring.
4. Install transfer tube and drain fitting
4.1. Lube two O-rings (1-120 and 1-100) with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on transfer tube
(1-110). Install transfer tube into port. Refer to Fig 1 Rear Bypass Duct - Removal/Installation.
4.2. Lube new O-ring (1-130) with assembly fluid and install on transfer tube adapter (1-140). Install
transfer tube adapter and attach with two screws (1-90), four washers (1-80), and two nuts (1-70).
Torque 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 3.9 N.m)
4.3. If drain fitting (160) was removed, lube new O-ring (150) with assembly fluid and install on fitting.
Install drain fitting into transfer tube adapter and torque 60 to 70 inch-pounds (6.8 to 7.9 N.m).
5. Install the LP trip lever and related parts as follows (Fig 2 Rear Bypass Duct - Cable Actuator
Housing - Removal/Installation):
5.1. Install and adjust the trigger pin
5.1.1. Insert the trigger pin through the LP trip sensor housing bushing to check for free travel. Insert both
ends of the pin and slide it all the way to the adjustment screw. Reject trigger pin if it binds. Remove
trigger pin from bushing.
5.1.2. If lever adjustment spring and shaft were removed from the rear case/mixer, install them as follows:
5.1.2.1. Install the shaft (1-40, 76-20-01) and position on the forward side of the bracket
5.1.2.2. Coat the threads of the bolt (1-10) with retaining compound (MAT-093).
5.1.2.3. Install the washer (1-20) and spring (1-30) on the bolt. Install the bolt into the shaft from the aft side
of the bracket.
5.1.2.4. Torque the bolt 25 to 28 inch-pounds (2.8 to 3.2 N.m).
5.1.3. Slide the trip lever assembly (1-50, 76-20-01) through the trip sensor housing and the rear housing
strut with the trip lever notch facing forward. Push the adjustment spring (1-40, 76-20-01) (located on
the rear housing) forward to allow trip lever to enter. Release the adjustment spring when the trip
lever notch is aligned with the slot in the adjustment spring bolt. Move the lever axially to make sure
that it does not bind.
5.1.4. Insert the trigger pin (1-100, 76-20-01) through the bushing on the LP trip sensor housing assembly
(part of the rear bypass duct).
5.1.5. Position the trip lever by pulling it radially outward until the pin contacts the top of the trip lever cup.
Look through the witness hole at the bottom of the lever cup to make sure that the pin is seated
properly.
5.1.6. Check to make sure that the trip mechanism has not actuated by pushing on the inner cable (1-250,
76-20-01) from the fuel control end. If the mechanism is set (not actuated) the cable should not
move.
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.1.7. Adjust the LP trip lever/recalculate trigger pin length ( 76-20-01-501 in the applicable Maintenance
Manual) if any of the following conditions apply:
5.1.7.1. Trigger pin end play dimension was not acceptable before disassembly.
5.1.7.2. Trip lever adjustment screw has been disturbed
5.1.7.3. Trip lever, rear housing, or rear bypass duct were replaced.
Note
If the trigger pin was damaged or lost, the trigger pin dimension must be recalculated. Refer to
76-20-01-501. If trip mechanism was actuated, mechanism must be reset. Refer to
76-20-01-501.
6. Remove protective covering and install cable actuator housing (1-240, 76-20-01) and gasket (1-230,
76-20-01).
7. Attach the housing and gasket with two screws (1-270, 76-20-01), four washers (1-20, 76-20-01),
and two nuts (1-260, 76-20-01). Torque screws 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 4.0 N.m).
8. Install the cover plate (1-290, 76-20-01) to the LP trip sensor housing. Attach the cover plate with two
screws (1-280, 76-20-01) and washers (1-20, 76-20-01). Torque screws 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to
4.0 N.m).
9. Install the start nozzle control valve (1-10, 73-22-01). Refer to 73-22-01-401 in the Maintenance
Manual.
10. Job Close-up

10.1.1. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual (A.M.M.) and do the following:
10.1.1.1. Make sure that the rear mount ring is properly connected to the aircraft rear mount.
10.1.1.2. Note
RTV sealant (MAT-090) must be applied to the rear flange of the rear bypass duct and the
tailpipe flange.
Install the tailpipe.
10.1.1.3. Install the cowling.
10.1.2. Close Aircraft circuit breakers.
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-727109-0-24235-01249-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
LEVER
TRIP REMOVAL
LEVER

MIXER) SHAFT
SCREW NUT
WASHER REAR
SPRING WASHER
BYPASS
DUCT
WASHER
SCREW
NUT
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW WASHER
TRIGGER
PIN
WASHER CABLE
HOUSING ACTUATOR
SCREW COVER
44-7620-01E
ICN-FJ-AAA-762001-0-24235-01885-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-727107-0-24235-01248-A-001-00
Fig 3 Rear Bypass Duct - Apply RTV to Flanges
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-727104-0-24235-01245-A-001-00
Fig 4 Rear Bypass Duct - ITT Bracket Locations
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-00-71-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Internal Cooling and Sealing Air System - Description and Operation
Description
1. General
Cooling air is important in maintaining the long life of the core engine parts by keeping them from
getting too hot. Pressurized air is used to seal one area of the engine from another. Intermediate
pressure (IP) compressor air, high pressure (HP) compressor air, and compressor discharge
pressure (CDP) air are used for sealing and cooling engine areas and parts.
2. Description and Operation

2.1. Air Seals
The primary function of the air seals is to prevent air pressure from leaking at different areas of the
engine. Another function of the air seals is to vent cooling air to hot engine parts, mainly the HP and
LP turbine rotors.
Compressor discharge pressure (CDP) air from the diffuser is routed to the heat exchanger where it
is cooled and returned via the 1st LP nozzle to the No. 3 and 4 carbon seals and bearing cavities.
The rest of the CDP air is routed to the LP turbine discs through integral 1st nozzle air tubes.
2.2. Oil Seals
The No. 3 and No. 4 bearing cavity oil seals receive CDP sealing air through the 1st LP turbine
nozzle.
2.3. Cooling Air
Cooling air from the HP compressor cools the HP nozzle (hollow) vanes, the HP turbine disc fir trees,
and the fuel slinger/seal assembly.
2.4. Breather System
Sealing air is mixed with oil in the bearing cavities and is then scavenged back to the gearbox. The
gearbox contains an air/oil separator to remove the air from the oil. After separation, the air is routed
overboard by a breather tube.
FJ-AAA-72-02-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Spinner
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the spinner.
72-00-30-01
Note
the centerline.
the part should not be used in its present condition. If there is no approved repair procedure listed, you
should keep the part for a possible future repair procedure and/or contact Williams International, Pontiac,
Michigan, USA for service.

MAT-043

MAT-096
Procedure
1. Visual Inspection
1.1. Inspect the spinner tip for:
Blunted condition within the limits of repair. Repair, refer to 72-30-10-801
Blunted condition greater than the limits of repair Reject
FJ-AAA-72-30-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.2. Inspect the spinner surface for:
Minor erosion, evidenced by a rough surface Remove roughness by lightly smoothing with
and multiple small, shallow pits closely grouped handstone (MAT-043).
(.005 inch max depth).
Nicks within the limits of repair. Repair, refer to 72-30-10-801
Nicks greater than the limits of repair Reject
Scratches/gouges within the limits of repair Repair, refer to 72-30-10-801
Scratches/gouges greater than the limits of Reject

repair.
Dents within the limits of repair. Repair, refer to 72-30-10-801
Dents greater than the limits of repair Reject
1.3. WARNING
SKIN OR EYES.
If spinner is rejected, record the size and position of any trim balance weights. Remove weights and
transfer to same relative position(s) on the new spinner. Position of weights is relative to the
alignment mark with the fan. Secure the balance weights using epoxy primer MAT-096.
FJ-AAA-72-30-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Blend Repair the Spinner
Miscellaneous
General
This task contains procedures for repairing the spinner by blending out damage and restoring the correct profile of
the tip. Do this task if the component inspection/check task indicates that the damage is repairable. Refer to the
Fig 1 Spinner - Repair

MAT-043

MAT-050
Procedure
1. General Blend Requirements
1.1. Surface blends must be made to a concave diameter at least 10 times the blend depth. Use
handstone (MAT-043) for blending.
1.2. Minor erosion, evidenced by a rough surface and multiple small, shallow pits closely grouped, is
acceptable to a maximum depth of 0.005 inches. Only light smoothing with handstone is necessary
to remove any roughness.
1.3. All blends must be touched up with chemical conversion coating. Refer to 70-42-12-801.
2. Blend Limits
Blend Limits - FJ44

MAX DAMAGE SIZE MAX NUMBER OF BLENDS
Minor erosion See General Blend Requirements
0.015 inch deep face nicks Total area of nicks not to exceed 0.625 square
inches
FJ-AAA-72-30-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Scratches or gouges up to: Total area of scratches/gouges not to exceed 0.5

0.015 inch deep by 0.1 inch wide by 0.1 inch square inches
long; or
0.005 inch deep by 0.010 inch wide by 0.5 inch
long; or
0.007 inch deep by 0.020 inch wide by 0.5 inch
long.
0.10 inch deep dents; 0.5 inch max diameter Five dents maximum
Dents or nicks on spinner aft edge up to 0.050 Max quantity of 5 defects per part.
inch (1.27 mm) from edge face Surface length and radius of blends must be 3
times the max blend depth.
Repaired areas checked using local penetrant
inspection. Refer to 70-42-15-601 for NDI
methods. No cracks allowed.
3. Repair blunted spinner tip as follows:
3.1. The maximum damage allowed is that which can be repaired by grinding the tip to a maximum radius
of:
3.1.1. FJ44-1 Series: 0.050 inch (1.27 mm)
3.1.2. FJ44-2 Series: 0.080 inch (2.03 mm)
3.1.3. FJ44-3 Series and FJ44-1AP: 0.080 inch (2.03 mm)
3.1.4. FJ44-4 Series: 0.088 inch (2.23 mm)
3.1.5. FJ33 Series: 0.064 inch (1.62 mm)
3.2. Machine the spinner tip within the limits of repair (Fig 1 Spinner - Repair). Refer to 70-42-11-801.
3.3. WARNING
CHEMICAL CONVERSION SOLUTION IS TOXIC TO SKIN, EYES, AND LUNGS. YOU MUST
WEAR SKIN AND EYE PROTECTION. AVOID REPEATED OR PROLONGED CONTACT. GOOD
GENERAL VENTILATION IS USUALLY SUFFICIENT.
Apply chemical conversion coating MAT-050 to finished surface. Refer to 70-42-12-801.
4. Job Close-up
4.1. If there is any possibility of foreign object ingestion, troubleshooting must be performed. Refer to the
'Bird Strike or Foreign Object Ingestion' chart in Troubleshooting, 71-00-00-501.
FJ-AAA-72-30-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723007-0-24235-00530-A-001-00
Fig 1 Spinner - Repair
FJ-AAA-72-30-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-30-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Fan Retainer Nut
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the fan retainer nut. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fan Retainer Nut - Inspection/Check
72-00-31-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Visually inspect the fan retainer nut (1-20, 72-00-31) for:
Thread damage Reject
Nicks on outside face up to 0.030 inch Accept
Nicks on outside face greater than previous step Reject
Material transfer on clamp face which cannot be Accept

felt with a 0.060 inch diameter stylus
Material transfer on clamp face greater than Reject

previous step
FJ-AAA-72-31-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723115-0-24235-00543-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fan Retainer Nut - Inspection/Check
FJ-AAA-72-31-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-31-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Fan Locking Plate
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the fan locking plate. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fan Locking Plate - Inspection
72-00-31-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Visual Inspection
1.1. Visually inspect the fan locking plate (1-30, 72-00-31) for:
Wear or fretting on clamp face surfaces Reject
Wear or fretting on anti-rotation features Reject
FJ-AAA-72-31-12-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723116-0-24235-00544-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fan Locking Plate - Inspection
FJ-AAA-72-31-12-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-31-12-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Spinner Pilot Plate Assembly
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the spinner pilot plate assembly. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Spinner Pilot Plate Assembly - Inspection
72-00-31-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Visually inspect the spinner pilot plate assy (1-40, 72-00-31) for:
Burrs on pilot diameter Repair, refer to 70-42-11-801
Missing or damaged shank nuts or inserts, Reject.

depending on configuration
Loose or missing roll pin Reject.
FJ-AAA-72-31-15-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
TYPE 1
WINDOW
FEATURE
ROLL
PIN
PILOT
DIAMETER
SHANK
NUT
TYPE 2
ROLL
PIN
THREADED
INSERT
44-7231-04B
ICN-FJ-AAA-723104-0-24235-00536-A-001-00
Fig 1 Spinner Pilot Plate Assembly - Inspection
FJ-AAA-72-31-15-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-31-15-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Fan Rotor
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the fan rotor. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fan Blade Edge Blending - Inspection Zones
Fig 2 Fan Blade Surfaces - FJ44-1A and FJ44-1C - Inspection Zones
72-00-31-01
Note
the centerline.

MAT-021
Cleaner, Gas Path FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-031
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. WARNING
SPINNER TIP IS EXTREMELY SHARP. USE CAUTION WHEN WORKING AROUND SPINNER TO
AVOID INJURY.
Note
1 If you find damage to fan that indicates foreign object damage, you must do a borescope
inspection of the compressor section. Refer to 71-00-30-601.
2 If periodic inspection requirements require physical inspection of fan rotor, all accessible
surfaces must be closely examined by touch and/or close visual inspection.
Prepare to inspect the Fan Rotor
1.1.3. Remove the cowl. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
2. CAUTION
Fan rotor is made of titanium. Do not clean the fan rotor with ethanol or methanol alcohol.
Clean the fan before inspection. Use compressor cleaner (MAT-021 or MAT-031).
3. Visually inspect fan blades for damage as follows (Fig 1 Fan Blade Edge Blending - Inspection
Zones ):
3.1. Inspect the blade leading edges (Zones B, C, and D) for:
Dents or nicks within limits of repair. Repair, refer to 72-31-20-801
Dents or nicks greater than limits of repair. Reject
Bend on blade tip. Reject.
3.2. Minor erosion on blade leading edges evidenced by rough leading edges (minute serrations) and
multiple small shallow pits closely grouped - Polish smooth using 120-grit aluminum oxide cloth to
remove any roughness on the leading edge, working up to a final polish using 600-grit, with minimum
material removal. No blending allowed.
3.3. Inspect the blade trailing edges (Zones E1 and E2) for:
Note
You should inspect the trailing edges by feel. If you feel damage, or if there is excessive damage
on leading edge, remove the fan for detailed inspection and repair.
Nicks or dents within limits of repair Repair, refer to 72-31-20-801
Nicks or dents greater than limits of repair Reject
Bend on blade tip. Reject
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.4. Inspect the blade face surfaces and blade root edges (Zones A and F). Refer to the following figure
for definition of blade surface inspection zones (by engine model/type): Fig 2 Fan Blade Surfaces -
FJ44-1A and FJ44-1C - Inspection Zones .
Defects, damage, or blended areas in zone A Erosion or scratch, refer to 72-31-20-801. Nicks
or other damage - Reject. If blended areas are
present in zone A - Reject.
Note
If the Fan is found to be rejectable, contacting WI Product Support
the finding and assistance is recommended.
Nicks in zone F within the limits of repair Repair, refer to 72-31-20-801
Nicks in zone F greater than limits of repair Reject
3.5. Inspect fan rotor tip (Zone D2) for:
Rub indications, build-up, or face nicks within Refer to 72-31-20-801 for blend repair limits
the limits of repair
Rub indication or damage greater than limits of Reject

repair
Blue discoloration up to 0.125 inch (3.18 mm) Accept

depth
Blue discoloration greater than 0.125 inch (3.18 Reject

mm) depth
3.6. Area between blades
Smooth machine tool marks on fan hub between Accept

blades up to 0.003 inch (0.076 mm) deep
4. Inspect fan blade leading and trailing edges for mid-span deformation. If deformation is evident,
reject.
5. If fan rotor is removed (per scheduled maintenance requirements) inspect the bore/spline/web face
areas of fan rotor bore for:
5.1. Inspect the splines for:
Cracks, chips, gouges Reject
Fretting indications (material transfer) which Accept

cannot be felt with a 0.060 inch diameter stylus.
Fretting indications (material transfer) which can Reject

be felt with a 0.060 inch diameter stylus.
Slight deformation of spline leading edge due to Remove raised material with hand stone
assembly damage up to 0.020 inch (0.50 mm)
long x 0.002 inch (0.050 mm) deep.
5.2. Inspect the bore for:
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Cracks, chips, gouges, dents Reject
Scratches on pilot diameters Accept
Fretting indications (material transfer) which can Reject

be felt with a 0.060 inch diameter stylus.
Scratches up to 0.005 inch deep on the OD of Polish with 600 grit aluminum oxide cloth to
the aft bore (within 1.100 inches of the aft edge remove defect.
of the bore).
5.3. Inspect the forward and aft clamp faces of the bore for:
Fretting Reject
Wear Reject
Nicks up to 0.005 inch (0.13 mm) deep in the ID Remove raised material with hand stone. Do not
chamfer of the aft clamp face. blend onto pilot ID.
Nicks up to 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) deep on the Hand stone to smooth blend in the
forward and aft clamp faces circumferential direction in a minimum 5:1 width-
to-depth ratio. Multiple blends must be
separated by two times the largest blend.
Blending is not to exceed 20% of the clamp face
area. Perform local penetrant inspection.
5.4. Inspect the webface of the rotor for:
Cracks, nicks, gouges Reject
5.5. Inspect the spinner clearance area of the rotor for:
Tool mark (nick or dent) up to 0.010 inch (0.25 Blend with aluminum oxide cloth to remove
mm) deep raised material or sharp edges.
5.6. Inspect the puller shoulder area of the rotor for:
Burr on edge from tool contact. Remove raised material with hand stone and
smooth sharp edge with aluminum oxide cloth.
Perform NDI inspection on repaired area.
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723110-0-24235-00539-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
3.54
A F
0.75
PRESSURE SIDE OF BLADE

1.12
1.24
A
0.75
SUCTION SIDE OF BLADE
44-7231-57
ICN-FJ-AAA-723157-0-24235-00571-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Blend Repair the Fan Rotor
Miscellaneous
General
This task contains procedures for repairing the fan rotor by blending and restoring the surface finish to damaged
areas. This task also describes the extent of damage which may be repaired by this method. Refer to
72-31-20-601 for visual inspection criteria. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 2 Fan Blade - Blending of Deep Edge Nicks

Support equipment
STD-204 / AR
Carborundum Hand Stone

MAT-040

MAT-042
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. WARNING
SPINNER TIP IS EXTREMELY SHARP. USE CAUTION WHEN WORKING AROUND SPINNER TO
AVOID INJURY.
Prepare to Blend Repair the Fan Rotor
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Repair the Fan Rotor
2.1. CAUTION
THE FAN IS MADE OF TITANIUM. DO NOT GRIND. Use hand blending only.
CAUTION
BE EXTREMELY CAREFUL WHEN BLENDING BLADES TO MAKE SURE THAT TITANIUM IS
NOT OVERHEATED (TOO HOT TO TOUCH). OVERHEATING RESULTS IN A BLUE
DISCOLORATION AND THE BLADE IS EASILY CRACKED. IF THE FAN IS OVERHEATED, AS
EVIDENCED BY BLUE DISCOLORATION, contacting WI Product Support
(How to Contact Williams International (FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A)) is recommended.
Refer to visual inspection task for allowable limits for Blue discoloration on the tip of the fan
blades. If necessary, smooth any material that has displaced onto the pressure side of the
blade. USE 180 GRIT ALUMINUM OXIDE (MAT-040) OR SILICON CARBIDE (MAT-042) CLOTH
TO FINISH BLEND THE BLADES TO REMOVE ANY NICKS, SHARP EDGES, OR TOOL MARKS.
CAUTION
If blending is performed on installed fan rotor, do not allow any removed material or foreign
objects to enter compressor gas path when blending blades. Engine will be damaged if it is
operated with blending debris or other foreign objects in the gas path. Use vacuum
equipment to ensure that all debris is removed.
CAUTION
Fan repairs allowed per the manual may cause undesired acoustical effects (noise). If such a
characteristic is present, contacting Williams International Product Support for assistance is
recommended.
Note
If the fan is found to be rejectable, contacting WI Product Support
Clean the fan blades before blending or inspection.
2.2. Examine the fan blades with a bright light and 5x magnification to check the amount of damage.
Refer to Fig 1 Fan Blade Edge Blending - Inspection Zones, Fig 2 Fan Blade - Blending of Deep
Edge Nicks and Fig 3 Fan Blade Surfaces - FJ44-1A and FJ44-1C - Inspection Zones, and the table
of blend limits to determine the quantity, size, and location of repairable defects. If defects exceed
limits, reject fan.
2.3. Blend Limits:
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ZONE MAX BLENDABLE DAMAGE SIZE ALLOWABLE EXTENT OF BLEND
A No damage allowed. If there is a minor No blending allowed. After polishing,

scratch (<0.001 inch deep), polish to only visual inspection is required.
remove scratch. Penetrant inspection and balancing is
not required.
B 0.10 inch deep dents and nicks. Total edge blending in Zone B not to
exceed 1 inch per blade.See Notes 1
and 3.
C 0.15 inch deep dents and nicks. Total edge blending in Zone C not to
exceed 1.5 inch per blade.See Notes 2
and 3.
D Not to exceed the zone dimensions Dimension "M" not to exceed 0.25 inch
shown in Fig 1 Fan Blade Edge per blade. Dimension "N" not to exceed
Blending - Inspection Zones 1.0 inch per blade. See Note 1 and 3.
Blade-thickness grooves or scratches Smooth blend to remove sharp edges

not to exceed 0.016 inch (0.40 mm) in and raised material. Visually inspect
depth. Three blades may be blended up repaired area using bright light and 5x
to 0.025 inch (0.63 mm) deep. magnification. Penetrant inspection is
not required.
Face nicks to 0.020 inch (0.50 mm), 4 Blend for cosmetic acceptability per
total per blade general blend instructions. Visually
D2 inspect repaired area using bright light
and 5x magnification. Penetrant
inspection is not required.
Aluminum metal build-up Remove with MAT-040 or MAT-042

abrasive paper using light pressure.
Visually inspect repaired area using
bright light and 5x magnification.
Penetrant inspection is not required.
E1 0.15 inch deep dents and nicks Total edge blending in Zone E1 not to
exceed 1.75 inch per blade. See Note 2.
E2 0.15 inch deep dents and nicks Total edge blending in Zone E2 not to
exceed 2.25 inch per blade. See Note 1.
F 0.020 inch deep face nicks. Five per side unless some are back-to-
back, then six total. See Note 3. Visually
inspect repaired area using bright light
and 5x magnification. Penetrant
inspection is not required.
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ZONE MAX BLENDABLE DAMAGE SIZE ALLOWABLE EXTENT OF BLEND
Note
1 Total number of Zones B, D, or E2 blends per rotor not to exceed 8 of each kind. No more
than four adjacent blended blades of any of these types per rotor.
2 Total allowable length of Zone C and E1 blends per rotor is limited to:1.5 x Length of All
Zone C Blends + Length of All Zone E1 Blends = 15 Inch Max. No more than three
adjacent blended blades allowed per rotor.
3 For multiple nicks less than 0.050 inch in length x 0.015 inch in depth, in Zones:B,C,D,
and F, light smoothing to remove raised metal is allowed.
2.4. Remove blade damage as follows:
2.4.1. CAUTION
This is a critical part.
Repair damage to blades by blending. Refer to Blend Limits table and Fig 1 Fan Blade Edge
Blending - Inspection Zones, Fig 2 Fan Blade - Blending of Deep Edge Nicks and Fig 3 Fan Blade
Surfaces - FJ44-1A and FJ44-1C - Inspection Zones for a definition of reparable areas. Blend in
accordance with the following general requirements:
2.4.1.1. Use Carborundum Hand Stone for blending.
2.4.1.2. The surface length of all leading and trailing edge blends must be 5 times the maximum blend depth.
2.4.1.3. Surface blends must be made to a concave diameter 5 times the blend depth.
2.4.1.4. All blends made on leading and trailing edges must leave a full radius on the airfoil (see Fig 2 Fan
Blade - Blending of Deep Edge Nicks).
2.4.2. Polish scored surfaces with aluminum oxide cloth (MAT-040).
2.4.3. If blending installed fan, use vacuum to remove metal particles from inlet case.
2.5. Visually inspect the repaired areas. Make sure they conform to the limits and contours in Fig 1 Fan
Blade Edge Blending - Inspection Zones and Fig 2 Fan Blade - Blending of Deep Edge Nicks.
3. Job Close-up
3.1. Check repaired areas for cracks using local penetrant inspection unless otherwise specified in the
blend limits, above. Refer to 70-42-15-601 for non-destructive inspection (NDI) methods. No cracks
are allowed.
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723110-0-24235-00539-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723111-0-24235-00540-A-001-00
Fig 2 Fan Blade - Blending of Deep Edge Nicks
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
3.54
A F
0.75
PRESSURE SIDE OF BLADE

1.12
1.24
A
0.75
SUCTION SIDE OF BLADE
44-7231-57
ICN-FJ-AAA-723157-0-24235-00571-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-31-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Case and Insert Assembly
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the inlet case and fan shroud insert. Refer to the following illustrations:
Fig 1 Case and Insert Assembly - Inspection
Fig 2 Case and Insert Assembly - Flange and Shroud Inserts
72-00-32-01 and 72-32-10-01

Note
the centerline.

MAT-040

MAT-043
Procedure
1. Visually inspect case as follows:
FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
If the case and insert assembly is rejected and requires replacement, the engine identification
plate must be removed and installed on the new case and insert assembly. Refer to
72-32-10-801 in the Maintenance Manual.
1.1. Inspect case surface for:
CAUTION
DO NOT CONTACT ALUMINUM INSERT WITH ACID SOLUTION.
Corrosion with pitting of ID surface of nitronic Remove corrosion products with stiff nylon or
steel case bristle brush, emery cloth, or scotch brite pad.
Do not use metallic brush.
Alternate method to brush is to use 600 grit
aluminum oxide or silicon carbide paper
(MAT-040).
If rust spots remain, clean with 5% phosphorus
acid solution.
Reclean part.
1.2. Inspect the forward flange insert for:
Bends or distortion Reject
Wear/fretting with material transfer that is Reject

detectable by a 0.060 inch diameter stylus
Wear/fretting less than previous step Accept
Loose or missing rivet Reject
1.3. Inspect the rear flange of the inlet case for:
Wear/fretting with material transfer that is Reject

detectable by a 0.060 inch diameter stylus
Wear/fretting less than previous step Accept
1.4. Inspect the outer surfaces and inner flowpath of the inlet case for:
Nicks, gouges, dents; 0.030 inch (0.762 mm) Accept

deep x 0.25 (6.35 mm) length and width; must
be separated by 2 inches (50.8 mm); 5 total
Scratches/nicks/fretting on the outer diameter Smooth blend defects with handstones

surface of the inlet case up to 0.010 inch (0.25 (MAT-043) using 5:1 width:depth ratio.
mm) depth
Nicks, gouges, dents greater than previous Reject

steps
1.5. Inspect the holes for the identification plate for:
FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Oversize holes that prevent installation and Reject

retention of the grooved studs
1.6. Inspect the identification plate for:
Wear or damage that causes the identification Replace. Refer to 72-32-10-801

plate data to be illegible.
2. Note
For insert designs which include abradable surfaces, corrosion limits do not apply to the
abradable surface itself, but only the aluminum sheet metal surface.
Inspect the fan shroud insert for:
Corrosion Clean with scotch brite pad. If pitting remains,

use a stiff nylon or bristle brush. Do no use a
metallic brush. It is also allowable to use 600 grit
aluminum oxide or silicon carbide paper. Touch-
up chemical conversion coating in accordance
with 70-42-12-801 in the Maintenance Manual.
Bends or distortion Reject.
Loose or missing rivets Reject.
Nicks, gouges, dents up to 0.080 inch (2.03 mm) Blend to remove raised material or sharp
depth (areas other than seal ribs). corners using handstone (MAT-043).
Nicks, gouges, dents greater than previous step Reject.
Visible cracks Blend to remove cracks using length and width

to depth ratio of 5 to 1.
Fan shroud abradable damage is allowed up to Blend to remove raised material or sharp edges.
a maximum circumferential length of two fan
blade spaces (positioning fan blade over center
of damaged area, damage must not extend to
both adjacent fan blades). Cumulative abradable
damage is limited to a maximum of 5.8 square
inches (3742 square mm). Abradable damage
may expose bare metal, but no visible damage
to bare metal allowed. No sharp edges, cracks,
or loose material allowed.
Rub indications or erosion on fan shroud Blend to remove raised material or sharp edges.
abradable coating are allowed up to 0.025 inch
(0.63 mm) deep. Damage may extend 360
degrees in circumference, provided depth limits
are maintained. No sharp edges, cracks, or
loose material allowed.
Chipping or damage to abradable greater than Reject.

previous steps
Blistering or craze cracking of the abradable. Accept
3. Inspect the fan shroud insert seal lands (ribs) for:
FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Nicks from FOD Only 3 ribs can be affected.

Total length in one area must be less than 1.5
inch (38.1 mm).
Maximum depth is 0.050 inch (1.27 mm).
Total length from multiple area must be less than
2.0 inch (50.8 mm).
Blend to a 5:1 ratio and perform penetrant
inspection for final approval.
4. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723206-0-24235-00581-A-001-00
Fig 1 Case and Insert Assembly - Inspection
FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723207-0-24235-00582-A-001-00
Fig 2 Case and Insert Assembly - Flange and Shroud Inserts
FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Dimensionally Inspect the Case and Insert Assembly
Dimensions check
General
This task covers dimensional inspection of the fan shroud insert inner diameter.
Procedure
1. Measure the ID of the fan shroud insert (six places):
Average dimension 18.820 inch (478.028 mm) Accept

or less
Dimension greater than previous step Reject.
FJ-AAA-72-32-10-802A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Replace/Transfer the Engine Identification Plate
Miscellaneous
General
This task contains procedures for removing the engine identification plate from an inlet case and installing an
engine identification plate on an inlet case. If applicable, a N1/ITT trim value plate must also be installed. Refer to
the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Case and Insert Assembly - Engine Identification Plate - Replace

MAT-096
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
72-32-10 1 90 Stud, Grooved (4)
2. Replace or transfer the engine identification plate as follows:

2.1. CAUTION
USE CARE NOT TO DAMAGE THE DATA TAG OR INLET CASE, OR DEFORM MOUNTING
HOLES IN THE INLET CASE.
Carefully insert a skin wedge (or similar tool) between the inlet case and the identification tag, near
the corners to loosen the rivets.
2.2. Once the rivets have raised sufficiently, use pliers to pull the rivets straight out of the Inlet Case.
2.3. Remove the engine identification plate.
2.4. If the engine identification plate is being replaced, the removed engine identification plate must be
returned to Williams International
(How to Contact Williams International (FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A)) and WI Product Support
will need to be contacted (How to Contact Williams International (FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A)) to
obtain a new engine identification plate.
FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.5. Install identification plate on four mounting holes. Identification plate is to be oriented so that it can be
read, from left to right, when looking at bottom of engine, looking aft.
2.6. Coat four grooved studs with epoxy primer MAT-096 and tap into case to secure identification plate.
FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723213-0-24235-00585-A-001-00
Fig 1 Case and Insert Assembly - Engine Identification Plate - Replace
FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-32-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Fan Stator
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the fan stator. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fan Stator - Inspection
Fig 2 Fan Stator Vanes - Inspection Zones
72-00-32-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Prepare to inspect the fan stator:

1.4. Note
Fan stator removal is not required for visual inspection.
Remove the case and insert assembly. Refer to 72-00-32-401. If the fan stator is being replaced,
remove fan stator from case and insert.
FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Inspect the Fan Stator
2.1. Inspect stator vane face surfaces (Zone A) for:
Erosion within limits of repair. Repair, refer to 72-32-20-801
Erosion greater than previous step. Reject
Nicks or pits within limits of repair. Repair, refer to 72-32-20-801
Nicks or pits greater than previous step Reject
Pitting on vane surfaces from corrosion that is Accept

less than 0.008 inch (0.20 mm) deep.
2.2. Inspect the leading and trailing edges of the stator vanes (Zone B for FJ44-1A; Zones B and C for
FJ44-1AP, FJ44-2 and FJ44-3):
Nicks or dents within the limits of repair. Repair, refer to 72-32-20-801
Nicks or dents greater than previous step. Reject
Erosion on leading edge within limits of repair. Repair, refer to 72-32-20-801
Deflection (bending) of leading edge from FOD. Maximum size of deflection is 0.110 inch (2.794
mm). Straighten to best condition using soft jaw
pliers. Perform fluorescent penetrant inspection
on vanes in accordance with FJ-
AAA-72-32-20-801A-351A-A (EM) for final
acceptance.
2.3. Inspect the outer casing of the fan stator for:
Note
Gouges that penetrate the outer casing are acceptable in one defect area only. Gouges must not
penetrate stiffening ring. Gouges that penetrate an area where there is no stiffening ring are not
acceptable.
Gouges, dents, or holes within the limits of Repair, refer to 72-32-20-801

repair
Gouges, dents, or holes greater than previous Reject

step.
2.4. Inspect the inner casing of the fan stator for:
Gouges or dents within the limits of repair Repair, refer to 72-32-20-801
Gouges or dents greater than previous step Reject
2.5. Inspect the forward lip seal for:
Rips on inner casing metal within the limits of Repair, Refer to 72-32-20-801
repair.
Damage greater than previous step Reject
Damage to rubber material Reject
FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.6. Inspect the center IP laby seal for:
Assembly damage (cut) on aft edge of rubber Accept

material. Max circumference of damaged area
180° max depth 0.005 inch (0.127 mm).
Voids in rubber material up to max depth of Accept

0.120 inch (3.04 mm) and max diameter of
0.205 inch (5.20 mm). No voids breaking into
side of rubber. Minimum distance between voids
0.40 inch (10.16 mm).
(FJ44-1 Only) Grooves from laby seal rub or Accept

assembly damage up to 0.030 inch (0.76 mm)
deep.
Damage or voids greater than previous steps Reject
2.7. Inspect the urethane material which secures the vanes:
Local discoloration and/or deformation (swelling) Accept

up to 0.060 inch (1.524 mm) in a 1 to 2 inch area
on the inner diameter. Vanes are not loose. Half
or more of the vane tip or hub is incased in
urethane that has not become discolored.
Damage, swelling, or discoloration of urethane Reject

greater than previous step.
Wear in the outer urethane due to contact with Wear that has gone through the urethane with
the fan case anti-rotation keys. some material loss on the vane is acceptable.
Wear that has gone through the vane is not
acceptable.
2.8. Inspect the aft lip seal for:
Damage to rubber material Reject
3. Inspect the forward shoulder of the center body which supports the rubber seal for the fan ID. If
damage is present (dents), repair by cold straightening to best possible condition. Any amount of
deflection is acceptable provided that there are no cracks. Visually inspect for cracks after repair.
FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723204-0-24235-00579-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fan Stator - Inspection
FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723205-0-24235-00580-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Blend Repair the Fan Stator
Miscellaneous
General
This task contains procedures for repairing the fan stator by blending and restoring the surface finish to damaged
areas or welding. This task also describes the extent of damage which may be repaired by these methods. Refer

MAT-040

MAT-043

MAT-050
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Prepare to inspect the fan stator:

1.4. Remove the case and insert assembly. Refer to 72-00-32-401. Remove fan stator from case and
insert.
2. Blend Repair the Fan Stator Vanes
Note
If the inspection task reveals damage to the stator vanes, the vanes can be dressed and
blended, as permitted by the limits in this repair.
FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1. Clean the fan stator vanes.
2.2. Examine the fan stator vanes with a bright light and 5x magnification to check the amount of damage.
Refer to Fig 1 Fan Stator Vanes - Inspection Zones and the blend limits below to determine the
quantity, size, and location of repairable defects. If defects exceed limits, reject fan stator.
3. Blend Limits (refer to Fig 1 Fan Stator Vanes - Inspection Zones):
Note
If damage exceeds limits, refer to weld repair criteria.
ZONE MAX DAMAGE SIZE MAX NUMBER OF BLENDS
Minor Erosion Minor erosion, evidenced by rough

leading edge (minute serrations) and
multiple small shallow pits closely
grouped, is acceptable to a max depth
of 0.005 inches. Only light smoothing is
A necessary to remove roughness on
leading edge.
0.012 inch deep face nicks Three per side unless back-to-back,
then four total
0.030 inch deep pit One per vane
0.10 inch dents (local bends) Two per vane
0.01 inch deep face nicks Two per side unless back-to-back, then
two total.
0.15 inch leading/trailing edge nicks Four per vane; Max total blending in
B Zone B not to exceed 4 inch length
0.20 inch leading edge damage One per vane; two per part. Do not
blend outboard of outer wall.
Erosion on leading edge up to 0.025 Smooth raised material while

inch deep maintaining leading edge contour.
0.25 inch by 0.25 inch gouges No limit
0.50 inch diameter dents 10 Maximum

Outer Casing
Forward edge only: 0.150 deep by 3.0 4 separate blend areas separated by
inch long (circumferential) 2.0 inches circumferential length.
0.10 inch by 0.10 inch gouges No limit

Inner Casing
0.15 inch diameter dents 10 Maximum
Forward Lip 0.100 inch by 0.100 inch metal rips Two per part. Blend 3 times longer than
Seal Inner the depth of blend. Some rubber may
Casing be removed (minimize removal). Radius
sharp edges smoothly
4. Remove damage as follows:
FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4.1. Repair damage to vanes by blending using handstones (MAT-043). Refer to Blend Limits table and
Fig 1 Fan Stator Vanes - Inspection Zones for maximum repair limits. Blend in accordance with the
following general requirements:
4.1.1. The surface length of all leading and trailing edge blends must be 5 times the maximum blend depth.
4.1.2. Surface blends must be made to a concave diameter at least 10 times the blend depth.
4.1.3. Corner blends must have a length which is 2.5 times the depth
4.1.4. All blends made on leading and trailing edges must leave a full radius on the air foil (see Fig 1 Fan
Stator Vanes - Inspection Zones ).
4.1.5. All casing damage should be blended by removing any raised metal and smoothing rough edges.
Dents should be carefully peened back to flush with adjacent casing surface.
4.1.6. Polish scored surfaces with aluminum oxide cloth (MAT-040).
5. Visually inspect the repaired areas. Make sure they conform to the limits and contours in Fig 1 Fan
Stator Vanes - Inspection Zones .
6. WARNING
ANODIC SOLUTION (IRIDITE) MAT-050 IS TOXIC TO SKIN, EYES, AND LUNGS. YOU MUST
WEAR SKIN AND EYE PROTECTION. AVOID REPEATED OR PROLONGED CONTACT. GOOD
GENERAL VENTILATION IS USUALLY SUFFICIENT.
Apply anodic solution (iridite) (MAT-050) to repaired areas. Refer to 70-42-12-801 in the Maintenance
Manual.
7. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723205-0-24235-00580-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-32-20-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the IP Compressor Rotor
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the IP compressor rotor. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 IP Compressor Rotor - Inspection
72-00-34-01
Note
the centerline.
the part should not be used in its present condition. If there is no approved repair procedure, you should
keep the part for a possible future repair procedure and/or contact Williams International, Pontiac,
Procedure
1. Visually inspect the IP compressor rotor as follows:
1.1. Inspect blades for:
Cracks Reject
Nicks or gouges within the limits of repair Repair. Refer to 72-34-10-801.
Damage to blade tip corner leading or trailing Repair. Refer to 72-34-10-801.

edge within the limits of repair
1.2. Inspect blade leading and trailing edges for mid-span deformation. If deformation is evident, measure
and disposition as follows:
1.2.1. Lay a straight edge on the blade at the location of the deformation.
1.2.2. Using gage pins, determine the largest diameter pin that will just fit between the deformed surface
and the straight edge.
1.2.3. Deflection may be repaired by hot straightening in accordance with Repair Instruction 72680 if it is
within the following requirements:
FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.2.3.1. Deflection measures 0.018 inch (0.457 mm) or less.
1.2.3.2. Hot straightening is not allowed if deflection is inboard of a point that is either 0.250 inches above the
rim or 20% of blade span (distance between hub and tip of blade), whichever is greater.
1.2.3.3. No more than three locations on a leading or trailing edge may be straightened.
1.3. Inspect laby seal for:
Chips or damage Reject
Nicks within the limits of repair Repair. Refer to 72-34-10-801.
Nicks greater than previous step Reject
1.4. Inspect mounting diameters for:
Fretting Reject
Distortion Reject
1.5. Inspect the rotor disk faces for:
Cracks, scratches, gouges Reject
1.6. Inspect the air guard diameter for:
Rub marks Reject
Distortion damage Reject
1.7. Inspect forward and aft clamp faces for:
Cracks, nicks, gouges, dents Reject
Fretting Reject
Nicks up to 0.010 inch (0.25 mm) deep Hand stone to smooth blend in a minimum 5:1
ratio. Multiple blends must be separated by two
times the largest blend. Blending is not to
exceed 20% of the clamp face area. Perform
local penetrant inspection.
FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723403-0-24235-00653-A-001-00
Fig 1 IP Compressor Rotor - Inspection
FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Blend Repair the IP Compressor Rotor
Miscellaneous
General
This task contains procedures for repairing the IP compressor rotor blades by blending and restoring the surface
finish to damaged areas. This task also describes the extent of damage which may be repaired by this method.
Fig 1 IP Compressor Rotor - Repair
Support equipment
STD-204 / AR

MAT-042
Procedure
1. Repair the IP Rotor Blades
Note
If the inspection task ( 72-34-10-601) reveals damage to the IP rotor blades, the blades can be
dressed and blended as permitted by the limits in this repair.
1.1. Clean the IP rotor. Refer to 72-00-00-601.
1.2. Examine the IP rotor blades with 5x magnification to check the amount of damage. Refer to Fig 1 IP
Compressor Rotor - Repair and the blend limits table to determine the quantity, size, and location of
repairable defects. If defects exceed limits, reject IP rotor.
1.3. Blend Limits (Refer to Fig 1 IP Compressor Rotor - Repair):
FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ZONE DEFECT TYPE MAXIMUM DEPTH MAXIMUM NOTES

(OR LENGTH FOR QUANTITY
LABY SEALS)
A Cracks None None Cracks not permitted

All Rotor
Nicks/Gouges 0.015 In 2 per blade Blends permitted on

(0.381 mm) leading/trailing edge
only. Blends not
allowed in root
radius. Visually
inspect repaired area
using bright light and
5x magnification.
B Penetrant inspection
Leading/ is not required.
Trailing
Edge Nicks/Gouges 0.040 In 1 per blade No adjacent blades
(1.06 mm) 3 blades per rotor can have blends
greater than 0.015
inch (0.381 mm).
Blends not allowed in
root radius
Bent Edges 0.015 In 1 per blade Reject

(0.381 mm)
Bent or Rolled Blade tips to be No limit

straightened must
meet the max
allowable ratio of
2.10. The ratio will be
determined by
averaging the radial
and axial legs of the
bent tip, squaring that
number, and dividing
C it into the total
Blade Tip deflection.
Corners
Bent or Rolled 0.070 In 1 per blade No adjacent blades
(1.77 mm) 3 blades per rotor can have blends
greater than 0.015
inch (0.381 mm)
Nicks or Burrs Can be removed by All blades Remove by light

on leading light smoothing smoothing using
edge corner aluminum oxide
paper or hand stone.
Maintain a smooth
leading edge contour.
FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
D Damage 0.020 In 10 blades max Visually inspect

Blade Tip (0.508 mm) Total length of blends repaired area using
on a blade tip, bright light and 5x
including those in magnification.
zone C, shall not Penetrant inspection
exceed 0.200 inch is not required.
(5.08 mm)
E Nicks 0.250 inch long 2 per rotor Max depth of 0.050

Laby (6.35 mm) inch (1.27 mm)
Lands
1.4. Remove damage as follows:
1.4.1. Repair damage by blending using Carborundum Hand Stone. Refer to Blend Limits table and Fig
1 IP Compressor Rotor - Repair for maximum repair limits. Blend in accordance with the following
general requirements:
1.4.1.1. The surface length of all leading and trailing edge blends must be 5 times the maximum blend depth
(0.100 inch minimum).
1.4.1.2. For blends on the laby lands, the blend width is to be 5 times the depth or 0.200 inch (whichever is
longer).
1.4.1.3. Surface blends must be made to a concave diameter at least 5 times the blend depth.
1.4.1.4. All blends made on leading and trailing edges must leave a full radius on the air foil.
1.4.2. Polish blended surfaces to restore original surface finish. Use abrasive paper (MAT-042).
2. Visually inspect the repaired areas. Make sure they conform to the limits in the blend limits table and
Fig 1 IP Compressor Rotor - Repair.
3. Check repaired areas for cracks using local penetrant inspection unless otherwise specified in the
blend limits, above. Refer to 70-42-15-601 in the Maintenance Manual for non-destructive inspection
(NDI) methods. Check for indications per class “B". Reject the IP compressor rotor if indications
exceed limits.
FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723405-0-24235-00654-A-001-00
Fig 1 IP Compressor Rotor - Repair
FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-34-10-801A-690A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the No. 1 Carbon Seal and Runner
General
This task covers removal of the No. 1 carbon seal from the No. 1 bearing housing. It also covers removal of the
No. 1 carbon seal runner from the LP shaft.
Fig 1 No. 1 Carbon Seal Assembly - Removal
Fig 2 No. 1 Carbon Seal Assembly - Shop Aide Removal Tool
Fig 3 No. 1 Carbon Seal Assembly

Note
Review Assembly/Disassembly Maintenance Practices, 70-00-01-201 in the Maintenance Manual, before
beginning work.
Support equipment
Puller, No. 1 Carbon Seal / AR

TL037120
Puller, #1 Carbon Seal / AR

TL242687
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.1. Install DO NOT OPERATE Signs

1.1.3. Install protective covering over aircraft wing to protect from damage.
1.1.4. Remove the aircraft inlet. Mark the location of all aircraft hardware and brackets before removal.
Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
1.3. Remove the fan rotor. Refer to 72-00-31-401 in the Maintenance Manual.
1.4. Remove the inlet case and fan stator. Refer to 72-00-32-401 in the Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.5. Remove the IP compressor rotor. Refer to 72-00-34-401.
2. Remove the No. 1 carbon seal assembly from the engine as follows:
2.1. Remove the retaining ring from the No. 1 bearing housing.
2.2. Using the No. 1 carbon seal puller, TL037120 or TL242687, remove the No. 1 carbon seal assembly
from the front bearing housing as follows:
2.2.1. Make sure that all of the puller levers on the puller body are fully retracted.
2.2.2. Carefully slide the puller body over the LP shaft so that the lever feet engage the puller groove on the
front carbon seal assembly.
2.2.3. Slide the sleeve over the puller body by aligning the locating pin in the sleeve with the square
alignment groove in the puller body. The sleeve should bottom out in the bearing housing. This will
expand the puller levers.
2.2.4. Install the thrust bearing and nut on the puller body. Using spanner wrenches provided with puller,
turn the nut clockwise to pull the carbon seal assembly.
2.2.5. CAUTION
CARBON SEALS ARE VERY FRAGILE. USE CARE WHEN HANDLING.
Carefully slide the puller over the LP shaft and remove the carbon seal from the puller.
3. CAUTION
BE CAREFUL NOT TO TOUCH THE NO. 1 BEARING OR SCRATCH THE SEAL RUNNER
DURING REMOVAL.
Using two locally-manufactured seal runner removal tools (Fig 2 No. 1 Carbon Seal Assembly - Shop
Aide Removal Tool), carefully reach into the bearing housing bore and hook the back face of the
carbon seal runner on two sides. Pull forward and remove the seal runner from the LP shaft.
Note
Carbon face seals and seal runners should always be replaced together to avoid excessive
wear. If either the No. 1 carbon seal or the seal runner are rejected, both parts should be
replaced with new or relapped parts.
4. Refer to 72-35-10-601, for inspection criteria for the No. 1 carbon seal assembly and seal runner.
FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723512-0-24235-00676-A-001-00
Fig 1 No. 1 Carbon Seal Assembly - Removal
FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723513-0-24235-00677-A-001-00
Fig 2 No. 1 Carbon Seal Assembly - Shop Aide Removal Tool
FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723514-0-24235-00678-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-500A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the No. 1 Carbon Seal and Runner
General
This task covers installation of the No. 1 carbon seal into the No. 1 bearing housing. It also covers installation of
the No. 1 carbon seal runner onto the LP shaft. Refer to the following illustration(s):
72-35-10-01
Note
beginning work.
Support equipment
STD-207 / AR
Heat Gun
STD-112 / AR
Refrigeration Unit

MAT-027
MAT-074 FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR
Procedure
1. Using isopropyl alcohol MAT-027 and a clean cloth, clean oil from the outside of the bearing housing
and the bypass area of the interstage housing and bypass ducts.
2. Clean the carbon sealing face of the new carbon seal and highly polished sealing face of the seal
runner. Saturate a lint-free cloth with alcohol (MAT-027) or clean engine oil and turn the seal, face
down on the pad to clean.
FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. Install No. 1 carbon seal runner onto the LP shaft as follows:
3.1. Make sure that carbon seal running surface is facing forward.
3.2. Carefully slide the seal runner over the shaft until it touches the No. 1 bearing inner race. Make sure
that seal runner does not become "cocked" during installation.
4. Install No. 1 carbon seal assembly as follows:
4.1. Apply one or two drops of clean engine oil to the carbon seal or runner before final assembly.
4.2. WARNING
WEAR THERMAL PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN HANDLING HEATED OR CHILLED PARTS.
Wrap the carbon seal assembly in a plastic bag and place in contact with dry ice (MAT-074) or in a
Refrigeration Unit for 15 minutes.
4.3. Using Heat Gun, heat the carbon seal bore of the No. 1 bearing housing for 3 to 5 minutes. Heat
circumferentially around the bore and do not direct air at the No. 1 bearing assembly.
4.4. Remove the carbon seal assembly from dry ice or refrigeration unit and slide it over the LP shaft
(with carbon ring facing in towards the seal runner). Quickly align and push the carbon seal assembly
into the bearing housing until it is fully seated. Hold the seal assembly in place for approximately 30
seconds until temperatures normalize.
Note
If the carbon seal assembly is not fully seated in bearing housing bore, the retaining ring will not
be able to be installed. Pull carbon seal assembly and repeat installation procedure.
4.5. Install the retaining ring in the internal groove in the No. 1 bearing housing.
5. Job Close-up
5.1. Install the IP compressor rotor. Refer to 72-00-34-401.
5.2. Install the inlet case and fan stator. Refer to 72-00-32-401.
Note
LP Spool may have slight resistance to rotation after installation of new No. 1 carbon seal. This
should correct itself after engine run.
5.5. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual and do the following:

5.5.1. Install the aircraft inlet.
5.5.2. Remove protective covering from aircraft wing.
5.6. Perform ground run testing on engine as required by List of Test Procedures. Refer to 71-00-00-501.
5.7. Inspect interstage housing bypass area for signs of oil leakage in accordance with 71-00-32-601.
FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723514-0-24235-00678-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-700A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visual Inspect the No. 1 Carbon Seal and Runner
Visual examination
General
This task contains inspection criteria for the No. 1 carbon seal assembly, the No. 1 carbon seal runner, and the
retaining ring.
72-35-10-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Visually inspect the following components:
Note
Carbon face seals and runners should always be replaced together to avoid excessive wear
rates. If either the seal or runner is rejected, both parts should be replaced with new or relapped
parts.
1.1. Inspect the front seal runner for:
Nicks, scratches on sealing surface Reject
1.2. Inspect the front (No. 1) carbon seal assembly in accordance with 70-33-01-601 in the Maintenance
Manual. The following additional inspection criteria also apply:
1.2.1. If the carbon seal is compressed into its metal case and does not extend without assistance, both
runner and seal should be replaced.
1.2.2. Soft deposits that break up easily are not cause for rejection if not accompanied by seal hang up or
hard deposits. The seal should be cleaned and reused. Hard deposits on the seal runner that are not
easily removed by wiping with a soft cloth are cause for rejection, both runner and seal should be
replaced.
1.2.3. Stringers are long thin formations of coked material. If stringers are soft, easily smeared and not
accompanied by seal hang up or hard deposits, the seal should be cleaned and reused. If stringers
FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
are hard, gritty or accompanied by seal hang up or hard material build up on seal runner, both seal
and runner should be replaced.
1.2.4. Seal may rattle when shaken.
1.3. Inspect the retaining ring for:
Cracks, bends, distortion Reject
FJ-AAA-72-35-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Dimensionally Inspect the LP Shaft Forward End (Run-Out)
Dimensions check
General
This task covers a dimensional run-out check of the forward end of the LP shaft. Do this task, as directed by
troubleshooting, to determine if the LP shaft is bent or damaged.
Note
the centerline.
Support equipment
STD-307 / AR
Dial Indicator
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Prepare to inspect the LP shaft
2. Take a run-out measurement on the ID of the LP shaft using a Dial Indicator:
2.1. Take a run-out measurement on the inside diameter of the LP shaft, approximately 0.125 inch (3.17
mm) from the front end of the shaft. Take the measurement at the 3 o'clock or 6 o'clock location on
the shaft.
FJ-AAA-72-35-12-801A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1.1. If shaft run-out is 0.006 inch (0.152 mm) or less, shaft is acceptable. Go to Job Close-up
2.1.2. If shaft run-out is more than limits in previous step, remove fan rotor and perform LP shaft OD
measurement in the following paragraphs.
3. Remove the fan rotor. Refer to 72-00-31-401.
4. Take a run-out measurement on the OD of the LP shaft
4.1. Take a run-out measurement on the outside diameter of the LP shaft on the raised step (forward pilot
diameter), 1.5 inches (38.1 mm) back from the forward end of the shaft.
4.1.1. If shaft run-out is 0.003 inch (0.076 mm) or less, shaft is acceptable.
4.1.2. If shaft run-out is more than limits previous step, reject the engine.
5. Job Close-up
5.1. Install the fan rotor (if removed). Refer to 72-00-31-401.

5.3.1. Install the cowl. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual
FJ-AAA-72-35-12-801A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Repair the Interstage Housing Assembly Threaded Inserts (Sight Glass)
General
This task covers removal and replacement of threaded inserts for the sight glass on the interstage housing
assembly. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Standard Insert) - Hole Preparation
Fig 2 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Standard Insert) - Insert Installation
Fig 3 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Oversize Insert) - Hole Preparation

Fig 4 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Oversize Insert) - Insert Installation
72-37-12-01
Note
beginning work.
Support equipment
Swage Tool / AR
SR19S-A
Wrench, Threaded Insert / AR

SR19W-A
STD-215 / AR
Vacuum

MAT-050

MAT-096
FJ-AAA-72-37-12-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Procedure
1. Repair Parts
IPC Reference
Subject Item Nomenclature
72-37-12 50 Threaded Insert, Self-Locking
72-37-12 60 Threaded Insert, Oversize, Self-Locking
2. Job Set-up
2.1. Prepare the Engine for Maintenance
3. Replace threaded Insert(s) for the oil sight glass, as follows:
3.1. WARNING
ENGINE OIL (SYNTHETIC) IS TOXIC TO THE SKIN. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING WHILE
HANDLING ENGINE OIL. ANY OIL THAT CONTACTS THE SKIN MUST BE WASHED OFF
IMMEDIATELY. OIL MAY BURN IF EXPOSED TO FLAME. HANDLE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE
VENTILATION.
Drain the engine oil. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
3.2. CAUTION
AFTER REMOVAL OF THE SIGHT GLASS OR THE BLANKING PLATE, COVER SIGHT GLASS
PORT IN THE INTERSTAGE HOUSING TO ENSURE THAT NO CONTAMINATION ENTERS THE
ENGINE.
CAUTION
USE CARE WHEN HANDLING THE SIGHT GLASS TO MAKE SURE THAT IT DOES NOT FALL
AND BREAK.
Remove the oil sight glass or blanking plate. Refer to 79-33-11-401.
3.3. Plug or tape-off oil passages to prevent debris or contamination from entering the oil system.
3.4. Remove the damaged insert, as follows:
3.4.1. Drill using a 15/64 inch drill bit to remove the knurled area (approximately 0.105 to 0.120 inch [2.67 to
3.05 mm] deep) from counterbore surface.
3.4.2. Remove the remaining portion of knurl and back-out the insert using standard hand tooling.
3.4.3. Vacuum out any remaining debris or chips. Clear hole using clean compressed air.
FJ-AAA-72-37-12-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.4.4. Note
If the threads in the parent metal are damaged, install oversize threaded insert in accordance
with applicable instructions for oversize insert which follow instructions for standard size insert.
3.5. Prepare the hole for installation of new standard size threaded insert, as follows:
3.5.1. Chase threads using a 1/2-28UNF-3A tap to minimum thread depth of .325 inch (8.25 mm). Refer to
Fig 1 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Standard Insert) - Hole Preparation.
3.5.2. Clear hole using clean compressed air.
3.5.3. Apply chemical conversion coating (MAT-050) to hole surfaces in accordance with 70-42-12-801.
Allow coating to dry.
3.6. Install standard size threaded insert, as follows:
3.6.1. WARNING
SKIN OR EYES.
Note
Primer is not allowed on internal threads of insert or adjacent clamping surfaces. Clean off
excess primer.
Apply MAT-096 epoxy primer to outer threads of threaded insert.
3.6.2. Install insert 0.015 to 0.025 inch (0.38 to 0.63 mm) below surface using ROSAN tool number
SR19W-A, Refer to Fig 2 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Standard Insert) - Insert Installation.
3.6.3. Swage insert with ROSAN tool number SR19S-A. Apply sufficient force to bottom tool shoulder
against boss surface to swage insert in place.
3.6.4. Blow insert off with clean compressed air. Inspect for defect insert (cracks, metal slivers, and any
damaged threads).
3.7. If oversize threaded insert is to be installed (due to thread damage in parent metal) prepare the hole
for insert installation, as follows:
3.7.1. Thru-drill the hole with a C sized drill bit. Refer to Fig 3 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Oversize
Insert) - Hole Preparation.
3.7.2. Drill to 0.077 to 0.087 inch (1.95 to 2.20 mm) depth using a 9/32 drill bit. Refer to Fig 3 Interstage
Housing - Sight Glass (Oversize Insert) - Hole Preparation.
3.7.3. Tap hole using a 9/32-28NS-3A tap to minimum thread depth of 0.325 inch (8.25 mm). Refer to Fig
3 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Oversize Insert) - Hole Preparation.
3.7.4. Clean hole using clean compressed air.
3.7.5. Apply chemical conversion coating (MAT-050) to hole surfaces in accordance with 70-42-12-801.
Allow coating to dry.
3.8. Install oversize threaded insert, as follows:
3.8.1. WARNING
SKIN OR EYES.
FJ-AAA-72-37-12-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
Primer is not allowed on internal threads of insert or adjacent clamping surfaces. Clean off
excess primer.
Apply MAT-096 epoxy primer to outer threads of threaded insert.
3.8.2. Install insert 0.015 to 0.025 inch (0.38 to 0.63 mm) below surface using ROSAN tool number
SR19W-A, Refer to Fig 4 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Oversize Insert) - Insert Installation.
3.8.3. Swage insert with ROSAN tool number SR19S-A. Apply sufficient force to bottom tool shoulder
3.8.4. Blow insert off with clean compressed air. Inspect for defect insert (cracks, metal slivers, and any
damaged threads).
3.9. Install the oil sight glass or blanking plate. Refer to 79-33-11-401.
3.10. Service the engine oil system. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
4. Job Close-Up
FJ-AAA-72-37-12-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723854-0-24235-00840-A-001-00
Fig 1 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Standard Insert) - Hole Preparation
FJ-AAA-72-37-12-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723855-0-24235-00841-A-001-00
Fig 2 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Standard Insert) - Insert Installation
FJ-AAA-72-37-12-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723856-0-24235-00842-A-001-00
Fig 3 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Oversize Insert) - Hole Preparation
FJ-AAA-72-37-12-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723857-0-24235-00843-A-001-00
Fig 4 Interstage Housing - Sight Glass (Oversize Insert) - Insert Installation
FJ-AAA-72-37-12-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-37-12-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Diffuser Case Flanged Fitting
Remove Procedure
General
This task covers removal of the flanged fitting, seal, and special hollow bolt or plug from the diffuser case. Refer to
Fig 1 Front Bypass Duct Assembly
Fig 2 Diffuser Case Group
72-39-10-01
72-00-70-01
Note
beginning work.
Procedure
1. Remove the diffuser case flanged fitting as follows:
1.1. Remove the CDP tube assembly ( 73-10-01-401).
1.2. Remove screw (72-00-70, 1-150), washer (72-00-70, 1-140), and special washer (72-00-70, 1-130)
which attach retaining plate to service adapter.
1.3. Remove retaining plate (72-00-70, 1-120) and O-Ring (72-00-70, 1-110) from fuel service adapter
port. Refer to Fig 1 Front Bypass Duct Assembly .
1.4. Remove two screws (1-50) and hollow bolt or plug (1-60) from the flanged fuel tube fitting on the
diffuser fuel boss. Refer to Fig 2 Diffuser Case Group .
1.5. Remove the flanged fuel tube fitting (1-40) from the diffuser. Remove the metallic seal ring (1-70)
from the fitting.
FJ-AAA-72-39-10-001A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
REFER TO
72-00-70, FIG. 2
ICN-FJ-AAA-727017-0-24235-01201-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-39-10-001A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723918-0-24235-00859-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-39-10-001A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-39-10-001A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Diffuser Case Flanged Fitting
Install Procedure
General
This task covers installation of the flanged fitting, seal, and special hollow bolt or plug from the diffuser case. Refer
72-39-10-01
72-00-70-01
Note
beginning work.
Support equipment
Socket Extension / AR
TL111877

MAT-001

MAT-011

MAT-013

MAT-017
FJ-AAA-72-39-10-001A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
72-00-70 1 110 O-Ring
72-39-10 1 70 Seal Ring, Metallic
2. Note
– For engines which do not use a FADEC, item 1-60 is a hollow bolt. For FADEC engines,
item 1-60 is a plug.
– (FJ44-1/2/3 only) TL111877 socket extension may be used to torque the two screws (1-50)
that secure the flanged fuel tube fitting when the front bypass duct is installed.
Install the diffuser case flanged fitting as follows:
2.1. Apply assembly fluid (MAT-011) to groove in flanged fuel tube fitting. Install new metallic seal ring
(1-70) in groove.
2.2. Install flanged fuel tube fitting (1-40) over fuel manifold tube on diffuser boss.
2.3. Lube two screws (1-50) with magnesium hydroxide (MAT-013) or dry graphite lubricant (MAT-017)
and install into fitting finger tight.
2.4. Apply MAT-013) or dry graphite lubricant (MAT-017 to hollow bolt or plug and install into hole of
flanged fuel tube fitting (1-40). Refer to Fig 2 Diffuser Case Group .
2.5. Torque previously installed two screws 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 3.9 N.m). Torque hollow bolt 60
to 80 inch-pounds (6.7 to 9.0 N.m). Torque plug 235 to 260 inch-pounds (26.6 to 29.4 N.m). Re-
torque the hollow bolt/plug and screws until the seal (1-70) is seated and the bolt/screws hold torque.
3. Lubricate new O-ring (72-00-70, 1-110) with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on retaining plate
(72-00-70, 1-120). Refer to Fig 1 Front Bypass Duct Assembly .
4. Install screw (72-00-70, 1-150), washer (72-00-70, 1-140), and special washer (72-00-70, 1-130)
which attach retaining plate to service adapter.
5.
6. Job Close-up
6.1. Install the CDP tube assembly. Refer to 73-10-01-401.
FJ-AAA-72-39-10-001A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
REFER TO
72-00-70, FIG. 2
ICN-FJ-AAA-727017-0-24235-01201-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-39-10-001A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723918-0-24235-00859-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-39-10-001A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-39-10-001A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Rear Housing Group
Visual examination
General
This task covers inspection of components in the Rear Housing Group. Refer to the following illustration:
Fig 1 Rear Housing Group - Inspection/Check
Inspection procedures for the following component is covered in its own CH-SE-SU section:
Rear Housing Assembly 72-56-12-801.
72-00-56-01
72-00-56-02
Note
the centerline.
Support equipment
STD-204 / AR
STD-207 / AR
Heat Gun
FJ-AAA-72-56-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01

MAT-040

MAT-087

MAT-088
Procedure
1. Inspect the rear housing assembly. Refer to 72-56-12-801.
2. Visually inspect the heat exchanger (2-40, 72-00-56) for:
Wear and/or fretting on tubing at clamp locations Accept

and flange mating surfaces less than 0.005 inch
(0.127 mm) deep
Dents or nicks on external surfaces up to 0.030 Accept

inch (0.762 mm) deep
Damage greater than previous two steps Reject
3. Visually inspect the five heat exchanger clamps (2-70, 72-00-56) for:
Wear or fretting that cannot be felt with a 0.080 Accept

inch diameter stylus probe
WARNING
ADHESIVE SEALANT IS TOXIC. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING/GLASSES AND AVOID
CONTACT WITH SKIN. USE IN A WELL VENTILATED AREA AND AVOID BREATHING
VAPORS.
Fraying of braided material on clamps: Trim loose material. Apply adhesive sealant
(MAT-088 or MAT-087) to frayed edges. Sealant
must be applied to both inside and outside of
braided tube edge to prevent material from
unraveling. Allow adhesive sealant to cure per
manufacturer's directions.
Damage to sleeving material on clamps beyond Replace sleeving
the ability to repair
4. Visually inspect the rear case/mixer case (2-90, 72-00-56) for:
FJ-AAA-72-56-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Excessive distortion of front or rear diameters Reject
Swage nuts loose, damaged, or missing Reject
Light fretting (material transfer) on the forward Accept

bolt locations or aft lip that has not thinned the
wall less than 0.023 inch (0.58 mm) is
acceptable for continued use. Remove any
raised material or sharp edges.
Note
If fretting on the inside of mixer/rear case is from contact with rear housing strut doubler, refer
to 72-56-12-801 for blend repair to rear housing to prevent further contact.
Fretting on inner sheet metal surface up to 0.010 Smooth edge of fretting with abrasive cloth
inch (0.25 mm) deep (MAT-040).
Fretting greater than previous step Reject
Wear on trip lever bracket doubler ID from Accept elongation/wear of the ID up to a

contact with spring lever shaft. minimum edge distance of 0.050 inch (1.27
mm).
Wear greater than previous step Reject
Damage to the trip lever spring bracket Reject
5. Inspect the bolt plates (1-20, 72-00-56) for:
Cracks or hole distortion Reject
Wear or fretting around holes from contact with Reject

bolts resulting in component thickness less than
0.049 inch (1.24 mm).
6. Inspect the spring lever shaft (1-40, 76-20-01) for fretting:
Shaft thickness in fretted area 0.230 inch (5.84 Accept

mm) or greater
Shaft thickness in fretted area below 0.230 inch Smooth blend with a 5 to 1 ratio. The forward
(5.84 mm) but greater than 0.200 inch (5.08 fretted edge does not need to be blended as it is
mm) a non-functional surface.
Shaft thickness in fretted area 0.200 inch (5.08 Reject

mm) or below.
FJ-AAA-72-56-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
MIXER
LOBES
HEAT
EXCHANGER
ASSEMBLY
BOLT
PLATE
(QTY 4)
MIXER
CASE
ASSEMBY
HEAT
EXCHANGER
CLAMPS
(QTY 5)
44-7256-18
ICN-FJ-AAA-725618-0-24235-01014-A-001-00
Fig 1 Rear Housing Group - Inspection/Check
FJ-AAA-72-56-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-56-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Rear Housing Assembly
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the rear housing assembly. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Rear Housing Assembly - Inspection
Fig 2 Rear Housing Assembly - Outer Cone Strut Repair
Fig 3 Rear Housing Assembly - Strut Doubler Weld Crack
Fig 4 Rear Housing Assembly - Strut Doubler Slot Fretting - Acceptable

72-00-56-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Visually inspect the rear housing assembly (1-10 or 1-15, 72-00-56) as follows (Fig 1 Rear Housing
Assembly - Inspection ):
Note
If the rear housing is replaced, a new LP shaft sensor trigger pin must be installed. Refer to
76-20-01-501 in the Maintenance Manual.
1.1. Inspect the outer casing at aft edge of the strut doubler (4 places):
Evidence of fretting contact with the rear case/ If fretting has occurred, smooth blend the strut
mixer. aft edge from the weld back to the doubler.
Chamfer blend the edge of the doubler to
remove sharp edges.
1.2. Inspect the outer casing, aft of flange at clamp locations, for fretting:
FJ-AAA-72-56-12-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Fretting up to 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) deep. Accept. Blend sharp edges or raised material.
1.3. Inspect the outer cone flowpath sheet metal near the strut leading and trailing edges for:
Cracks which extend from the strut to 1-inch Accept

(25.4 mm) beyond the doubler weld seam.
Cracks greater than previous step Reject
Distortion or rippling of the sheet metal in the Accept

areas adjacent to the strut doublers.
Areas of missing flow path sheet metal or Remove surrounding material and blend as
branching cracks between the strut opening and necessary to remove jagged edges and smooth-
the doubler weld seams. out the contour.
1.4. Inspect inner cone OD sheet metal for:
Nicks or gouges caused by FOD that do not Blend to remove raised material
puncture through the sheet metal.
Areas of missing flow path sheet metal or Remove surrounding material and blend as
branching cracks between the strut opening and necessary to remove jagged edges and smooth-
the doubler weld seams out the contour.
2. Visually inspect the struts
Inspect the strut trailing edges for cracks. Reject
FJ-AAA-72-56-12-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-725603-0-24235-01005-A-001-00
Fig 1 Rear Housing Assembly - Inspection
FJ-AAA-72-56-12-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-725617-0-24235-01013-A-001-00
Fig 2 Rear Housing Assembly - Outer Cone Strut Repair
FJ-AAA-72-56-12-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CRACK
INDICATION
44-7256-22
ICN-FJ-AAA-725622-0-24235-01018-A-001-00
Fig 3 Rear Housing Assembly - Strut Doubler Weld Crack
FJ-AAA-72-56-12-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FRETTING
44-7256-25
ICN-FJ-AAA-725625-0-24235-01019-A-001-00
Fig 4 Rear Housing Assembly - Strut Doubler Slot Fretting - Acceptable
FJ-AAA-72-56-12-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-56-12-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove Magnetic Carbon Seals from the Gearbox
Remove procedure
General
This task covers removal of any of the magnetic carbon seal assemblies from the 8k configuration gearbox. Refer
Fig 1 Gearbox Magnetic Seals - Tapered Adapter - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Gearbox Magnetic Seals - Magnet Keeper - Removal/Installation
Fig 3 Gearbox Magnetic Seals - Legend

Fig 4 Hydraulic Pump Gearshaft and Adapter - Removal/Installation
Fig 5 Starter/Generator Adapter - Configuration 1
WARNING
MAINTENANCE SHOULD NOT BE PERFORMED ON GEARBOXES OF BOTH ENGINES FOR THE SAME
AIRCRAFT SIMULTANEOUSLY. IMPROPER ASSEMBLY OF GEARBOX CARBON SEALS CAN RESULT IN A
SUDDEN LOSS OF ENGINE OIL. FOLLOW ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS AND REFER TO ILLUSTRATED
PARTS CATALOG OR APPLICABLE SERVICE BULLETIN TO MAKE SURE CORRECT PART NUMBERS
ARE USED. ENGINE MUST BE GROUND TESTED FOR LEAKS AT MAX CONTINUOUS POWER. ENGINE
SHOULD ALSO BE FLIGHT TESTED BEFORE PERFORMING GEARBOX MAINTENANCE ON THE
OPPOSITE ENGINE.
CAUTION
THERE ARE DIFFERENT CONFIGURATIONS OF GEARBOX CARBON SEALS WITH ALTERNATE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOG AND MAKE
SURE THAT YOU IDENTIFY THE CORRECT CONFIGURATION AND ARE WORKING TO THE CORRECT
TASK.
THIS TASK COVERS THE magnetic CONFIGURATION.
CAUTION
To prevent contamination, place protective covers over all open ports in the gearbox when not in use.
make sure tools, workspace, and fingers are clean during maintenance. Wear powder-free latex, nitrile, or
neoprene gloves for this task.
CAUTION
If gearbox carbon seals are changed to a different configuration, the gearbox breather tube may also need
to be changed. Refer to the applicable service bulletin, Illustrated Parts Catalog (72-00-60), or contact
Williams International Product Support to make sure that the breather tube is a compatible configuration.
Installing the wrong configuration could result in a sudden loss of oil.
CAUTION
Acid from human skin is corrosive and can cause bearings to fail. Do not make skin contact with gearbox
bearings when removing carbon seals.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
beginning work.
2 During removal of parts, group all components together to make assembly easier.
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Prepare the engine for part replacement
1.1.4. Drain the engine oil. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
2. WARNING
MAINTENANCE SHOULD NOT BE PERFORMED ON GEARBOXES OF BOTH ENGINES FOR
THE SAME AIRCRAFT SIMULTANEOUSLY. IMPROPER ASSEMBLY OF GEARBOX CARBON
SEALS CAN RESULT IN A SUDDEN LOSS OF ENGINE OIL. FOLLOW ASSEMBLY
INSTRUCTIONS AND REFER TO ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOG OR APPLICABLE SERVICE
BULLETIN TO MAKE SURE CORRECT PART NUMBERS ARE USED. ENGINE MUST BE
GROUND TESTED FOR LEAKS AT MAX CONTINUOUS POWER FOR 10 MINUTES AFTER
CARBON SEAL MAINTENANCE. ENGINE SHOULD ALSO BE FLIGHT TESTED BEFORE
PERFORMING GEARBOX MAINTENANCE ON THE OPPOSITE ENGINE.
WARNING
VENTILATION.
STARTER/GENERATOR. Use the procedure that follows to remove magnetic carbon seals from the
starter/generator location:
2.1. Remove starter/generator from gearbox. Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
2.2. Remove six bolts and washers attaching adapter (100) to gearbox housing.
2.3. Remove adapter from gearbox housing.
2.4. Remove and discard adapter O-ring and O-ring on face of gearbox housing.
2.5. Remove seal case (carbon) (115) from the gearshaft.
2.6. Remove magnet from the start/generator adapter (Configuration 1 - Fig 5 Starter/Generator Adapter -
Configuration 1):
2.6.1. Remove the wave spring and magnet keeper from the adapter bore.
2.6.2. Position the oil jet off the edge of your workspace to prevent damage.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.6.3. Use a small-diameter tool in the three drive holes to carefully, evenly drive the magnet (114) out of
the adapter by hand (no hammer).
2.6.4. If the seal retainer needs to be removed, remove the three screws that attach the oil seal retainer to
the adapter. Remove the retaining ring, the oil seal retainer, and the O-ring.
2.7. Remove magnet from the starter/generator adapter (Configuration 2 - Fig 6 Starter/Generator
Adapter - Configuration 2):
2.7.1. Remove the wave spring and magnet keeper from the adapter bore.
2.7.2. Position the oil jet off the edge of your workspace to prevent damage.
2.7.3. Use a small-diameter tool in the three drive holes to carefully, evenly drive the magnet (114) out of
the adapter by hand (no hammer).
3. FUEL CONTROL UNIT/FUEL PUMP UNIT. Use the procedure that follow to remove magnetic
carbon seals from the fuel control/fuel pump location:
3.1. Remove the fuel control and fuel pump from the gearbox. Refer to 73-16-01-401.
3.2. Remove two bolts and washers attaching fuel pump adapter (60) to gearbox housing.
3.3. CAUTION
When removing fuel pump carbon seal, hold gearshaft forward while removing adapter and
carbon seal. This will keep gearshaft from becoming dislodged.
3.4. Carefully remove adapter. Use slide-hammer in two machine-screw threads to gently remove
adapter. Hold gearshaft in place during removal to prevent dislodging gearshaft/bearing from
housing.
3.5. Remove and discard adapter O-ring.
3.6. Remove seal case (carbon) (75) from gearshaft.
3.7. Remove magnet from fuel pump adapter:
3.7.1. Remove the retaining ring (23) from the adapter bore.
3.7.2. Remove the wave spring (22).
3.7.3. Remove the magnet keeper (61).
3.7.4. Use a plastic or nylon driver to gently, evenly push the magnet (74) out of the adapter by hand (no
hammer).
4. HYDRAULIC PUMP AND BREATHER TUBE. Use the procedure that follows to remove magnetic
carbon seals from the Hydraulic Pump Adapter and Breather Tube locations:
4.1. CAUTION
When replacing either the forward or aft hydraulic pump magnetic carbon seal, it is necessary
to replace both seals with new parts. Replacing only the forward seal can dislodge the aft seal
and cause a major oil leak.
Note
The hydraulic pump gearshaft must be removed from the gearbox when replacing the forward
and aft magnetic carbon seals.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the hydraulic pump from the gearbox. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
4.2. Remove four bolts and washers which attach the hydraulic pump adapter to the gearbox housing.
Remove the adapter and O-ring. Do not remove the magnet portion of the forward magnetic carbon
seal from the adapter.
4.3. Remove adapter from gearbox housing.
Note
Hydraulic pump gearshaft may come out of gearbox with the adapter.
4.4. Remove and discard adapter O-ring.
4.5. Remove magnet from hydraulic pump adapter:
4.5.1. Remove the retaining ring (230 from the adapter bore.
4.5.2. Remove the wave spring (22).
4.5.3. Remove the magnet keeper (21).
4.5.4. Use a small-diameter tool in the three driver holes to carefully, evenly drive the magnet (34) out of the
adapter by hand (no hammer).
4.6. CAUTION
Wear clean, lint-free gloves when handling gearshaft to prevent bearing contamination.
4.7. Carefully remove the hydraulic pump gearshaft from the gearbox.
4.8. Carefully remove the forward and aft carbon seal cases (35) from the gearshaft.
4.9. Remove the breather tube. Refer to 72-00-60-401.
4.10. CAUTION
TO PROTECT THE SEAL BORE IN THE GEARBOX HOUSING FROM DAMAGE, DO NOT USE
METAL TOOLS TO REMOVE THE AFT MAGNET. MAKE SURE THAT ALL TOOLS ARE CLEAN.
Remove the aft magnet from the gearbox housing breather port. Use a clean, nylon drift if required.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726017-0-24235-01028-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726058-0-24235-01051-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726079-0-24235-01066-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726047-0-24235-01047-A-001-00
Fig 4 Hydraulic Pump Gearshaft and Adapter - Removal/Installation
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726191-0-24235-01153-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726192-0-24235-01154-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove Type 1 Spring-Loaded Carbon Seals from the 8k Gearbox
Remove procedure
General
This task covers removal of the type 1 spring-loaded carbon seal assemblies from the 8k configuration gearbox.
Fig 1 Gearbox Carbon Seals - Type 1 Spring-Loaded Configuration (8k)- Removal/Installation
WARNING
OPPOSITE ENGINE.
CAUTION
TASK .
THIS TASK COVERS THE TYPE 1 SPRING-LOADED CONFIGURATION.
CAUTION
TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION, PLACE PROTECTIVE COVERS OVER ALL OPEN PORTS IN THE
GEARBOX WHEN NOT IN USE. MAKE SURE TOOLS AND FINGERS ARE CLEAN DURING MAINTENANCE.
WEAR POWDER-FREE LATEX, NITRILE, OR NEOPRENE GLOVES FOR THIS TASK.
Note
1 Gearbox Carbon Seal Replacement Videos are available for review on the Williams International
website.

beginning work.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Support equipment
Kit, Gearbox Seal Installation/ / AR

Removal
TL099696

Removal
TL220685
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. WARNING
VENTILATION.
3. STARTER/GENERATOR. Use the following procedure to remove spring-loaded carbon seal from the
3.1. Remove the starter/generator from the gearbox. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
3.2. Remove six bolts (40) and washers (50) attaching the starter/generator adapter (100) to the gearbox
housing. Carefully remove the adapter.
3.3. Remove O-ring (105) and O-ring (107) from the adapter.
3.4. Remove carbon seal (120) from the starter/generator adapter bore using driver TL099696-08 from
TL099696 kit.
3.5. CAUTION
Wear clean, lint-free gloves to prevent bearing contamination.
Remove seal runner (125) from the gearshaft using 3-jaw puller TL099696-02 with TL099696-06 plug
or 3-jaw puller TL220685-02 with TL220685-06 plug from TL220685 kit. Hold gearshaft in place
during removal to prevent dislodging gearshaft/bearing from housing.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.6. Inspect the inner diameter of gearshaft for damage; photograph and submit any evidence of damage
to WIProductSupport@williams-int.com .
3.7. Cover open ports in gearbox to prevent contamination.
4. FUEL PUMP. Use the following procedure to remove spring-loaded carbon seal from the fuel pump
location:
4.1. Remove the fuel control unit from the gearbox. Refer to 73-21-01-401
4.2. Remove the fuel pump from the gearbox. Refer to 73-16-01-401.
4.3. Remove two bolts (80) and washers (90) attaching the fuel pump adapter (60) to the gearbox
housing.
4.4. Carefully remove the adapter. There are two machine-screw threads in the adapter to facilitate
removal of the adapter by gently using a slide-hammer. Hold gearshaft in place during removal to
prevent dislodging gearshaft/bearing from housing.
4.5. Remove O-ring (65) from the adapter.
4.6. Remove the carbon seal (70) from the fuel pump adapter bore using driver TL099696-10 from the kit.
4.7. CAUTION
Remove the seal runner (74) from the gearshaft. Use 3-jaw puller TL099696-02 with TL099696-07
plug or 3-jaw puller TL220685-02 with TL220685-07 plug. Hold gearshaft in place during removal to
4.9. Cover open ports in gearbox to prevent contamination
5. HYDRAULIC PUMP. Use the following procedure to remove spring-loaded carbon seal from the
hydraulic pump location:
5.1. Remove the hydraulic pump from the gearbox. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
5.2. CAUTION
Remove four bolts (40) and washers (50) attaching the hydraulic pump adapter (20) to the gearbox
Note
5.4. Remove the hydraulic pump gearshaft from the gearbox housing (or separate it from the adapter)
and place it on a clean surface.
5.5. Remove the carbon seal (110) from the hydraulic pump adapter bore using driver from TL099696-09
from the kit.
5.6. Remove the seal runner (115) from the gearshaft. Use 3-jaw puller TL099696-02 with TL099696-07
plug or 3-jaw puller TL220685-02 with TL220685-07 plug.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.7. Cover open ports in gearbox to prevent contamination.
6. BREATHER TUBE. Use the following procedure to remove the spring-loaded carbon seal from the aft
side of the hydraulic pump gearshaft (breather tube port):
6.1. Remove the breather tube from the gearbox. Refer to 72-00-60-401. Make sure that the breather
tube hose is disconnected from the breather tube.
6.2. Remove the OD O-ring and the spring-loaded carbon seal (30) from the gearbox housing breather
port.
6.3. Note
In order to remove/install the breather port carbon seal assembly, it is necessary to remove the
hydraulic pump gearshaft from the gearbox.
Remove the hydraulic pump adapter and the hydraulic pump gearshaft in accordance with
instructions for hydraulic pump gearbox adapter, above. It is not necessary to remove the hydraulic
pump carbon seal or seal runner, as long as the sealing surfaces are protected from damage and
cleaned before final installation.
6.4. Remove the breather tube seal runner (32) from the aft end of the hydraulic pump gearshaft. Use 3-
jaw puller TL099696-02 with TL099696-07 plug or 3-jaw puller TL220685-02 with TL220685-07 plug.
6.5. Place gearshaft in plastic bag and cover all open gearbox ports to prevent contamination.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
33
32
30
36
BREATHER
TUBE
75
74
70
72
60 65
FDU
90
80
When installing a new or reworked gearbox
assembly, make sure that breather tube is a
compatible configuration. Refer to 72-00-60,
Fig. 1, Item 80 in the IPC
127
125
120
122
105 107
50
40 116
115
110
112
25
20 HYDRAULIC
PUMP
50
100 40 44-7260-92E
STARTER/
GENERATOR
ICN-FJ-AAA-726092-0-24235-01074-A-001-00
Fig 1 Gearbox Carbon Seals - Type 1 Spring-Loaded Configuration (8k)- Removal/Installation
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove Type 2, 3, or 4 Spring-Loaded Carbon Seals from the 8k Gearbox
Remove procedure
General
This task covers removal of the type 2, 3, or 4 spring-loaded carbon seal assemblies from the 8k configuration
gearbox.
Refer to the appropriate section for the applicable seal location on the gearbox. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Fig 1 Gearbox Carbon Seals - Type 2 Spring-Loaded Configuration (8k) - Removal/Installation

WARNING
OPPOSITE ENGINE.
CAUTION
TASK
THIS TASK COVERS THE TYPE 2 , 3, or 4 SPRING-LOADED CONFIGURATIONS.
CAUTION
GEARBOX WHEN NOT IN USE. MAKE SURE TOOLS AND FINGERS ARE CLEAN DURING MAINTENANCE.
Note
website.

beginning work.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Support equipment

Removal
TL099696

Removal
TL220685
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. WARNING
VENTILATION.
3. STARTER/GENERATOR. Use the following procedure to remove spring-loaded carbon seal from the
3.1. Remove the starter/generator from the gearbox. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
3.2. Remove six bolts (40) and washers (50) attaching the starter/generator adapter (100) to the gearbox
3.3. Remove O-ring (105) and O-ring (107) from the adapter.
3.4. Remove wave spring (4-26, 5-34, or 6-34) from adapter bore.
3.5. Remove spring washer (4-108, 5-109, or 6-109) from adapter bore.
3.6. Remove carbon seal (120) from the starter/generator adapter bore using driver TL099696-08 from
TL099696 kit.
3.7. CAUTION
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove seal runner (125) from the gearshaft using 3-jaw puller TL099696-02 with TL099696-06 plug
or 3-jaw puller TL220685-02 with TL220685-06 plug from TL220685 kit. Hold gearshaft in place
during removal to prevent dislodging gearshaft/bearing from housing.
4. FUEL PUMP. Use the following procedure to remove spring-loaded carbon seal from the fuel pump
location:
4.1. Remove the fuel control unit from the gearbox. Refer to 73-21-01-401
4.2. Remove the fuel pump from the gearbox. Refer to 73-16-01-401.
4.3. Remove two bolts (80) and washers (90) attaching the fuel pump adapter (60) to the gearbox
4.5. Remove the carbon seal (70) from the fuel pump adapter bore using driver TL099696-10 from kit.
4.6. CAUTION
Remove the seal runner (74) from the gearshaft using 3-jaw puller TL099696-02 with TL099696-07
plug or 3-jaw puller TL220685-02 with TL220685-07 plug. Hold gearshaft in place during removal to
5. HYDRAULIC PUMP. Use the following procedure to remove spring-loaded carbon seal from the
hydraulic pump location:
5.1. Remove the hydraulic pump from the gearbox. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
5.2. Remove four bolts (40) and washers (50) attaching the hydraulic pump adapter (20) to the gearbox
Note
5.4. CAUTION
Remove the hydraulic pump gearshaft from the gearbox housing (or separate it from the adapter)
and place it on a clean surface.
5.5. (Type 2 or Type 3 configuration only:)
Remove the spring sleeve (29), wave spring (28), and spring washer (27) from the adapter bore.
5.6. (Type 4 configuration only:)
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove washer and spring cartridge assembly (31) from the adapter bore.
5.7. Remove the carbon seal (110) from the hydraulic pump adapter bore using driver TL099696-09 from
the kit.
5.8. Remove the seal runner (115) from the gearshaft using 3-jaw puller TL099696-02 with TL099696-07
plug or 3-jaw puller TL220685-02 with TL220685-07 plug.
6. BREATHER TUBE. Use the following procedure to remove the spring-loaded carbon seal from the aft
side of the hydraulic pump gearshaft (breather tube port):
6.1. Remove the breather tube from the gearbox. Refer to 72-00-60-401. Make sure that the breather
tube hose is disconnected from the breather tube.
6.2. Remove the OD O-ring and the spring-loaded carbon seal (30) from the gearbox housing breather
port.
6.3. Note
In order to remove/install the breather port carbon seal assembly, it is necessary to remove the
hydraulic pump gearshaft from the gearbox.
Remove the hydraulic pump adapter and the hydraulic pump gearshaft in accordance with
instructions for hydraulic pump gearbox adapter, above. It is not necessary to remove the hydraulic
pump carbon seal or seal runner, as long as the sealing surfaces are protected from damage and
cleaned before final installation.
6.4. Remove the breather tube seal runner (32) from the aft end of the hydraulic pump gearshaft. Use 3-
jaw puller TL099696-02 with TL099696-07 plug or 3-jaw puller TL220685-02 with TL220685-07 plug.
6.5. Place gearshaft in plastic bag and cover all open gearbox ports to prevent contamination.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
33
32
30
36
BREATHER
TUBE
75
74
70
72
65
60
FDU
90
80
When installing a new or reworked gearbox 127

assembly, make sure that breather tube is a 125
compatible configuration. Refer to 72-00-60, 26
Fig. 1, Item 80 in the IPC.
108
120 107
105 122 116
115
50
40 29
28
27
110
112
25
20
HYDRAULIC
PUMP
50
STARTER/ 40
100 44-7261-10F
GENERATOR
ICN-FJ-AAA-726110-0-24235-01083-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
33
32
30
36
BREATHER
TUBE
75
74
70
72
65
60
FDU
90
80

109
120 107
105 122 116
115
50
40 29
28
27
110
112
25
20
HYDRAULIC
PUMP
50
STARTER/ 40
100 44-7262-11A
GENERATOR
ICN-FJ-AAA-726211-0-24235-01172-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
33
32
30
36
BREATHER
TUBE
75
74
70
72
65
60
FDU
90
80

127
34
109
120
122 107
105
50
40
116
115
31
110
112
25
20
50
STARTER/ 100 40 HYDRAULIC
GENERATOR 44-7261-27C
PUMP
ICN-FJ-AAA-726127-0-24235-01096-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install Magnetic Carbon Seals in Gearbox
Install procedure
General
This task covers installation of any of the magnetic carbon seals in the 8k configuration gearbox. Refer to the

Fig 4 Typical Magnetic Seal Installation - Assembly
72-60-01-01, 72-60-01-02
CAUTION
TASK.
This task covers the magnetic configuration.
CAUTION
GEARBOX WHEN NOT IN USE. ENSURE TOOLS, WORKSPACE, AND FINGERS ARE CLEAN DURING
MAINTENANCE. WEAR POWDER-FREE LATEX, NITRILE, OR NEOPRENE GLOVES FOR THIS TASK.
CAUTION
IF GEARBOX CARBON SEALS ARE CHANGED TO A DIFFERENT CONFIGURATION, THE GEARBOX
BREATHER TUBE MAY ALSO NEED TO BE CHANGED. REFER TO THE APPLICABLE SERVICE BULLETIN,
THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOG (72-00-60), OR CONTACT WILLIAMS INTERNATIONAL PRODUCT
SUPPORT TO MAKE SURE THAT THE BREATHER TUBE IS A COMPATIBLE CONFIGURATION.
INSTALLING THE WRONG CONFIGURATION COULD RESULT IN A SUDDEN LOSS OF OIL.
CAUTION
DO NOT REMOVE SEAL FROM PACKAGE UNTIL READY TO INSTALL IT. TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO
MATING FACES, DO NOT SLIDE SEAL CASE ACROSS MAGNET. AVOID PLACING MAGNET IN AREA
WHERE SMALL METAL CHIPS MAY BE ATTRACTED TO IT.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
beginning work.
Support equipment
STD-207 / AR
Heat Gun

MAT-001

MAT-011

MAT-027
Compound Retaining, 620 FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-093
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
Subject Fig Item Nomenclature
72-60-01 02 25 O-Ring
72-60-01 02 32 O-Ring (2)
72-60-01 02 33 O-Ring (2)
72-60-01 02 51 O-Ring
72-60-01 02 65 O-Ring
72-60-01 02 72 O-Ring
72-60-01 02 73 O-Ring
72-60-01 02 94 O-Ring
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
72-60-01 02 105 O-Ring
72-60-01 02 107 O-Ring
72-60-01 02 112 O-Ring
72-60-01 02 113 O-Ring
72-60-01 02 130 O-Ring
2. Repair Parts
IPC Reference
72-60-01 02 30 Magnetic Seal (2)

72-60-01 02 31 Magnetic Seal
3. WARNING
IMPROPER ASSEMBLY OF GEARBOX CARBON SEALS CAN RESULT IN A SUDDEN LOSS OF
ENGINE OIL. CAREFULLY FOLLOW ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS AND REFER TO
ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOG OR APPLICABLE SERVICE BULLETIN TO MAKE SURE
CORRECT PART NUMBERS ARE USED.
WARNING
ENGINE MUST BE GROUND TESTED FOR LEAKS AT MAX CONTINUOUS POWER FOR 10
MINUTES FOLLOWING GEARBOX CARBON SEAL REPLACEMENTS.
WARNING
ENGINE SHOULD BE FLIGHT TESTED BEFORE PERFORMING GEARBOX MAINTENANCE ON
THE OPPOSITE ENGINE.
WARNING
ENGINE OIL (MAT-001) IS TOXIC TO THE SKIN. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING WHILE
VENTILATION.
STARTER/GENERATOR. Use the procedure that follows to install magnetic carbon seals to the
3.1. Prepare starter/generator adapter (100) for seal installation as follows:
3.1.1. Clean adapter bore, keeper/retainer, and wave spring using alcohol (MAT-027) and a lint-free wiper.
Ensure parts are free of oil, dirt, and foreign material.
3.2. Prepare new magnetic carbon seal (110) for installation as follows:
3.2.1. Verify correct carbon seal at each installation. Refer to Illustrated Parts Catalog 72-60-01-01 or
72-60-01-02.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.2.2. When removing seal from packaging, the seal case (115) must be separated from the magnet (114).
Pull case straight away from magnet (DO NOT slide seal case across magnet).
3.2.3. Clean sealing surfaces of new carbon seal. Saturate a lint-free cloth with alcohol and gently rotate
the seal and magnet (use wrist motion), facedown, on the cloth.
3.2.4. Lubricate the installed O-rings on the seal case and magnet with assembly fluid (MAT-011).
3.2.5. Inspect O-rings for twists or waves. Straighten O-rings as required.
3.3. Assemble starter/generator adapter (Configuration 1 - Fig 7 Starter/Generator Adapter -

Configuration 1) as follows:
3.3.1. If the oil seal retainer (93) was removed, install it as follows:
3.3.1.1. Lubricate retainer O-ring with assembly fluid and install on retainer groove.
3.3.1.2. Install retainer into starter/generator adapter. Ensure bolt holes are aligned.
3.3.1.3. Install retaining ring to secure retainer onto starter/generator adapter.
3.3.1.4. Apply a light coat of retaining compound (MAT-093) to three screws. Install three screws to secure oil
seal retainer to the adapter. Torque screws 3.6 to 4.0 inch-pounds (0.4 to 0.45 N.m).
3.3.2. Lubricate oil seal retainer bore with assembly fluid.
3.3.3. Install magnet into starter/generator oil seal retainer bore with highly polished and unmarked surface
(mating face) facing up. Verify magnet is seated.
3.3.4. Install magnet keeper (96) against the magnet.
Note
Assembly fluid (MAT-011) is used to retain the wave spring in the adapter bore when the adapter
is installed on the gearbox. Engine oil is a solvent for assembly fluid. Verify these parts are clean
and free of engine oil before applying assembly fluid.
3.3.5. Apply three drops of assembly fluid to wave spring (95) to hold it during installation and then install it
onto the magnet keeper.
3.3.6. Clean mating surfaces of the magnet and seal case with alcohol or clean engine oil and a lint-free
cloth or foam swab.
3.3.7. CAUTION
It is imperative that all assembly fluid be removed from the mating faces of the carbon seal
and runner. Failure to remove all assembly fluid from the seal faces will result in overheating
damage to the carbon seal.
3.3.8. Apply two or three drops of clean engine oil to the carbon seal or magnet.
3.3.9. Carefully install (mate) the carbon face of the seal case onto the magnet in the adapter. Ensure the
seal case has its carbon face down and is centered on the polished magnet seal face.
3.3.10. Lube adapter O-rings (105 and 107) with assembly fluid and install on adapter groove and face of
gearbox.
3.4. Assemble starter/generator adapter (Configuration 2 - Fig 8 Starter/Generator Adapter -

Configuration 2) as follows:
3.4.1. Lubricate adapter bore with assembly fluid.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.4.2. Install magnet into adapter bore with highly polished and unmarked surface (mating face) facing up.
Verify magnet is seated.
Note
Assembly fluid (MAT-011) is used to retain the wave spring in the adapter bore when the adapter
is installed on the gearbox. Engine oil is a solvent for assembly fluid. Verify these parts are clean
and free of engine oil before applying assembly fluid.
3.4.4. Apply three drops of assembly fluid to wave spring (95) to hold it during installation and then install in
onto the magnet keeper.
3.4.5. Clean mating faces of the magnet and seal case with alcohol or clean engine oil (MAT-001) and a
lint-free cloth or foam swab.
3.4.6. CAUTION
and runner. Failure to remove all assembly fluid from the deal faces will result in overheating
Apply two or three drops of clean engine oil to the carbon seal or magnet.
3.4.7. Carefully install (mate) the carbon seal face of the seal case onto the magnet in the adapter. Ensure
the seal case has its carbon face down and is centered on the polished magnet seal face.
3.4.8. Lube adapter O-rings (105 and 107) with assembly fluid and install on adapter groove and face of
gearbox.
3.5. Prepare gearshaft for carbon seal/adapter installation as follows:
3.5.1. Clean gearshaft outer diameter using alcohol and a clean, lint-free cloth.
3.5.2. Apply a light coating of assembly fluid to gearshaft outer diameter.
3.5.3. CAUTION
When installing the assembled adapter/carbon seal over the gearshaft, do not reverse the
installation direction (i.e., pull). This may cause the o-ring to roll and unseat the carbon seal.
Note
Because of assembly tolerances, it may be necessary to heat the bearing pocket in the starter/
generator with a heat gun for 1 to 2 minute before installing the adapter.
3.6. Install adapter onto gearbox as follows:
Note
Maintain constant pressure on the adapter, holding it tightly against the gearbox housing, until
two opposing bolts are installed.
3.6.1. Align adapter/carbon seal assembly with gearshaft end.
3.6.2. CAUTION
Do not strike adapter plate or apply uneven pressure when installing the adapter plate onto
the gearbox. This can cause the wave spring to dislodge and damage the bearing.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Using constant pressure, PUSH assembled adapter into place until bearing is engaged in adapter
bore and face is seated against the gearbox. It will take some force to overcome the adapter O-ring
press-fit.
Note
If it is necessary to remove the adapter/carbon seal assembly, you must remove the seal case
and magnet and repeat all the procedures for inspecting, lubricating, and installing the carbon
seal.
3.7. Attach adapter to gearbox housing with bolts. Use one washer under each bolt.
3.8. Torque bolts 55 to 65 inch-pounds (6.2 to 7.3 N.m).
4. FUEL CONTROL UNIT/FUEL PUMP UNIT. Use the procedure that follows to install magnetic carbon
seals to the fuel control/fuel pump ( 73-16-01-401) location:
4.1. Prepare fuel pump adapter (60) for seal installation as follows:
4.1.1. Clean adapter bore, keeper, wave spring, and retaining ring using alcohol (MAT-027) and lint-free
wiper. Ensure parts are free of oil, dirt, and foreign material.
4.2.1. Verify correct carbon seal at each installation. Refer to Illustrated Parts Catalog 72-60-01-01 or
72-60-01-02.
Pull seal case straight away from magnet (DO NOT slide seal case across magnet).
4.2.3. Clean sealing surfaces of new carbon seal. Saturate a lint-free cloth with alcohol and gently rotate
the seal and magnet (use wrist motion), facedown, on the cloth.
4.2.4. Lubricate installed O-rings on the seal case and magnet with assembly fluid.
4.2.5. Inspect installed O-rings for twists or waves. Straighten O-rings as required.
4.3. Assemble the fuel pump adapter as follows:
4.3.1. Lubricate adapter bore with assembly fluid (MAT-011).
4.3.2. Install magnet into adapter bore with the highly polished and unmarked surface (mating face) facing
up. Verify the magnet is seated.
4.3.4. Install wave spring (22) onto the magnet keeper.
4.3.5. Install retaining ring (23) into adapter groove.
4.3.7. CAUTION
It is imperative THAT all assembly fluid be removed from the mating faces of the carbon seal
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4.3.8. Carefully install (mate) the carbon face of the seal case onto the seal runner magnet in the adapter.
Ensure the seal case has its carbon face down and is centered on the polished magnet seal face.
4.3.9. Lube adapter O-ring (65) with assembly fluid and install on adapter groove.
4.4. Prepare gearshaft for installation of the carbon seal/adapter as follows:
4.4.1. Wipe gearshaft to remove oil residue.
4.4.2. Apply a light coating of assembly fluid to the gearshaft outer diameter.
4.5. CAUTION
When installing the assembled adapter/carbon seal over the gearshaft, do not reverse the
installation direction (i.e., pull). This may cause the O-ring to roll and unseat the carbon seal.
4.6.1. Note
bolts are installed.
Align the adapter/carbon seal assembly with the gearshaft end.

4.6.2. CAUTION
Do not strike adapter plate or apply uneven pressure when installing the adapter plate onto
the gearbox. This can damage the bearing.
Using constant pressure, PUSH the assembled adapter into place until the bearing is engaged in the
adapter bore and the face is seated against the gearbox. It will take some force to overcome the
adapter O-ring press fit.
Note
seal.
4.7. Attach adapter to the gearbox housing with bolts. Use one washer under each bolt.
5. CAUTION
When replacing either the forward or aft hydraulic pump magnetic carbon seal, it is necessary
to replace both seals with new parts. Replacing only the forward seal can dislodge the aft seal
and cause a major oil leak.
HYDRAULIC PUMP AND BREATHER TUBE: Use the procedure that follows to install the magnetic
carbon seals to the hydraulic pump adapter and breather tube locations:
Note
The (forward) hydraulic pump mount adapter and the hydraulic pump gearshaft were removed
from the gearbox to allow aft carbon seal replacement.
5.1. Prepare gearshaft as follows:
5.1.1. Clean gearshaft outer diameters using alcohol (MAT-027) and a clean, lint-free cloth.
5.1.2. Apply a light coating of assembly fluid (MAT-011) to the gearshaft outer diameters.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.2. Install the hydraulic pump gearshaft by centering it in the housing bore and engaging the aft bearing
pilot diameter. Rotate, as required, to mesh gear teeth.
5.3. Prepare hydraulic pump adapter (20) for seal installation as follows:
5.3.1. Clean adapter bore, keeper, wave spring, and retaining ring using alcohol and a lint-free wiper.
Ensure parts are free of oil, dirt, and foreign material.
5.3.2. Lubricate adapter bore with assembly fluid.
5.4.1. Verify correct cabon seal at each installation. Refer to Illustrated Parts Catalog 72-60-01-01 or
72-60-01-02.
Pull seal case straight away from magnet (DO NOT slide seal case across magnet).
5.4.3. Clean the sealing surfaces of the new carbon seal. Saturate a lint-free cloth with alcohol and then
gently rotate the seal and magnet (use wrist motion), facedown, on the cloth.
5.4.4. Lubricate the installed O-rings on the seal case and magnet with assembly fluid.
5.4.5. Inspect installed O-rings for twists or waves. Straighten O-rings as required.
5.5. Assemble the hydraulic pump adapter as follows:
5.5.1. Install magnet into adapter bore with the highly polished and unmarked surface (mating face) facing
up. Verify the magnet is seated.
5.5.3. Install wave spring (22) onto the magnet keeper.
5.5.4. Install retaining ring (23) into adapter groove.
5.5.6. CAUTION
and runner. Failure to remove all assembly fluid from the deal faces will result in overheating
5.5.7. Carefully install (mate) the carbon face of the seal case onto the seal runner magnet in the adapter.
Ensure the seal case has its carbon face down and is centered on the polished magnet seal face.
5.5.8. Lube adapter O-ring (25) with assembly fluid and install on adapter groove.
5.6.1. Note
bolts are installed.
Align the adapter/carbon seal assembly with the gearshaft end.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.6.2. CAUTION
Do not strike the adapter plate or apply uneven pressure when installing it onto the gearbox.
This can damage the bearing.
Using constant pressure, PUSH the assembled adapter into place until the bearing is engaged in the
adapter bore and the face is seated against the gearbox. It will take some force to overcome the
adapter O-ring press fit.
Note
seal.
5.7. Attach adapter to gearbox housing with bolts. Use one washer under each bolt.

5.9. Assemble breather tube carbon seal as follows:
5.9.1. Prepare new carbon seal (per step above).
5.9.2. CAUTION
Clean mating faces of the magnet and seal ase with alcohol or clean engine oil and a lint-free cloth or
foam swab.
5.9.3. Apply two or three drops of clean engine oil the carbon seal or magnet.
5.9.4. Carefully mate the carbon face of the seal case onto the seal runner magnet. Ensure the seal case
has its carbon face down and is centered on the polished magnet seal face.
5.9.5. Lubricate the breather port of the gerabox housing with assembly fluid.
5.10. For carbon seals WITHOUT A FLANGE, assemble as follows:
5.10.1. With the seal case facing into the gearbox, carefully install the assembled carbon seal assembly into
the breather port seal bore until the magnet is fully seated in the machined pocket in the gearbox
housing. Use constant, uniform pressure while keeping the assembly perpendicular to the bore.
5.11. For FLANGED carbon seals, assemble as follows:
5.11.1. With the seal case facing into the gearbox, carefully install the assembled carbon seal assembly into
the breather port deal bore until the flange on the magnet mates with the housing bore (Fig 6 Typical
Magnetic Seal Installation - Assembly). Use constant, uniform pressure while keeping the assembly
perpendicular to the bore.
6. CAUTION
WHEN INSTALLING THE STARTER/GENERATOR, DO NOT ALLOW THE SPLINE TO STRIKE
THE GEARSHAFT AND DO NOT LET THE STARTER GENERATOR "HANG" UNSUPPORTED
ON THE STUDS BEFORE BEING SECURED. THE WEIGHT OF THE STARTER GENERATOR
CAN EASILY UNSEAT THE CARBON SEAL, CAUSING AN OIL LEAK.
Install the gearbox-mounted accessories; refer to applicable procedures referenced above.

Installation instructions for the gearbox breather tube are found in 72-00-60-401.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
7. Job Close-up
7.1.1. Service the engine with oil. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
7.2. CAUTION
LEAK CHECK GROUND RUN MUST BE PERFORMED AT MAX CONTINUOUS POWER for 10
minutes AFTER GEARBOX CARBON SEAL MAINTENANCE.
Perform engine ground run testing as required by List of Test Procedures. Refer to 71-00-00-501.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726017-0-24235-01028-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726058-0-24235-01051-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 12 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726079-0-24235-01066-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 13
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726008-0-24235-01026-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 14 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726047-0-24235-01047-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 15
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726048-0-24235-01048-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 16 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726191-0-24235-01153-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 17
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726192-0-24235-01154-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 18 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 19
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install Type 1 Spring-Loaded Carbon Seals in the 8k Gearbox
Install procedure
General
This task covers installation of the type 1, spring-loaded carbon seal assemblies into the 8k configuration gearbox.
Fig 1 Gearbox Carbon Seals - Type 1 Spring-Loaded Configuration - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Gearbox - Seal Runner - Sealing Surface Identification
72-60-01-03
CAUTION
THERE ARE DIFFERENT CONFIGURATIONS OF GEARBOX CARBON SEALS WITH DIFFERING
REMOVAL / INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. REFER TO THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOG TO
IDENTIFY THE CONFIGURATION YOU ARE WORKING WITH AND THEN WORK TO THE CORRECT TASK.
THIS TASK COVERS THE TYPE 1 SPRING-LOADED CONFIGURATION
CAUTION
GEARBOX. ENSURE TOOLS, WORK SURFACES, AND FINGERS ARE CLEAN DURING MAINTENANCE.
CAUTION
If gearbox carbon seals are changed to a different configuration, the gearbox breather tube may need to
be changed too. Refer to the applicable service bulletin, the Illustrated Parts Catalog (72-00-60), or contact
Note
website.

beginning work.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Support equipment

Removal
TL099696

MAT-001

MAT-011

MAT-027
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
72-60-01 03 25 O-Ring
72-60-01 03 36 O-Ring
72-60-01 03 65 O-Ring
72-60-01 03 105 O-Ring
72-60-01 03 107 O-Ring
2. WARNING
ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOG OR APPLICABLE SERVICE BULLETIN TO VERIFY CORRECT
PART NUMBERS ARE USED.
WARNING
ENGINE MUST BE GROUND RUN FOR LEAKS AT MAX CONTINUOUS POWER FOLLOWING
GEARBOX CARBON SEAL REPLACEMENTS.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
WARNING
WARNING
VENTILATION.
3. STARTER/GENERATOR. Use the following procedure to install spring-loaded carbon seal at the
starter/generator location.
3.1. Prepare new carbon seal and seal runner for assembly as follows:
Note
1 Carbon seals and seal runners must not be replaced individually. They must always be
replaced as a set.
2 Seal runners have either an etched-pattern sealing surface or a highly-polished sealing

surface. See Fig 2 Gearbox - Seal Runner - Sealing Surface Identification.
3.1.1. Verify correct carbon seal and runner part number at each installation. Refer to the Illustrated Parts
Catalog 72-60-01-03.
3.1.2. Clean the sealing surfaces of the new carbon seal and seal runner. Saturate a lint-free cloth with
alcohol (MAT-027) and then rotate the seal and runner (use wrist motion), face-down, on the cloth.
3.1.3. Lubricate the O-rings on both carbon seal and seal runner with assembly fluid (MAT-011).
3.1.4. Inspect installed O-rings for twists or waves. Straighten O-rings as follows: For the seal, the O-ring
should be pushed towards the carbon face side of the O-ring groove. For the seal runner, the O-ring
should be pushed towards the sealing surface.
3.1.5. Apply several drops of fresh engine oil (MAT-001) directly to the carbon portion of the seal. Gently
and carefully deflect carbon seal several times, allowing oil to flow behind the carbon. Verify that the
seal moves freely. Reject the seal if it does not move freely.
3.2. Prepare starter/generator adapter assembly (100) for seal installation, as follows:
3.2.1. Clean adapter bore with alcohol (MAT-027) and a clean, lint-free cloth.
3.2.2. Lubricate seal bore of the adapter with assembly fluid.
3.3. Install the carbon seal (120) into the adapter bore using driver TL099696-08 from the TL099696 kit to
push the seal into place. Use hand pressure only. Ensure the carbon seal is fully seated in the
adapter pocket. Use care to prevent damage to the seal face and O-ring.
3.4. CAUTION
TO AVOID SEAL DAMAGE, DO NOT PUSH ON THE CARBON SURFACE DURING
INSTALLATION
Apply assembly fluid to new O-ring (105) and install on adapter.
3.5. Prepare gearshaft for seal runner installation as follows:
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.5.1. Clean gearshaft outer diameter and bearing inner race using alcohol (MAT-027) and a clean, lint-free
cloth.
3.6. CAUTION
WEAR CLEAN, LINT-FREE GLOVES TO PREVENT BEARING CONTAMINATION.
Install the seal runner (125) onto the gearshaft with the highly-polished sealing surface facing out.
Push the seal runner down the shaft until it seats against the bearing inner race. Use care to prevent
damage to the seal face and O-ring.
3.7. Apply assembly fluid to new O-ring (107) and install on face of gearbox housing.
3.8. Use alcohol (MAT-027) or engine oil (MAT-001) and a clean, lint-free cloth to remove all residual
assembly fluid and debris from the mating faces of the carbon seal and seal runner.
3.9. CAUTION
IT IS IMPERATIVE ALL ASSEMBLY FLUID IS REMOVED FROM THE MATING FACES OF THE
CARBON SEAL AND RUNNER. FAILURE TO REMOVE ALL ASSEMBLY FLUID FROM THE
SEAL FACES WILL RESULT IN OVERHEAT DAMAGE TO THE CARBON SEAL.
Apply approximately three drops of fresh engine oil (MAT-001) to the carbon seal or runner.
3.10. CAUTION
Seat the adapter tightly against the gearbox housing by hand only. Do not use bolts to draw
the adapter tight against the housing; damage may occur.
Align bolt holes and then carefully install the adapter onto the gearbox. Use care not to damage
carbon seal during installation.
3.11. CAUTION
DO NOT STRIKE ADAPTER PLATE OR APPLY UN-EVEN PRESSURE WHEN INSTALLING THE
ADAPTER PLATE ONTO THE GEARBOX.
Install six bolts (40) and washers (50) to secure adapter. Torque bolts 55 to 65 inch-pounds (6.2 to
7.3 N.m).
4. CAUTION
STARTER/GENERATOR SPLINE-SHAFT SHOULD BE CLEAN AND DRY WHEN INSTALLED. DO
NOT USE GREASE OR OTHER LUBRICANTS. REPLACE SPLINE-SHAFT O-RING PER THE
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL.
Install the starter-generator to the gearbox. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
5. FUEL PUMP. Use the following procedure to install spring-loaded carbon seal at the fuel pump
location.
5.1. Prepare new carbon seal (70) and seal runner (74) for assembly as follows:
Note
replaced as a set.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01

Catalog 72-60-01-03.
5.2. Prepare adapter assembly (60) for seal installation, as follows:
5.2.1. Clean adapter bore with alcohol (MAT-027) and a clean, lint-free cloth.

5.3. Install the carbon seal (70) into the adapter bore using driver TL099696-10 from the kit to push the
seal into place. Use hand pressure only. Ensure the carbon seal is fully seated in the adapter pocket.
Use care to prevent damage to the seal face and O-ring.
5.4. CAUTION
INSTALLATION
cloth.
5.6. CAUTION
Install the seal runner (74) onto the gearshaft with the sealing surface (etched-pattern or highly
polished face) facing out, towards you. Push the seal runner down the shaft until it stops against the
gearshaft flange. Use care to prevent damage to the seal face and O-ring.
5.7. Use alcohol (MAT-027) or Engine Oil (MAT-001) and a clean, lint-free cloth to remove all residual
5.8. CAUTION
SEAL FACES WILL RESULT IN OVERHEATING DAMAGE TO THE CARBON SEAL.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.9. CAUTION
Align bolt holes and then carefully install the adapter on the gearbox. Use care not to damage carbon
seal during installation.
5.10. Install two bolts (80) and washers (90) to secure adapter. Torque bolts 46 to 51 inch-pounds (5.3 to
5.7 N.m).
6. Install the fuel pump onto the gearbox. Refer to 73-16-01-401.
7. Install the fuel control unit onto the gearbox. Refer to 73-21-01-401.
8. HYDRAULIC PUMP. Use the following procedure to install spring-loaded carbon seal at the hydraulic
pump location.
Note
replaced as a set.

Catalog 72-60-01-03.
8.2. Prepare adapter assembly (20) for seal installation, as follows:
8.2.1. Clean adapter bore and face with alcohol (MAT-027) and a clean, lint-free cloth.

8.3. Insert a piece of shim stock (0.001 - 0.002 inch) into the adapter to cover the drain hole groove so
that the O-ring is not pinched during installation. Allow enough shim stock to protrude so that it can
be removed after seal installation.
Use care to prevent damage to the seal face and O-ring. Remove shim stock.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
8.5. CAUTION
INSTALLATION.
Note
Make sure that the aft hydraulic pump (breather tube) carbon seal runner is clean and properly
installed before the gearshaft is installed in the gearbox.
8.6. CAUTION
Install the hydraulic pump gearshaft by centering it in the housing bore and engaging the aft bearing
pilot diameter. Rotate as required to mesh gear teeth.
cloth.
8.8. Install the seal runner (115) onto the gearshaft with the sealing surface (etched-pattern or highly
polished face) facing out, towards you. Push the seal runner down the shaft until it seats against the
bearing inner race. Use care to prevent damage to the seal face and O-ring.
8.10. CAUTION
Apply approximately three drops of fresh engine oil (MAT-001) to the carbon seal
8.11. CAUTION
8.12. CAUTION
DO NOT STRIKE THE ADAPTER PLATE OR APPLY UN-EVEN PRESSURE WHEN INSTALLING
THE ADAPTER PLATE SUB-ASSEMBLY ONTO THE GEARBOX.
Install four bolts (40) and washers (50) to secure adapter. Torque bolts 55 to 65 inch-pounds (6.2 to
7.3 N.m).
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
9. CAUTION
HYDRAULIC PUMP SPLINE-SHAFT SHOULD BE CLEAN AND DRY WHEN INSTALLED. DO
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
Install hydraulic pump to the gearbox. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
10. BREATHER TUBE. Use the following procedure to install spring-loaded carbon seal at the aft side of
the hydraulic pump gearshaft (breather tube port).
Note
replaced as a set.
Catalog 72-60-01-03.
10.2. CAUTION
Note
The hydraulic pump gearshaft was removed from the gearbox when the carbon seal runner was
removed. The new seal runner should be installed on the aft end of the gearshaft before the
gearshaft is installed in the gearbox.
Prepare gearshaft surface for seal installation, as follows:
cloth.
10.2.3. Apply a coating of assembly fluid to the breather tube bore of the gearbox housing.
10.3. Install the seal runner (32) onto the aft end of the gearshaft with the highly-polished sealing surface
facing out. Push the seal runner down the shaft until it seats against the end of the gearshaft. Use
care to prevent damage to the seal face and O-ring.
10.4. Reinstall both the hydraulic pump gearshaft and hydraulic pump adapter into the gearbox in
accordance with instructions for hydraulic pump gearbox adapter, above.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
10.6. CAUTION
10.7. Install the carbon seal (30) into the gearbox housing bore so that it mates with the seal runner; hold
the carbon seal in place.
10.8. Apply assembly fluid to breather tube O-ring (36) and install around OD of installed carbon seal, flush
against gearbox housing face. Work the O-ring into the groove between the housing and the carbon
seal.
10.9. CAUTION
Be careful not to pinch the breather tube O-ring during installation of breather tube.
Note
Breather tube should be disconnected from breather tube hose to allow for proper installation.
Carefully install breather tube over carbon seal and align bolt holes with gearbox housing. Install two
bolts and torque 49 to 55 inch-pounds (5.5 to 6.2 N.m).
10.10. Install breather tube hose to breather tube. Refer to 72-00-60-401.
11. Job Close-up

11.2. CAUTION
LEAK CHECK GROUND RUN MUST BE PERFORMED AT MAX CONTINUOUS POWER AFTER
GEARBOX CARBON SEAL MAINTENANCE.
Perform ground run testing in accordance with the requirements of the List of Test Procedures. Refer
to 71-00-00-501.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
33
32
30
36
BREATHER
TUBE
75
74
70
72
60 65
FDU
90
80
compatible configuration. Refer to 72-00-60,
127
125
120
122
105 107
50
40 116
115
110
112
25
20 HYDRAULIC
PUMP
50
100 40 44-7260-92E
STARTER/
GENERATOR
ICN-FJ-AAA-726092-0-24235-01074-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
SEAL RUNNER SEALING SURFACES
ETCHED-PATTERN HIGHLY-POLISHED
SEALING SURFACE SEALING SURFACE
44-7261-75
ICN-FJ-AAA-726175-0-24235-01137-A-001-00
Fig 2 Gearbox - Seal Runner - Sealing Surface Identification
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-804A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 12 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install procedure
General
This task covers installation of the type 2 spring-loaded carbon seal assemblies into the 8k configuration gearbox.
Fig 2 Gearbox - Seal Runners - Sealing Surface Identification
Fig 3 Gearbox - Wave Spring - Proper Winding of Overlap

Fig 4 Properly Assembled Type 2 Starter/Generator Adapter, 8K Gearbox
Fig 5 Properly Assembled Type 2 Starter/Generator Adapter, 8K Gearbox - Detail
Fig 6 Type 2 Wave Spring - Starter/Generator Adapter, 8K Gearbox
72-60-01-04.
CAUTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
Note
website.

beginning work.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Support equipment

Removal
TL099696

MAT-001

MAT-011

MAT-027
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
72-60-01 04 25 O-Ring
72-60-01 04 36 O-Ring
72-60-01 04 65 O-Ring
72-60-01 04 105 O-Ring
72-60-01 04 107 O-Ring
2. WARNING
WARNING
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
WARNING
WARNING
ENGINE OIL IS TOXIC TO THE SKIN. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING WHILE HANDLING
ENGINE OIL. ANY OIL THAT CONTACTS THE SKIN MUST BE WASHED OFF IMMEDIATELY.
OIL MAY BURN IF EXPOSED TO FLAME. HANDLE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION.
Note
replaced as a set.

surface. See Fig 2 Gearbox - Seal Runners - Sealing Surface Identification.
Catalog 72-60-01-04.
3.2. Prepare Starter/Generator adapter assembly (100) for seal installation as follows:
3.2.1. Clean the adapter bore and face with alcohol and a clean, lint-free cloth.
3.2.2. Lubricate seal bore of adapter with assembly fluid.
3.4. CAUTION
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
WHEN INSTALLING SPRING WASHER (108), VERIFY YOU ARE INSTALLING THE CORRECT
PART NUMBER PER THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOG. INSTALLATION OF INCORRECT
PART NUMBER SPRING WASHER WILL CAUSE GEARBOX BEARING FAILURE.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
1 Assembly fluid (MAT-011) is used to retain the spring washer and wave spring in the adapter
bore when the adapter is installed on the gearbox. Engine oil is a solvent for assembly fluid.
Verify these parts are clean and free of engine oil before applying assembly fluid.
2 Make sure that the overlap portion of the wave spring is wound as shown in Fig 3 Gearbox -
Wave Spring - Proper Winding of Overlap
Apply three drops of assembly fluid to the spring washer (108) and then install the washer into the
adapter bore.
3.5. Apply three drops of assembly fluid to wave spring (26) and then snap it into the adapter bore on top
of the spring washer. Position the wave spring split-line away from the two rows of cooling holes in
the adapter.
3.6. Apply assembly fluid to new O-ring (105) and install on adapter.
cloth.
3.8. Install the seal runner (125) onto the gearshaft with the highly-polished sealing surface facing out.
3.11. CAUTION
SEAL FACES WILL RESULT IN OVERHEAT DAMAGE TO THE CARBON SEAL
3.12. CAUTION
3.13. CAUTION
ADAPTER PLATE ONTO THE GEARBOX. THIS CAN CAUSE THE WAVE SPRING TO
DISLODGE AND DAMAGE THE BEARING.
7.3 N.m).
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. CAUTION
5. FUEL PUMP. Use the following procedure to Install spring-loaded carbon seal at the fuel pump
location.
Note
replaced as a set.
Catalog 72-60-01-04 or 72-60-01-05 or 72-60-01-06.
5.2. Prepare adapter assembly (60) for seal installation as follows:
5.4. CAUTION
INSTALLATION
cloth.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.6. CAUTION
5.8. CAUTION
5.9. CAUTION
5.10. CAUTION
Install two bolts (80) and washers (90) to secure adapter. Torque bolts 46 to 51 inch-pounds (5.3 to
5.7 N.m).
pump location.
Note
replaced as a set.

3 Type 2 and 3 gearboxes use a 3-piece sleeve (29), spring (28) and washer (27) at the
hydraulic pump location.
Catalog 72-60-01-04.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
8.2. Prepare adapter assembly (20) and gearshaft surface for seal installation, as follows:
8.5. CAUTION
INSTALLATION.
Note
Assembly fluid (MAT-011) is used to retain the spring washer, wave spring, and spring sleeve in
the adapter bore when the adapter is installed on the gearbox. Engine oil is a solvent for
assembly fluid. Verify these parts are clean and free of engine oil before applying assembly fluid.
Type 2 or Type 3 Configuration ONLY:
8.5.1. Apply assembly fluid to spring washer (27) and install it over the carbon seal in the adapter bore. The
“X” mark on the spring washer should face the installer.
8.5.2. Apply assembly fluid to wave spring (28) and install it on top of spring washer.
8.5.3. Apply assembly fluid to spring sleeve (29) and install it over the wave spring. The “X” mark on the
spring sleeve should face down (towards the wave spring).
8.7. CAUTION
Note
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
cloth.
8.11. CAUTION
8.12. CAUTION
8.13. CAUTION
THE ADAPTER PLATE SUB-ASSEMBLY ONTO THE GEARBOX. THIS CAN CAUSE THE WAVE
SPRING, SLEEVE, OR CARTRIDGE TO DISLODGE AND DAMAGE THE BEARING.
7.3 N.m).
9. CAUTION
Note
replaced as a set.

Catalog 72-60-01-04.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
10.2. CAUTION
Wear clean, lint-free gloves when handling gearshaft. Make sure that all work surfaces are
clean.
Note
10.2.1. Clean gearshaft surface with alcohol (MAT-027) and a clean, lint-free cloth.
10.6. CAUTION
Apply approximately three drops of fresh engine oil (MAT-001) to the carbon seal or runner
seal.
10.9. CAUTION
BE CAREFUL NOT TO PINCH THE BREATHER TUBE O-RING DURING INSTALLATION OF
BREATHER TUBE.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
Breather tube should be disconnected from the flexible breather hose to allow for proper
installation.
11. Job Close-up


11.2. CAUTION
to 71-00-00-501.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
33
32
30
36
BREATHER
TUBE
75
74
70
72
65
60
FDU
90
80

108
120 107
105 122 116
115
50
40 29
28
27
110
112
25
20
HYDRAULIC
PUMP
50
STARTER/ 40
100 44-7261-10F
GENERATOR
ICN-FJ-AAA-726110-0-24235-01083-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
44-7261-75
ICN-FJ-AAA-726175-0-24235-01137-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 12 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726115-0-24235-01085-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 13
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726199-0-24235-01161-A-001-00
Fig 4 Properly Assembled Type 2 Starter/Generator Adapter, 8K Gearbox
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 14 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726201-0-24235-01162-A-001-00
Fig 5 Properly Assembled Type 2 Starter/Generator Adapter, 8K Gearbox - Detail
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 15
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726202-0-24235-01163-A-001-00
Fig 6 Type 2 Wave Spring - Starter/Generator Adapter, 8K Gearbox
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 16 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-806A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 17
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install procedure
General

Fig 4 Properly Assembled Type 3 Starter/Generator Adapter, 8k Gearbox
Fig 5 Properly Assembled Type 3 Starter/Generator Adapter, 8k Gearbox - Detail
Fig 6 Type 3 Wave Spring - Starter/Generator Adapter and Hydraulic Pump Adapter, 8k Gearbox
72-60-01-05.
CAUTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
Note
website.

beginning work.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Support equipment

Removal
TL099696

MAT-001

MAT-011

MAT-027
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
72-60-01 04 25 O-Ring
72-60-01 04 36 O-Ring
72-60-01 04 65 O-Ring
72-60-01 04 105 O-Ring
72-60-01 04 107 O-Ring
2. WARNING
WARNING
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
WARNING
WARNING
Note
replaced as a set.

Catalog 72-60-01-05.
3.4. CAUTION
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
WHEN INSTALLING SPRING WASHER (109) and wave spring (34), VERIFY YOU ARE
INSTALLING THE CORRECT PART NUMBERs PER THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOG.
INSTALLATION OF INCORRECT PART NUMBER SPRING WASHER and/or wave spring WILL
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CAUSE GEARBOX BEARING FAILURE. The widths of the wave springs are different between
the type 2 and type 3 gearbox carbon seal configurations. Check the width of the wave spring
to make sure you are installing the correct part (Fig 6 Type 3 Wave Spring - Starter/Generator
Adapter and Hydraulic Pump Adapter, 8k Gearbox
Note
adapter bore.
3.5. Apply three drops of assembly fluid to wave spring (34) and then snap it into the adapter bore directly
on top of the spring washer.The wave spring must directly contact the spring washer in three
locations. Position the wave spring split-line in between the two rows of cooling holes in the adapter.
(See Fig 4 Properly Assembled Type 3 Starter/Generator Adapter, 8k Gearbox and Fig 5 Properly
Assembled Type 3 Starter/Generator Adapter, 8k Gearbox - Detail.)
cloth.
3.8. CAUTION
Install the seal runner (125) onto the gearshaft with the highly-polished sealing surface facing out.
3.11. CAUTION
3.12. CAUTION
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CAUTION
3.13. Install six bolts (40) and washers (50) to secure adapter. Torque bolts 55 to 65 inch-pounds (6.2 to
7.3 N.m).
4. CAUTION
location.
Note
replaced as a set.

Catalog, 72-60-01-05.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.4. CAUTION
INSTALLATION
cloth.
5.6. CAUTION
5.8. CAUTION
5.9. CAUTION
CAUTION
5.10. Install two bolts (80) and washers (90) to secure adapter. Torque bolts 46 to 51 inch-pounds (5.3 to
5.7 N.m).
pump location.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
replaced as a set.

3 Type 2 and 3 gearboxes use a 3-piece sleeve (29), spring (28) and washer (27) at the
hydraulic pump location.
Catalog, 72-60-01-05.
8.5. CAUTION
INSTALLATION.
Note
Assembly fluid (MAT-011) is used to retain the spring washer, wave spring, and spring sleeve in
the adapter bore when the adapter is installed on the gearbox. Engine oil is a solvent for
assembly fluid. Verify these parts are clean and free of engine oil before applying assembly fluid.
Type 2 or Type 3 Configuration ONLY:
8.5.1. Apply assembly fluid to spring washer (27) and install it over the carbon seal in the adapter bore. The
“X” mark on the spring washer should face the installer.
8.5.2. Apply assembly fluid to wave spring (28) and install it on top of spring washer.
8.5.3. Apply assembly fluid to spring sleeve (29) and install it over the wave spring. The “X” mark on the
spring sleeve should face down (towards the wave spring).
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
8.7. CAUTION
Note
cloth.
8.11. CAUTION
8.12. CAUTION
CAUTION
8.13. Install four bolts (40) and washers (50) to secure adapter. Torque bolts 55 to 65 inch-pounds (6.2 to
7.3 N.m).
9. CAUTION
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
replaced as a set.

Catalog, 72-60-01-05.
10.2. CAUTION
clean.
Note
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
10.6. CAUTION
seal.
10.9. CAUTION
BREATHER TUBE.
Note
installation.
11. Job Close-up

11.2. CAUTION
to 71-00-00-501.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
33
32
30
36
BREATHER
TUBE
75
74
70
72
65
60
FDU
90
80

109
120 107
105 122 116
115
50
40 29
28
27
110
112
25
20
HYDRAULIC
PUMP
50
STARTER/ 40
100 44-7262-11A
GENERATOR
ICN-FJ-AAA-726211-0-24235-01172-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
44-7261-75
ICN-FJ-AAA-726175-0-24235-01137-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 12 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726115-0-24235-01085-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 13
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726206-0-24235-01167-A-001-00
Fig 4 Properly Assembled Type 3 Starter/Generator Adapter, 8k Gearbox
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 14 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726207-0-24235-01168-A-001-00
Fig 5 Properly Assembled Type 3 Starter/Generator Adapter, 8k Gearbox - Detail
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 15
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726208-0-24235-01169-A-001-00
Fig 6 Type 3 Wave Spring - Starter/Generator Adapter and Hydraulic Pump Adapter, 8k Gearbox
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 16 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-810A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 17
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install procedure
General

72-60-01-06.
CAUTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
Note
website.

beginning work.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Support equipment

Removal
TL099696

MAT-001

MAT-011

MAT-027
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
72-60-01 04 25 O-Ring
72-60-01 04 36 O-Ring
72-60-01 04 65 O-Ring
72-60-01 04 105 O-Ring
72-60-01 04 107 O-Ring
2. WARNING
WARNING
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
WARNING
WARNING
Note
replaced as a set.

Catalog 72-60-01-06.
3.4. CAUTION
INSTALLATION
CAUTION
WHEN INSTALLING SPRING WASHER (109) and wave spring (34), VERIFY YOU ARE
INSTALLING THE CORRECT PART NUMBERs PER THE ILLUSTRATED PARTS CATALOG. The
widths of the wave springs vary between certain gearbox carbon seal configurations.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
INSTALLATION OF INCORRECT PART NUMBER SPRING WASHER and/or wave spring WILL
CAUSE GEARBOX BEARING FAILURE.
Note
adapter bore.
3.5. Apply three drops of assembly fluid to wave spring (34) and then snap it into the adapter bore on top
of the spring washer. Position the wave spring split-line away from the two rows of cooling holes in
the adapter.
cloth.
3.8. Install the seal runner (125) onto the gearshaft with the highly-polished sealing surface facing out.
3.11. CAUTION
3.12. CAUTION
3.13. CAUTION
7.3 N.m).
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. CAUTION
location.
Note
replaced as a set.
Catalog 72-60-01-06.
5.4. CAUTION
INSTALLATION
cloth.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.6. CAUTION
5.8. CAUTION
5.9. CAUTION
5.10. CAUTION
Install two bolts (80) and washers (90) to secure adapter. Torque bolts 46 to 51 inch-pounds (5.3 to
5.7 N.m).
pump location.
Note
replaced as a set.

3 Type 4 gearboxes use a 1-piece washer and spring cartridge (31).
Catalog 72-60-01-06.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
8.5. CAUTION
INSTALLATION.
Note
Assembly fluid (MAT-011) is used to retain the cartridge assembly in the adapter bore when the
adapter is installed on the gearbox. Engine oil is a solvent for assembly fluid. Verify these parts
are clean and free of engine oil before applying assembly fluid.
Type 4 Configuration ONLY:
8.5.1. Apply two small drops of assembly fluid to the retaining ring portion of the washer & spring cartridge
assembly (31). The retaining ring is located opposite the chamfered face.
8.5.2. Using engine oil and a clean cloth wipe excess assembly fluid from the inner and outer diameters of
the washer & spring cartridge assembly.
8.5.3. Install the washer & spring cartridge assembly into the bore of the adapter with the retaining ring
flush against the carbon seal cartridge.
8.7. CAUTION
Note
cloth.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
8.11. CAUTION
8.12. CAUTION
8.13. CAUTION
7.3 N.m).
9. CAUTION
Note
replaced as a set.

Catalog 72-60-01-06.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
10.2. CAUTION
clean.
Note
10.6. CAUTION
seal.
10.9. CAUTION
BREATHER TUBE.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
installation.
11. Job Close-up


11.2. CAUTION
to 71-00-00-501.
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
33
32
30
36
BREATHER
TUBE
75
74
70
72
65
60
FDU
90
80

127
34
109
120
122 107
105
50
40
116
115
31
110
112
25
20
50
STARTER/ 100 40 HYDRAULIC
GENERATOR 44-7261-27C
PUMP
ICN-FJ-AAA-726127-0-24235-01096-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
44-7261-75
ICN-FJ-AAA-726175-0-24235-01137-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 12 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-726115-0-24235-01085-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 13
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-60-01-812A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 14 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Oil Filter Delta P Indicator
Remove procedure
General
This task covers removal of the oil filter delta P indicator from the gearbox. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Oil Filter Delta P Indicator - Removal/Installation
Note
beginning work.
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. WARNING
ENGINE OIL (SYNTHETIC) (MAT-001) IS TOXIC TO THE SKIN. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
WHILE HANDLING ENGINE OIL. ANY OIL THAT CONTACTS THE SKIN MUST BE WASHED OFF
VENTILATION.
Note
If indicator is suspected of leaking, confirm location of leak by wiping off oil and making sure that
the leak repeats. If removal is necessary, note the condition of the O-rings and the gearbox
housing sealing surfaces.
Remove oil filter delta P Indicator
2.1. Cut and remove the lockwire which attaches the delta P indicator to the gearbox.
2.2. Place an oil drain pan or other suitable container below the indicator to catch oil.
2.3. Remove delta P indicator from gearbox port.
2.4. Remove two O-rings from delta P indicator.
FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
SPRING-VALVE
RETAINER
O-RING
O-RING
OIL FILTER 44-7261-08C

DELTA P
INDICATOR
ICN-FJ-AAA-726108-0-24235-01081-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Oil Filter Delta P Indicator
Install procedure
General
This task covers installation of the oil delta P indicator into the gearbox. Refer to the following illustration(s):
72-60-02-01
CAUTION
THIS COMPONENT IS LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF THE MAIN OIL FILTER. TO PREVENT
CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL SYSTEM, MAKE SURE THAT PORTS AND COMPONENT MATING
SURFACES ARE KEPT EXTREMELY CLEAN DURING MAINTENANCE.
Note
beginning work.

MAT-001

MAT-011

MAT-060
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
72-60-02 01 30 O-ring
72-60-02 01 40 O-ring
2. Install oil filter delta P indicator
FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1. WARNING
ENGINE OIL (SYNTHETIC) (MAT-001) IS TOXIC TO THE SKIN. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
WHILE HANDLING ENGINE OIL. ANY OIL THAT CONTACTS THE SKIN MUST BE WASHED OFF
VENTILATION.
CAUTION
EXCESS OIL USED TO INSTALL COMPONENTS MAY GIVE A FALSE INDICATION OF A LEAK.
Lube O-rings with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on delta P indicator.
2.2. Wipe threads on delta P indicator with a clean cloth to remove excess oil.
2.3. Install delta P indicator in gearbox port. Torque indicator 145 to 155 inch-pounds (16.4 - 16.9 N.m).
2.4. Install safety wire (MAT-060) between delta P indicator and gearbox spring-valve retainer.
3. Job Close-up
3.1. Service the engine with oil. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
3.3. Perform engine testing per the table Tests Required after Maintenance or Component Replacement
(List of Test Procedures) in 71-00-00-501
Note
If indicator is suspected of leaking, confirm location of leak by wiping off oil and making sure that
the leak repeats. If removal is necessary, note the condition of the O-rings and the gearbox
housing sealing surfaces.
FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
SPRING-VALVE
RETAINER
O-RING
O-RING
OIL FILTER 44-7261-08C

DELTA P
INDICATOR
ICN-FJ-AAA-726108-0-24235-01081-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Perform Functional Verification of the Mechanical Oil Filter Delta P Indicator
Pressure check
General
This task performs a pressure check on the oil filter delta P indicator to ensure proper function. Refer to the
Fig 1 Functional Test - Oil Filter Mechanical Delta P Indicator
Support equipment
Test Block, Indicator, Delta P, Oil / AR

Filter and Fuel Filter
TL110118
Procedure
1. Remove oil filter delta P indicator from engine. Refer to 72-60-02-401.
2. TL110118 test fixture is used to check the functionality of the oil filter delta P indicator. The indicator
is functioning properly when increasing delta pressure triggers the red indicator pin to extend.
3. If the red indicator pin on the indicator is extended, push to reset.
4. Prepare test fixture for use as follows:
4.1. Completely close the air inlet valve before connecting to air source.
4.2. Completely open the air exit flow control valve.
4.3. Regulate air pressure at source to 0 psi
4.4. Connect source of 20 to 100 psi shop air to the inlet valve on the side of test unit. Do not apply air
pressure at this time.
5. Install the oil filter delta P indicator to the test unit as follows:
5.1. Make sure that both O-rings are in place on the delta P indicator.
5.2. Install delta P indicator in the fitting provided on the top of the test unit. Torque to 30 to 50 inch-
pounds (3.4 to 5.6 N.m).
5.3. Verify that pressure on the gauge is 0 psi
FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.4. WARNING
HIGH TEMPERATURES WILL BURN SKIN. WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN HANDLING
HEATED PARTS.
CAUTION
Do not exceed 250° F (121° C)
Using a low temperature heat gun, heat the body of the oil filter delta P indicator and test block to
160 °F (71° C) as measured with a Infrared Laser Thermometer.
6. Test Normal Mode, as follows:
6.1. Regulate air pressure at source to between 20 and 100 psi.
6.2. Using the inlet valve and flow control valve, slowly increase pressure to 11 psi.
6.3. Verify the red indicating pin does not extend.
7. Test Bypass Mode, as follows:
7.1. Regulate pressure at source to between 20 and 100 psi.

7.2. WARNING
HIGH TEMPERATURES WILL BURN SKIN. WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN HANDLING
HEATED PARTS.
Using a hair-dryer or low-temperature heat gun, heat the body of the oil filter delta P indicator and
test block to 160°F (71°C) as measured with a laser thermometer.
7.3. Note
A Stopwatch or Clock is required to time the following steps.
Using the inlet valve and flow control valve, slowly increase pressure to 18 psi and then start the
stopwatch.
7.4. The red indicating pin should extend within 5 seconds after 18 psi is reached.
7.5. Reduce pressure to zero, ensure the indicator remains extended.
7.6. Manually reset by depressing the indicator, ensure that the indicator remains in the reset (depressed)
position.
8. Test Evaluation:
Reject the oil filter delta P indicator if it fails any of the criteria in the:
– Normal Mode Test

– Bypass Mode Test
9. Install the oil filter mechanical delta P indicator. Refer to 72-60-02-401.
FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
POP-OUT
INDICATOR
OIL FILTER
MECHANICAL
DELTA P
INDICATOR
O-RING
INLET VALVE
GAUGE O-RING
CONNECT
AIR SUPPLY
FLOW CONTROL
VALVE
44-7935-22
ICN-FJ-AAA-793522-0-24235-02221-A-001-00
Fig 1 Functional Test - Oil Filter Mechanical Delta P Indicator
FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-60-02-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Accessory Drive Gearbox Assembly
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the Accessory Drive gearbox and related parts. Refer to the following
illustrations:
Fig 1 Starter/Generator Gearshaft - Light Fretting from Seal Runner
Inspection procedures for components from the following sections are included:
– 72-00-60 Gearbox Assembly and Attaching Parts

– 72-60-01 Gearbox Assembly Carbon Seals
– 72-60-10 Gearbox Assembly
72-00-60-01, 72-60-01-01, 72-60-01-02, 72-60-01-03, 72-60-01-04, 72-60-10-02, 72-60-10-03, 72-60-10-04, and

72-60-10-05
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Visually inspect the following components:
1.1. Inspect the accessory drive shaft (1-70) for:
Cracks Reject
Broken shaft spline teeth Reject
Step wear along the entire engagement surface Reject

of the spline and on every tooth
Pitting and fretting wear on accessory drive shaft Acceptable until step wear develops on every
spline tooth
FJ-AAA-72-60-10-803A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.2. Inspect gearbox housing (1-10) for:
Cracks Reject
Damage to flanges or sealing surfaces Reject
Nicks on mounting face that do not cross the Accept

gasket surface.
Loss of chemical conversion coating due to Touch-up coating. Refer to 70-42-12-801

nicks or scratches
Gearbox housing rejected due to casting Reject

porosity oil leaks (any amount).
Damage to threaded port for oil pressure sensor. Damage to first three threads may be repaired.
Chase threads with a ½-20 UNJF-3B tap. Use
caution to prevent chips from entering gearbox.
Damage to gearbox housing threaded ports Reject

greater than previous step.
Torn-through safety wire hole (near oil filter Remove raised material with hand stone and
bowl): smooth sharp edge with aluminum oxide cloth.
Touch-up coating. Refer to 70-42-12-801
1.3. Inspect the accessory adapter covers (2-20, 2-60, 2-100, 72-60-01) and tach access cover (1-160)
for:
Cracks Reject
Damage to flanges or sealing surfaces Reject
Damage to studs Reject
Loss of chemical conversion coating due to Touch-up coating. Refer to 70-42-12-801.

nicks or scratches
1.4. Inspect the accessory adapter covers for:
1.4.1. Evidence of bearing spinning in bearing pocket:
Wear in bearing pocket of starter/generator Accept

adapter that does not exceed 50 percent of the
contact surface and is a maximum of 0.002 inch
(0.05 mm) deep
Wear greater than previous step; or wear in Reject

other adapters
1.4.2. Step wear and pitting:
Step wear and pitting up to 0.010 inch (0.25 Accept only for configurations that have a wave
mm) from fretting of the wave spring on the spring between the bearing and adapter.
hydraulic and starter/generator adapter forward
faces of the bearing cavity.
1.5. Inspect the starter/generator gearshaft:
FJ-AAA-72-60-10-803A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Light fretting on starter/generator gearshaft from Blend to remove raised material and sharp
the carbon seal runner. See Fig 1 Starter/ edges
Generator Gearshaft - Light Fretting from Seal
Runner
1.6. Inspect oil screens (1-330, 1-430) for:
Foreign material Clean
Damage Reject
1.7. Inspect carbon seal assemblies (1-30, 1-70, and 1-110, 72-60-01) for:
Carbon damage or excessive wear Reject
No free movement of carbon Reject
1.8. Inspect breather tube assembly (1-90, 72-00-60) for:
Dents, cracks, or other damage Reject
Separation of tube from elbow Reject
1.9. Inspect breather hose (1-190, 72-00-60) for:
Restrictions or damage Reject
Swelling of material which would restrict flow Reject

diameter
FJ-AAA-72-60-10-803A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
LIGHT FRETTING
FROM SEAL RUNNER
44-7262-12
ICN-FJ-AAA-726212-0-24235-01173-A-001-00
Fig 1 Starter/Generator Gearshaft - Light Fretting from Seal Runner
FJ-AAA-72-60-10-803A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-60-10-803A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Repair the Service Adapter Threaded Inserts
General
This task provides procedures for repairing forward bypass duct service adapter threaded inserts. Refer to the
Fig 1 Right Side Service Adapter Repairable Threaded Inserts
Fig 2 Left Side Service Adapter Repairable Threaded Inserts
Note
1 Review Assembly/Disassembly Maintenance Practices, 70-00-01-201, before beginning work.
Support equipment
Gage Tool / AR
SR16GSD-A
Rosan Swage Tool / AR

SR16S-A
Rosan / AR
SR16W-A

MAT-011

MAT-050

MAT-096
FJ-AAA-72-70-10-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Prepare the engine for maintenance
2. Note
1 This repair only applies to the inserts shown in Fig 1 Right Side Service Adapter Repairable
Threaded Inserts and Fig 2 Left Side Service Adapter Repairable Threaded Inserts.
2 Repairs can only be made with the original size threaded insert. Oversize threaded insert
repairs are not permitted.
Repair front bypass duct service adapter threaded inserts as follows:
2.1. Remove the following from the right-hand service adapter as required:
2.1.1. Remove CDP to HMU tube asembly. Refer to 73-10-01-401.
2.2. Remove the following from the left-hand service adapter as required:
2.2.1. If engine is equipped with a boss cover, remove one bolt and washer and remove boss cover and O-
ring from service adapter port.
2.2.2. If engine is equipped with a breather tube, remove the breather tube assembly from the aft end of the
left-hand service adapter. Refer to 72-00-60-401.
2.3. Mask off any open ports on the service adapter prior to insert removal.
2.4. Drill out the locking feature of the threaded insert with a #5 Drill Bit to a depth of .09 inch. Back out
the body of the threaded insert using a Rosan tool SR16W-A wrench. Remove chips and inspect
insert hole before new insert is installed.
2.5. Install threaded insert (P/N 29568) with MAT-096 wet primer on external threads only to depth .010
- .020 inch below the boss surface using Rosan tool SR16W-A. No primer is allowed on adjacent
surfaces.
2.6. Strike Rosan tool SR16S-A with sufficient downward force to bottom tool shoulder against boss
surface and swage insert in place.
2.7. Check depth and swage with Gage Tool SR16GSD-A.
2.8. Treat the surface of the service adapter with MAT-050 where any coating was removed during
installation of inserts.
3. Install the following into the left-hand service adapter as applicable:
3.1. If engine is equipped with a boss cover, lubricate O-ring with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on
boss cover. Install boss cover into service adapter port and attach with one screw and washer.
Torque screw 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 4.0 N.m).
3.2. If engine is equipped with a breather tube, install the breather tube assembly onto the left-hand
service adapter. Refer to 72-00-60-401
FJ-AAA-72-70-10-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. Install the following into the right-hand service adapter as applicable:
4.1. Install the CDP to HMU tube asembly. Refer to 73-10-01-401.
4.2. Lubricate O-ring with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on retaining plate.
4.3. Install retaining plate over the fuel service port on service adapter. Install special washer, washer,
and screw. Torque screw 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 4.0 N.m) .
5. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-72-70-10-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
TOP VIEW
.020
.010
SIDE VIEW
2X
44-7270-52
ICN-FJ-AAA-727052-0-24235-01233-A-001-00
Fig 1 Right Side Service Adapter Repairable Threaded Inserts
FJ-AAA-72-70-10-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
TOP VIEW
.020
.010
SIDE VIEW
44-7270-53
ICN-FJ-AAA-727053-0-24235-01234-A-001-00
Fig 2 Left Side Service Adapter Repairable Threaded Inserts
FJ-AAA-72-70-10-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-70-10-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Rear Bypass Duct Assembly
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the rear bypass duct assembly. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Rear Bypass Duct Assembly - Inspection
72-00-71-01
Note
the centerline.

MAT-050
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Remove the rear bypass duct assembly. Refer to 72-00-71-401.
2. Visually inspect the rear bypass duct assembly as follows:
FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
If the rear bypass duct is replaced, a new LP shaft sensor trigger pin must be installed. Refer to
76-20-01-501.
2.1. Inspect the mounting flanges for:
Distortion Reject
Elongation of bolt holes and scratches due to Smooth blend to remove raised material and
bolt contact sharp edges. Apply chemical conversion coating
(Refer to 70-42-12-801 in the Maintenance
Manual). Perform florescent penetrant
inspection to make sure that there are no
cracks.
Damage to mounting holes Reject

Missing, loose, or damaged rivets Reject
Fretting (material transfer) which cannot be felt Accept

with a 0.060 inch diameter stylus probe
2.2. Inspect all duct sheet metal surfaces for:
Dents up to 0.200 inch (5 mm) deep Accept
Dents greater than previous step Reject
Scratches and nicks up to 0.030 inch (0.762 Accept

mm) deep; max of 20 per duct
Note
Touch-up scratches and nicks with chemical conversion coating (MAT-050). Refer to
70-42-12-801.
Chafing or fretting damage. Damage may be Blend to remove damage using hand stones.
removed as long as a minimum of 0.040 inch Width of blend to be five (5) times the depth.
sheet metal thickness remains after blending. Total blended area not to exceed 1.0 inch (25.4
Total blended area must not exceed 1.0 in mm) diameter. Touch-up blended area with
diameter. If two blends are in close proximity chemical conversion coating.
(i.e. within the longest bend length of each
other), they should be counted as one. No more
than 5 areas may be blended on any one duct.
2.3. Inspect duct sheet metal for crack indications along weld seam:
Areas of crazing are acceptable in a band that extends 0.5 inches either side of the axial weld on the
duct wall. This area shall extend for the entire axial length of the duct. No evidence of crazing is to be
allowed outside of this area. Linear indications, up to 0.100 inch in length, are permissible in this area
only. No more than ten indications are permitted throughout the allowable zone and the minimum
distance between adjacent indications shall not be less than four times the length of the longer of the
two indications. No indication shall extend through the duct wall.
2.4. Inspect drain boss, trip sensor housing, and brackets for:
FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Cracks Reject
Damage to sealing surfaces Reject
Loose, missing, or damaged rivets Reject
Fretting Reject
Thread Damage Reject
3. Job Close-up
3.1. Install the rear bypass duct. Refer to 72-00-71-401.
FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-727102-0-24235-01244-A-001-00
Fig 1 Rear Bypass Duct Assembly - Inspection
FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Replace the Trip Sensor Housing Threaded Inserts
Standard Repair Procedure
General
This task covers removal and replacement of the LP shaft trip sensor housing threaded inserts. Refer to the
following illustration(s): Fig 1 LP Shaft Trip Sensor Housing - Threaded Inserts
72-00-71-01
Note
beginning work.
Support equipment
STD-215 / AR
Vacuum
STD-101 / AR
Air Compressor

MAT-096
Procedure
1. Equipment and Materials

1.1. Special Tools
Tool Number Nomenclature
SR16WA Wrench, Threaded Insert
SR16SA Swage, Threaded Insert
FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-663A-C
72-71-10
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
SR16R Removal Tool, Threaded Insert

or
#5 Drill Bit
Tap #12-28 UNF
1.2. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
Subject Item Nomenclature
72-00-71 1-18 Threaded Insert, Self-Locking
2. Housing preparation:
2.1. Remove the LP shaft trip sensor housing cover plate, two screws (1-280, 76-20-01) and washers
(1-20, 76-20-01).
2.2. Locate damaged threaded inserts to be replaced on the LP shaft trip sensor housing. Refer to Fig
1 LP Shaft Trip Sensor Housing - Threaded Inserts for serviceable threaded insert locations.
2.3. Using masking tape, seal housing passages to prevent FOD entry.
3. Counterbore damaged insert to the specified depth using the SR16R threaded insert removal tool or
#5 drill bit.
3.1. CAUTION
COUNTERBORE DEPTH IS SPECIFIED TO ONLY REMOVE INSERT LOCKING FEATURE, AND
SHOULD NOT BE EXCEEDED.
Counterbore damaged insert to .065 inch (1.65 mm).
4. Vacuum out any remaining debris or chips, as required. Using an Air Compressor, clear hole with
clean compressed air.
5. Back out insert with SR16WA drive wrench.
6. Clean housing boss threads with #12-28 UNF tap.
7. Apply MAT-096 primer to external threads of inserts.
8. Install threaded inserts (1-18) using SR16WA wrench tool.
8.1. Inserts should be installed .010 to .020 inch (.254 to .508 mm) below surface.
9. Remove excess MAT-096 primer from flange surface.
10. Using the SR16SA swage tool and ball peen hammer, apply sufficient force to bottom tool shoulder
11. As required, Alodine/Bonderite touch-up areas where anodize was removed during insert installation.
Be careful not to apply alodine to areas with epoxy primer. Refer to 70-42-12-801.
12. Job Close-Up

12.1. Remove any installed masking tape from the LP shaft trip sensor housing.
FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-663A-C
72-71-10
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
12.2. Install LP shaft trip sensor housing cover plate with two screws (1-280, 76-20-01) and washers (1-20,
76-20-01). Torque screws 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 4.0 N.m)..
FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-663A-C
72-71-10
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-727110-A-24235-000OH-A-001-01
Fig 1 LP Shaft Trip Sensor Housing - Threaded Inserts
FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-663A-C
72-71-10
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-71-10-801A-663A-C
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Rear Mounting Ring Assembly
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the rear mounting ring assembly. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Rear Mounting Ring Assembly - Inspection/Check
72-00-71-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Visually inspect the rear mounting ring assembly (1-60, 72-00-71) as follows (Fig 1 Rear Mounting
Ring Assembly - Inspection/Check):
Inspect mounting ring for cracks or other Reject

damage
Inspect mounting ring for corrosion Reject
3. Inspect mounting ring for loss of coating/plating:
Loss of black chromate outer coating up to 75% Accept at unscheduled or HSI interval; otherwise
of part surface area reject
Loss (flaking) of Ni-Cad plating Reject
FJ-AAA-72-71-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. Inspect the mounting flanges for:
Distortion Reject
Damage to mounting holes Reject
Fretting (material transfer) which cannot be felt Accept

with a 0.060 inch diameter stylus probe
5. Inspect monoball for:
Excessive resistance when rotated. Bearing Reject

must move freely under a maximum torque of 30
inch-pounds (3.3 N.m). Torque wrench reading
to be 26 inch-pounds (2.9 N.m) max if a 1-inch
extension tool is used.
Axial movement of ball in housing up to 0.003 Accept

inch (0.076 mm).
Axial movement of ball in housing greater than Reject

previous step.
6. If applicable, inspect the rear mount sleeve (1-65, 72-00-71) as follows:
6.1. Visually inspect rear mount for:
Tears or missing sections Reject
7. Job Close-up
7.1. Install the rear bypass duct assembly. Refer to 72-00-71-401.
FJ-AAA-72-71-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-727105-0-24235-01246-A-001-00
Fig 1 Rear Mounting Ring Assembly - Inspection/Check
FJ-AAA-72-71-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-72-71-20-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 73
Engine Fuel and Control
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 73
Engine Fuel and Control
Table of Contents
73 Engine Fuel and Control

73-00-00 Fuel System (D&O)
73-00-00-001 Fuel System - Description and Operation
Fuel System (FJ44-1A) - Description and Operation - FJ-AAA-73-00-00-801A-042A-A

73-10-01 Fuel Tube Assemblies
73-10-01-401 Fuel Tube Assemblies - Removal/Installation
Remove Fuel Tube Assemblies - Remove procedure FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-520A-A
Install Fuel Tube Assemblies - Install procedure FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-720A-A
73-10-01-601 Fuel Tube Assemblies - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect Fuel Tube Assemblies - Visual FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-310A-A

examination
73-11-01 Fuel Drain Tube Assemblies
73-11-01-401 Fuel Drain Tube Assemblies - Removal/Installation
Remove Fuel Drain Tube Assemblies - Remove FJ-AAA-73-11-01-801A-520A-A

procedure
Install Fuel Drain Tube Assemblies - Install procedure FJ-AAA-73-11-01-801A-720A-A
73-12-01 Fuel Nozzle Assembly
73-12-01-401 Fuel Nozzle Assembly - Removal/Installation
Remove the Fuel Nozzle Assembly - Remove FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-520A-A

procedure
Install the Fuel Nozzle Assembly - Install procedure FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-720A-A
73-12-01-601 Fuel Nozzle Assembly - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Fuel Nozzle Assembly - Visual FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-310A-A

examination
Check Fuel Nozzle Spray Pattern - Flow chec FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-363A-A
73- Content
73-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
73-14-01 Fuel Pump Filter
73-14-01-401 Fuel Pump Filter - Removal/Installation
Remove the Fuel Filter from the Fuel Pump - Remove FJ-AAA-73-14-01-801A-520A-A
procedure
Install the Fuel Filter on the Fuel Pump - Install FJ-AAA-73-14-01-801A-720A-A

procedure
73-16-01 Fuel Pump
73-16-01-401 Fuel Pump - Removal/Installation
Remove the Fuel Pump Assembly - Remove FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-520A-A

procedure
Install the Fuel Pump Assembly - Install procedure FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-720A-A
73-20-00 Fuel Control System (D&O)
73-20-00-001 Fuel Control System - Description and Operation
Fuel Control System - Description and Operation - FJ-AAA-73-20-00-801A-270A-A

Adjust, align and calibrate
73-21-01 Fuel Control Unit
73-21-01-401 Fuel Control Unit - Removal/Installation
Remove the Fuel Control Unit - Remove procedure FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A
Install the Fuel Control Unit - Install procedure FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A
73-21-01-501 Fuel Control Unit - Adjustment/Test
Adjust the Fuel Control Unit Acceleration Control - FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-270A-A

Adjust the Fuel Control Unit Idle Stop - Adjust, align FJ-AAA-73-21-01-802A-270A-A
and calibrate
73-21-01-601 Fuel Control Unit - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Fuel Control Unit - Visual FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-310A-A

examination
73-21-01-801 Fuel Control Unit - Repair
Repair the Fuel Control Unit Heatshield Threaded FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-663A-A

Inserts - Standard repair procedure
73-22-01 Start Nozzle Control Valve
73-22-01-401 Start Nozzle Control Valve - Removal/Installation
Remove the Start Nozzle Control Valve - Remove FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-520A-A

procedure
73- Content
73-00-00
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Start Nozzle Control Valve - Install FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-720A-A

procedure
73-22-01-601 Start Nozzle Control Valve - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect Start Nozzle Control Valve - Visual FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-310A-A

examination
73-23-01 Fuel Filter Indicator (Delta P Switch)
73-23-01-401 Fuel Filter Indicator (Delta P Switch) - Removal/Installation
Remove the Fuel Filter Indicator (Delta P Switch) - FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-520A-A

Remove procedure
Install the Fuel Filter Indicator (Delta P Switch) - Install FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-720A-A

procedure
73-23-01-601 Fuel Filter Indicator (Delta P Switch) - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Fuel Filter Indicator (Delta P FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-310A-A

Switch) - Visual examination
Perform Functional Verification of the Fuel Filter FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-362A-A

Indicator (Delta P Switch) - Pressure check
73-25-01 Fuel Manifold Filter Assy
73-25-01-401 Fuel Manifold Filter Assy - Removal/Installation
Remove the Fuel Manifold Filter - Remove procedure FJ-AAA-73-25-01-801A-520A-A
Install the Fuel Manifold Filter - Install procedure FJ-AAA-73-25-01-801A-720A-A
73-27-01 Fuel Control Shutoff Valve
73-27-01-201 Fuel Control Shutoff Valve - Maintenance Practices
Reset the Fuel Shutoff Valve - Rig FJ-AAA-73-27-01-801A-276A-A
73- Content
73-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Fuel System (FJ44-1A) - Description and Operation
Description
1. General
The purpose of the fuel system is to supply metered fuel for combustion in the engine combustion
section. Refer to the following illustration:
Fig 1 Fuel Control Unit - Block Diagram
2. Description
2.1. The fuel system is made up of the following parts:
2.1.1. Fuel pump
2.1.2. Fuel filter
2.1.3. Fuel filter bypass valve
2.1.4. Fuel control unit (FCU)
2.1.5. Fuel manifold
2.1.6. Fuel slinger
2.1.7. Lube oil cooler
2.1.8. Start Nozzle Control Valve
2.1.9. Fuel Nozzle
2.2. The fuel pump is made of aluminum and is mounted to the gearbox. The fuel pump uses two pump
elements in a single housing. One element, at the pump inlet, is a radial flow impeller called the
boost stage. The second element is a gear type, positive displacement pump called the pressure
stage. Both elements are driven by a single gearbox drive coupling. The FCU is mounted to the fuel
pump and receives fuel through internal passages.
2.3. The fuel filter is contained in a stainless steel bowl that is threaded into the pump housing. The filter
is located between the boost pump and the gear pump to protect the gear pump from any fuel tank
contaminants. The fuel filter element is 30 micron.
2.4. The fuel filter electrical indicator (delta P switch) is installed on the fuel pump. It allows fuel to
continue to flow into the gear pump if the differential pressure between the filter inlet and outlet
passages reaches 10 psid. When 4.5 psid is present, an annuciator light in the cockpit will illuminate,
indicating impending bypass. The lamp will remain illuminated until differential pressure drops below
1.5 psid.
2.5. Fuel control unit; refer to 73-20-00-001.
2.6. The start nozzle control valve controls the flow of fuel from the P2' port of the fuel control unit to the
start fuel nozzle. The maximum cracking pressure for the valve is 85 psid (P2' - Pamb) and the
FJ-AAA-73-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
minimum closing pressure is 55 psid (P2'- Pamb). The valve flows a minimum of 7 pph of fuel at 35
psid (P2' - Pn) (max). The max flow limit is 18 pph.
2.7. The engine has a fixed flow, stationary fuel nozzle for improved altitude re-start reliability. This nozzle
provides approximately 9 pph of additional fuel flow, continuously, during all engine operation. The
nozzle receives high pressure (P2) metered fuel from the fuel control unit, via the start nozzle control
valve.
2.8. The fuel manifold supplies fuel to the fuel slinger in the combustion section. The manifold tube goes
through the front bypass duct by way of the right service island and enters the diffuser case. The
manifold supplies fuel to the under side of the rotating fuel slinger.
2.9. The fuel slinger is located on the HP shaft between the combustor cover and the primary plate. It is
part of the seal and fuel slinger assembly. Fuel is supplied to the under side of the slinger by the fuel
manifold. The fuel is ejected radially outward into the combustion zone through a series of holes in
the slinger.
2.10. The lube oil cooler is a fuel/oil heat exchanger mounted on the engine gearbox. It uses fuel from the
fuel control to cool engine oil.
3. Operation
3.1. Fuel enters the fuel pump where it is filtered, then pressurized, and moved to the FCU through
internal passages in the pump and FCU. The fuel leaves the FCU and enters the oil cooler (heat
exchanger). From the oil cooler, the fuel passes through the fuel flow meter (airframe provided) then
enters the core engine through the fuel manifold tube. A last chance filter is located in the manifold
tube. The manifold tube follows the contour of the diffuser and opens up into a cavity which forms the
ID of the diffuser. Here, the fuel is supplied to the under side of the fuel slinger. The fuel slinger,
which rotates with the HP rotary group, ejects the fuel radially through a series of delivery holes into
the combustion zone.
Additional fuel for engine relight is continuously supplied from the FCU to the start control nozzle
control valve. The fuel is then routed to the fuel nozzle where it is sprayed directly into the
combustion zone.
4. Fuel Shutdown
4.1. A fuel shutoff valve, which is controlled by power lever movement, provides the normal means for
engine shutdown.
4.2. A mechanical LP (N1) shaft separation detection device, mounted on the engine, will detect LP shaft
rearward movement of 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) or greater. This safety device will prevent an LP turbine
rotor overspeed condition, and possible turbine burst, in case of LP shaft separation. It does this by
automatically shutting off fuel flow to the fuel control unit via mechanical linkage.
FJ-AAA-73-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-730001-0-24235-01294-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fuel Control Unit - Block Diagram
FJ-AAA-73-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove Fuel Tube Assemblies
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing an external fuel tube assembly. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Tube Assemblies - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Fuel Tube Assemblies - Loop Clamps - Removal/Installation
Fig 3 Fuel Tube Assemblies - Flex Tube - Removal/Installation
Fig 4 CDP Tube Assembly - Service Adapter Installation

Note
3 Use this task to remove any of the external fuel tube assemblies. The tube assemblies covered by this
task are as follows:
– FCU-to-oil cooler tube assembly

– Fuel union-to-oil cooler tube assembly
– Oil cooler-to-engine tube assembly
– CDP air engine-to-elbow tube assembly
– FCU-to-control valve tube assembly
– Valve-to-nozzle flexible tube
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.1. WARNING

2. Remove any of the engine fuel tubes as follows:
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1. WARNING
CAUTION
Use a backup wrench on adapters/fittings when removing tube nuts.
Loosen tube nuts on fuel tube. Use a backup wrench on fittings and/or reducers.
2.2. Disconnect and remove fuel tube.
3. Remove the CDP tube assembly:
3.1. Disconnect the CDP tube nut at the HMU CDP port elbow.
3.2. Remove two screws, washers, and the CDP fitting retainer plate from the service adapter.
3.3. Remove CDP tube from hollow bolt.

3.4. Remove O-ring from CDP tube.
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
POST SB FJ44-73-062
O-RING
20
ICN-FJ-AAA-731012-0-24235-01309-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731013-0-24235-01310-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731002-0-24235-01304-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731090-0-24235-01364-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install Fuel Tube Assemblies
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing external fuel and CDP tube assemblies. Refer to the following
illustration(s):

73-10-01-01, 73-10-01-02
Note
Review Assembly/Disassembly Maintenance Practices, 70-00-01-201, before beginning work.

MAT-001
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
73-10-01 01 70 O-Ring
2. Install the CDP tube assembly.
2.1. CAUTION
To prevent CDP leakage, make sure that the O-rings on the CDP tube and the CDP tube elbow
are replaced each time the CDP TUBE is installed.
Lube CDP tube O-ring with engine oil (MAT-001) and install on end of the CDP tube.
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.2. Insert CDP tube assembly through the bypass duct service adapter and into hollow bolt. Secure with
CDP fitting retainer plate, two screws and two washers. Torque CDP fitting retainer plate screws
25-28 inch-pounds (2.8 to 3.1 N.m.).
2.3. Install CDP tube assembly onto HMU CDP port elbow. Tighten tube nut 135 to 150 inch-pounds (15.2
to 16.9 N.m).
3. Install the union-to-oil cooler tube assembly (with integral reducer), as follows:
3.1. Lubricate O-ring with engine oil (MAT-001) and install on tube assembly reducer.
3.2. Thread the tube assemby into the oil cooler inlet port. Torque tube assembly 70 to 80 inch-pounds
(7.9 to 9.0 N.m).
3.3. CAUTION
Use a back-up wrench on adapters/fittings when torquing tube nuts. excessive torque may
damage ports and/or fuel tubes.
Install tube nut to reducer/flowmeter. Torque tube nut 450 to 500 inch-pounds (50.4 to 57.0 N.m)
4. Install any of the other rigid engine fuel tubes as follows:
4.1. WARNING
Note
Flared tube (conical) seals may be used to correct leakage from fuel tubes. Refer to instructions
in 71-00-00-501, Idle speed and Leak Check Run.
Apply engine oil MAT-001 to entire circumference of the male thread, the backside of the flare, and
the shoulder of the coupling nut (i.e. nut/flare contact area). Lubricant shall be applied sparingly and
shall provide an even coating on the surfaces. Excess lubricant shall be removed. Care shall be
exercised to avoid introducing lubricant into internal portions of the tube or fitting.
4.2. CAUTION
Tubes shall not be sprung into position.
Re-bending of tubing at assembly to achieve alignment and/or minimum clearances shall be

permissible provided that re-bending does not:
4.2.1. Result in dents, scratches or other defects.
4.2.2. Result in flattening or reduction of tube diameter.
4.2.3. Result in a variation of the as-received configuration greater than 0.100 inch (2.54 mm).
4.3. Note
1 Re-bending or adjusting of tubing while assembled on engine is not permitted.
2 The HMU to gearbox mounting nuts and/or the oil cooler mounting nuts may need to be
loosened so that the positioning of those components can be adjusted in order for the tubes
to be installed. Refer to 73-21-01-401 for loosening and torquing the HMU mounting nuts.
Refer to 79-22-01-401 for loosening and torquing the oil cooler mounting nuts.
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Align and install the fuel tube. Allow a minimum of 0.060-inch (1.524 mm) space between fuel tubes
and other components. Hand-tighten coupling nut to seated position (as evident by a sudden
increase in torque). If nut cannot be seated by hand, disassemble and check alignment.
4.4. CAUTION
Use a back-up wrench on adapters/fittings when torquing tube nuts. excessive torque may
damage ports and/or fuel tubes.
CAUTION
IF P/N 50545 CDP AIR ENGINE-TO-ELBOW TUBE ASSEMBLY IS USED ON THE ENGINE, YOU
MUST ENSURE THAT THE WRENCHING FLAT OF THE FORWARD TUBE NUT OF THE FUEL
UNION-TO-OIL COOLER TUBE NUT IS PARALLEL TO CDP TUBE OD. THIS ENSURES
MAXIMUM CLEARANCE.
CAUTION
ALWAYS TORQUE THE TUBE NUTS ON BOTH ENDS OF THE FUEL TUBE, EVEN IF ONLY ONE
END WAS PREVIOUSLY DISCONNECTED.
Torque tube nuts in accordance with Table 1 Torque Values for Tube Assemblies. Use a back-up
wrench on fittings and/or reducers. Re-torque tube nuts after a minimum of one (1) minute.
4.5. Verify minimum clearance of 0.060-inch (1.524 mm) between tube and other components.
5. Install the valve-to-nozzle flexible tube assembly as follows:
Note
Ensure that the 45° elbow end of the tube assembly is installed on the fuel nozzle.
5.1. For left-hand engines, orient the bow in the flexible line towards the left (outboard) side.
5.2. For right-hand engines, orient the bow in the flexible line towards the right (outboard) side.
5.3. Make sure fittings are aligned and torque both ends of the valve-to-nozzle tube assembly 135 to 190
6. Install the FCU-to-control valve flexible tube assembly as follows (if installed, see Service Bulletin
FJ44-73-7):
6.1. Install 90° elbow end of tube on the FCU fitting. Install other end of tube on control valve IN port
fitting.
6.2. Make sure tube fittings are aligned and torque tube nuts 90 to 100 inch-pounds (10.1 to 11.2 N.m).
6.3. Install loop clamp on fuel tube. Secure loop clamp (and igniter lead loop clamp) onto bracket with two
spacers, screw, and nut. Torque nut 49 to 55 inch-pounds (5.5 to 6.2 N.m).
Table 1 Torque Values for Tube Assemblies

Tube Tube Torque inch-pounds (N.m)
Oil Cooler to Fuel Manifold Tube Assy 135 - 150 (15.2 - 16.9)
item 10 on figure
Union (flowmeter) to Oil Cooler Tube Assy (tube 450 - 500 (50.4 - 57.0)
nut)
item 20 on figure
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Table 1 Torque Values for Tube Assemblies (Continued)

Tube Tube Torque inch-pounds (N.m)
Union (flowmeter) to Oil Cooler Tube Assy 70 - 80 inch-pounds (7.9 to 9.0).

reducer end
item 20 on figure
HMU to Oil Cooler (union/flowmeter) Tube Assy 450 - 500 (50.4 - 57.0)
item 30 on figure
Flex FCU/Control Valve Tube Assy 90 - 100 (10.1 - 11.2)

item 50 on figure
Flex Valve to Nozzle Tube Assy 135 - 190 (15.2 - 21.4)

item 55 on figure
CDP to HMU Elbow Tube Assy 135 - 150 (15.2 - 16.9)

item 60 on figure
7. Job Close-up

(List of Test Procedures) in 71-00-00-501.
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
POST SB FJ44-73-062
O-RING
20
ICN-FJ-AAA-731012-0-24235-01309-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731013-0-24235-01310-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731002-0-24235-01304-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731090-0-24235-01364-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect Fuel Tube Assemblies
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the fuel tube assemblies.
73-10-01-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Note
Any nicks or high metal that are otherwise within acceptable limits should be repaired in
accordance with 70-42-11-801.
Examine the tube surface for:
1.1. Damage:
Obvious excessive damage Reject
Dents located less than 0.005-inch. (0.127 mm) Reject

from tube end fittings
1.2. Smooth bottom dents:
The area of any dent is not more than 0.125 sq. Accept
inch. (3.18 sq. mm)
The depth of any dent is not more than 0.015- Accept

inch (0.38 mm).
Dents greater than previous two steps Reject
1.3. Nicks:
Nicks less than 0.005-inch (0.127 mm) from the Reject

tube end fitting
Nicks that are round bottomed and are not more Accept
than 0.004-inch (0.10 mm) deep with all burrs
removed
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Nicks greater than limits in previous step Reject
1.4. Galled:
Galled less than 0.005-inch (0.127 mm) from the Reject

tube end fittings
Galled on the tube surface not more than 0.005- Accept

inch (0.127 mm)
Galled greater than limits in previous step Reject
2. Examine the attachment flanges and end fittings for:
2.1. Visual damage:
Crack Reject
Galled Reject
Loose Reject
Worn Reject
FJ-AAA-73-10-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove Fuel Drain Tube Assemblies
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the fuel drain tube assembly. Refer to the following illustration:
Fig 1 Fuel Drain Tube Assemblies - Removal/Installation
Note
Support equipment
Puller, Drain Tube / AR

TL065047
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. WARNING
Remove the aircraft fuel drain line from the fuel drain boss at the 6:00 o'clock location on the front
bypass duct. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
3. Remove fuel drain tubes as follows:
FJ-AAA-73-11-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.1. Remove one screw and loop clamp brackets and remove drain fitting from the aft drain tube port of
the fuel drain boss on the front bypass duct. Remove O-ring from drain fitting.
3.2. Insert a .250-28, 2 to 3-inch bolt (or TL065047) into forward drain tube port on fuel drain boss and
install it into tube retainer. Remove retainer from fuel drain boss. Remove O-ring from retainer.
3.3. Insert the same bolt (or TL065047) into the aft drain tube port on the fuel drain boss and install it into
the aft (short) fuel drain tube. Remove aft drain tube from port. Remove O-ring and seal from drain
tube.
3.4. Insert the same bolt (or TL065047) into the forward drain tube port on the fuel drain boss and install it
into the forward (long) fuel drain tube. Remove forward drain tube from port. Remove O-ring and seal
from drain tube.
FJ-AAA-73-11-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731101-0-24235-01368-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-11-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-11-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install Fuel Drain Tube Assemblies
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the fuel drain tube assembly. Refer to the following illustration:
73-11-01-01
Note
Support equipment
Puller, Drain Tube / AR

TL065047

MAT-011
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
73-11-01 01 30 O-ring (2)
73-11-01 01 10 Seal, Drain Tube (2)
73-11-01 01 40 O-ring (2)
FJ-AAA-73-11-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. WARNING
Install the drain tubes as follows:
2.1. Install one drain tube seal on the ball end of both the forward and the aft fuel drain tubes. Make sure
that the spring side of the seal is visible (facing the core of the engine), when installed. Lubricate two
O-rings with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on the flat end of the forward and aft fuel drain
tubes.
2.2. Install a .250-28, 2 to 3-inch long bolt (or TL065047) into the threaded end of the forward (long) fuel
drain tube. Insert the tube through the forward drain tube port and into the fuel drain boss on the
diffuser. Remove bolt.
2.3. Install same bolt (or TL065047) into the threaded end of the aft (short) fuel drain tube. Insert the tube
through the aft drain tube port and into the fuel drain boss on the diffuser. Remove bolt.
2.4. Lubricate two O-rings with assembly fluid and install on drain fitting and tube retainer.
2.5. Install .250-28, 2 to 3-inch long bolt (or TL065047) into tube retainer. Insert tube retainer into forward
drain tube port. Make sure that the hole in the side of the tube retainer lines up with the aft drain tube
port. Remove bolt.
2.6. Install drain fitting into aft drain tube port. Install screw and loop clamps. Torque screw 31 to 35 inch-
3. Install the aircraft fuel drain tube to the fuel drain boss. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
4. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-73-11-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731101-0-24235-01368-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-11-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-11-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Fuel Nozzle Assembly
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the fuel nozzle assembly. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Nozzle - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Fuel Nozzle - Adapter Wrench
Fig 3 Fuel Nozzle Adapter - Slotted Socket
Fig 4 Fuel Nozzle Adapter - Visual Inspection for Damage to Mid-Span (Zone D)
Note
Support equipment
Socket, Fuel Nozzle Adapter / AR

TL037212

TL037330
Socket, Fuel Nozzle Adapter, / AR

Slotted
TL099517

Slotted
TL114226

MAT-020
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01

MAT-023

MAT-024
Alkaline Cleaner, HDL-202 FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-029
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.1. WARNING
CAUTION
Do not bend start nozzle adapter during removal. Remove aircraft bleed plumbing, as
required, to provide clearance for removal of adapter.
2. Fuel Nozzle Adapter Removal/Installation Tool Options:
Table 1
Engine Tool Description
Model Number
Application
FJ44-1 TL03721 Socket, Fuel Nozzle Adapter

FJ44-2 2
FJ44-3 Note
Revision C and later is preferred

FJ44-2 0
FJ44-3
FJ44-1 TL09951 Socket, Fuel Nozzle Adapter, Slotted

FJ44-2 7
FJ44-3
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Table 1 (Continued)
Model Number
Application

FJ44-2 6
FJ44-3 Note
For FJ44-3AP 111000-202 engine. Socket is shorter and has a flat to
clear diverter valve bleed tube.

6

1
FJ33 TL09968 Socket, Fuel Nozzle Adapter, Slotted

1

8
3. Remove fuel nozzle assembly as follows:
3.1. WARNING
Remove the flexible tube assembly from the fuel nozzle.
3.2. Loosen the bulkhead nut which holds the fuel nozzle assembly.
3.3. Turn the fuel nozzle assembly counter-clockwise and remove from the fuel nozzle adapter assembly.
If necessary, apply dry cleaning solvent (MAT-024) between nozzle and adapter to loosen carbon
deposits. Remove O-ring and bulkhead nut from the fuel nozzle assembly.
Note
If the fuel nozzle assembly cannot be removed from the adapter due to carbon build-up, it is
acceptable to remove the adapter with the nozzle still installed. This requires cutting and
replacement of the seals. To remove the adapter with the fuel nozzle still installed, slotted fuel
nozzle adapter socket must be used. After removal, ultrasonically clean with MAT-020, MAT-023,
MAT-024, or MAT-029, and then separate the fuel nozzle assembly from the adapter. Refer to
Fig 3 Fuel Nozzle Adapter - Slotted Socket.
4. Remove fuel nozzle port seals and fuel nozzle adapter assembly, as follows:
4.1. CAUTION
DO NOT BEND FUEL NOZZLE ADAPTER DURING REMOVAL. rEMOVE AIRCRAFT BLEED
PLUMBING, AS REQUIRED, TO PROVIDE CLEARANCE FOR REMOVAL OF ADAPTER.
Remove retaining ring, fuel nozzle plate seal, and fuel nozzle ring seal from the fuel nozzle port.
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4.2. CAUTION
To avoid bending or denting the fuel nozzle adapter, Keep the fuel nozzle adapter wrench
centered in the port during removal/installation. This will keep it from slipping off the retaining
nut.
Insert fuel nozzle adapter socket wrench into the fuel nozzle port and engage it onto the slots in the
top face of the bearing retainer nut. Loosen nut and remove fuel nozzle adapter assembly from the
fuel nozzle port.
5. Note
If the adapter is found to be rejectable, contacting WI Product Support
Visually check the fuel nozzle adapter for fretting or other damage to mid-span area (Zone D). Refer
to Fig 4 Fuel Nozzle Adapter - Visual Inspection for Damage to Mid-Span (Zone D). If there is fretting
or other damage in this area, reject the adapter and perform borescope inspection of the diffuser skirt
and bosses in accordance with Task
Inspect the Combustor, Fuel Slinger, and HP Turbine Blade Leading Edges with a Borescope (FJ-
AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A).
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731226-0-24235-01381-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731227-0-24235-01382-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FUEL NOZZLE FUEL NOZZLE ADAPTER

ADAPTER SLOTTED SOCKET
SHUFFLE SEAL
MAY NEED TO BE
CUT TO INSTALL
FUEL NOZZLE SLOTTED SOCKET
ELBOW
SEAL
PLATE
RETAINING
RING
44-7312-30
ICN-FJ-AAA-731230-0-24235-01385-A-001-00
Fig 3 Fuel Nozzle Adapter - Slotted Socket
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ZONE D
FUEL NOZZLE ADAPTER
44-7312-29
ICN-FJ-AAA-731229-0-24235-01384-A-001-00
Fig 4 Fuel Nozzle Adapter - Visual Inspection for Damage to Mid-Span (Zone D)
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Fuel Nozzle Assembly
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the fuel nozzle assembly. Refer to the following illustration(s):
73-12-01-01
Note
2 This part must undergo routine periodic inspection. If a serviceable, used fuel start nozzle assembly from
another engine is to be installed, make sure that it has undergone all scheduled inspections (per
Support equipment

TL037212

TL037330

Slotted
TL099517

Slotted
TL114226

MAT-011
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Lubricant, Anti-seize FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-015

MAT-017
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
73-12-01 01 110 O-ring
2. Fuel Nozzle Adapter Removal/Installation Tool Options:
Table 1
Model Number
Application

FJ44-2 2
FJ44-3 Note
Revision C and later is preferred

FJ44-2 0
FJ44-3

FJ44-2 7
FJ44-3

FJ44-2 6
FJ44-3 Note
For FJ44-3AP 111000-202 engine. Socket is shorter and has a flat to
clear diverter valve bleed tube.

6

1

1

8
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. If removed, install the fuel nozzle port seals and fuel nozzle adapter assembly as follows:
3.1. Apply anti-seize compound (MAT-015) or (MAT-017) to threads of fuel nozzle adapter retaining nut.
3.2. CAUTION
To avoid bending or denting the fuel nozzle adapter, Keep the fuel nozzle adapter wrench
centered in the port during removal/installation. This will keep it from slipping off the retaining
nut.
Install fuel nozzle adapter assembly into fuel nozzle port. Using fuel nozzle adapter socket wrench,
torque bearing retainer nut 300 to 325 inch-pounds (33.9 to 36.7 N.m).
3.3. Install fuel nozzle ring seal, fuel nozzle plate seal, and retaining ring.
4. Install fuel nozzle assembly as follows:

4.1. Install bulkhead nut on fuel nozzle assembly.
4.2. Note
Back-off the bulkhead nut enough to allow sufficient space for the fuel nozzle torque procedure
to be properly performed.
Lubricate new O-ring with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on fuel nozzle assembly.
4.3. Insert the fuel nozzle assembly into the fuel nozzle adapter and torque nozzle 50 to 54 inch-pounds
(5.6 to 6.1 N.m) to initially seat the nozzle. Turn nozzle counter-clockwise one-half turn to loosen and
then re-torque to a final torque nozzle 20 to 24 inch-pounds (2.2 to 2.7 N.m).
Note
When torquing fuel nozzle assembly or bulkhead nut, use a backup wrench on the fuel nozzle
adapter assembly to keep it from turning.
4.4. Torque bulkhead nut 38 to 42 inch-pounds (4.2 to 4.7 N.m).
4.5. Install the flexible tube assembly to the fuel nozzle. Refer to 73-10-01-401.
5. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731226-0-24235-01381-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731227-0-24235-01382-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Fuel Nozzle Assembly
Visual examination
General
Do this task at the interval shown under periodic inspections. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Nozzle - Visual Inspection
Fig 2 Fuel Nozzle Adapter - Visual Inspection
73-12-01-01
Note
the centerline.

MAT-020

MAT-023

MAT-024
Alkaline Cleaner, HDL-202 FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-029
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Prepare the engine for inspection
1.1.1. Install DO NOT OPERATE signs
1.2. Remove the fuel nozzle assembly and fuel nozzle adapter. Refer to 73-12-01-401.
2. Visually inspect:
2.1. Fuel nozzle for:
CAUTION
BE CAREFUL NOT TO INTRODUCE DIRT OR FOREIGN OBJECTS INTO THE NOZZLE
FLOWPATH WHILE CLEANING.
Signs of coking on nozzle (signs of solid carbon Clean with mineral spirits (MAT-020) or dry
or varnish build-up which may interfere with the cleaning solvent (MAT-024) and a nylon brush
normal operation of the nozzle). while blowing 35 psi filtered air through nozzle.
Ultrasonic cleaning with MAT-023 is also
acceptable. You may also use Alkaline Cleaner
HDL-202 (MAT-029) for ultrasonic or primary
cleaning.
Bent or dented shaft Replace
Missing or damaged spring ring Fig 1 Fuel Replace

Nozzle - Visual Inspection
Damage to jam nut threads, fuel line elbow Clean thread damage using file or 7/16-20 die.
threads, or adapter threads that is a maximum of
0.030 inch (0.762 mm) deep and 20 percent of
thread circumference Fig 1 Fuel Nozzle - Visual
Inspection. Multiple threads may be damaged,
but each must meet this criteria.
Damage to threads beyond previous step Reject
3. Visually inspect:
3.1. Fuel nozzle adapter for:
Thread damage to adapter inlet port or adapter Reject, except minor nicks and burrs in the inlet
nut Fig 2 Fuel Nozzle Adapter - Visual port may be cleaned up with a 7/16-20 UNJF-3B
Inspection tap.
Uniball mount binding or damaged Fig 2 Fuel Reject

Nozzle Adapter - Visual Inspection
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Dents in Zone A which are less than 0.032 inch Accept

(0.812 mm) deep by 0.25 dia. inch (6.35 mm)
Dents in Zone A greater than previous step Fig Reject

2 Fuel Nozzle Adapter - Visual Inspection
Fretting wear in Zone B resulting in a 0.533 inch Reject

(13.5 mm) diameter or less. When measuring for
fretting wear in Zone B, take measurement at
area of widest OD on adapter tip. Fig 2 Fuel
Nozzle Adapter - Visual Inspection
Fretting wear in Zone C resulting in a 0.476 inch Reject

(12.0 mm) diameter or less. Fig 2 Fuel Nozzle
Adapter - Visual Inspection
Coking Clean with mineral spirits (MAT-020) or dry

cleaning solvent (MAT-024) and an abrasive pad
or stainless steel or fiber brush. Ultrasonic
cleaning with MAT-023 is also acceptable. You
may also use Alkaline Cleaner HDL-202
(MAT-029) for ultrasonic or primary cleaning.
Note
If the adapter is found to be rejectable, contacting WI Product Support
Fretting or other damage in Zone D Fig 2 Fuel Reject and perform borescope inspection of the
Nozzle Adapter - Visual Inspection diffuser skirt and bosses in accordance with task
Inspect the Combustor, Fuel Slinger, and HP
Turbine Blade Leading Edges with a Borescope
(FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A).
4. Job Close-up
4.1. Install the fuel nozzle assembly and fuel nozzle adapter. Refer to 73-12-01-401.
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
SPRING RING
JAM NUT THREAD
ADAPTER THREAD
FUEL LINE ELBOW THREAD
44-7312-31
ICN-FJ-AAA-731231-0-24235-01386-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fuel Nozzle - Visual Inspection
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731216-0-24235-01374-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Check Fuel Nozzle Spray Pattern
Flow chec
General
This task provides procedures for checking the fuel nozzle spray pattern. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Nozzle Assembly - Spray Pattern Check
Support equipment
STD-702 / AR
Fuel Nozzle Spray Test Equipment
Fuel, Jet A, Jet A-1, or Jet B FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-003
Petroleum Distillates FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-018

MAT-020

MAT-023

MAT-024
Fluid, Calibration FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-037
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-363A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.2. Remove the fuel nozzle assembly and fuel nozzle adapter. Refer to 73-12-01-401.
2. Check fuel nozzle spray pattern, using one of the approved fluids listed below:
– Fuel - MAT-003
– Mineral Spirits - MAT-020
– Petroleum Distillates - MAT-018
– Dry Cleaning Solvent - MAT-024
– Calibration Fluid - MAT-037
2.1. Connect the fuel nozzle to Fuel Nozzle Spray Test Equipment.
2.2. WARNING
FUEL/PETROLEUM SOLVENTS ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. IT MUST BE KEPT AWAY FROM
HEAT AND OPEN FLAME. FUEL/PETROLEUM SOLVENTS MAY ALSO CAUSE SKIN
IRRITATION. ANY FUEL/PETROLEUM SOLVENT THAT CONTACTS THE SKIN MUST BE
WASHED OFF IMMEDIATELY. CLOTHING WITH FUEL/PETROLEUM SOLVENT
CONTAMINATION MUST BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED BEFORE BEING WORN. A CONTAINER
SHOULD BE PLACED UNDERNEATH WORK AREA TO CATCH DRIPPING FUEL/PETROLEUM
SOLVENT.
WARNING
CALIBRATION FLUID IS A COMBUSTIBLE FLUID AND VAPOR. IT MAY AFFECT THE CENTRAL
NERVOUS SYSTEM CAUSING DIZZINESS, HEADACHE OR NAUSEA. IT MAY BE HARMFUL IF
INHALED OR SWALLOWED. PROLONGED OR REPEATED CONTACT MAY DRY THE SKIN AND
CAUSE IRRITATION AND BURNS.
WARNING
A FACE SHIELD IS REQUIRED DURING SPRAY PATTERN CHECK DUE TO POSSIBLE FUEL/
PETROLEUM SOLVENT MIST.
Set flow rate on spray test equipment to 100 psig, minimum.
2.3. Flow approved fluid through the nozzle and observe the spray pattern. Refer to Fig 1 Fuel Nozzle
Assembly - Spray Pattern Check.
Note
If nozzle tip is pointing down, fluid will drain out of the nozzle which may appear as drips from the
nozzle orifice.
2.3.1. The spray pattern should be conical with no visible streaks or voids.
2.3.2. If the spray pattern is not acceptable, refer to ultrasonic cleaning procedure, below.
2.4. Disconnect the fuel nozzle from the fuel nozzle spray test equipment.
3. Note
To avoid debris plugging, ensure that the fuel nozzle is securely placed in the ultrasonic tank with
the tip facing upward.
If fuel nozzle fails spray pattern check:
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-363A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.1. Ultrasonically clean the fuel nozzle using caustic ultrasonic solution (MAT-023), mineral spirits
(MAT-020), or dry cleaning solvent (MAT-024).
3.2. Alternate: Clean per repair 207097.
3.3. Recheck nozzle flow pattern. Reject nozzle if flow pattern does not meet flow requirements.
4. Install the fuel nozzle assembly. Refer to 73-12-01-401.
5. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-363A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731206-0-24235-01373-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fuel Nozzle Assembly - Spray Pattern Check
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-363A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-12-01-801A-363A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Fuel Filter from the Fuel Pump
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the fuel filter from the fuel pump. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Pump Filter - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.1. WARNING
1.1.4. Close aircraft fuel shut-off valve.
2. WARNING
Remove the filter as follows:
2.1. Cut lockwire on the filter bowl.
2.2. CAUTION
SUPPORT THE DRIVE END OF SOCKET WRENCH TO AVOID SLIPPING OFF OF REMOVAL
NUT FEATURE AND SIDE LOADING THE FUEL BOWL.
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO WRENCH FLATS, ONLY USE A SHALLOW 6-POINT SOCKET

WRENCH ON REMOVAL NUT FEATURE.
FJ-AAA-73-14-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the filter bowl from the fuel pump housing using a shallow 6-point socket on bowl wrench
flats. Remove the filter and O-ring from the fuel pump housing.
2.3. Note
Removal of sharp edges and raise material of the wrench flats of the filter bowl will ensure
hardware in close proximity is not damaged during installation/removal and personnel are not
injured. Rounding of the corners will not affect functionality of the bowl or inhibit the ability to
remove/install.
Inspect and remove sharp edges and raise material on the removal nut feature on the filter bowl.
FJ-AAA-73-14-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731401-0-24235-01387-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-14-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-14-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Fuel Filter on the Fuel Pump
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the fuel filter on the fuel pump. Refer to the following illustration(s):
73-14-01-01
Note

MAT-011

MAT-060
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
73-14-01 01 30 Filter
73-14-01 01 40 O-Ring
2. Job Set-up
2.1. Note
remove/install.
Inspect and remove sharp edges and raise material on the removal nut feature on the filter bowl.
FJ-AAA-73-14-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. WARNING
Note
remove/install.
Install the filter as follows:

3.1. CAUTION
Check to make sure that there is no debris inside the filter and that the internal O-ring is
properly installed.
Lube the filter O-ring with a light coat of assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install the filter on the fuel
pump.
3.2. Lube the filter bowl O-ring with assembly fluid and install on the filter bowl.
3.3. CAUTION
SUPPORT THE DRIVE END OF SOCKET WRENCH TO AVOID SLIPPING OFF OF REMOVAL
NUT FEATURE AND SIDE LOADING THE FUEL BOWL.
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO WRENCH FLATS, ONLY USE A SHALLOW 6-POINT SOCKET

WRENCH ON REMOVAL NUT FEATURE.
Install the filter bowl over the filter. Torque the filter bowl 80 to 100 inch-pounds (9.0 to 11.2 N.m)
using a shallow 6-point socket.
3.4. Install lockwire (MAT-060) to safety the filter bowl to the fuel pump housing.
4. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-73-14-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-731401-0-24235-01387-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-14-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-14-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Fuel Pump Assembly
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the fuel pump assembly. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Pump - Removal/Installation
Note
Grease, Aircraft, General Purpose FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-010
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.1. WARNING

1.1.2. Open the circuit breakers to isolate the engine electrical supply
2. WARNING
FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01

Remove the fuel control unit (FCU). Refer to 73-21-01-401.
3. Remove the fuel filter Delta P indicator. Refer to 73-23-01-401.
4. Remove the fuel pump as follows:
4.1. Disconnect the fuel-in tube assembly from the fuel pump adapter. Refer to Aircraft Maintenance
Manual (A.M.M.)
4.2. Disconnect the drain tube assembly from the fuel pump drain fitting.
4.3. Remove three nuts and washers and remove the fuel pump from the gearbox assembly.
4.4. Remove the drain fitting and O-ring and the fuel-in adapter and O-ring from the fuel pump (if
required).
5. If gearbox drive shaft pulls out of the fuel pump when fuel pump is removed from gearbox, install
drive shaft as follows:
5.1. If removed, press the retaining ring on the drive shaft. Apply grease MAT-010 to the spline with the
retaining ring; spline on gearbox end of the shaft is not to be greased.
5.2. Install the drive shaft into the drive gear until the retaining ring snaps into the gear.
6. If FCU drive shaft pulls out of the fuel pump when FCU is removed from the fuel pump, install drive
shaft as follows:
6.1. Inspect the retaining ring on the FCU drive shaft for damage. If the retaining ring is damaged, reject
the fuel pump assembly.
6.2. Insert the drive shaft into the fuel pump until it snaps in place.
7. If fuel pump is to be packaged for shipment, make sure that it contains no residual fuel.
8. Note
– If TBO/LLC card lists all TBO/LLC components, make a copy of TBO/LLC card. Update
original card by crossing out component removed. Retain original card with engine logbook.
Fill out and send copy of TBO/LLC card with component.
Record Service Life data for the removed Fuel Pump Assembly, refer to 05-12-00-201 Service Life
Tracking.
FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FUEL
PUMP
ASSEMBLY
FUEL O-RING
INLET
O-RING
O-RING
DRAIN
FITTING
WASHER
NUT 44-7316-03B
ICN-FJ-AAA-731603-0-24235-01407-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Fuel Pump Assembly
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the fuel pump assembly. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 2 Fuel Pump - Spline Alignment Tool
73-16-01-01
Note
installation.
Support equipment
Torque Adapter / AR
TL099924
Tool, Spline Alignment (Optional) / AR

TL111375

MAT-001

MAT-011
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
IPC Reference
73-16-01 01 40 O-Ring
73-16-01 01 50 O-Ring
73-16-01 01 60 O-Ring
2. WARNING
Prepare the fuel pump for installation as follows:
2.1. If drain fitting was removed, lubricate O-ring with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on fitting.
Install fitting into drain port on fuel pump and torque 90 to 100 inch-pounds (10.1 to 11.2 N.m).
2.2. If fuel-in adapter fitting was removed, install adapter and fitting in accordance with the Aircraft
Maintenance Manual.
2.3. Lubricate two O-rings with assembly fluid and install on shaft and mounting flange of the fuel pump.
3. Note
TL111375 is used to align the splines of the fuel pump and the gearbox to a common index
position. If this optional tool is used, the splines can be aligned before the fuel pump is installed
and there should be no need to remove the starter/generator to allow rotation of the gearbox.
Align fuel pump and gearbox splines using TL111375 alignment tool. Refer to Fig 2 Fuel Pump -
Spline Alignment Tool.
3.1. CAUTION
Always rotate the gearbox in the direction shown by the arrow marked on the arm of the
alignment tool.
Install the male spline of the TL111375 alignment tool into the gearbox fuel pump gearshaft. Rotate
the tool, in the direction shown by the arrow marked on the arm of the tool, until the alignment cup
can be installed onto the top mounting stud on the gearbox. Remove alignment tool from the
gearbox.
3.2. CAUTION
Always rotate the fuel pump drive spline in the direction shown by the arrow marked on the
arm of the alignment tool.
Install the female spline of the TL111375 alignment tool onto the fuel pump drive spline. Rotate the
tool, in the direction shown by the arrow marked on the arm of the tool, until the alignment pin can be
installed into the top mounting hole on the fuel pump flange. Remove alignment tool from the fuel
pump.
FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. CAUTION
DRIVE SPLINE TEETH MUST BE CORRECTLY ENGAGED BEFORE MATING THE fuel pump.
THE PUMP SHAFT MUST BE INDEXED BY GEARBOX ROTATION. DO NOT USE THE fuel pump
MOUNTING STUDS TO DRAW THE fuel pump ONTO THE GEARBOX.
Install the fuel pump on the gearbox, aligning the mounting studs with the mounting holes on the
pump.
4.1. Install three washers and nuts.
4.2. Torque nuts 110 to 123 inch-pounds (12.4 to 13.8 N.m). Use TL099924 torque adapter as required.
4.3. Install the fuel-in tube assembly to the fuel pump adapter and install fuel drain line to drain fitting.
Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
5. Install the fuel filter Delta P indicator. Refer to 73-23-01-401.

6. Install the fuel control unit. Refer to 73-21-01-401.
7. Note
Record Service Life data for the installed Fuel Pump Assembly, refer to 05-12-00-201 Service Life
Tracking.
8. Job Close-up
8.1.2. Open the aircraft fuel shutoff valve.
FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FUEL
PUMP
ASSEMBLY
FUEL O-RING
INLET
O-RING
O-RING
DRAIN
FITTING
WASHER
NUT 44-7316-03B
ICN-FJ-AAA-731603-0-24235-01407-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
TOP FUEL PUMP

BOLT HOLE
SPLINE
ALIGNMENT
TOOL
TOP GEARBOX
STUD
SPLINE
ALIGNMENT
TOOL
44-7316-11
ICN-FJ-AAA-731611-0-24235-01415-A-001-00
Fig 2 Fuel Pump - Spline Alignment Tool
FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-16-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Fuel Control System - Description and Operation
General
The fuel control unit (FCU) controls the fuel flow to the combustion section.
Procedure
1. Description
1.1. The FCU is a hydromechanical fuel metering unit. It provides steady-state and transient HP
compressor rotor speed control. The FCU is mounted on the back side of the fuel pump which is
mounted on the gearbox. The following is a list of FCU integral components/systems.
1.1.1. Metering valve
1.1.2. Fan/LP shaft separation lever

1.1.3. Pressure and shutoff valve
1.1.4. Acceleration and deceleration schedules
1.1.5. Motive flow valve
1.1.6. HP relief valve
1.1.7. TT2 bias of max N2
1.1.8. Thrust lever angle input shaft
1.1.9. Acceleration bleed valve control
1.1.10. Start nozzle fuel supply
2. Operation
2.1. Thrust setting is operated by the airframe thrust lever linkage connection to the FCU power lever
angle (PLA) input shaft. The thrust lever shaft supports two functions: activation of PLA shutoff valve
below 15° PLA, and scheduling of steady-state governing speed between 18 and 90° PLA. The PLA
shutoff valve, when fully depressed (PLA ≤ 3°), ports fuel pump high pressure discharge flow back to
boost. System pressure is reduced, which allows the pressure and shutoff valve to close. The
pressurizing and shutoff valve, which is spring-loaded in the closed direction, provides a minimum
back pressure of 200 psid to the FCU during operation and, when in shutdown, provides a drop tight
seal to prevent fuel from flowing to the engine.
FJ-AAA-73-20-00-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Fuel Control Unit
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the fuel control unit from the engine. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Control Unit - Heatshield - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Fuel Control Unit - Fuel Tubes - Removal/Installation
Fig 3 Fuel Control Unit - Accel Bleed Lever - Push/Pull configuration

Fig 4 Fuel Control Unit - Removal/Installation
Fig 5 Fuel Control Unit - Bleed Cable Adjustment
Fig 6 HMU/IFCU - Discrepancy Report
Note
4 In order to enable troubleshooting of the removed FCU, make sure that operating conditions and engine
parameters observed during test are recorded on the HMU/IFCU discrepancy report and returned with
the suspect part.
Support equipment
T-Handle Wrench, Fuel Control / AR

Remove/Install (Optional)
TL111884
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.1. WARNING
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Remove the fuel control unit (FCU) heatshield as follows:
2.1. Remove lockwire from the three flange bolts. Remove three bolts and three washers.
2.2. Remove lockwire from bracket screw. Remove screw
2.3. Remove one screw from right side of FCU and one screw from left side of FCU. Remove FCU
heatshield.
2.4. CAUTION
THE PRIMARY USE FOR THREE FLANGE BOLTS IS TO HOLD THE FCU COVER ON THE
HOUSING. MAKE SURE THAT YOU FOLLOW THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR THESE
BOLTS OR LEAKS MAY RESULT.
Visually inspect the holes for the three flange bolts. Make sure that the helical insert is still in proper
position. The proper helical insert position is .75 to 1.5 thread pitch below the housing (housing/cover
interface) surface. If the helical insert is not within this limit, reject the FCU.
2.5. Install the three flange bolts, three washers, and the one bracket bolt back into the FCU. If fuel
control is going into service on another engine, torque bolts in accordance with the procedures for
installing the heatshield.
3. Remove the fuel control unit (FCU) as follows:
3.1. WARNING
Disconnect the FCU-to-oil cooler (fuel-out) tube from the FCU.
3.2. Disconnect the FCU-to-control valve tube from the FCU.
3.3. Disconnect the CDP air engine-to-elbow (CDP) tube from the FCU
3.4. Loosen the CDP tube at the service adapter and remove.
3.5. Loosen two clamp screws and remove the T2 sensor hoses from the front and the rear of the T2
sensor, located on the FCU. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
3.6. Remove the motive flow flexible line from the fuel control unit. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance
Manual.
3.7. Disconnect the thrust lever push rod and the control arm from the FCU power lever. Refer to the
Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
3.8. Disconnect the LP trip sensor cable from the FCU as follows:
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.8.1. Disconnect the jam nut which attaches the forward end of the cable to the FCU.
3.8.2. Remove two screws, four washers, and two nuts which attach the cable actuator housing to the LP
trip sensor housing. Remove the cable actuator housing.
3.8.3. Slide the cable assembly straight back to remove.
3.9. Disconnect the acceleration bleed cable from the acceleration bleed lever on the top of the interstage
housing. Refer to 75-37-01-401.
3.10. CAUTION
GRIPPING THE FCU PLUNGER WITH PLIERS OR OTHER TOOL WILL DAMAGE THE COATED
SURFACE OF THE ROD AND CAUSE FUEL LEAKS.
Insert a 0.125 inch (3.175 mm) rod through the hole in the side of the FCU plunger to keep it from
turning. Loosen the inner cable jam nut on the FCU side of the acceleration bleed cable assembly
and unthread by turning the cable (inner) at the IP bleed boss end. Remove inner cable jam nut.
3.11. Remove the outer cable front jam nut which attaches the (outer) cable assembly to the FCU.
Remove the cable.
3.12. Remove three nuts and three washers which attach the FCU to the fuel pump. Use TL111884
(optional). Remove the FCU from the fuel pump.
3.13. Remove the reducer and O-ring from the WF port on the fuel control unit.
3.14. Remove the elbow and O-ring from the P3 port on the fuel control unit.
3.15. Remove the nipple and O-ring from the P2' port on the fuel control unit.
3.16. If fuel control unit is to be packaged for shipment, rotate the fuel control unit in all attitudes and shake
to verify no fuel remains in the unit. Install protective plugs with O-rings to all open ports. Double-bag
the unit with a minimum bag thickness of four thousandths of an inch (i.e., 0.004 inches) and zip-tie
the bag.
3.17. Complete the attached discrepancy report Fig 6 HMU/IFCU - Discrepancy Report and include with
removed fuel control unit.
3.18. Note
Record Service Life data for the removed Fuel Control Unit, refer to 05-12-00-201 Service Life
Tracking.
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723105-0-24235-00537-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732104-0-24235-01610-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732101-0-24235-01607-A-001-00
Fig 3 Fuel Control Unit - Accel Bleed Lever - Push/Pull configuration
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732102-0-24235-01608-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732103-0-24235-01609-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732131-0-24235-01628-A-001-00
Fig 6 HMU/IFCU - Discrepancy Report
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Fuel Control Unit
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the fuel control unit on the engine. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 3 Fuel Control Unit - Accel Bleed Lever

73-21-01-01
Note
installation unless otherwise indicated in text.
Support equipment

TL037244
Torque Adapter / AR
TL099924
T-Handle Wrench, Fuel Control / AR

Remove/Install (Optional)
TL111884

MAT-001
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Lubricant, Molybdenum Disulfide FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-008

MAT-011

MAT-061
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
73-10-01 01 70 O-Ring
73-21-01 01 20 O-Ring
73-21-01 01 30 O-Ring (Qty 2)
73-21-01 01 40 O-Ring
73-21-01 01 62 O-Ring
73-21-01 01 65 O-Ring
73-21-01 01 67 O-Ring
2. Install the Fuel Control Unit (FCU) as follows:
2.1. WARNING
Note
Lubricate all O-rings with engine oil (MAT-001) or an approximate 50/50 mix of engine oil and
assembly fluid (MAT-011) for ease of handling, unless otherwise noted.
Lubricate the O-ring and install on elbow. Install elbow to the P3 port on the fuel control unit. Do not
torque elbow nut at this time.
2.2. Lubricate O-ring and install on reducer. Install reducer into WF port on fuel control unit. Torque
reducer 63 to 58 inch-pounds (7.1 to 6.5 N.m).
2.3. Lubricate O-ring and install on nipple. Install nipple into P2' port on fuel control unit. Torque nipple 28
2.4. Lubricate four O-rings. Install one O-ring on drive shaft flange on fuel pump and three on FCU flange.
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.5. CAUTION
DRIVE SPLINE TEETH MUST BE CORRECTLY ENGAGED BEFORE MATING THE FCU AND
THE FUEL PUMP. THE PUMP SHAFT MUST BE INDEXED BY GEARBOX ROTATION. DO NOT
USE THE FUEL PUMP STUDS TO DRAW THE FCU/FUEL PUMP TOGETHER.
Align and install the FCU on the fuel pump. As required to align splines, either clock the FCU shaft by
hand or install TL037244 engine rotation tool into the starter/generator gearbox spline and slowly
rotate clockwise (facing aft). Attach FCU with three washers and nuts. Use TL111884 wrench
(optional). Torque the nuts 110 to 123 inch-pounds (12.4 to 13.8 N.m). Use TL099924 torque adapter
as required.
2.6. Install the acceleration bleed cable assembly. Refer to 75-37-01-401
2.7. Install the thrust lever push rod and control arm. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
2.8. Connect the LP trip sensor actuator cable to the FCU as follows:
2.8.1. Insert the cable through the support bracket on the FCU and attach the cable with washer and jam
nut.
2.8.2. Install cable actuator housing and gasket.
2.8.3. Attach the housing with two screws, four washers, and two nuts. Torque nuts 25 to 28 inch-pounds
(2.8 to 3.2 N.m).
2.8.4. Push the cable all the way aft so that it is seated in the trip mechanism. Adjust the gap between the
shutoff valve arm and the cable to 0.001 - 0.005 inch (0.025 - 0.127 mm).
2.8.5. Torque the jam nut 85 to 95 inch-pounds (9.6 to 10.7 N.m). Install lockwire MAT-061 between jam
nuts.
2.9. Install the T2 sensor hoses on the front and the rear of the T2 sensor. Torque clamp 36 to 40 inch-
2.10. Install the motive flow flexible line to the fuel control unit. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
2.11. CAUTION
To prevent CDP leakage, make sure that the O-rings on the CDP tube and the CDP tube elbow
are replaced each time the FCU is installed.
Install the CDP air engine-to-elbow tube between the FCU elbow and the service adapter port (refer
to 73-10-01-401). Torque elbow jam nut 38 to 42 inch-pounds (4.2 to 4.7 N.m). Torque service
adapter clamp screw 25 to 28 inch-pounds (2.8 to 3.1 N.m).
2.12. Note
If FCU-to-control valve fuel line is P/N 50767 (steel configuration), replace it with P/N 54935
flexible configuration. Refer to Service Bulletin FJ44-73-7.
Install the FCU-to-oil cooler tube and the flexible FCU-to-control valve fuel line. Refer to
73-10-01-401.
2.13. Adjust the power lever. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
3. Install FCU heatshield as follows:
3.1. Remove three flange bolts, three washers, and one bracket bolt from the FCU.
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.2. CAUTION
THE PRIMARY USE FOR THREE FLANGE BOLTS IS TO HOLD THE FCU COVER ON THE
HOUSING. MAKE SURE THAT YOU FOLLOW THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR THESE
BOLTS OR LEAKS MAY RESULT.
Visually inspect the holes for the three flange bolts. Make sure that the helical insert is still in proper
position. The proper helical insert position is .75 to 1.5 thread pitch below the housing (housing/cover
interface) surface. If the helical insert is not within the tolerance, reject the FCU.
3.3. Lubricate the threads and heads of the three flange bolts with molybdenum disulfide lubricant
MAT-008.
3.4. Install the heatshield onto the FCU.
3.5. Install three washers onto the three flange bolts. Install the bolts until seated using fingers. If the bolt
cannot be seated with the fingers, inspect the bolt and the threaded hole again for burrs and
contamination. Clean parts, lubricate again, and reinstall. If bolts still do not seat using fingers, reject
FCU.
3.6. Torque flange bolts, at a uniformly increasing rate, to 56 to 70 inch-pounds (6.3 to 8.0 N.m).
3.7. Install bracket screw. Torque 16 to 19 inch-pounds (1.8 to 2.1 N.m).
3.8. Install lockwire to the three flange bolts and the bracket screw.
3.9. Install two remaining screws to attach heatshield to FCU. Torque 8-36 screw on left side 25 to 28
inch-pounds (2.8 to 3.1 N.m). Torque .250-28 screw on right side 85 to 95 inch-pounds (9.6 to 10.7
N.m).
4. Note
Record Service Life data for the installed Fuel Control Unit, refer to 05-12-00-201 Service Life
Tracking.
5. Job Close-up

5.2. Perform engine testing per the table Test Required after Maintenance or Component Replacement
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723105-0-24235-00537-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732104-0-24235-01610-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732101-0-24235-01607-A-001-00
Fig 3 Fuel Control Unit - Accel Bleed Lever
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732102-0-24235-01608-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732103-0-24235-01609-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Adjust the Fuel Control Unit Acceleration Control
General
Do this procedure, as directed by Troubleshooting, to change engine acceleration time. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Control Unit - Acceleration Control - Adjustment

MAT-061
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Adjust FCU acceleration schedule as follows:
2.1. CAUTION
ENGINE MUST BE SHUT DOWN PRIOR TO PERFORMING ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.
ENGINE MUST NOT BE RUNNING WHILE MAKING ADJUSTMENT.
Remove lockwire.
2.2. Remove screw and cover from acceleration control adjustment screw.
2.3. Adjust acceleration control as follows:

Note
To correct engine surge, acceleration rate should be reduced.
2.3.1. Turn adjustment screw clockwise (CW) to decrease fuel flow and reduce acceleration rate. Screw
should not be adjusted more than half a turn during a single adjustment.
Note
Half a turn (180°) is approximately 1.15% change in fuel flow. Total adjustment range is ±3%
from factory setting.
2.3.2. Turn adjustment screw counter-clockwise (CCW) to increase fuel flow and increase acceleration rate.
Screw should not be adjusted more than half a turn during a single adjustment.
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.4. Install cover. Install screw and torque 16 - 19 inch-pounds (1.8 to 2.1 N.m).
2.5. Install lockwire (MAT-061) to secure three screws.
3. Refer to 71-00-00-501 and perform Stability/Acceleration Check.
3.1. If engine acceleration time is within limits, proceed to recording this adjustment in the engine log
book.
3.2. If engine acceleration time is too slow, increase acceleration schedule by turning FCU adjustment
screw counter-clockwise.
3.3. Retest engine and repeat adjustment/testing until engine is within acceleration time limits.
4. Record this adjustment in the engine log book.
5. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732106-0-24235-01611-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fuel Control Unit - Acceleration Control - Adjustment
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Adjust the Fuel Control Unit Idle Stop
General
Do this procedure, as directed by Testing or Troubleshooting, to change engine idle speed. Adjusting the idle stop
screw two flats (1/3 turn) will reduce the PLA approximately 1.5 deg. and reduce engine idle speed approximately
682 RPM (N2). Adjusting the idle stop by 1/3 turn will reduce the HMU internal idle stop from 19 deg. PLA to 17.5
deg. PLA. 17.5 deg. PLA is the lowest setting since the external PLA rigging limits PLA to 17.5 deg.
Fig 1 Fuel Control Unit - Idle Stop - Adjustment
Petrolatum FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR
MAT-009

MAT-061
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts

73-21-01 01 12 O-Ring
2. Job Set-up
3. Adjust FCU idle stop as follows: (See Fig 1 Fuel Control Unit - Idle Stop - Adjustment).
3.1. CAUTION
ENGINE MUST BE SHUT DOWN PRIOR TO PERFORMING ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.
ENGINE MUST NOT BE RUNNING WHILE MAKING ADJUSTMENT.
Remove lockwire from plug (15).
3.2. Remove plug (15) from HMU.
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-802A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.3. Remove O-ring (20) from plug and discard.
3.4. Position HMU power lever to max PLA stop.
3.5. Adjust screw (10) two flats (1/3 turn) CCW. Run-on torque for screw (10) 2-15 in. lb.
3.6. Apply a light coat of MAT-009 petrolatum to O-ring (20) and install on plug (15).
3.7. Install plug (15) in HMU and torque 13-16 in. lb.
3.8. Install MAT-061 lockwire.
4. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-802A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732136-0-24235-01633-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fuel Control Unit - Idle Stop - Adjustment
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-802A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-802A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Fuel Control Unit
Visual examination
General
This task provides procedures for visually inspecting the fuel control unit.
73-21-01-01
Note
2 Make sure that all electrical connectors are clean and free of damage or corrosion. Refer to Electrical
Connector Maintenance, 70-04-01-201.
Procedure
1. Visually check the fuel control unit for:
Broken/removed lockwire or seals Reject
Loose hose, tube, or linkage connections Tighten. Refer to 73-21-01-401
External leakage around mating surfaces, Re-install FCU Refer to 73-21-01-401

mounting surfaces, plugs, shafts, or connections
2. Inspect the heatshield for:
Edge cracks up to 0.130 inch (3.3 mm) long. Stop-drill crack using 0.0625 inch diameter drill.
Cracks adjacent to mounting hole up to 0.350 Weld repair and blend down smooth
inch (8.89 mm) long.
Damage greater than previous steps. Reject
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Repair the Fuel Control Unit Heatshield Threaded Inserts
General
This task provides procedures for repairing fuel control unit heatshield standard and oversized threaded inserts.
Fig 1 Fuel Control Unit - Heatshield - Repairable Threaded Inserts
Note
Support equipment
Helicoil Extraction Tool / AR

1227-06
Turret / AR
PN56193-2-2
Helicoil Insertion Tool / AR

7552-2
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Remove the fuel control unit (FCU) heatshield. Refer to 73-21-01-401.
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. Note
1 This repair only applies to the inserts shown in Fig 1 Fuel Control Unit - Heatshield -
Repairable Threaded Inserts .
2 Repair should be made with a self locking insert regardless of original insert type.
3 HELICOIL Thread Repair Kit 5402-2 (Optional) may be used.
Repair standard heatshield threaded inserts as follows:
3.1. Remove damaged heatshield Helicoil insert(s) using Helicoil extraction tool 1227-06.
3.2. Visually inspect the housing assembly internal threads for damage. If threads are extensively
damaged, proceed to the oversize threaded insert repair below.
3.3. Install new Helicoil insert(s) (1-140) using Helicoil insertion tool 7552-2.
3.4. Engage drive tang of threaded insert in slotted mandrel of Helicoil insertion tool 7552- 2.
3.5. Turn mandrel until top of threaded insert is ¾ to 1 ¾ turns below surface of repaired assembly.
3.6. CAUTION
BROKEN-OFF TANGS FROM THREADED INSERTS MUST BE REMOVED OR THE FUEL
CONTROL CAN MALFUNCTION.
Remove insertion tool and break off tang with drift punch.
4. Repair oversized heatshield threaded inserts as follows:
4.1. Note
1 Oversize threaded insert repair can be used to install an oversized insert into a damaged
area that was previously a standard size.
2 Hole does not require machining.
Remove damaged heatshield Helicoil insert(s) using Helicoil extraction tool 1227-06.
4.2. With the insert removed, re-tap hole using oversize Helicoil bottoming tap (Olander P/N
PN56193-2-2).
4.3. Install new oversized Helicoil insert(s) (1-140) using Helicoil insertion tool 7552-2.
4.4. Engage drive tang of threaded insert in slotted mandrel of insertion tool 7552- 2.
4.5. Turn mandrel until top of threaded insert is ¾ to 1 ¾ turns below surface of repaired assembly.
4.6. CAUTION
BROKEN-OFF TANGS FROM THREADED INSERTS MUST BE REMOVED OR THE FUEL
CONTROL CAN MALFUNCTION.
Remove insertion tool and break off tang with a drift punch.
5. Install the FCU heatshield. Refer to 73-21-01-401.
6. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732132-0-24235-01629-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fuel Control Unit - Heatshield - Repairable Threaded Inserts
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-21-01-801A-663A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Start Nozzle Control Valve
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the start nozzle control valve. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Start Nozzle Control Valve - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.1. WARNING
2. WARNING
Remove the start nozzle control valve as follows:
2.1. Remove the valve-to-nozzle flexible tube from the control valve.
2.2. Remove the FCU-to-control valve tube assembly from the control valve.
2.3. Remove the drain tube assembly from the control valve.
2.4. Remove two bolts and two washers which hold the heatshield and control valve to the bracket.
Remove the heatshield and the control valve.
2.5. Remove tube nipple and O-ring from the IN port on the control valve.
2.6. Remove tube nipple and O-ring from the OUT port on the control valve.
FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.7. Remove tube nipple and O-ring from the DRAIN port on the control valve.
2.8. If start nozzle control valve is to be packaged for shipment, make sure it contains no residual fuel.
Install protective plugs to open ports.
2.9. Note
Record Service Life data for the removed Start Nozzle Control Valve, refer to 05-12-00-201 Service
Life Tracking.
FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732201-0-24235-01651-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Start Nozzle Control Valve
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the start nozzle control valve. Refer to the following illustration(s):
73-22-01-01
Note
2 This part must undergo routine periodic inspection. If a serviceable, used fuel start nozzle control valve
from another engine is to be installed, make sure that it has undergone all scheduled inspections (per

MAT-011
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
73-22-01 01 50 O-ring
73-22-01 01 80 O-ring
73-22-01 01 90 O-ring
2. WARNING
FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the start nozzle control valve as follows:
2.1. Lube O-ring with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on drain tube elbow. Install elbow and jam nut
in DRAIN port of control valve and position elbow so that it is facing down. Torque jam nut 28 to 32
2.2. Lube O-ring with assembly fluid and install on inlet tube nipple. Install nipple in IN port of control
valve. Torque nipple 28 to 32 inch-pounds (3.1 to 3.6 N.m).
2.3. Lube O-ring with assembly fluid and install on outlet tube nipple. Install nipple in OUT port of control
valve. Torque nipple 38 to 42 inch-pounds (4.2 to 4.7 N.m).
2.4. Install the control valve and heatshield on the bracket.
2.5. Install two bolts and two washers through the heatshield and control valve. Torque bolts 51 to 56
2.6. Install the FCU-to-control valve tube assembly to control valve IN port fitting. Torque tube 90 to 100
2.7. Install the valve-to-nozzle flexible tube assembly to the control valve OUT port fitting. Refer to
73-10-01-401.
2.8. Install aircraft drain tube assembly to the drain elbow. Refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
2.9. Note
Record Service Life data for the installed Start Nozzle Control Valve, refer to 05-12-00-201 Service
Life Tracking.
3. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732201-0-24235-01651-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect Start Nozzle Control Valve
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the start nozzle control valve.
73-22-01-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Note
Visually inspect the start nozzle control valve for:
Damage Reject
Damaged or stripped threads Reject
2. Visually inspect the heatshield for:
Dents up to 0.150 in (3.81 mm) deep Accept if length of dent is greater than 10 times
the depth and cracks or holes cannot be
detected with 10X magnification.
FJ-AAA-73-22-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Fuel Filter Indicator (Delta P Switch)
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the fuel filter indicator. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Filter Indicator - Removal/Installation
Note
Support equipment
Torque Adapter, Fuel Indicator / AR

TL039454
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.1. WARNING
2. WARNING
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01

CAUTION
THIS COMPONENT IS LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF THE MAIN FUEL FILTER. TO AVOID
CONTAMINATION/DAMAGE TO THE FUEL CONTROL/FDU, MAKE SURE THAT PORTS AND
COMPONENT MATING SURFACES ARE KEPT EXTREMELY CLEAN DURING MAINTENANCE.
Remove the delta P switch as follows:
2.1. Disconnect electrical connector from the delta P switch.

2.2. Cut and remove lockwire from the delta P switch.
3. Using TL039454 torque adapter, remove the delta P switch. Cap port to prevent contamination.
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732301-0-24235-01653-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Fuel Filter Indicator (Delta P Switch)
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the fuel filter indicator. Refer to the following illustration(s):
73-23-01-01
Note
installation.
3 This part must undergo major periodic inspection. If a serviceable, used fuel filter indicator from another
Support equipment
Torque Adapter, Fuel Indicator / AR

TL039454

MAT-001

MAT-011

MAT-061

MAT-027
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01

MAT-125

MAT-126
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
73-23-01 01 20 O-Ring
73-23-01 01 30 O-Ring
2. Install the delta P switch as follows:

2.1. WARNING
CAUTION
THIS COMPONENT IS LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF THE MAIN FUEL FILTER. TO AVOID
CONTAMINATION/DAMAGE TO THE FUEL CONTROL/FDU, MAKE SURE THAT PORTS AND
COMPONENT MATING SURFACES ARE KEPT EXTREMELY CLEAN DURING MAINTENANCE.
Lubricate two O-rings with assembly fluid (MAT-011). Install one O-ring at O-ring groove at bottom of
delta P switch, and one O-ring at boss seal flange.
2.2. Install delta P switch into port.
3. Using TL039454 torque adapter, torque delta P switch 145 to 155 inch-pounds (16.3 to 17.4 N.m).
4. Install lockwire (MAT-061) to safety delta P switch to fuel pump/FCU.
5. Clean delta P switch connector pins with surface prep cleaner (MAT-126) and/or isopropyl alcohol
(MAT-027) and apply bonding agent (MAT-125) to connector pins in accordance with instructions in
Electrical Connector Maintenance (FJ-AAA-70-04-01-801A-913A-A). If bonding agent is not applied
to connector pins at time of connector installation, make a note in the engine logbook that bonding
agent must be applied at the next Routine Periodic Inspection.
Note
If other engine or airframe harnesses were disconnected during maintenance, bonding agent
must also be applied to those.
6. Install electrical connector to delta P switch; refer to Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
7. Job Close-up
7.2. Perform engine testing per the Table Required after Maintenance or Component Replacement (List
of Test Procedures) in 71-00-00-501.
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732301-0-24235-01653-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Fuel Filter Indicator (Delta P Switch)
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual check of the fuel filter indicator. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Filter Indicator - Visual Inspection
73-23-01-01
Note
Make sure that all electrical connectors are clean and free of damage or corrosion. Refer to Electrical
Procedure
1. Remove the fuel filter delta P switch. Refer to 73-23-01-401.
2. Inspect fuel filter delta P switch bonding surfaces for corrosion or contamination. Clean or remove
corrosion using a non-metallic brush and clean parts in accordance with 70-21-00-701. Touch-up
chemical conversion coating on aluminum parts as required in accordance with 70-42-12-801.
3. Visually inspect the fuel filter delta P switch for:
Bent, broken, or missing connector pins Reject
Thread damage or rounded wrench flats Reject
Damage to O-ring groove Reject
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732308-0-24235-01659-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fuel Filter Indicator - Visual Inspection
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Perform Functional Verification of the Fuel Filter Indicator (Delta P Switch)
Pressure check
General
This task performs a pressure check on the fuel filter indicator to ensure proper function. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Filter Indicator
Fig 2 Functional Test - Fuel Filter Indicator
Note
Support equipment
STD-503 / AR
Multimeter
Test Block, Indicator, Delta P / AR

TL109543
Test Block, Indicator, Delta P, Oil / AR

Filter and Fuel Filter
TL110118
Procedure
1. Remove fuel filter delta P switch from engine. Refer to 73-23-01-401.
2. TL109543 or TL110118 (optional) test fixtures are used to check the functionality of the fuel filter
delta P switch. The switch is functioning properly when increasing delta pressure triggers an internal
switch and closes a contact. During operation, this indicates to the aircrew that the pressure across
the fuel filter is high and should be reported to maintenance personnel.
3. Prepare test fixture for use as follows Fig 2 Functional Test - Fuel Filter Indicator:
3.1. Completely close the air inlet valve before connecting to air source.
3.2. Completely open the air exit flow control valve.
3.3. Regulate air pressure at source to 0 psi
3.4. Connect source of 5 to 100 psi shop air to the inlet valve on the side of test unit. Do not apply air
pressure at this time.
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. Install the fuel filter delta P switch to the test unit as follows:
4.1. Make sure that both O-rings are in place on the fuel filter delta P switch.
4.2. Install the fuel filter delta P switch in the fitting provided on the top of the test unit. Torque to 30 to 50
4.3. Verify that pressure on the gauge is 0 psi.
5. Test Normal Mode, as follows:
5.1. Connect a Continuity Tester or Ohmmeter to pins C and B of the fuel filter delta P switch.
5.2. The bulb on the continuity tester should illuminate (or the ohmmeter should indicate continuity).
6. Test Bypass Mode, as follows:
6.1. Regulate pressure at source to between 5 and 100 psi.
6.2. Note
A Stopwatch or Clock is required to time the following steps
Using the inlet valve and flow control valve, slowly increase pressure to 4.5 psi and then start the
stopwatch.
6.3. With the tester connected to pins C and B, the bulb on the continuity tester should extinguish (or the
ohmmeter should indicate loss of continuity/open circuit). This may require several seconds.
6.4. After the bulb on the continuity tester extinguishes (or the ohmmeter indicates a loss of continuity/
open circuit), disconnect tester leads from pins C and B.
6.5. Connect the tester to pins A and C. The bulb on the continuity tester should illuminate (or the
ohmmeter should indicate continuity). This may require several seconds.
6.6. After the bulb on the tester illuminates (or the ohmmeter indicates continuity), stop the stopwatch.
6.7. Total time must be less than 180 seconds for the fuel filter delta P switch to respond for Step 6.1.
through Step 6.5. .
7. Test Return to Normal Mode, as follows:
7.1. Note
Tester should still be connected to pins A and C with 4.5 psi of pressure applied.
Reset the stopwatch.
7.2. Using the inlet valve and flow control valve, slowly decrease the pressure to 0 psi and then start the
stopwatch.
7.3. With the tester connected to pins A and C, the bulb on the tester should extinguish (or the ohmmeter
should indicate loss of continuity/open circuit) within 180 seconds.
8. Test Evaluation:
If the fuel filter delta p switch fails testing in Normal Mode, Bypass Mode, or Return to Normal Mode,
reject the fuel filter delta p switch.
Note
If rejectable, sending the fuel filter delta p switch to Williams International for potential exchange
is recommended.
9. Install the fuel filter delta P switch. Refer to 73-23-01-401.
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732302-0-24235-01654-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fuel Filter Indicator
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CONNECT
CONTINUITY TESTER
OR OHMMETER
FUEL FILTER
DELTA P SWITCH
O-RINGS
INLET VALVE
GAUGE CONNECT
AIR SUPPLY
FLOW CONTROL
VALVE 44-7323-15
ICN-FJ-AAA-732315-0-24235-01666-A-001-00
Fig 2 Functional Test - Fuel Filter Indicator
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-23-01-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Fuel Manifold Filter
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the fuel manifold filter. Do this task as required by periodic
maintenance. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Manifold Filter - Removal/Installation
Note
Support equipment
STD-115 / AR
Ultrasonic Cleaning Equipment
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.1. WARNING

2. Remove Fuel Manifold Filter
2.1. WARNING
FJ-AAA-73-25-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01

THOROUGHLY CLEANED BEFORE BEING WORN.
Disconnect and remove the fuel tube.
2.2. Remove the fuel filter from the engine service adapter fuel port.
Note
The filter element is reusable if contaminants can be removed without damage to the filter
assembly.
3. Clean the filter using Ultrasonic Cleaning Equipment.
FJ-AAA-73-25-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732501-0-24235-01676-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-25-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-25-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Fuel Manifold Filter
Install procedure
General
This tasks provides procedures for installing the fuel manifold filter. Refer to the following illustration(s):
73-25-01-01
Note

MAT-001

MAT-011
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
73-25-01 01 10 Filter, Assembly, Fuel Manifold
73-25-01 01 20 O-ring
2. Install Fuel Manifold Filter
2.1. Lubricate O-ring with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on the fuel filter assembly.
2.2. Apply a light coat of engine oil (MAT-001) to threads of the fuel filter.
2.3. Install the fuel manifold filter into the service adapter fuel port and torque 38 to 42 inch-pounds (4.2 to
4.7 N.m).
2.4. Install the fuel tube assembly. Refer to 73-10-01-401.
FJ-AAA-73-25-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-73-25-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-732501-0-24235-01676-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-73-25-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-25-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Reset the Fuel Shutoff Valve
Rig
General
This task provides procedures for resetting the fuel shutoff valve. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Fuel Control Shut-Off Valve - Reset
Note
the centerline.
installation.

MAT-001

MAT-060
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.3. Remove the Cowling. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
2. CAUTION
YOU MUST FULLY IDENTIFY THE REASON WHY THE FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE TRIPPED
BEFORE PUTTING THE ENGINE BACK IN SERVICE.
FJ-AAA-73-27-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Before placing an engine that has had the FCU shutoff valve activated by the LP trip sensor back into
service, do the following:
2.1. Refer to 71-00-50-601. Inspect the LP shaft end and LP turbines with a borescope. Look through the
port in the rear housing and inspect for:
2.1.1. Signs that rotating parts have rubbed stationary parts.
2.1.2. Sign that LP shaft has touched LP trip lever.
2.2. Inspect the inlet for foreign object damage.
3. Do a concentricity (run-out) check on the LP shaft. Refer to 72-35-12-601.
4. Note
Contacting WI Product Support is
(How to Contact Williams International (FJ-AAA-00-00-00-829A-042A-A)) is recommended, prior
to proceeding.
Remove cable assembly and cable actuator housing. Refer to 76-20-01-501.
5. Reset the FCU fuel shutoff valve as follows:
Note
The shutoff valve arm, when in the open position, holds the reset pin in. When the shutoff valve
is closed, the arm is pushed forward and the pin comes across to hold it in the closed position.
5.1. Push in the reset pin on the FCU. This allows you to move the shutoff valve arm back in the open
position holding the reset button in.
6. Reset the LP shaft trip sensor mechanism. Refer to 76-20-01-501.
7. Install cable and actuator housing. Refer to 76-20-01-501.
8. Adjust the LP trip lever. Refer to 76-20-01-501.
9. Install Cable on FCU.
9.1. Insert the cable through the support boss on the FCU and attach cable with two washers and two jam
nuts.
9.2. Push the inner cable all the way aft so that it is seated in the trip mechanism. Adjust the gap between
the shutoff valve arm, and the inner cable end, to 0.001 - 0.005 inches (0.025 - 0.127 mm).
9.3. Torque jam nuts 85 to 95 inch-pounds (9.6 to 10.7 N.m). Install lockwire (MAT-060) to jam nuts.
10. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-73-27-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723701-0-24235-00739-A-001-00
Fig 1 Fuel Control Shut-Off Valve - Reset
FJ-AAA-73-27-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-73-27-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 74
Ignition
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 74
Ignition
Table of Contents
74 Ignition
74-00-00 Ignition System Description
74-00-00-001 Ignition System - Description and Operation
Ignition System - Description and Operation - FJ-AAA-74-00-00-801A-042A-A

74-00-10 Ignition System
74-00-10-501 Ignition System - Adjustment/Test
Do an Operational Test on the Ignition System - FJ-AAA-74-00-10-801A-340A-A

Function test
74-10-01 Ignition Exciter
74-10-01-401 Igniton Exciter - Removal/Installation
Remove the Ignition Exciters - Remove procedure FJ-AAA-74-10-01-801A-520A-A
Install the Ignition Exciters - Install procedure FJ-AAA-74-10-01-801A-720A-A
74-20-01 Igniter Lead
74-20-01-401 Igniter Lead - Removal/Installation
Remove the Igniter Leads - Remove procedure FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-520A-A
Install the Igniter Leads - Install procedure FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-720A-A
74-20-01-601 Igniter Lead - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Igniter Leads - Visual examination FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-310A-A
74-22-01 Igniter Plug
74-22-01-401 Igniter Plug - Removal/Installation
Remove the Igniter Plugs - Remove procedure FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-520A-A
Install the Igniter Plugs - Install procedure FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-720A-A
74-22-01-601 Igniter Plug - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Igniter Plugs - Visual examination FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-310A-A
74- Content
74-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Dimensionally Inspect Igniter Plugs - Tip Gap Diameter FJ-AAA-74-22-01-802A-361A-A

- Dimensions check
Dimensionally Inspect Igniter Plugs - Electrode Depth - FJ-AAA-74-22-01-803A-361A-A

Dimensions check
74-22-01-701 Igniter Plug - Cleaning
Clean the Igniter Plugs - Clean with chemical agent FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-251A-A
74- Content
74-00-00
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Ignition System - Description and Operation
Description
1. General
The ignition system supplies spark to ignite the fuel/air mixture in the combustor. Refer to the
Fig 1 Ignition System
2. Description
2.1. The ignition system is made up of the following parts:
74-10-01 Ignition Exciters (2)
74-20-01 Igniter Leads (2)
74-22-01 Igniter Plugs (2)
2.2. The two ignition exciters are high energy, capacitive discharge devices. The parts for each ignition
exciter are contained in a corrosion resistant, case which is sealed against air. Both ignition exciter
cases are mounted to the engine interstage housing. The spark rate is one to six sparks per channel,
per second. The exciters can operate continuously with input voltage ranging from 10 to 30 volts, 3.5
Joules stored energy.
2.3. The igniter leads are made from a low-loss coaxial cable which is designed for use at 18 to 24 Kv.
The right and left leads are different lengths.
2.4. The igniter plugs are sealed against air and have precious metal electrodes. The igniter plug case is
made of high temperature, corrosion resistant alloys.
3. Operation
3.1. The ignition switch in the cockpit activates the ignition exciters. The ignition exciters draw current
from the battery and sends current through each igniter lead, independently, at a rate of one to six
sparks per second. The igniter plugs ignite the fuel/air mixture in the combustor. Igniters continue to
fire until the ignition switch is turned off.
FJ-AAA-74-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-740001-0-24235-01710-A-001-00
Fig 1 Ignition System
FJ-AAA-74-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-74-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Do an Operational Test on the Ignition System
Function test
General
Do this task at the interval shown under periodic inspections.
Procedure
1. Test ignition system operation through one of the following methods:
2. Visual Igniter Operation Test

2.1. Prepare for visual igniter operation test.
2.2. Test igniter operation as follows:
2.2.1. WARNING
IGNITION EXCITER CONTAINS HIGH VOLTAGE, HIGH ENERGY CIRCUITS. REMOVE INPUT
POWER PRIOR TO HANDLING EXCITER, HIGH TENSION LEAD, OR PLUG.
WARNING
IGNITION SYSTEM OUTPUT VOLTAGE IS DANGEROUSLY HIGH. PERFORM IGNITION SPARK
CHECK OUTDOORS, IN AN ATMOSPHERE FREE OF EXPLOSIVE OR FLAMMABLE GASES OR
LIQUIDS.
Remove igniter plugs. Refer to 74-22-01-401.
2.2.2. CAUTION
To prevent damage to igniter lead terminal, do not spin igniter plug when installing lead. Hold
igniter plug with backup wrench and tighten igniter lead nut.
Install igniter leads to igniter plugs. Use a backup wrench on igniter plug flats. Let igniters hang down
below engine for operational test.
2.2.3. Note
Audible verification that the igniters fire is not a sufficient verification of operation for this testing
method. Igniters should be visually verified that a spark is present at the tip.
Visually check that igniters fire:
2.2.3.1. Connect main electrical connector to ignition exciter.
FJ-AAA-74-00-10-801A-340A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.2.3.2. WARNING
DO NOT STAND NEXT TO IGNITER WHEN CHECKING TO SEE IF IGNITERS FIRE. ALL
PERSONNEL BE AT LEAST 10 FEET (3 METERS) FROM IGNITER TIP AT ALL TIMES DURING
TEST.
From a distance of at least 10 feet (3 meters), visually make sure that igniters fire (make a spark) for
a minimum duration of 15 seconds.
2.2.3.3. If either igniter fails to fire, refer to troubleshooting task Low/No Sound of Igniter(s) Firing
71-00-00-101.
2.3.1. Reinstall the igniter plugs. Refer to 74-22-01-401

3. Audible/Engine Start Ignition System Test

3.1. Prepare for an audible/engine start ignition system test.
3.2. Do an audible check on the igniters.
3.2.1. Switch the ignition system to the ON position. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
3.2.2. Listen for the igniters firing for a minimum duration of 15 seconds. The igniters may start out firing
together or they may start out alternately firing. In either case, they will drift from one mode to the
other. If you can hear both igniters firing in this way, functional test is complete. If you cannot hear
both igniters firing in this way, one or both of the igniters are malfunctioning.
3.2.3. If either igniter fails to fire, refer to troubleshooting task Low/No Sound of Igniter(s) Firing
71-00-00-101.
3.3. Test operation of the first igniter circuit through engine start as follows:
3.3.1. WARNING
WARNING
LIQUIDS.
WARNING
ENSURE THAT THE DISCONNECTED IGNITION EXCITER AIRCRAFT POWER LEAD IS
SECURED AND PROTECTED TO PREVENT A SHORT CIRCUIT DURING ENGINE OPERATION.
Remove the aircraft power lead from one of the two ignition exciters. Refer to the Aircraft
Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-74-00-10-801A-340A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.3.2. Start the engine. Refer to General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
3.3.3. If the engine fails to start, refer to troubleshooting task Low/No Sound of Igniter(s) Firing
71-00-00-101.
3.3.4. Stop the engine. Refer to General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
3.3.5. Reconnect aircraft power lead to the ignition exciter. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
3.4. Test operation of the second igniter circuit through engine start as follows:
3.4.1. WARNING
WARNING
LIQUIDS.
WARNING
ENSURE THAT THE DISCONNECTED IGNITION EXCITER AIRCRAFT POWER LEAD IS
SECURED AND PROTECTED TO PREVENT A SHORT CIRCUIT DURING ENGINE OPERATION.
Remove the aircraft power lead from the second ignition exciter. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance
Manual.
3.4.2. Start the engine. Refer to General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
3.4.3. If the engine fails to start, refer to troubleshooting task Low/No Sound of Igniter(s) Firing
71-00-00-101.
3.4.4. Stop the engine. Refer to General Operating Procedures, 71-00-00-501.
3.4.5. Reconnect aircraft power lead to the ignition exciter. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-74-00-10-801A-340A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Ignition Exciters
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the ignition exciters. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Ignition Exciter - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Remove the Ignition Exciters
2.1. WARNING
Disconnect the two electrical connectors from the forward side of the two ignition exciters.
2.2. Wait at least two minutes before continuing work.
2.3. Remove lockwire from the igniter lead connectors and disconnect igniter leads from the ignition
exciters. Put protective covers on the cable ends.
2.4. Remove four nuts, eight washers, and four bolts from the ignition exciter clamps and brackets.
Remove the two exciter clamps.
2.5. Remove the ignition exciters, put in a protective bag and identify as required.
FJ-AAA-74-10-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
IGNITION
EXCITER
CLAMP
BOLT
WASHER
FORWARD IGNITION
BRACKET EXCITER
WASHER
NUT
AFT
BRACKET
44-7410-01C
ICN-FJ-AAA-741001-0-24235-01713-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-74-10-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-74-10-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Ignition Exciters
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the ignition exciters. Refer to the following illustration(s):
74-10-01-01
Note
installation.

MAT-001
Procedure
1. Install the Ignition Exciters
1.1. Install ignition exciters onto the forward and rear mounting brackets. Locate the igniter leads toward
the aft end of the engine.
1.2. Attach the ignition exciters with two clamps, four bolts, eight washers and four nuts. Torque nuts 2 to
5 inch-pounds (0.22 to 0.56 N.m) above the prevailing run-on torque.
1.3. Note
Prior to connecting igniter leads or installing electrical connectors to the exciters, verify that all
electrical interface points are clean, show no signs of corrosion, and are free of debris.
Connect and secure igniter leads to ignition exciters in accordance with 74-20-01-401.
1.4. Install the airframe electrical connectors to the ignition exciters.
1.5. Do an operational test on the ignition system. Refer to 74-00-10-501.
FJ-AAA-74-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-74-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
IGNITION
EXCITER
CLAMP
BOLT
WASHER
FORWARD IGNITION
BRACKET EXCITER
WASHER
NUT
AFT
BRACKET
44-7410-01C
ICN-FJ-AAA-741001-0-24235-01713-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-74-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-74-10-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Igniter Leads
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the igniter leads. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Igniter Leads - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Igniter Leads - Clamp Locations
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Remove either of the two igniter leads as follows:
2.1. WARNING
POWER PRIOR TO HANDLING EXCITER, LEAD, OR PLUG.
Remove aircraft power leads from the two ignition exciters.
2.3. Remove lockwire from the igniter lead connector nuts.
2.4. Disconnect the igniter lead from each ignition exciter.

2.5. WARNING
Remove fuel tubes, as required, to gain access to the igniter lead clamps. Refer to 73-10-01-401
2.6. Remove the screws from the clamps which secure the igniter lead to the brackets. Note that one of
the clamps has a spring screw and is released by turning the screw 90°.
FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.7. Disconnect the igniter lead from the igniter plug. Use a back-up wrench on the igniter plug flats.
Remove the igniter lead.
FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-742001-0-24235-01738-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CLAMP PONT
44-7420-02C
ICN-FJ-AAA-742002-0-24235-01739-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Igniter Leads
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the igniter leads. Refer to the following illustration(s):
74-20-01-01
Note

MAT-061
Procedure
1. Install spiral wrap to igniter lead:
1.1. If not already installed, install .025-inch spiral wrap to igniter leads. Secure spiral wrap with nylon
strap locks and trim ends of strap locks flush.
2. WARNING
Note
1 Prior to connecting igniter leads, verify that all electrical interface points are clean, show no
signs of corrosion, and are free of debris. Refer to Electrical Connector Maintenance,
70-04-01-201.
2 Do not install bonding agent to igniter plug or exciter connector pins.
Install the straight end of the igniter lead to the ignition exciter.
3. Install igniter lead:
FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.1. WARNING
Note
1 Prior to connecting igniter leads, verify that all electrical interface points are clean, show no
signs of corrosion, and are free of debris. Refer to Electrical Connector Maintenance,
70-04-01-201.
2 Do not install bonding agent to igniter plug or exciter connector pins.

Route the lead and install the cable clamps.
3.2. Install the 90° end of the igniter lead to the igniter plug.
3.3. Torque the igniter lead at the ignition exciter end 140 to 150 inch-pounds (15.7 to 16.8 N.m).
3.4. Torque the igniter lead at the igniter end 240 to 250 inch-pounds (27.1 to 28.2 N.m).
3.5. Lockwire the two igniter lead nuts together with .020 inch lockwire (MAT-061).
3.6. Install igniter leads in the dual clamp assembly as follows:
3.6.1. Install leads in clamp assembly. Do not cross the leads.
3.6.2. Carefully close the clamps on the leads, slotted clamp first.
3.6.3. Align the "T" nut on the clamp screw with the slots in the clamp arm and the clamp base, then push
through and lock into position.
3.6.4. Torque clamp screw 49 to 55 inch-pounds (5.5 to 6.2 N.m).
3.7. CAUTION
Adjust igniter lead slack in loop clamps to Make sure that igniter leads do not contact tube
assemblies.
Install other lead clamps and torque clamp bolts 49 to 55 inch-pounds (5.5 to 6.2 N.m).
3.8. Install the fuel tubes that were removed for access to the igniter leads. Refer to 73-10-01-401.
3.9. Install two aircraft power leads to the ignition exciters.
4. Job Close-up
(List of Test Procedures) in 71-00-00-501..
FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-742001-0-24235-01738-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CLAMP PONT
44-7420-02C
ICN-FJ-AAA-742002-0-24235-01739-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Igniter Leads
Visual examination
General
This task provides procedures for visually inspecting the igniter leads.
74-20-01-01
Note
the centerline.

MAT-027
Procedure
1. Remove igniter leads. Refer to 74-20-01-401.
2. Inspect Igniter Leads

2.1. Inspect igniter lead cables for:
WARNING
Carbon deposits - no damage Clean with isopropyl alcohol (MAT-027) and a

soft brush
Carbon deposits with damage (burned) Reject
Chafed Reject
Frayed Reject
FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Kinked Reject
Severed Reject
Missing or damaged spiral wrap Install new spiral wrap. Refer to 74-20-01-401
2.2. Inspect the two connectors for:
Stripped threads Reject
Cross threaded Reject
Rounded wrench flats Reject
Cracked elbow Reject
Kinked elbow Reject

Corrosion Reject
3. Install igniter leads. Refer to 74-20-01-401.
FJ-AAA-74-20-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Igniter Plugs
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the igniter plugs. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Igniter Plug - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Igniter Adapter- Removal/Installation
Fig 3 Igniter Plug - Visual Inspection for Fretting in Zone C
Fig 4 4-Pole Igniter Plug - Visual Inspection for Missing Electrode

Note

MAT-013
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Remove either of the two igniter plugs as follows:
2.1. WARNING
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CAUTION
Dropping or over-torquing the igniter plug may lead to internal damage not visually
detectable. Reject any igniter plug that is dropped or is torqued beyond manual limits.
Disconnect the aircraft electrical leads from the ignition exciters.
2.3. Use a back-up wrench on the igniter plug wrench flats and disconnect the igniter lead from the igniter
plug.
2.4. Inspect igniter lead nut of P/N 50852 short igniter lead for Supplier Date Code "2D18". If 2D18 is
found, reject.
Note
Retaining the core and contacting WI for potential no cost replacement is recommended.
2.5. Put a protective cover on the igniter cable end.
2.6. CAUTION
PLUG THE IGNITER PORTS TO PREVENT FOREIGN OBJECTS FROM ENTERING THE
ENGINE.
Remove igniter plug nut and igniter plug from the igniter boss on the service island. If the igniter plug
adapter loosens from the diffuser port during igniter plug nut removal, do the following:
2.6.1. If applicable, remove safety wire from adapter/diffuser.
2.6.2. Remove retaining ring, igniter plug ring seal, and igniter plug plate seal.
2.6.3. Remove igniter plug nut, igniter plug, and igniter plug adapter as an assembly from the engine. The
spacer will come out separately.
2.6.4. Separate igniter plug nut from the igniter plug adapter.
2.6.5. Reinstall igniter plug adapter and spacer into igniter boss on the service island. Lubricate igniter plug
adapter threads with MAT-013 and torque 590 to 610 inch-pounds (66.6 to 68.9 N.m).
2.7. Remove the internal retaining ring which holds the igniter plug to the igniter plug nut. Separate the
igniter plug from the igniter plug nut.
3. Visually check the igniter plugs:
3.1. Note
If the igniter is found to be rejectable, contacting WI Product Support
Check for fretting or other damage in Zone C. Refer to Fig 3 Igniter Plug - Visual Inspection for
Fretting in Zone C. If there is fretting or other damage in this area, reject the igniter plug and perform
borescope inspection of the diffuser skirt and bosses in accordance with task
Inspect the Combustor, Fuel Slinger, and HP Turbine Blade Leading Edges with a Borescope (FJ-
AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A).
3.2. Note
The following step applies to igniters with four radially-mounted, pin-type ground electrodes
located in the electrode tip (4-pole configuration). It does not apply to igniters with a round
annular ground electrode.
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Inspect tip of 4-pole igniter plug to verify that all four ground electrodes are intact. Refer to Fig 4 4-
Pole Igniter Plug - Visual Inspection for Missing Electrode. If one or more electrode is missing, reject
igniter plug and perform borescope inspection, 71-00-40-601
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-742219-0-24235-01780-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-742220-0-24235-01781-A-001-00
Fig 2 Igniter Adapter- Removal/Installation
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ZONE C
IGNITER
PLUG
44-7422-26
ICN-FJ-AAA-742226-0-24235-01787-A-001-00
Fig 3 Igniter Plug - Visual Inspection for Fretting in Zone C
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
MISSING
ELECTRODE
HP TURBINE BLADE
DAMAGE FROM
ELECTRODE
44-7422-31
ICN-FJ-AAA-742231-0-24235-01792-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Igniter Plugs
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the igniter plugs. Refer to the following illustration(s):
74-22-01-01
Note

MAT-013
Lubricant, Anti-seize FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-015
Procedure
1. Install igniter plug as follows:
1.1. CAUTION
CAUTION
IMPROPER INSTALLATION OF RETAINING RING WILL RESULT IN DAMAGE TO ENGINE. THE
RETAINING RING MUST BE INSTALLED BELOW THE LAST THREAD IN THE IGNITER PLUG
NUT.
CAUTION
VERIFY RETAINING RING IS SEATED PROPERLY IN THE IGNITER NUT RETAINING GROOVE.
MINIMAL AXIAL MOVEMENT UP TO 0.025 INCHES (0.635 MM) IS PERMISSIBLE.
Apply magnesium hydroxide MAT-013 or anti-seize lubricant MAT-015 to the igniter plug nut threads.
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.2. Insert the igniter plug into the igniter plug nut and install the internal retaining ring. Ensure retaining
ring is installed below the last thread in the igniter plug nut.
1.3. CAUTION
To prevent damage to igniter lead terminal, do not spin igniter plug when installing lead. Hold
igniter plug with backup wrench and tighten igniter lead nut.
Remove protective covering from the igniter lead (if installed) and install igniter lead on the igniter
plug. Let igniters hang down below engine for operational test.

1.5. Remove igniter from igniter lead as follows:
1.5.1. Disconnect main electrical supply from ignition exciter.

1.5.2. Wait at least two minutes before continuing work.
1.5.3. Remove igniter lead from igniter. Use a backup wrench on igniter plug flats.
1.6. Following the angle of the igniter boss, insert the igniter plug and igniter nut into the diffuser and
locate in the hole in the combustor.
Note
The igniter plug nut will not thread on the boss if the igniter plug is not located in the combustor
primary plate.
1.7. Torque the igniter plug nut 300 to 325 inch-pounds (33.8 to 36.7 N.m).
1.8. Install the igniter lead on the igniter plug. Hold the igniter plug with a back-up wrench and torque the
igniter lead 240 to 250 inch-pounds (27.1 to 28.2 N.m).
1.9. Connect the aircraft electrical connectors to the ignition exciters. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance
Manual.
2. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-742219-0-24235-01780-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Igniter Plugs
Visual examination
General
Perform this task at the interval shown in Routine Periodic Inspections, 05-20-00-601. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Fig 1 Igniter Plug - Visual Inspection
Fig 3 Igniter Plug - Damage to Functional Thread Surfaces

Fig 4 Igniter Plug - Crack Damage
74-22-01-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. CAUTION
Remove igniter plug(s). Refer to 74-22-01-401.
2. Note
The following step applies to igniters with four radially-mounted pin-type ground electrodes
located in the electrode tip (4-pole configuration). It does not apply to igniters with a round
annular ground electrode
Inspect tip of 4-pole igniter plug to verify that all four ground electrodes are intact. Refer to Fig 2 4-
Pole Igniter Plug - Visual Inspection for Missing Electrode. If one or more electrode is missing, reject
igniter plug and perform borescope inspection, 71-00-40-601.
3. Inspect igniter plug exterior shell for:
Cracks or chips. See Fig 4 Igniter Plug - Crack Reject

Damage.
Swelling or distortion Reject
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Fretting or chafing wear in Zone A resulting in a Accept

local shell diameter of 0.450 inch (11.4 mm) or
greater
Fretting or chafing wear in Zone B resulting in a Accept

local shell diameter of 0.500 inch (12.7 mm) or
greater
Fretting or chafing wear in Zone A or B resulting Reject

in local shell diameters less than previous two
steps
Note
If the igniter is found to be rejectable, contacting WI Product Support
Fretting or chafing wear in Zone C Reject igniter plug and perform borescope
inspection of the diffuser skirt and bosses in
accordance with task
Inspect the Combustor, Fuel Slinger, and HP
Turbine Blade Leading Edges with a Borescope
(FJ-AAA-71-00-40-801A-310A-A) .
4. Visually inspect the igniter tip for:
Combustion deposits Clean, refer to 74-22-01-701
Cracked ceramic Reject
5. Inspect igniter connector for:
Cracked ceramic Reject
Carbon deposits Reject
Damage to functional thread surfaces. Refer to Reject

Fig 3 Igniter Plug - Damage to Functional
Thread Surfaces.
6. Note
When checking for binding of spherical pivot, make sure that pivot area is clean and free from
anti-seize compound residue.
Check spherical pivot for proper movement. If binding is apparent, reject.
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-742206-0-24235-01768-A-001-00
Fig 1 Igniter Plug - Visual Inspection
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
MISSING
ELECTRODE
HP TURBINE BLADE
DAMAGE FROM
ELECTRODE
44-7422-31
ICN-FJ-AAA-742231-0-24235-01792-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-742236-0-24235-01796-A-001-00
Fig 3 Igniter Plug - Damage to Functional Thread Surfaces
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CRACK
44-7422-37
ICN-FJ-AAA-742237-0-24235-01797-A-001-00
Fig 4 Igniter Plug - Crack Damage
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Dimensionally Inspect Igniter Plugs - Tip Gap Diameter
Dimensions check
General.
This task covers dimensional inspection of the igniter plugs tip gap diameter. Part numbers 55396 and 70161
require this inspection. Do this task as required by scheduled maintenance, 05-20-00-601. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Fig 1 Igniter Plug - Erosion Measurement
Support equipment
STD-305 / AR
Caliper
Procedure
1. Dimensional Inspection Requirements by Part Number

1.1. Perform both Electrode Depth Inspection and Tip Gap Diameter Inspection on P/N 70161.
IGNITER PART NUMBER Electrode Depth Inspection Tip Gap Diameter Inspection
70161 Refer to See procedures below

Dimensionally Inspect Igniter
Plugs - Electrode Depth (FJ-
AAA-74-22-01-803A-361A-A)
55396 Not applicable See procedures below
2. CAUTION
CAUTION
IF IGNITER(S) ARE REJECTED FOR EXCEEDING EROSION LIMITS AT routine periodic
inspection interval, REVIEW FLIGHT OPERATION PRACTICES TO ENSURE THAT IGNITION
SYSTEM IS NOT BEING OPERATED EXCESSIVELY. REFER TO THE AIRCRAFT FLIGHT
MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES FOR OPERATING IGNITION SYSTEM.
Using a Caliper, measure the electrode tip for:
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-802A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Electrical erosion of tip gap up to 0.230 inch Accept

(5.84 mm) max diameter measured at end face
Electrical erosion of tip gap greater than above Reject
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-802A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-742202-0-24235-01767-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-802A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-802A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Dimensionally Inspect Igniter Plugs - Electrode Depth
Dimensions check
General.
This task covers dimensional inspection of the igniter plugs for erosion or wear. Part numbers 57846, 68032,
70161, 78214, and 114220 require this inspection. Do this task as required by scheduled maintenance,
05-20-00-601. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Support equipment
STD-305 / AR
Caliper
STD-306 / AR
Depth Micrometer
Procedure
1. Dimensional Inspection Requirements by Part Number

1.1. CAUTION
Perform both Electrode Depth Inspection and Tip Gap Diameter Inspection on P/N 70161.
IGNITER PART NUMBER Electrode Depth Inspection Tip Gap Diameter Inspection
70161 See procedures below Refer to

Dimensionally Inspect Igniter
Plugs - Tip Gap Diameter
(FJ-
AAA-74-22-01-802A-361A-A)
57846 See procedures below Not applicable

68032
78214
114220
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-803A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Measure the center electrode depth using a Depth Micrometer or Caliper (probe diameter 0.100 inch
[2.54 mm] or less) as follows:
2.1. CAUTION
IF IGNITER(S) ARE REJECTED FOR EXCEEDING EROSION LIMITS AT routine periodic
inspection interval, REVIEW FLIGHT OPERATION PRACTICES TO ENSURE THAT IGNITION
SYSTEM IS NOT BEING OPERATED EXCESSIVELY. REFER TO THE AIRCRAFT FLIGHT
MANUAL FOR PROCEDURES FOR OPERATING IGNITION SYSTEM.
Measure the distance between the face of the igniter tip and the highest point of the center electrode.
Refer to Fig 1 Igniter Plug - Erosion Measurement. Check the igniter part number and compare the
dimension with the evaluation criteria in the table below:
IGNITER PART NUMBER ACCEPT REJECT

68032 0.215 inch (5.461 mm) or less Greater than 0.215 inch (5.461 mm)
78214 See Note
57846
70161 0.134 inch (3.403 mm) or less Greater than 0.134 inch (3.403 mm)
114220 See Note
Note
Continue to use igniter plug if measurement is at acceptable limits. An igniter plug at acceptable
limits will last until the next engine inspection.
3. Install Igniter plug(s). Refer to 74-22-01-401.
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-803A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-742221-0-24235-01782-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-803A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-803A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Clean the Igniter Plugs
Clean with chemical agent
General
Perform this task as indicated by visual inspection.

MAT-020
Alcohol, Methyl, Wood, or Methanol FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-028
Procedure
1. Remove igniter plug(s). Refer to 74-22-01-401.
2. Clean igniter plug(s) as follows:

2.1. CAUTION
Wipe combustion deposits from exterior with a lint-free cloth.
2.2. CAUTION
DO NOT DISTURB THE COMBUSTION DEPOSITS IN THE GAP AREA. IF GAP AREA DEPOSITS
MUST BE REMOVED FOR CLOSER INSPECTION, REMOVE DEPOSITS WITH A WOODEN
SCRAPER. DO NOT TOUCH THE SEMI-CONDUCTOR SURFACE DEPOSITS IN THE GAP
AREA; THEY AID PLUG OPERATION.
Terminal well may be cleaned with a felt swab saturated in mineral spirits MAT-020 or methyl, wood,
or methanol alcohol MAT-028.
3. Install igniter plug(s). Refer to 74-22-01-401.
FJ-AAA-74-22-01-801A-251A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 75
Air
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 75
Air
Table of Contents
75 Air
75-00-00 Air System Description
75-00-00-001 Air System - Description and Operation
Air System - Description and Operation - Description of FJ-AAA-75-00-00-801A-042A-A

function
75-30-01 Acceleration Bleed System Linkage
75-30-01-601 Acceleration Bleed System Linkage - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Acceleration Bleed System FJ-AAA-75-30-01-801A-310A-A

Linkage - Visual examination
Functionally Check the Acceleration Bleed System FJ-AAA-75-30-01-801A-340A-A

Linkage - Function test
75-35-01 Acceleration Bleed System Lever
75-35-01-401 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Removal/Installation
Remove the Acceleration Bleed System Lever - FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-520A-A

Remove procedure
Install the Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Install FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A

procedure
75-35-01-501 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Adjustment/Test
Adjust the Acceleration Bleed Lever - Adjust, align and FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-270A-A

calibrate
75-37-01 Acceleration Bleed System Cable
75-37-01-401 Acceleration Bleed System Cable - Removal/Installation
Remove the Acceleration Bleed System Cable - FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-520A-A

Remove procedure
Install the Acceleration Bleed System Cable - Install FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-720A-A

procedure
75- Content
75-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Air System - Description and Operation
Description
1. General
The FJ44 is a two spool, axial flow, bypass turbofan engine. The bypass ratio is 3.3 : 1. The engine
has three compressors: a low pressure (LP) axial compressor, an intermediate pressure (IP) axial
compressor, and a high pressure (HP) centrifugal compressor. The LP compressor (fan) and IP
compressor are driven by two LP turbines. The HP compressor is driven by a single HP turbine.
When the mixture of fuel and compressed air is ignited in the combustor section, the expanding
gases drive the turbines.
2. Description and Operation

2.1. Bypass Principal
The bypass principal lets part of the air passing through the fan bypass the IP compressor, HP
compressor, combustor section and HP and LP turbines. This permits the engine to use high cyclic
temperatures and pressures and still produce a low jet exhaust velocity. Bypass air also decreases
the velocity and temperature of the exhaust gases. This combination creates high thermal efficiency
and high propulsive efficiency. In addition, the bypass air decreases the noise level and increases the
power/weight ratio for a given engine thrust.
2.2. Cooling Air
Cooling air comes from the HP compressor at the diffuser flange. It is known as compressor
discharge pressure (CDP). CDP air moves through the 1st LP turbine nozzle to cool the two LP
turbines. Diffused air cools the HP nozzle and the HP turbines.
2.3. Acceleration Bleed System
The acceleration bleed system is operated by the fuel control unit (FCU). The acceleration bleed
cable connects the FCU with a butterfly valve in the interstage housing. The butterfly valve is open at
engine start and is closed by the FCU when the engine reaches 89% (±1%) N2. This allows
unloading of the HP compressor during acceleration.
2.4. HP Bleed
There are two HP bleed connections for aircraft use. The ports are located at each service island.
The HP bleed ports are capped with a marmon type clamp and cap when not in use. The HP bleed
air is taken from the diffuser boss and moved out through the bypass duct by a short pipe.
FJ-AAA-75-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Acceleration Bleed System Linkage
Visual examination
General
Do this task at the interval shown under periodic inspections. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Acceleration Bleed System Linkage - Push/Pull Configuration - Visual Inspection
Fig 2 Acceleration Bleed System Linkage - Pull Only Configuration - Visual Inspection
Parts relating to this maintenance procedure are found in the following section of the Illustrated Parts Catalog:
75-37-01
Note
the centerline.
Lubricant, Molybdenum Disulfide FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-008

MAT-040

MAT-089
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
FJ-AAA-75-30-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Inspect the cable assembly for:
Minor damage to outer cable insulation Repair with adhesive sealant MAT-089 (RTV
103, black)
Shrink tubing pulled away from cable at fuel Apply a shrink tube splice
control side.
Damage to outer cable metal sheathing Reject
Bends Reject
Light wear on inner cable Polish the wear out with 400 grit abrasive cloth
MAT-040. Apply molybdenum disulfide lubricant
MAT-008.
3. Inspect the P/N 56301 cable assembly for:
Cracked inner cable nylon coating Strip nylon coating back to a point 2.3 inches
(58.42 mm) back from tip of the swaged ball. All
nylon coating that exhibits cracks, splits, peeled
coating or bare areas shall be reworked if
defects occur with in this 2.3 inch region.
Apply a 1.90 inch (48.2 mm) long piece of teflon
shrink tube over bare cable. Overlay end of
nylon coating. Shrink tube ends shall have a
smooth transition. Trim to allow full closure of
bleed valve.
4. Inspect other acceleration bleed system parts as follows:
4.1. Inspect all jam nuts for tightness. Tighten if needed.
4.2. Inspect brackets for tightness. Tighten if needed.
4.3. Inspect IP bleed valve lever for cracks. Reject
Note
If the lever is replaced, you must adjust it after installation. Refer to 75-35-01-501.
5. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-75-30-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-753002-0-24235-01812-A-001-00
Fig 1 Acceleration Bleed System Linkage - Push/Pull Configuration - Visual Inspection
FJ-AAA-75-30-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CABLE
ASSEMBLY
CABLE
RETENTION
PIN
JAM NUTS
IP BLEED
VALVE LEVER
44-7530-03B
ICN-FJ-AAA-753003-0-24235-01813-A-001-00
Fig 2 Acceleration Bleed System Linkage - Pull Only Configuration - Visual Inspection
FJ-AAA-75-30-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-75-30-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Functionally Check the Acceleration Bleed System Linkage
Function test
General
Do this task at the interval shown under periodic inspections.
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Actuate the cable and lever from the HMU plunger to check for proper function:
2.1. CAUTION
GRIPPING THE HMU PLUNGER WITH PLIERS OR OTHER TOOLS WILL DAMAGE THE
COATED SURFACE OF THE ROD AND CAUSE FUEL LEAKS.
Insert a pick into the witness hole in the HMU plunger and carefully push the plunger into the HMU.
Watch the acceleration bleed lever and ensure it actuates properly. Release the plunger and ensure
spring pressure returns the bleed lever to its original position.
2.2. If cable binds when actuated or fails to return to its original position by spring pressure, reject cable.
3. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-75-30-01-801A-340A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Acceleration Bleed System Lever
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the acceleration bleed system lever and the IP bleed cover. Refer to
Fig 1 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Push/Pull Configuration - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Pull Only Configuration - Removal/Installation
Fig 3 IP Bleed Cover - Removal/Installation

Note

MAT-061

MAT-063
Procedure
1. Job Set-up

2. Note
There are two different configuration acceleration bleed system cable/levers. The original "push/
pull cable has been replaced by a "pull only" design. Refer to appropriate paragraph.
PUSH/PULL CONFIGURATION: To remove the "push/pull" configuration acceleration bleed system

lever, refer to Fig 1 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Push/Pull Configuration - Removal/
Installation.
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1. Remove the bolt, nut, and washer which attach the acceleration bleed cable rod end to the bleed
valve lever.
3. Note
There are two different types of IP bleed port cover used with the "push/pull" bleed system. P/N
50280 has a separate lever-stop and bracket assembly; P/N 50860 has the lever-stop and
bracket assembly integrated into the cover casting. Refer to appropriate paragraph.
(IP bleed port cover P/N 50280) Remove the acceleration bleed system lever:
3.1. Remove the spring tang from the bleed lever.
3.2. Remove the nut and screw from bleed lever. Remove the lever and the woodruff key from the bleed
valve shaft.
3.3. Remove two bolts, two washers, bleed valve lever stop, and bleed valve bracket assembly from
bleed valve cover.
3.4. Remove spring from bleed port cover.
4. (IP bleed port cover P/N 50860) Remove the acceleration bleed system lever:
4.1. Remove the spring tang from the bleed system lever.
4.2. Remove the nut and screw from bleed system lever. Remove the lever and the woodruff key from the
bleed valve shaft.
4.3. Remove bolt and washer from right-rear bolt hole of bleed port cover. Remove spring from bleed port
cover.
5. PULL ONLY CONFIGURATION: To remove the "pull only" configuration acceleration bleed system
lever, refer to Fig 2 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Pull Only Configuration - Removal/Installation.
5.1. Remove one bolt, cover, and spacer from the acceleration bleed port cover.
5.2. Remove the spring tang from the bleed lever.
5.3. If applicable, remove MAT-061 lockwire or MAT-063 safety cable and ferrule from the headed pin in
the bleed lever.
5.4. Remove the retaining clip, roll pin, or headed pin (depending on engine configuration) which attaches
the ball end of the bleed valve cable assembly to the bleed lever.
5.5. Index mark the bleed valve shaft and bleed lever at the woodruff key slot.
5.6. CAUTION
I.P. Bleed Lever is under spring tension. Strong engagement using hand force is required
throughout this task to remove the I.P. Bleed Lever from the Bleed Shaft.
Remove one screw and nut which attaches the bleed lever to the shaft. Remove the bleed lever and
key from the shaft.
5.7. Lift and firmly grasp the I.P. bleed lever, and allow for disengagement of the I.P. bleed lever by pulling
the lever outboard until additional rotation is achieved. Rotate the bleed lever until the spring tang
has been disengaged. Continue with removal of the bleed lever from the bleed shaft.
5.8. Remove bolt and washer from right-rear of bleed port cover.
5.9. Remove the spring from the bleed port cover.
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
6. Remove the IP bleed port cover as follows. Refer to Fig 3 IP Bleed Cover - Removal/Installation.
6.1. Remove the borescope plug from the port on the IP bleed cover. Remove the O-ring from the
borescope plug.
6.2. Remove three bolts and three washers from IP bleed cover and remove cover. Clean sealant from
mating faces of cover and interstage housing.
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-753502-0-24235-01814-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
HEADED
PIN
ROLL
PIN
RETAINING
RING NUT
SCREW BLEED
VALVE
LEVER
BOLT
SPACER
BOLT
SPRING
CABLE
COVER
JAM
NUT SPACER
SETSCREW
ACCELERATION
BLEED CABLE
WOODRUFF
KEY
44-7535-06C
ICN-FJ-AAA-753506-0-24235-01816-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
PUSH/PULL BLEED LEVER

CONFIGURATION
BOLT
BOLT
WASHER
WASHER
BORESCOPE
PLUG
IP BLEED
COVER
PREFORMED
PACKING
O-RING BLEED
SHAFT
PULL ONLY BLEED LEVER

BOLT
CONFIGURATION
WASHER
BOLT
WASHER
BORESCOPE
PLUG
IP BLEED
COVER
PREFORMED
PACKING
O-RING BLEED
SHAFT
44-7535-19
ICN-FJ-AAA-753519-0-24235-01826-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Acceleration Bleed System Lever
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the IP bleed port cover and the acceleration bleed system lever. Refer

Fig 4 Acceleration Bleed System Cable - Headed Pin - Safety Wire Method
Fig 5 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Spring Tang
75-35-01-01, 75-35-01-02
Note
2 Lubricate all threads and contact surfaces of nuts and bolts with clean engine oil before installation.

MAT-001

MAT-061

MAT-063

MAT-090
Procedure
1. CAUTION
I.P. Bleed Lever is under spring tension. Strong engagement using hand force is required
throughout this task to install the I.P. Bleed Lever from the Bleed Shaft.
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the IP bleed cover as follows. Refer to Fig 1 IP Bleed Cover - Removal/Installation.
1.1. Lube preformed packing with engine oil (MAT-001) and install on upper end of the bleed valve shaft.
1.2. Apply a thin film of RTV sealant (MAT-090) to the bottom of the IP bleed port cover. Install the cover,
over the bleed valve shaft, onto the interstage housing.
1.3. Install three bolts and three washers to attach the cover. Torque bolts 36 to 40 inch-pounds (4.0 to
4.5 N.m).
1.4. Lube O-ring with engine oil (MAT-001) and install on borescope plug. Install borescope plug in IP
bleed cover port. Torque borescope plug 90 to 100 inch-pounds (10.1 to 11.2 N.m).
2. Note
pull cable has been replaced by a "pull only" design. Refer to appropriate paragraph.
PUSH/PULL CONFIGURATION: To install the "push/pull" configuration acceleration bleed system

lever, refer to Fig 2 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Push/Pull Configuration - Removal/
Installation.
3. Note
There are two different types of IP bleed port cover used with the "push/pull bleed system. P/N
50280 has a separate lever-stop and bracket assembly; P/N 50860 has the lever-stop and
bracket assembly integrated into the cover casting. Refer to appropriate paragraph for
installation.
(IP bleed port cover P/N 50280) Install the acceleration bleed system lever:
3.1. Install the spring over the bleed valve shaft and align lower tang over the right-rear bolt hole of the
bleed port cover.
3.2. Install bleed valve bracket assembly. Install bleed valve lever stop, two washers, and two bolts. Make
sure that the lower tang of the spring is hooked around the right-rear bolt. Torque bolts 36 to 40 inch-
3.3. Install the bleed lever on the bleed valve shaft with the woodruff key aligning the slot in the lever and
shaft. Install the screw and the nut which secures the lever on the shaft. Torque nut 36 to 40 inch-
3.4. Hook upper tang of spring around bleed lever.
4. (IP bleed port cover P/N 50860) Install the acceleration bleed system lever:
bleed port cover.
4.2. Install washer and bolt into right-rear bolt hole of the bleed port cover. Ensure that the lower tang of
spring is hooked around bolt. Torque bolt 36 to 40 inch-pounds (4.0 to 4.5 N.m).
4.3. Install the bleed lever on the bleed valve shaft with the woodruff key aligning the slot in the lever and
shaft. Install the screw and the nut which secures the lever on the shaft. Torque nut 25 to 28 inch-
4.4. Hook upper tang of spring around bleed lever.
5. Install the acceleration bleed cable rod end to the bleed valve lever and attach with one bolt, nut, and
washer. Torque nut 36 to 40 inch-pounds (4.0 to 4.5 N.m).
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
6. PULL ONLY CONFIGURATION: To install the "pull only" configuration acceleration bleed system
lever, refer to Fig 3 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Pull Only Configuration - Removal/Installation.
bleed port cover.
6.2. Install washer and bolt into right-rear bolt hole of the bleed port cover. Ensure that the lower tang of
spring is hooked around bolt. Torque bolt 36 to 40 inch-pounds (4.0 to 4.5 N.m).
6.3. Install the woodruff key in the slot in the bleed valve shaft (if removed). Firmly grasp and install the
bleed lever on the shaft using the index marks made at removal, aligning the key slots. Grasp bleed
lever while engaging spring tang, rotate bleed lever counterclockwise with spring tang attached to
allow for clearance of the I.P. bleed lever and bleed cover. Finish installing the bleed lever onto the
shaft until inboard movement is no longer felt. Install the screw and the nut which secures the lever
on the shaft. Torque nut 25 to 28 inch-pounds (2.8 to 3.2 N.m).
6.4. Hook the upper tang of spring around the bleed lever. Refer to Fig 5 Acceleration Bleed System
Lever - Spring Tang
6.5. Install ball end of cable to the bleed valve lever. Secure cable by one of the following means, as
applicable to engine configuration (check IPC, 75-35-01):
6.5.1. Install headed pin and secure with MAT-061 safety wire or MAT-063 safety cable and ferrules. Refer
to Fig 4 Acceleration Bleed System Cable - Headed Pin - Safety Wire Method for safety wire method.
6.5.2. Install new roll pin (verifying tight fit of pin upon insertion).
6.5.3. Install retaining ring.
6.6. Install spacer and cover onto bleed port cover post. Install other end of cover into slot in bleed cable
bracket. Secure cover with one bolt. Torque bolt 36 to 40 inch-pounds (4.0 to 4.5 N.m).
7. Adjust the acceleration bleed system lever. Refer to 75-35-01-501.
8. Job Close-up
(List of Test Procedures) in 71-00-00-501. Verify that the lever touches the minimum and maximum
stops during test.
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
PUSH/PULL BLEED LEVER

CONFIGURATION
BOLT
BOLT
WASHER
WASHER
BORESCOPE
PLUG
IP BLEED
COVER
PREFORMED
PACKING
O-RING BLEED
SHAFT
PULL ONLY BLEED LEVER

BOLT
CONFIGURATION
WASHER
BOLT
WASHER
BORESCOPE
PLUG
IP BLEED
COVER
PREFORMED
PACKING
O-RING BLEED
SHAFT
44-7535-19
ICN-FJ-AAA-753519-0-24235-01826-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-753502-0-24235-01814-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
HEADED
PIN
ROLL
PIN
RETAINING
RING NUT
SCREW BLEED
VALVE
LEVER
BOLT
SPACER
BOLT
SPRING
CABLE
COVER
JAM
NUT SPACER
SETSCREW
ACCELERATION
BLEED CABLE
WOODRUFF
KEY
44-7535-06C
ICN-FJ-AAA-753506-0-24235-01816-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ROUTE SAFETY WIRE:

THROUGH HOLE IN BOTTOM
OF PIN, UP BACK SIDE OF LEVER,
AND UNDER HEAD OF PIN
44-7535-25
ICN-FJ-AAA-753525-0-24235-01831-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
SPRING TANG ON LEVER
44-7535-25
ICN-FJ-AAA-753501-A-24235-000OC-A-001-01
Fig 5 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Spring Tang
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Adjust the Acceleration Bleed Lever
General
Do this task after a new lever arm is installed. If the cable assembly or fuel control unit were replaced, you must
verify that the maximum and minimum stops are contacted during acceleration and deceleration test. Refer to the
Fig 1 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Push/Pull Configuration - Adjustment
Fig 2 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Pull Only Configuration - Adjustment

MAT-060

MAT-061

MAT-063
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Prepare the engine for adjustment
2. Note
1 There are two different configuration acceleration bleed system cable/levers. The original
"push/pull" cable has been replaced by a "pull only" design. Refer to appropriate paragraph.
2 Before adjusting bleed cable lever stops, make sure that the bleed cable is properly installed
and adjusted at the FCU. Refer to 75-37-01-401.
Adjust the "push/pull" configuration lever arm stop as follows (Fig 1 Acceleration Bleed System Lever
- Push/Pull Configuration - Adjustment):
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1. Remove the bolt, washer, and nut attaching the inner cable rod end to the IP bleed valve lever.
2.2. Disconnect the spring tang from the lever.
2.3. Remove lockwire, loosen the jam nut and loosen the set screw.
2.4. Move and hold the lever counter-clockwise toward the set screw until the bleed valve is stopped
internally. This is the closed position.
2.5. CAUTION
If run-down torque on the set screw is high, position the jam nut on the forward end of the
screw to support the internal hex and prevent cracking or damage.
Adjust the set screw until it touches the lever arm stop. Continue turning it 1/4 turn. Tighten the jam
nut. Torque the jam nut 25 to 28 inch-pounds (2.8 - 3.1 N.m) and install lockwire MAT-060.
2.6. Install the spring tang on the lever.
2.7. Align the rod end with the lever and install the bolt, washer, and nut. Torque the nut 25 to 28 inch-
pounds (2.8 - 3.1 N.m).
3. Adjust the "pull only" configuration lever arm stop as follows (Fig 2 Acceleration Bleed System Lever
- Pull Only Configuration - Adjustment):
3.1. Disconnect the spring tang from the lever.
3.2. Remove the retaining ring, roll pin or headed pin (depending on engine configuration) and remove
the ball end of the bleed cable from the lever.
3.3. Remove lockwire, loosen the jam nut and loosen the set screw.
3.4. Move and hold the lever counter-clockwise toward the set screw until the bleed valve is stopped
internally. This is the closed position.
3.5. CAUTION
If run-down torque on the set screw is high, position the jam nut on the forward end of the
screw to support the internal hex and prevent cracking or damage to the set screw.
Adjust the set screw until it touches the lever arm stop. Continue turning it 1/3 turn. Tighten the jam
nut. Torque the jam nut 25 to 28 inch-pounds (2.8 to 3.2 N.m) and install lockwire MAT-061.
3.6. Install the bleed cable ball end to the lever and secure with retaining clip, roll pin, or headed pin as
applicable to engine configuration. Secure headed pin with MAT-061 lockwire or MAT-063 safety
cable and ferrule.
3.7. Install the spring tang on the lever.
4. Check adjustment of the bleed cable jam nuts to make sure that bleed valve lever is properly
adjusted in the open position. Refer to 75-37-01-401
5. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
(List of Test Procedures) in 71-00-00-501. Verify that the lever touches both the minimum and
maximum stops during the test.
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-753504-0-24235-01815-A-001-00
Fig 1 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Push/Pull Configuration - Adjustment
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-753507-0-24235-01817-A-001-00
Fig 2 Acceleration Bleed System Lever - Pull Only Configuration - Adjustment
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Acceleration Bleed System Cable
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the acceleration bleed system cable. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Fig 1 Acceleration Bleed System Cable - Push/Pull Configuration - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Acceleration Bleed System Cable - FCU Adjustment
Fig 3 Acceleration Bleed System Cable - Pull Only Configuration - Removal/Installation

Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Note
pull" cable has been replaced by a "pull only" design. Refer to appropriate paragraph below.
Remove the "push/pull" configuration acceleration bleed cable as follows (Fig 1 Acceleration Bleed
System Cable - Push/Pull Configuration - Removal/Installation )
2.1. Remove the bolt, nut, and washer which attach the inner cable rod end to the IP bleed valve lever.
2.2. Remove the two bolts and nuts which attach the swivel assembly to the bracket.
2.3. Remove the loop clamp which attaches the cable assembly to the rear bypass duct.
2.4. Disconnect the jam nut which attaches the cable assembly (outer sheath) to the fuel control unit
(FCU) boss.
2.5. Loosen the jam nut which attaches the inner cable to the FCU plunger.
2.6. Disconnect the outer sheath from the FCU boss.
2.7. Disconnect the inner cable from the FCU plunger
3. Remove the "pull only" configuration acceleration bleed cable as follows:
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.1. Remove one bolt, cover, and spacer from the acceleration bleed port cover.
3.2. Remove headed pin, or drive out the roll pin or retaining ring (depending the engine configuration)
which attaches the ball end of the cable to the bleed lever. Discard roll pin.
3.3. Loosen the bleed cable jam nuts and remove the bleed cable from the bracket.
3.4. Remove the loop clamp which attaches the cable assembly to the rear bypass duct.
3.5. Disconnect the jam nut which attaches the cable assembly (outer sheath) to the fuel control unit
(FCU) boss.
3.6. Loosen the jam nut which attaches the inner cable to the FCU plunger.
3.7. Disconnect the outer sheath from the FCU boss.
3.8. CAUTION
Gripping the FCU/FDU plunger with pliers or other tool will damage the coated (if applicable)
surface of the rod and cause fuel leaks.
Insert a 0.125 inch (3.175 mm) rod through the hole in the plunger to hold it while loosening jam nut.
Disconnect the inner cable from the FCU plunger.
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-753701-0-24235-01842-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-753702-0-24235-01843-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
BOLT
SOME ENGINES RETAIN
CABLE WITH ROLL PIN OR
RETAINING CLIP. COVER
REFER TO IPC 75-35-01
PIN
SPACER
BLEED CABLE
ASSEMBLY
CABLE
BALL END
JAM NUTS
WASHERS
LEVER
CLEARANCE
44-7537-11E
ICN-FJ-AAA-753711-0-24235-01847-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Acceleration Bleed System Cable
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the acceleration bleed system cable. Refer to the following
illustration(s):

75-37-01-01, 75-37-01-02
Note
Support equipment
Torque Adapter, Air Bleed Cable / AR Allowable option:

Nut 11/32 in. Crowfoot
TL037220 Socket Adapter

MAT-061

MAT-063
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
IPC Reference:
Subject Fig. Item Nomenclauture
75-35-01 2 80 Roll Pin
2. Note
pull" cable has been replaced by a "pull only" design. Refer to appropriate paragraph below.
PUSH/PULL CONFIGURATION: Install the "push/pull" configuration acceleration bleed system cable
as follows (Fig 1 Acceleration Bleed System Cable - Push/Pull Configuration - Removal/Installation ):
2.1. Install the threaded end of the acceleration bleed cable assembly on the FCU by inserting the cable
through the mounting boss on the FCU connection. One jam nut and washer should be on the aft
side of the boss. Install the other jam nut and washer on forward side of the boss. Do not tighten jam
nuts at this time.
2.2. CAUTION
(if applicable) SURFACE OF THE ROD AND CAUSE FUEL LEAKS.
Thread the inner cable, with jam nut installed, into the FCU plunger by turning the IP bleed boss end
of the cable until it bottoms in the plunger. Insert a 0.125-inch (3.175 mm) rod through the hole in the
plunger to hold it while torquing jam nut. Using torque adapter TL037220 (or equivalent), torque the
inner cable jam nut 15 to 20 inch-pounds (1.6 to 2.2 N.m). Refer to Fig 2 Acceleration Bleed System
Cable - FCU Adjustment .
2.3. Pull the FCU plunger rod to the full aft position. Adjust the two outer cable jam nuts so that the
threaded end of the outer cable is 0.125 to .250 inch (3.175 to 6.35 mm) from the inner cable jam
nut. Position cable straight back from fuel control unit. This will prevent misalignment between the
FCU plunger and the cable end. Torque both outer cable jam nuts 25 to 28 inch-pounds (2.8 - 3.1
N.m)
2.4. Locate and insert the other end of the cable through the inlet case bracket and adjust as follows:
2.4.1. Attach the cable swivel to the forward side of inlet case bracket with two bolts and nuts. Torque nuts
36 to 40 inch-pounds (4.0 to 4.5 N.m).
2.4.2. Check for threads through the witness hole in the inner cable eye. Torque inner cable jam nut 25 to
35 inch-pounds (2.8 to 3.9 N.m).
2.4.3. With inner cable in the full forward position (FCU plunger rod fully aft), adjust the two sets of jam nuts
on the outer cable so that the inner cable eye hole extends approximately 0.060 inch (1.5 mm)
beyond the screw hole in the bleed valve lever. Torque the outer cable jam nuts 35 to 45 inch-pounds
(3.9 to 5.0 N.m).
2.4.4. Attach the inner cable eye to the bleed valve lever with one screw, washer, and nut. Torque nut 36 to
2.5. Connect the loop clamp at the rear bypass duct flange and torque screw 25 to 28 inch-pounds (2.8 -
3.1 N.m).
3. PULL ONLY CONFIGURATION: Install the "pull only" acceleration bleed system cable as follows:
3.1. Install the threaded end of the acceleration bleed cable assembly on the FCU by inserting the cable
through the mounting boss on the FCU connection. One jam nut and washer should be on the aft
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
side of the boss. Install the other jam nut and washer on forward side of the boss. Do not tighten jam
nuts at this time.
3.2. CAUTION
(if applicable) SURFACE OF THE ROD AND CAUSE FUEL LEAKS.
Thread the inner cable, with jam nut installed, into the FCU plunger by turning the plunger until inner
cable bottoms in the plunger. Insert a 0.125-inch (3.175 mm) rod through the hole in the plunger to
hold it while torquing jam nut. Using torque adapter TL037220 (or equivalent), torque the inner cable
jam nut 15 to 20 inch-pounds (1.6 to 2.2 N.m). Refer to Fig 2 Acceleration Bleed System Cable -
FCU Adjustment .
Note
To install the cable, turn the plunger, rather than the cable.
3.3. Pull the FCU plunger rod to the full aft position. Adjust the two outer cable jam nuts so that the
threaded end of the outer cable is 0.125 to .250 inch (3.175 to 6.35 mm) from the inner cable jam
nut. Position cable straight back from fuel control unit. This will prevent misalignment between the
FCU plunger and the cable end. Torque both outer cable jam nuts 85 to 95 inch-pounds (9.6 - 10.7
N.m).
3.4. Install ball end of cable to the bleed valve lever. Secure cable by one of the following means, as
applicable to engine configuration (check IPC, 75-35-01):
3.4.1. Install headed pin and secure with MAT-061 safety wire or MAT-063 safety cable and ferrules. Refer
to Fig 4 Acceleration Bleed System Cable - Headed Pin - Safety Wire Method for safety wire method.
3.4.2. Install new roll pin (verifying tight fit of pin upon insertion).
3.4.3. Install retaining ring.
3.5. Loosen cable jam nuts and install cable in slot on bleed valve cover bracket. Adjust jam nuts as
follows to achieve proper tension on bleed valve lever when it is in the open position:
3.5.1. With jam nuts loose, spring pressure will force the forward stop of the bleed lever against the
adjustment post (bleed valve is in open position).
3.5.2. Tighten rear jam nut so that cable assembly moves aft and pulls the forward stop of the bleed lever
away from the adjustment post. Gap between the bleed lever and the adjustment post must be 0.050
to 0.070 inch (1.27 to 1.77 mm).
3.5.3. Torque jam nuts 85 to 95 inch-pounds (9.6 to 10.7 N.m).
3.6. Install spacer and cover onto bleed port cover post. Install other end of cover into slot in bleed cable
bracket. Secure cover with one bolt. Torque bolt 49 to 55 inch-pounds (5.5 to 6.2 N.m).
3.7. Connect the loop clamp at the rear bypass duct flange and torque screw 25 to 28 inch-pounds (2.8 -
3.1 N.m).
4. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
(List of Test Procedures) in 71-00-00-501. Verify that the lever touches the minimum and maximum
stops during test.
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-753701-0-24235-01842-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-753702-0-24235-01843-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
BOLT
SOME ENGINES RETAIN
CABLE WITH ROLL PIN OR
RETAINING CLIP. COVER
REFER TO IPC 75-35-01
PIN
SPACER
BLEED CABLE
ASSEMBLY
CABLE
BALL END
JAM NUTS
WASHERS
LEVER
CLEARANCE
44-7537-11E
ICN-FJ-AAA-753711-0-24235-01847-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ROUTE SAFETY WIRE:

THROUGH HOLE IN BOTTOM
OF PIN, UP BACK SIDE OF LEVER,
AND UNDER HEAD OF PIN
44-7535-25
ICN-FJ-AAA-753525-0-24235-01831-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-75-37-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 76
Engine Controls
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 76
Engine Controls
Table of Contents
76 Engine Controls
76-00-00 Engine Controls
76-00-00-001 Engine Controls - Description and Operation
Engine Controls - Description and Operation - FJ-AAA-76-00-00-801A-042A-A

76-20-01 LP Shaft Trip Sensor
76-20-01-501 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Adjustment/Test
Adjust (Reset) the LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Rig FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
76-20-01-601 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the LP Shaft Trip Sensor System - FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-310A-A

Visual examination
Check the Trigger Pin End Play - Dimensions check FJ-AAA-76-20-01-802A-361A-A
76- Content
76-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Controls - Description and Operation
Description
1. General
The speed of the engine is controlled by limiting fuel flow. In the case of an LP shaft separation, the
fuel is shut off to prevent the engine from an overspeed condition.
2. Description
2.1. The engine control system contains the following parts:
Power Lever
LP Shaft Trip Sensor
2.2. The power lever is connected to the fuel control unit (FCU) at the power lever input shaft. The
minimum and maximum speed settings are adjusted and set prior to engine installation.
2.3. The LP shaft trip sensor is connected to the FCU fan/LP shaft separation shutoff valve by a cable
that runs from the LP trip lever housing, located on the rear bypass duct, to the FCU.
3. Operation
3.1. The power lever angle (PLA) setting in the cockpit is mechanically transferred to the FCU by a cable
linkage. The PLA controls the engine speed by limiting the fuel flow from the FCU for any desired
engine speed in the operating range.
3.2. The LP shaft trip sensor is operated in the event of an LP shaft separation. This event would force
the LP turbines in an aft direction against the LP trip lever. The LP trip lever is connected to a trigger
mechanism on the rear bypass duct. The trigger mechanism, when tripped, pushes the LP trip
sensor cable forward and shuts down the engine by cutting off its fuel. This also prevents an
overspeed condition.
FJ-AAA-76-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Adjust (Reset) the LP Shaft Trip Sensor
Rig
General
Do this task whenever the LP shaft trip sensor has been operated or the trip lever requires adjustment. Refer to
Fig 2 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Disassembly/Assembly
Fig 3 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Lever Adjustment

Fig 4 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Cable Adjustment
Fig 5 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Trigger Pin Feeler Gauge
Fig 6 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Trigger Pin Calculation Measurements
Fig 7 LP Shaft Trigger Pin Dimensions - Installed Trigger Pin Dimensions
Note
installation.
Support equipment
STD-103 / AR
Arbor Press
STD-306 / AR
Depth Micrometer

MAT-001

MAT-060
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01

MAT-061
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
76-20-01 01 230 Gasket, Cable Housing
2. Job Set-up

3. Note
Do this task whenever the LP shaft trip sensor has been operated or the trip lever requires
adjustment.
4. Remove the cable actuator housing as follows:
4.1. Remove two screws and washers which attach the housing cover. Remove the housing cover.
4.2. Remove two screws, two washers and two nuts which attach the cable actuator housing to the LP
trip sensor housing.
4.3. Remove the cable actuator housing by pulling it away from the trip lever housing.
4.4. Remove lockwire from cable jam nuts. Remove the jam nut which attaches the forward end of the LP
trip sensor cable to the fuel control unit.
4.5. Remove the cable and the cable actuator housing assembly.
5. Reset the LP Trip Sensor Housing Mechanism
5.1. WARNING
SPRING LOADED ASSEMBLY MAY DISCHARGE AND CAUSE INJURY. FOLLOW DIRECTIONS
CAREFULLY AND WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES.
Note
The coil spring and spring retainer may come out of outer latch.
Remove snap ring from cable actuator housing. Remove outer latch, coil spring, spring retainer, and
inner latch assembly from the cable actuator housing. Do not disassemble inner latch assembly. If
inner latch assembly was disassembled, assemble as follows:
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5.1.1. Insert trigger anvil into inner latch. Align hole in anvil with hitch slot in latch and install spring pin
through anvil and latch
5.1.2. Install trigger latch ring (cup end first) over latch and against spring pin.
5.1.3. Insert compression spring over latch. Install retainer over latch. Secure retainer with external
retaining ring.
5.2. Twist a piece of lockwire MAT-060 around spring feet of outer latch. Insert spring retainer and coil
spring into outer latch. Put outer latch in an Arbor Press.
5.3. Put inner latch assembly on coil spring in outer latch. Compress coil spring with arbor press. Twist
lockwire loop to compress spring feet of outer latch to fit around the center portion and inside of inner
latch. Compress coil spring until spring feet of outer latch are retained by inner latch.
5.4. Remove loaded latch assembly from arbor press. Remove lockwire.
5.5. Install latch assembly into cable actuator housing and secure with snap ring.
6. Adjust LP Trip Lever
Note
Do this task after installing the LP trip lever into the rear housing/rear bypass duct. The
adjustment allows for 0.050 to 0.060 inch (1.27 to 1.52 mm) distance between the end trip lever
and the LP shaft aft end with LP shaft thrusted aft.
6.1. Perform initial trip lever adjustment as follows:
Note
The following task requires two people.
6.1.1. Thrust the LP rotary group aft by pushing on the fan rotor. Continue to apply pressure during
adjustment.
6.1.2. Insert the trigger pin through the trigger pin bushing in the LP trip sensor housing on the rear bypass
duct. Move the trip lever forward and backward to make sure that it does not bind. Position the trip
lever by pulling it radially outward until the pin contacts the top of the trip lever cup. Look through the
witness hole in the bottom of lever cup to ensure that pin is seated properly.
6.1.3. Remove lockwire on adjustment screw jam nut and loosen jam nut. Turn adjustment screw until it just
touches the trip lever. Do not apply any hand pressure to the lever when making this adjustment.
6.1.4. Index mark the adjustment screw and turn the screw an additional 1-7/8 turns clockwise past the
point of trip lever contact. Make sure that the adjustment screw is centered on the lever.
Note
Total adjustment of screw, following trip lever contact, is not to be less than 1-3/4 turns or greater
than 2 turns (including final adjustment). A 1-7/8 initial setting allows ± 1/8 turn for final
adjustment.
6.1.5. Tighten adjustment screw jam nut. Jam nut will be torqued after final adjustment.
7. Recalculate Trigger Pin Dimension.
Note
Do this procedure whenever the trigger pin that was removed from the engine is damaged
and/or otherwise replaced. Trigger pins are matched to an engine and their lengths must be
recalculated if any of the following apply:
– Replaced rear housing.
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
– Lost, damaged or replaced trigger pin

– Replaced trip lever
– Replaced rear bypass duct
7.1. Recalculate trigger pin dimension (length) as follows:
7.1.1. WARNING
WHEN MEASURING L1, DO NOT PUT FORCE AGAINST THE ANVIL. THIS CAN TRIGGER
SPRING LOADED DEVICE AND CAUSE INJURY. WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES.
Using Depth Micrometer, measure from face of trigger pin anvil to housing flange face. Record this
as L1 dimension. See Fig 6 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Trigger Pin Calculation Measurements.
7.1.2. Measure L2 dimension as follows:
7.1.2.1. CAUTION
WHEN MEASURING L2 AND L3, MAKE SURE THAT YOU MAINTAIN THE SAME RELATIVE
POSITIONING OF THE MICROMETER ON THE BUSHING.
Note
Make sure that the LP trip lever stop is adjusted correctly. Refer to “Adjust LP Trip Lever”, above.
Use a depth micrometer with a rod which is close to the diameter of the trigger pin.
7.1.2.2. Measure from the end of the trigger pin bushing to the bottom of the lever cup. Make sure that the
lever and pin are correctly positioned. Record as dimension L2.
7.1.3. Measure from trigger pin bushing to trip lever housing and record as dimension L3.
7.1.4. Measure thickness of gasket.
7.1.5. Calculate as follows: L1 + L2 - L3 + gasket thickness = Trigger pin dimension (length).
7.1.6. Grind trigger pin 0.003 - 0.007 inch (0.076 - 0.178 mm) shorter than calculated dimension.
7.2. After final assembly and adjustment of trip sensor, measure trigger pin movement through the
witness hole at the bottom of the trip lever cup. Trigger pin end play must be 0.003 - 0.007 inch
(0.076 - 0.177 mm). Use a set of feeler gauges which have been modified (ground) per Fig 5 LP
Shaft Trip Sensor - Trigger Pin Feeler Gauge
8. Install the cable actuator housing as follows:
8.1. Recalculate trigger pin dimension as required. Refer to “Recalculate LP Trigger Pin Dimension”,
above.
8.2. Reset FCU shut-off valve, if required. Refer to 73-27-01-201 or 73-19-02-201, as applicable to fuel
control configuration.
8.3. If actuator cable has been removed from cable actuator housing, install as follows:
Note
One of the jam nuts on the actuator cable is a self-locking nut, (MS21083C5), it should be
installed inside the actuator housing.
8.3.1. Remove one jam nut from actuator cable and install threaded outer cable into actuator housing.
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
8.3.2. Install jam nut to cable inside actuator housing. Adjust inner jam nut so that three threads are visible
between the end of the outer cable and the jam nut. Tighten outer jam nut to secure housing and
torque 85 to 95 inch-pounds (9.6 to 10.7 N.m). Install lockwire to jam nut.
8.4. Install latch assembly, if not already installed, into cable actuator housing and secure with snap ring.
9. Install cable as follows:
9.1. Install cable in FCU and, using jam nuts, adjust outer shielding so that inner cable has 0.001 - 0.005
inch (0.127 - 0.025 mm) clearance to the HMU shut-off latch arm (inner cable must be pushed fully
aft for measurement and cable must be straight). Torque nuts 85 to 95 inch-pounds (9.6 to 10.7 N.m).
Install lockwire to jam nuts.
10. Final installation as follows:
10.1. Install the trigger pin into the bushing of aft LP trip sensor housing. The ground end of the pin should
face the trigger anvil. Make sure that pin is properly seated in the cup of the lever assembly.
10.2. Align and carefully install the cable and actuator housing assembly and gasket on the LP trip sensor
housing.
10.3. Attach the housing with two screws, two washers and two nuts. Torque screws 25 to 28 inch-pounds
(2.8 to 3.1 N.m).
11. Inspect Trigger Pin End Play/Final Trip Lever Adjustment.
11.1. CAUTION
DO NOT APPLY EXCESSIVE FORCE IN THE FORWARD DIRECTION WHEN POSITIONING PIN
FOR END PLAY MEASUREMENT. THIS MAY TRIGGER SPRING-LOADED ASSEMBLY.
Gently move the pin all the way forward to seat it in the anvil for end play measurement.
11.2. Measure trigger pin movement through the witness hole at the bottom of the trip lever cup. Trigger
pin end play must be 0.003 - 0.007 inch (0.076 - 0.177 mm). Use a set of feeler gauges which have
been modified (ground) per Fig 5 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Trigger Pin Feeler Gauge
11.3. If end play is not within limits, the trip lever adjustment screw may be moved up to ± 1/8 turn. If end
play is still not within limits, the pin length will have to be modified.
11.4. After end play measurement is correct, torque adjustment screw jam nut 85 to 95 inch-pounds (9.6 to
10.7 N.m). Secure the jam nut with lockwire MAT-061.
11.5. Align the bolt holes of the housing cover with the bolt holes on the sensor housing. Attach the
housing cover with two screws and two washers.
11.6. Torque the screws 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 4.0 N.m).
12. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
LEVER
TRIP REMOVAL
LEVER

MIXER) SHAFT
SCREW NUT
WASHER REAR
SPRING WASHER
BYPASS
DUCT
WASHER
SCREW
NUT
ADJUSTMENT
SCREW WASHER
TRIGGER
PIN
WASHER CABLE
HOUSING ACTUATOR
SCREW COVER
44-7620-01E
ICN-FJ-AAA-762001-0-24235-01885-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-762002-0-24235-01886-A-001-00
Fig 2 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Disassembly/Assembly
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-762010-0-24235-01891-A-001-00
Fig 3 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Lever Adjustment
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-762011-0-24235-01892-A-001-00
Fig 4 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Cable Adjustment
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 9
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-762009-0-24235-01890-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 10 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-762008-0-24235-01889-A-001-00
Fig 6 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Trigger Pin Calculation Measurements
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 11
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-762003-0-24235-01887-A-001-00
Fig 7 LP Shaft Trigger Pin Dimensions - Installed Trigger Pin Dimensions
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 12 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-276A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 13
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the LP Shaft Trip Sensor System
Visual examination
General
This task contains procedures for checking that the LP shaft trip sensor system is properly rigged. Refer to the
Fig 1 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Inspection
76-20-01-01
Note
the centerline.
Support equipment
STD-315
(or Longer)

MAT-089
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Visually inspect LP trip sensor cable for:
Light damage to cable outer sheathing Repair with MAT-089 (RTV sealant)
Outer sheathing pulled away from cable or torn. Apply an AMS-3636 shrink tube splice or
equivalent. Other sizes and colors may be used
as appropriate.
3. Inspect trip lever/LP shaft with a borescope Flexible, Steerable Fiberscope, 6mm (or Smaller) X 50
Inch Long (or Longer) (Fig 1 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Inspection)
3.1. Insert borescope through the center hole in the aft end of the rear housing tail cone.
3.2. Move the borescope forward and inspect the LP trip lever/LP shaft. Inspect the trip lever for signs
that it has contacted the LP shaft (rub mark, fretting). If fretting/rub damage is noted, remove LP trip
lever ( 72-00-71-401). Evaluate trip lever in accordance with inspection criteria (below). Install trip
lever and adjust LP sensor in accordance with 76-20-01-501.
LP trip lever fretting/rub damage up to 0.012 Blend damage smooth with minimal material
inch (0.304 mm) deep. removal.
Damage greater than above Reject
4. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-762007-0-24235-01888-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Check the Trigger Pin End Play
Dimensions check
General
This task checks the trigger pin end play of the LP shaft trip sensor. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Procedure
1. Job Set-up

2. Check the trigger pin end play
2.1. Remove the two screws and two washers which attach the trip lever housing cover on the outer
bypass duct. Remove the housing cover.
2.2. CAUTION
USE ONLY LIGHT PRESSURE ON TRIGGER PIN WHEN CHECKING END PLAY. USE OF TOO
MUCH PRESSURE COULD DISCHARGE THE TRIGGER MECHANISM.
Gently move the pin all the way forward to seat it in the anvil for end play measurement.
2.3. Measure trigger pin movement through the witness hole at the bottom of the trip lever cup. Trigger
pin end play must be 0.003 - 0.007 inch (0.076 - 0.177 mm). Use a set of feeler gauges which have
been modified (ground) per Fig 2 LP Shaft Trip Sensor - Trigger Pin Feeler Gauge. If end play is out-
of-limits, adjust LP shaft trip sensor. Refer to 76-20-01-501.
2.4. Install the trip lever housing cover and install two screws and washers. Torque the screws 31 to 35
3. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-802A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-762007-0-24235-01888-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-802A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-762009-0-24235-01890-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-802A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-76-20-01-802A-361A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 77
Engine Indicating
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 77
Engine Indicating
Table of Contents
77 Engine Indicating
77-00-00 Engine Indicating
77-00-00-001 Engine Indicating - Description and Operation
Engine Indicating - Description and Operation - FJ-AAA-77-00-00-801A-042A-A

77-11-01 LP Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly
77-11-01-401 LP Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly - Removal/Installation
Remove the LP Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly - FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-520A-A

Remove procedure
Install the LP Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly - FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-720A-A

Install procedure
77-11-01-601 LP Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the LP Magnetic Speed Pickup FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-310A-A

Assembly - Visual examination
Perform Resistance Check on LP Magnetic Speed FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-300A-A

Pickup Assembly (Single Channel) - Examinations,
tests and checks
77-12-01 Gearbox (HP) Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly
77-12-01-401 Gearbox (HP) Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly - Removal/Installation
Remove the Gearbox (HP) Magnetic Speed Pickup FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-520A-A

Assembly - Remove procedure
Install the Gearbox (HP) Magnetic Speed Pickup FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-720A-A

Assembly - Install procedure
77-12-01-601 Gearbox (HP) Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Gearbox (HP) Magnetic Speed FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-310A-A

Pickup Assembly - Visual examination
77- Content
77-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Perform Resistance Check on Gearbox (HP) Magnetic FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-300A-A

Speed Pickup Assembly (Single Channel) -
77-20-02 Intermediate Turbine Temperature (ITT)
77-20-02-401 Intermediate Turbine Temperature (ITT) Probe - Removal/Installation
Remove the ITT Probes - Remove procedure FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-520A-A
Disassemble ITT Probe J1 Connector - Disassemble FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-530A-A

procedure
Assemble ITT Probe J1 Connector - Assemble FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-710A-A

procedure
Install the ITT Probes - Install procedure FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-720A-A
77-20-02-601 Intermediate Turbine Temperature (ITT) Probe - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect ITT Probes - Visual examination FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-310A-A
Perform Temperature Check on Installed ITT Probes - FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-300A-A

Perform Resistance Check on Assembled J1 FJ-AAA-77-20-02-803A-300A-A

Connector (Short/Long Probes) - Examinations, tests
and checks
Perform Resistance Check on Assembled J1 FJ-AAA-77-20-02-804A-300A-A

Connector - Examinations, Tests and Checks
Perform Temperature Check on Removed ITT Probes - FJ-AAA-77-20-02-802A-300A-A

Perform Resistance Check on Removed ITT Probes - FJ-AAA-77-20-02-805A-300A-A

77-20-04 Intermediate Turbine Temperature (ITT) Jumper Harness
77-20-04-401 Intermediate Turbine Temperature (ITT) Jumper Harness - Removal/Installation
Remove ITT Jumper Harness - Remove procedure FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-520A-A
Install the ITT Jumper Harness - Install procedure FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-720A-A
77-20-04-601 Intermediate Turbine Temperature (ITT) Jumper Harness - Inspection/Check
Visually inspect the ITT Jumper Harness - Visual FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-310A-A

examination
Perform Resistance Check on Installed ITT Jumper FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-300A-A

Harness - Examinations, tests and checks
77- Content
77-00-00
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Engine Indicating - Description and Operation
Description
1. General
1.1. Engine indicating system monitors the condition of the engines and transmits this information to the
cockpit.
2. Description
2.1. The indicating system is made up of the following parts:
Gearbox magnetic speed pickup assembly (HP)
LP magnetic speed pickup assembly
Interstage turbine temperature (ITT) probe (6)
Engine vibration pickup (test equipment)
Fuel filter electrical indicator switch (delta P); refer to 73-23-01-401
Oil filter differential pressure (delta P) indicator; refer to 72-60-02-401
Magnetic chip collectors; refer to 79-30-01-401.
2.2. The gearbox magnetic speed pickup is installed on the gearbox and reads the HP spool speed
through the gearbox. An output frequency of 6741 Hz is produced at maximum HP shaft speed (100
percent N2).
2.3. The LP magnetic speed pickup is installed in the interstage housing and measures speed directly
from the LP shaft. The output frequency is 5174 Hz at full rotational speed (100 percent N1).
2.4. There are six chromel alumel ITT probes located in the 1st LP turbine nozzle. The thermocouples
have a long stem or a short stem, depending on the combustor profile during engine build and test.
The thermocouple leads are joined and averaged at the electrical connector. The averaged
temperature is then displayed in the cockpit.
2.5. The engine vibration pickup(s) (test equipment) is attached to the interstage housing. It measures
vibration levels and sends this data to the vibration analyzer.
FJ-AAA-77-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the LP Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the LP magnetic speed pickup assembly. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Fig 1 LP Magnetic Speed Pickup - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Note
When reconfiguring the engine for a right or left-hand position, make sure that the pickup is
installed on the outboard side and the plug is installed on the inboard side.
For single-engine aircraft, pickup is installed in the LH side and plug is installed in the RH side.
Remove the LP magnetic speed pickup assembly
2.1. Disconnect the electrical connector (N1 SPEED) from the LP magnetic speed pickup, located on the
interstage housing.
2.2. Remove screw from clamp and remove pickup and O-ring from interstage housing.
3. Remove pickup port plug (if required for engine reconfiguration)
3.1. Remove screw from plug and remove plug and O-ring.
FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
LP MAGNETIC
SPEED PICKUP
O-RING
SCREW CLAMP
OUTBOARD
SIDE
SCREW
PLUG
O-RING
INBOARD
SIDE
44-7711-06B
ICN-FJ-AAA-771106-0-24235-01900-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the LP Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the LP magnetic speed pickup assembly. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
77-11-01-01
Note
3 This part must undergo major periodic inspection. If a serviceable, used LP magnetic speed pickup
assembly from another engine is to be installed, make sure that it has undergone all scheduled
inspections (per requirements in 05-20-00-601) before installation.

MAT-011

MAT-027

MAT-125

MAT-126
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
77-11-01 01 20 O-Ring (2)
FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Install the LP magnetic speed pickup assembly
2.1. Lube O-ring with assembly fluid MAT-011 and install on pickup.
2.2. Install the LP pickup in the outboard port of interstage housing and attach with clamp and screw. For
single-engine aircraft, pickup is installed in the LH side. Orient the pickup connector so that it faces
up and slightly forward to avoid interference with the engine mount.
2.3. CAUTION
Be sure to observe all torques when installing the LP Speed Pickup and plug. Failure to
properly torque the LP speed pickup screw and plug screw could result in the loss of oil
during engine operation.
Torque the screw 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 3.9 N.m).
2.4. Clean speed pickup connector pins with surface prep cleaner (MAT-126) and/or isopropyl alcohol
Note
2.5. CAUTION
If you feel resistance when hand-tightening connectors, remove the connector and inspect for
bent pins.
CAUTION
Electrical connectors must be inspected to make sure that they are fully mated after
installation. tighten the harness plug and visually inspect the Connector jack to make sure
that the red band is fully covered by the plug.
Install harness connector plug (N1 SPEED) to pick-up assembly.
3. Install pickup port plug (if removed).
3.1. Lube O-ring with assembly fluid MAT-011 and install on plug.
3.2. Install plug in opposite port of interstage housing and install screw.
3.3. CAUTION
Be sure to observe all torques when installing the LP Speed Pickup and plug. Failure to
properly torque the LP speed pickup screw and plug screw could result in the loss of oil
during engine operation.
Torque the screw 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 3.9 N.m).
4. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
LP MAGNETIC
SPEED PICKUP
O-RING
SCREW CLAMP
OUTBOARD
SIDE
SCREW
PLUG
O-RING
INBOARD
SIDE
44-7711-06B
ICN-FJ-AAA-771106-0-24235-01900-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the LP Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the LP magnetic speed pickup assembly.
77-11-01-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Remove the LP magnetic speed pickup assembly. Refer to 77-11-01-401.
2. Inspect speed pickup assembly bonding surfaces for corrosion or contamination. Clean or remove
3. Inspect LP Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly
3.1. Inspect pickup connector for:
Bent or missing pins, cracks Reject
3.2. Inspect pickup shaft for:
Cracks, chips, or bends Reject
3.3. Inspect tip of pickup for:
Damage or signs of contact with LP shaft Reject
3.4. Inspect pickup shaft for nicks:
Nicks without sharp edges up to 0.0015 inch Accept

(0.038 mm) deep
Nicks greater than previous step Reject
3.5. Inspect pickup shaft for wear:
FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Light fretting and scratches to 0.007 inch (0.18 Accept

mm) deep in worn areas up to 0.5 inch (12.7
mm) diameter. Five areas maximum.
Fretting and scratches greater than previous Reject

step
4. Install the LP magnetic speed pickup assembly. Refer to 77-11-01-401.
FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Perform Resistance Check on LP Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly (Single

Channel)
General
This task performs a resistance check on the LP magnetic speed pickup assembly (single channel).
Procedure
1. CAUTION
bent pins.
CAUTION
Note
Make sure that all electrical connectors are clean and free of damage or corrosion. Refer to
Electrical Connector Maintenance, 70-04-01-201.
Using an ohmmeter at room temperature, check the electrical resistance between the two pins
adjacent to the connector master keyway (pins A and C). Resistance must be between 425 - 575
ohms. Reject pickup if resistance is outside limits.
2. Check for shorts between the pins (A and C) and pickup case. Reject pickup if shorted.
FJ-AAA-77-11-01-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Gearbox (HP) Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the gearbox (HP) magnetic speed pickup assembly. Refer to the
Fig 1 Gearbox Magnetic Speed Pickup - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Remove the gearbox (HP) magnetic speed pickup
2.1. Disconnect the electrical connector (N2 SPEED) from the gearbox speed pickup, located on the
gearbox housing.
2.2. Remove screw and washer and remove pickup and O-ring from gearbox housing.
FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-771201-0-24235-01910-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Gearbox (HP) Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the gearbox (HP) magnetic speed pickup assembly. Refer to the
77-12-01-01
Note
3 This part must undergo major periodic inspection. If a serviceable, used gearbox magnetic speed pickup
assembly from another engine is to be installed, make sure that it has undergone all scheduled
inspections (per requirements in 05-20-00-601) before installation.

MAT-011

MAT-027

MAT-125

MAT-126
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
77-12-01 01 20 O-Ring
FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2. Install the gearbox (HP) magnetic speed pickup
2.1. Lube O-ring with assembly fluid MAT-011 and install on pickup.
2.2. Install the gearbox pickup on gearbox housing and attach with screw and washer.
2.3. Torque the screw 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 3.9 N.m).
2.4. Clean pickup connector pins with surface prep cleaner (MAT-126) and/or isopropyl alcohol (MAT-027)
and apply bonding agent (MAT-125) to connector pins in accordance with instructions in
Note
2.5. CAUTION
bent pins.
CAUTION
Install electrical connector plug (N2 SPEED) to pickup jack.
3. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-771201-0-24235-01910-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Gearbox (HP) Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the gearbox (HP) magnetic speed pickup assembly.
77-12-01-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Remove the gearbox (HP) magnetic speed pickup assembly. Refer to 77-12-01-401.
2. Inspect speed pickup assembly bonding surfaces for corrosion or contamination. Clean or remove
3. Inspect HP Magnetic Speed Pickup Assembly
Inspect pickup connector for bent or missing Reject

pins, cracks.
Inspect pickup case for cracks, chips, nicks or Reject

bends
Inspect tip of pickup for damage or signs of Reject

contact with gearshaft.
4. Install the gearbox (HP) magnetic speed pickup assembly. Refer to 77-12-01-401.
FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Perform Resistance Check on Gearbox (HP) Magnetic Speed Pickup

Assembly (Single Channel)
General
This task performs a resistance check on the gearbox (HP) magnetic speed pickup assembly (single channel).
Procedure
1. CAUTION
bent pins.
CAUTION
Note
Make sure that all electrical connectors are clean and free of damage or corrosion. Refer to
Electrical Connector Maintenance, 70-04-01-201.
Using an ohmmeter at room temperature, check the electrical resistance between the two pins
adjacent to the connector master keyway (pins A and C). Resistance must be between 637 and 863
ohms. Reject pickup if resistance is outside limits.
FJ-AAA-77-12-01-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the ITT Probes
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the ITT probes. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Intermediate Turbine Temperature (ITT) Probes - Long/Short Configuration - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Intermediate Turbine Temperature (ITT) Probe Harness - Removal/Installation
Fig 3 ITT Probes - Loop Clamp Locations (Long/Short Configuration)
Fig 4 ITT Probes - Loop Clamp Locations (Mid-Length Configuration)

Note
Oil, Penetrating FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-005
Procedure
1. Job Set-up

2. Note
There are two different configurations of ITT probes. This task covers replacement of both types
of configuration.
– Long and Short Configuration: There are long and short probes and the length is the only
difference between the two. Normally, the same type of probe that was removed will be installed.
During removal, note the locations of the different length probes.
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
– Mid-Length Configuration: The probes are all the same length. For the purpose of adjusting an
ITT split, short probes may replace mid-length probes, or be used in conjunction with mid-length
probes.
3. Remove J1 connector from the harness as follows:
3.1. Disconnect J1 connector from the harness.
3.2. Remove lockwire and remove connector nut from J1 connector. Remove connector from bracket on
front bypass duct.
4. Note
MAT-005 penetrating oil can be applied to assist in the disassembly of seized ITT probes.
Remove ITT Probe(s)
4.1. Remove the following from the probe:
4.1.1. Thermocouple retaining ring
4.1.2. Thermocouple seal retainer
4.1.3. Thermocouple seal plate

4.1.4. Thermocouple seal spacer
4.2. Mark clamp locations. Remove 90° brackets (as required), 10 screws, 10 nuts, and open 10 loop
clamps which retain the ITT probe leads.
4.3. CAUTION
When removing individual ITT probe(s), remove clamp(s), Teflon spiral wrap, and zip ties as
required to facilitate straight, radial removal of ITT probe(s) from 1st LP turbine nozzle
assembly without putting any load on ITT probe tip.
Remove nut which attaches the ITT probe to the 1st LP nozzle assembly. Remove probe.
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-772001-0-24235-01922-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
PROBE 1
PROBE 6
REFER TO 71-41-10 FOR

HARNESS ATTACHING PARTS
PROBE 2
BACKSHELL
CONNECTOR
RETAINER PROBE 5
SEAL
NUT PROBE 3
PROBE 4
RETAINING
RING ITT PROBE
SPACER
44-7720-28A
ICN-FJ-AAA-772028-0-24235-01940-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-727104-0-24235-01245-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-727115-0-24235-01253-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Disassemble ITT Probe J1 Connector
Disassemble procedure
General
This task provides procedures to disassemble ITT probe J1 connector. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 2 Intermediate Turbine Temperature (ITT) Probes - Mid-Length Configuration - Removal/Installation
Fig 3 ITT Probe - Connector - Assembly/Disassembly
Note
Support equipment
Extraction/Insertion Tool / AR
M8196914-02
Procedure
1. Remove ITT Probe(s) from the engine. Refer to 77-20-02-401.
2. Remove probe from backshell and J1 connector as follows:

2.1. Loosen saddle clamp of the strain relief.
2.2. Unscrew strain relief from adapter.
2.3. Slide grommet and follower back.
2.4. Remove adapter from backshell.
2.5. Move ground ring back and separate braids.
2.6. Remove backshell from connector.
2.7. Remove the ITT probe chromel (white) wire and the alumel (green) wire from the J1 connector
(bayonet type). Mark the location of each pin and color for proper assembly. Use the M8196914-02
extraction/insertion tool as required.
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-530A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-772001-0-24235-01922-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-530A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-772014-0-24235-01928-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-530A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CONNECTOR BACKSHELL GROUND ADAPTER

RING GROMMET
FOLLOWER
STRAIN
RELIEF
O-RING O-RING
(BACKSHELL (BACKSHELL
FWD ID) OD)
O-RING
(CONNECTOR)
44-7720-13B
ICN-FJ-AAA-772013-0-24235-01927-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-530A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-530A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Assemble ITT Probe J1 Connector
Assemble procedure
General
This task provides procedures for assembling the ITT probe J1 connector. Refer to the following illustration(s):
77-20-02-01, 77-20-02-02, 77-20-02-03
Note
Support equipment
Extraction/Insertion Tool
M8196914-02
Procedure
1. Assemble ITT Probe J1 Connector:
1.1. Install the following parts on the thermocouple:
1.1.1. Thermocouple seal retainer
1.1.2. Thermocouple seal plate
1.1.3. Thermocouple seal spacer
1.1.4. Thermocouple retaining ring
1.2. Thread thermocouple cable through the backshell.
1.3. Install the chromel pin (non-magnetic white wire) into the correct receptacle on the J1 connector. Use
the M8196914-02 extraction/insertion tool as required:
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-710A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
1 ITT probes, when mounted on engine, are identified by position as they would be viewed
from aft of the engine, looking forward.
2 The contact is locked in place when the retaining mechanism clicks and the contact lead
can be pulled until taut.
1.3.1. IN-leads are chromel (white), RETURN-leads are alumel (green).
1.3.2. Insert pins in the J1 connector in the following order:
1.3.2.1. No. 6, left upper IN to pin A, RETURN to pin B.
1.3.2.2. No. 5, left middle IN to C, RETURN to pin D.
1.3.2.3. No. 4, left lower IN to pin E, RETURN to pin F.
1.3.2.4. No. 3, right lower IN to pin G, RETURN to pin H.
1.3.2.5. No. 2, right middle IN to pin J, RETURN to pin K.
1.3.2.6. No. 1, right upper IN to pin L, RETURN to pin M.
1.3.2.7. FOR LONG/SHORT CONFIGURATION ONLY: Verify the following jumpers: N to R (yellow); P to S
(red).
1.3.2.8. FOR MID-LENGTH CONFIGURATION ONLY: Verify the following jumpers: N to R to T (3 yellow
wires); P to S to U (3 red wires).
1.4. Assemble backshell as follows:
Note
For reliable assembly of the connector and backshell, it is suggested that connector holding
tools, strap wrench, and connector pliers be used.
1.4.1. Ensure O-ring is on the connector.
1.4.2. Place ground ring, adapter, grommet, follower, and strain relief on the cable in sequence shown.
Keep these components at a convenient distance from the end of the cable, so they will not interfere
with subsequent assembly steps.
1.4.3. Extract shield pigtail from individual conductor's. Tape pigtails to the bundle.
1.4.4. CAUTION
Make sure that the teeth are fully engaged between the connector and the backshell before
tightening.
Ensure O-ring is inside the forward portion of backshell, and slide backshell forward to connector,
and tighten securely
1.4.5. Move the four-footed ground ring forward near the rear of the backshell. Untie individual pigtails, and
flare back over ground ring to evenly disperse pigtails through the four quadrants of the ring. Tie or
tape pigtails back to bundle, allowing for approx. 1/2 of slack, for subsequent step.
1.4.6. Push ground ring forward and into rear of the backshell. Ensure O-ring is on backshell and thread
adapter onto the backshell over the O-ring, providing the shield grounding.
1.4.7. Slide rubber grommet forward into counter bore of adapter. Slide follower onto rear of grommet.
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-710A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.4.8. Engage strain relief with adapter and tighten securely. Tighten strain relief saddles securely on cable.
This will then provide the environmental seal on cable.
1.5. Do a resistance check on the J1 harness connector. Refer to 77-20-02-601.
1.6. Do a continuity check between the ITT connector and case. Refer to 77-20-02-601.
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-710A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-772001-0-24235-01922-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-710A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-772014-0-24235-01928-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-710A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CONNECTOR BACKSHELL GROUND ADAPTER

RING GROMMET
FOLLOWER
STRAIN
RELIEF
O-RING O-RING
(BACKSHELL (BACKSHELL
FWD ID) OD)
O-RING
(CONNECTOR)
44-7720-13B
ICN-FJ-AAA-772013-0-24235-01927-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-710A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-710A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the ITT Probes
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the ITT probes. Refer to the following illustration(s):

77-20-02-01 77-20-02-02 77-20-02-03
Note
2 Lubricate all threads and contact surfaces of nuts and bolts with clean engine oil MAT-001 before
installation.

MAT-001

MAT-061

MAT-027

MAT-125

MAT-126
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
IPC Reference
77-20-02 01 67 Wrap, Spiral, .250 OD
77-20-02 01 68 Wrap, Spiral, .187 OD
77-20-02 01 69 Tie, Locking Cable
2. Note
(CitationJet only) When installing a 'long" probe to position No. 2 on a left-hand engine, the
engine must be disconnected from the rear mount and swung-out to provide clearance. Make
sure that the engine is properly secured after maintenance in accordance with the Aircraft
Maintenance Manual.
3. Install ITT Probe(s)

3.1. CAUTION
Failure to install ITT probe(s) straight and radially into 1st LPT nozzle assembly can result
bending, side-loading, and damage to ITT probe tip.
Install the ITT probe through the front bypass duct thermocouple access boss and into the stud on
the 1st LP turbine nozzle assembly. The thermocouple passes through a hole in the ITT probe
mounting flange.
3.2. Install nut on stud and torque 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to 3.9 N.m).
3.3. Carefully fold the ITT probe wire into a bundle (with no sharp bends) so that the bundle will be
secured by as many loop clamps as possible.
3.4. Secure 10 loop clamps with screw and nut. Torque 49 to 55 inch-pounds (5.5 to 6.2 N.m). Install 90°
brackets at marked locations on front bypass duct flange.
3.5. If removed, install teflon spiral wrap to ITT harness as follows:
3.5.1. Install .187 OD spiral wrap to single strands of ITT wire in areas where wire may come in contact with
one of the ITT bosses on the front bypass duct.
3.5.2. Install .250 OD spiral wrap to multiple strands of ITT wire in areas where wire may come in contact
with one of the ITT bosses on the front bypass duct.
3.5.3. Secure ends of spiral wrap with locking cable ties. Cut excess ends of ties off flush.
4. Clean probe harness connector pins with surface prep cleaner (MAT-126) and/or isopropyl alcohol
Note
5. CAUTION
Check connectors for debris and/or corrosion prior to mating.
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
CAUTION
bent pins.
CAUTION
installation. tighten the harness plug and visually inspect the connector jack to make sure
that they are fully mated.
Install J1 connector into bracket on front bypass duct. Install connector nut (finger tight) and secure
nut with lockwire MAT-061. Connect the harness to J1 connector.
6. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-772001-0-24235-01922-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
PROBE 1
PROBE 6
REFER TO 71-41-10 FOR

HARNESS ATTACHING PARTS
PROBE 2
BACKSHELL
CONNECTOR
RETAINER PROBE 5
SEAL
NUT PROBE 3
PROBE 4
RETAINING
RING ITT PROBE
SPACER
44-7720-28A
ICN-FJ-AAA-772028-0-24235-01940-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-727104-0-24235-01245-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-727115-0-24235-01253-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 7
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 8 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect ITT Probes
Visual examination
General
This task visually inspects the ITT probes.
77-20-02-01 77-20-02-02 77-20-02-03
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Remove the ITT probes. Refer to 77-20-02-401.
3. Inspect ITT probe bonding surfaces for corrosion or contamination. Clean or remove corrosion using
a non-metallic brush and clean parts in accordance with 70-21-00-701. Touch-up chemical
conversion coating on aluminum parts as required in accordance with 70-42-12-801.
4. Inspect removed ITT probe(s) for:
Cracks, chips, or other damage Reject
Small dents up to 0.150 inch (3.81 mm) long x Blend down raised material
0.010 inch (0.254 mm) deep. Max quantity is
one per probe.
Damage to O-rings located on the connector or Reject

backshell
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
5. Inspect assembled ITT connector for:
Broken or stripped connector Reject
Missing, bent, or recessed contacts (pins or Reject

sockets)
6. Install the ITT probes. Refer to 77-20-02-401.
7. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Perform Temperature Check on Installed ITT Probes
General
This task performs a temperature check on installed ITT probes.
Fig 1 ITT Probes - Temperature Check
Note
Support equipment
STD-506 / AR
Thermocouple Adapter
STD-507 / AR
Type K Thermocouple Meter
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1. Note
For the purpose of adjusting an ITT split, short probes may replace mid-length probes, or be
used in conjunction with mid-length probes. Replacement of a mid-length probe with a short
probe can result in an increase of +2.5° C to +3° C for each probe replaced.

2. Disconnect the ITT harness connector from the harness plug.
3. Note
Engine must be cold (ambient) for inspection of installed probes.
Using Type K Thermocouple Meter and Thermocouple Adapter as defined in Fig 1 ITT Probes -
Temperature Check, perform the following checks on each ITT probe.
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. Room Temperature Check on Removed Probe(s)
4.1. To find the ambient room temperature, touch the two pins of the thermocouple adapter together and
record the measurement.
Note
Do not allow any heat/cold sources to touch the pins as this will give an invalid measurement.
Hold only by the insulation.
4.2. Refer to Fig 1 ITT Probes - Temperature Check and identify the pin combination on the ITT probe
connector and match the polarity to the thermocouple wires. If testing a single probe, refer to the wire
color to determine polarity.
4.3. Measure and record temperature for each probe in the connector. Probe(s) must be within ±5
degrees Fahrenheit of room temperature.
4.4. Remove and replace any probe(s) which are outside the allowable range.
5. CAUTION
CAUTION
bent pins.
CAUTION
Connect the ITT harness connector to the harness plug.
6. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1. TYPE K THERMOCOUPLE METER

(Fluke Thermometer Model 51 Series II
or equivalent)
2. FLUKE 80CK-M Type K Male Mini-Connector
(or equivalent)
3. TYPE K 20 AWG BRAIDED WIRE
(Teflon-Coated, PFA Insulated Wire)
CHROMEGA NICKEL-CHROMIUM (Ni-Cr) Positive Lead (yellow)
ALOMEGA NICKEL -ALUMINUM (Ni-Al) Negative Lead (red)
4. 20 AWG GOLD-PLATED PIN
5. 20 AWG SHRINK TUBE
THERMOCOUPLE
METER
1
3 4
THERMOCOUPLE ADAPTER
2
5
ITT CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION:
POSITIVE NEGATIVE
(WHITE) (GREEN)
PROBE 1 L M
PROBE 2 J K
PROBE 3 G H
PROBE 4 E F
PROBE 5 C D
PROBE 6 A B
44-7720-15C
ICN-FJ-AAA-772015-0-24235-01929-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Perform Resistance Check on Assembled J1 Connector (Short/Long

Probes)
General
This task performs a resistance check on the assembled J1 connector. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 ITT Probes - Long/Short Configuration - Harness Connector
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. CAUTION
CAUTION
bent pins.
CAUTION
Using an ohmmeter, do a resistance check on the J1 harness connector as follows. Probe

temperature to be within 55 to 90 degrees F:
COMPONENT CONNECTOR CONNECTOR PIN RESISTANCE

PIN
A B 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms
C D 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms
E F 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-803A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01

PIN
G H 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms
J K 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms
L M 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms
N R Less than 1.0 Ohm
P S Less than 1.0 Ohm
3. Do a continuity check between the ITT connector and case as follows:
Case J1-A Open

Case J1-C Open
Case J1-E Open
Case J1-G Open
Case J1-J Open
Case J1-L Open
Case J1-N Open
Case J1-P Open
J1 Case Engine Case Less than 1.0 Ohm
4. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-803A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-772002-0-24235-01923-A-001-00
Fig 1 ITT Probes - Long/Short Configuration - Harness Connector
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-803A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-803A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Perform Resistance Check on Assembled J1 Connector
Examinations, Tests and Checks
General
This task performs a resistance check on the assembled J1 connector. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 ITT Probes - Mid-Length Configuration - Harness Connector
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Using an ohmmeter do a resistance check on the J1 harness connector as follows. Probe

temperature to be 55 to 90 degrees F:

PIN
A B 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms
C D 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms
E F 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms
G H 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms
J K 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms
L M 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms
N R Less than 1.0 Ohm
N T Less than 1.0 Ohm
R T Less than 1.0 Ohm
P S Less than 1.0 Ohm
P U Less than 1.0 Ohm
S U Less than 1.0 Ohm
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-804A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3. Do a continuity check between the ITT connector and case as follows:
Case J1-A Open
Case J1-C Open
Case J1-E Open
Case J1-G Open
Case J1-J Open
Case J1-L Open
Case J1-N Open
Case J1-P Open
4. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-77-20-02-804A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-772010-0-24235-01926-A-001-00
Fig 1 ITT Probes - Mid-Length Configuration - Harness Connector
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-804A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-804A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Perform Temperature Check on Removed ITT Probes
General
This task performs a temperature check on removed ITT probes.
Support equipment
STD-506 / AR
Thermocouple Adapter
STD-507 / AR
Type K Thermocouple Meter
Procedure
1. Using Type K Thermocouple Meter and Thermocouple Adapter as defined in Fig 1 ITT Probes -
Temperature Check, perform the following checks on each ITT probe.
2. Room Temperature Check on Removed Probe(s)

2.1. To find the ambient room temperature, touch the two pins of the thermocouple adapter together and
record the measurement.
Note
degrees Fahrenheit of room temperature.
3. Ice Water Temperature Check on Removed Probe(s)
3.1. To find the temperature of the ice water, touch the two pins of the thermocouple adapter together and
immerse in the ice water. Record the measurement.
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-802A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
3.2. Place probes in ice water. Wait 30 seconds until the probes have properly acclimated to the
environment.
degrees Fahrenheit of ice water temperature.
4. Install the ITT probes. Refer to 77-20-02-401.
5. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-77-20-02-802A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1. TYPE K THERMOCOUPLE METER

(Fluke Thermometer Model 51 Series II
or equivalent)
2. FLUKE 80CK-M Type K Male Mini-Connector
(or equivalent)
3. TYPE K 20 AWG BRAIDED WIRE
(Teflon-Coated, PFA Insulated Wire)
CHROMEGA NICKEL-CHROMIUM (Ni-Cr) Positive Lead (yellow)
ALOMEGA NICKEL -ALUMINUM (Ni-Al) Negative Lead (red)
4. 20 AWG GOLD-PLATED PIN
5. 20 AWG SHRINK TUBE
THERMOCOUPLE
METER
1
3 4
THERMOCOUPLE ADAPTER
2
5
ITT CONNECTOR CONFIGURATION:
POSITIVE NEGATIVE
(WHITE) (GREEN)
PROBE 1 L M
PROBE 2 J K
PROBE 3 G H
PROBE 4 E F
PROBE 5 C D
PROBE 6 A B
44-7720-15C
ICN-FJ-AAA-772015-0-24235-01929-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-802A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-802A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Perform Resistance Check on Removed ITT Probes
General
This task performs a resistance check on individual ITT probe(s) which have been removed from the harness
connector. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 ITT Probes - Resistance Check of Removed Probe
Note
Procedure
1. This resistance check task is applicable to ITT probes which have been removed from the ITT
harness connector. Refer to 77-20-02-401 for removal and disassembly tasks for the ITT J1
connector.
2. ITT probe must be at an ambient temperature range of 55 to 90 degrees F (12.8 to 32.2 degrees C)
to perform this resistance check.
3. Using an ohmmeter, check the resistance on each ITT probe as follows:
3.1. Note
Make sure that the inner and outer EMI shielding braid material does not touch the probe wire
connector pins.
Check resistance between the green and the white wires. Resistance must be 2.0 to 5.3 Ohms.
3.2. Check resistance between the green wire and the outer EMI braid. Make sure that circuit is open.
3.3. Check resistance between the white wire and the outer EMI braid. Make sure that circuit is open.
4. Assemble and install the ITT probes. Refer to 77-20-02-401.
5. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-77-20-02-805A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
GREEN
WIRE
INNER
BRAID
OUTER
EMI BRAID
WHITE 44-7720-29
WIRE
ICN-FJ-AAA-772029-0-24235-01941-A-001-00
Fig 1 ITT Probes - Resistance Check of Removed Probe
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-805A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-02-805A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove ITT Jumper Harness
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the ITT jumper harness. Refer to the following illustration:
Fig 1 ITT Jumper Harness - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Remove ITT jumper harness
2.1. Remove aircraft ITT harness from J2 harness connector.
2.2. Remove lockwire from bulkhead nut on J2 connector. Remove bulkhead nut and remove J2
connector from flange-mounted bracket.
2.3. Remove two nuts, two washers, and two screws from ITT jumper harness clamp. Remove clamp.
2.4. Remove the P1 plug/jumper harness from the J1 connector.
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-772004-0-24235-01925-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the ITT Jumper Harness
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the ITT jumper harness. Refer to the following illustration:
77-20-04-01
Note
installation.
3 Check connectors for debris and/or corrosion prior to mating.

MAT-001

MAT-061

MAT-027

MAT-125

MAT-126
Procedure
1. Install ITT Jumper harness
1.1. Install the ITT jumper harness P1 plug to the ITT probe J1 connector
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
1.2. Install ITT jumper harness clamp, two screws, two washers, and two nuts to secure ITT jumper
harness to bracket on front bypass duct. Torque nuts 25 to 28 inch-pounds (2.8 to 3.1 N.m).
1.3. Install jumper harness J2 connector through flange-mounted bracket. Install bulkhead nut and torque
10 to 20 inch-pounds (1.1 to 2.2 N.m).
1.4. Install .020 inch lockwire MAT-061 to bulkhead nut.
1.5. Perform resistance check to installed jumper harness. Refer to 77-20-04-601.
1.6. Clean jumper harness connector pins with surface prep cleaner (MAT-126) and/or isopropyl alcohol
Note
1.7. Install aircraft ITT harness to J2 connector.
2. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-772004-0-24235-01925-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually inspect the ITT Jumper Harness
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the ITT jumper harness.
77-20-04-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Visually inspect ITT jumper harness for:
Broken or stripped connector Reject
Missing, bent, or recessed contacts (pins or Reject

sockets)
Damaged insulation Reject
3. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Perform Resistance Check on Installed ITT Jumper Harness
General
This task performs a resistance check for the ITT jumper harness. Refer to the following illustration:
Fig 1 ITT Jumper Harness - Schematic
Note
1 Check connectors for debris and/or corrosion prior to mating.
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Using an ohmmeter, do a resistance check on installed ITT jumper harness:
2.1. Disconnect the aircraft ITT harness from the jumper harness J2 connector.
2.2. Make the following resistance checks:

PIN
J2-A P1-R Less than 1.0 Ohm
J2-B P1-S Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-A P1-C Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-A P1-E Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-A P1-G Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-A P1-J Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-A P1-L Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-A P1-N Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-A P1-B Open Circuit
P1-A P1-R Open Circuit
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
P1-A P1-S Open Circuit
P1-A Case Open Circuit
P1-B P1-D Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-B P1-F Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-B P1-H Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-B P1-K Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-B P1-M Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-B P1-P Less than 1.0 Ohm
P1-B P1-C Open Circuit

P1-B P1-R Open Circuit
P1-B P1-S Open Circuit
P1-B Case Open Circuit
P1 Case J2 Case Less than 1.0 Ohm
2.3. Reject ITT jumper harness if resistance values do not meet limits.
3. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-772003-0-24235-01924-A-001-00
Fig 1 ITT Jumper Harness - Schematic
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-77-20-04-801A-300A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 79
Oil
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Chapter 79
Oil
Table of Contents
79 Oil
79-00-00 Oil System
79-00-00-001 Oil System - Description and Operation
Oil System - Description and Operation - Description of FJ-AAA-79-00-00-801A-042A-A

function
79-21-01 Oil Filter
79-21-01-401 Oil Filter - Removal/Installation
Remove the Oil Filter - Remove procedure FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-520A-A
Install the Oil Filter - Install procedure FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-720A-A
79-21-01-601 Oil Filter - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Oil Filter Bowl - Visual examination FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-310A-A
79-22-01 Lube Oil Cooler
79-22-01-401 Lube Oil Cooler - Removal/Installation
Remove the Lube Oil Cooler - Remove procedure FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-520A-A
Install the Lube Oil Cooler - Install procedure FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-720A-A
79-22-01-501 Lube Oil Cooler - Adjustment/Test
Pressure Test the Lube Oil Cooler - Pressure check FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-362A-A
79-22-01-601 Lube Oil Cooler - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Lube Oil Cooler - Visual FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-310A-A

examination
79-24-01 Lube and Scavenge Pump
79-24-01-401 Lube and Scavenge Pump - Removal/Installation
Remove the Lube and Scavenge Pump - Remove FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-520A-A

procedure
79- Content
79-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Lube and Scavenge Pump - Install FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-720A-A

procedure
79-25-01 Oil Pressure Regulating Valve
79-25-01-401 Oil Pressure Regulating Valve - Removal/Installation
Remove the Oil Pressure Regulating Valve - Remove FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-520A-A

procedure
Install the Oil Pressure Regulating Valve - Install FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-720A-A

procedure
79-25-01-501 Oil Pressure Regulating Valve - Adjustment/Test

Adjust the Oil Pressure Regulating Valve - Adjust, align FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-270A-A
and calibrate
79-26-01 Oil Supply Tube
79-26-01-401 Oil Supply Tube - Removal/Installation
Remove the Oil Supply Tube - Remove procedure FJ-AAA-79-26-01-801A-520A-A
Install the Oil Supply Tube - Install procedure FJ-AAA-79-26-01-801A-720A-A
79-28-01 Rear Bearing Oil Supply and Scavenge Tubes
79-28-01-401 Rear Bearing Oil Supply and Scavenge Tubes - Removal/Installation
Remove the Rear Bearing Oil Supply and Scavenge FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-520A-A

Tubes - Remove procedure
Install the Rear Bearing Oil Supply and Scavenge FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-720A-A

Tubes - Install procedure
79-28-01-601 Rear Bearing Oil Supply and Scavenge Tubes - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect Rear Bearing Oil Supply and FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-310A-A

Scavenge Tubes - Visual examination
79-30-01 Magnetic Chip Collector
79-30-01-401 Magnetic Chip Collector - Removal/Installation
Remove the Magnetic Chip Collector(s) - Remove FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-520A-A

procedure
Install the Magnetic Chip Collector(s) - Install FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-720A-A

procedure
79-30-01-601 Magnetic Chip Collector - Inspection/Check
Visually Inspect the Magnetic Chip Collectors - Visual FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-310A-A

examination
79-31-01 Oil Filler Cap and Dipstick
79-31-01-401 Oil Filler Cap and Dipstick - Removal/Installation
79- Content
79-00-00
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Oil Filler Cap and Dipstick - Remove FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-520A-A

procedure
Install the Oil Filler Cap and Dipstick - Install procedure FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-720A-A
79-33-11 Oil Sight Glass
79-33-11-401 Oil Sight Glass - Removal/Installation
Remove the Oil Sight Glass - Remove procedure FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-520A-A
Install the Oil Sight Glass - Install procedure FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-720A-A
79- Content
79-00-00
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Oil System - Description and Operation
Description
1. General
The oil system provides lubrication for the four main shaft bearings, the accessory gearbox bearings,
the gears and the drive splines. Refer to the following illustration:
Fig 1 Oil System
The oil tank and oil passages are internal to the engine except for one external oil line.
2. Description
2.1. The oil system is made up of the following parts:
2.1.1. Lube and scavenge pump
2.1.2. Oil filter
2.1.3. Oil filter bypass valve
2.1.4. Filter differential pressure (delta P) indicator
2.1.5. Lube oil cooler
2.1.6. Reservoir (oil tank)
2.1.7. Oil pressure regulator
2.1.8. Magnetic chip collectors
2.2. Lube and Scavenge Pump
The lube and scavenge pump is a positive displacement pump. It includes one pressure element and
two scavenge elements contained in a single housing. The inlet to each element is protected by a
wire mesh screen. All inlet and discharge ports are located on the pump mounting flange face to
make pump replacement easier. A pressure relief valve is located in the pump housing. This valve
will keep approximately 130 - 140 psi pressure rise across the lube element under normal operating
temperatures and flow conditions. The regulator valve also protects against over-pressurization.
2.3. Oil Filter
The oil filter is a disposable cartridge that is housed in an aluminum or stainless steel bowl that is
threaded into the gearbox housing. It is connected to the pressure pump outlet through drilled
passages in the gearbox.
2.4. Oil filter bypass
An oil filter bypass valve is located in the gearbox housing. When differential pressure across the oil
filter increases to 30 psid, the valve opens. This allows oil to flow to the engine if the filter element
becomes totally blocked.
FJ-AAA-79-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.5. Delta P indicator
A filter differential pressure (delta P) indicator is paralleled with the oil filter and bypass valve. As the
bypass valve approaches its opening pressure, the delta P indicator pin extends to indicate
excessive filter contamination. The indicator operates at 15 ±3 psid. A thermal lockout prevents the
indicator from operating because of high delta P caused by cold oil.
2.6. Lube oil cooler
The oil cooler is a fuel/oil heat exchanger and is made of aluminum. The oil cooler is mounted to the
gearbox and transmits the oil in and out through the mounting flange faces. Fuel travels in and out
through external lines.
2.7. Oil reservoir (oil tank)
2.7.1. The oil tank is part of the interstage housing. The quantity of useable oil, allowing for 22 percent
expansion space within the tank, is approximately three (3) quarts (2.8 liters). This amount is enough
for 30 hours of engine operation at the maximum engine oil consumption rate of 0.023 gallons (0.087
liters) per hour.
2.7.2. The oil tank is internally vented to the bearing cavities which, in turn, are vented overboard via the
gearbox air-oil separator. The oil tank is serviced from the outboard side of either the right or left
mounted engine configurations.
2.8. The oil pressure regulator is located on the upper right side of the interstage housing, near the right
hand oil fill port. It is set at the factory to monitor the main oil pressure of the internal passage which
carries oil to the gearbox. When regulating oil pressure, the regulator returns oil to the oil tank
through a separate internal passage in the interstage housing.
3. Operation
3.1. The lube and scavenge pump is driven by gearbox gear rotation. It pumps oil through the main oil
filter and then to the oil cooler. The pressure oil circuit is then taken, via the oil manifold mounted in
the tank, to the top of the tank. At this point a small amount of flow is bled off to the tank expansion
space through a small hole. This hole acts as a syphon break between bearing cavities and the oil
system oil at engine shutdown. A small amount of oil is fed back to the pump to increase pump
performance at altitude. The main flow divides to feed the No. 1 / No. 2 bearing cavity, and the No. 3 /
No. 4 bearing cavity. The only external oil tube splits from the No. 1 / No. 2 bearing supply and feeds
the gearbox oil jets. The oil passes through a last chance filter before lubricating the bearings. The
No. 2 and No. 3 bearings are under-race lubricated. The No. 1 and No. 4 bearings and second
reduction mesh and radial drive splines are jet-lubricated. The accessory drive splines and gearbox
bearings and gears are splash lubricated.
3.2. The forward cavity lube flow drains into the gearbox where it is scavenged. Two scavenge elements
are used to provide independent scavenging of the rear bearing cavity and the gearbox sump. Each
scavenge flow is passed through a screen before passing into the scavenge pump. The screens
remove particles from the oil that are large enough to damage the scavenge pump.
FJ-AAA-79-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-790001-0-24235-02074-A-001-00
Fig 1 Oil System
FJ-AAA-79-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-00-00-801A-042A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Oil Filter
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the oil filter. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Oil Filter - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. WARNING
VENTILATION.
Note
An oil filter that may need to be analyzed should be sufficiently drained of oil and must be
protected from contaminants as soon as it is removed.
To remove the oil filter, place a suitable container under oil filter bowl to catch residual oil
(approximately 4 fluid ounces).
3. Cut and remove the lockwire from the oil filter bowl (located next to the filter bowl)
4. CAUTION
TO AVOID DAMAGE TO wrenching flats, DO NOT USE AN OPEN END WRENCH ON SQUARE
DRIVE WRENCH FEATURE OF OIL FILTER BOWL. USE AN 8-POINT (DOUBLE SQUARE)
SOCKET WRENCH.
CAUTION
Use caution when removing O-ring from the gearbox housing. Use a non-metallic pick to
avoid scratching the O-ring groove.
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the oil filter bowl using an 8-point (double square) socket wrench.
5. Note
If the filter is needed for analysis:

need, prior to sending the oil filter is recommended.
Placing a filter within a plastic zipper bag (High Density Polyethylene - HDPE preferred), then
placing that in another bag with paper towel to absorb any potential residual oil that leaks
through the first bag is recommended.
Remove the oil filter. Place drained filter in a suitable container if it is to be analyzed. Follow
instructions found in the Oil Filter Analysis Program section for submitting the oil filter
( 72-00-05-201).
6. CAUTION
Use caution when removing O-ring from the gearbox housing. Use a non-metallic pick or O-
ring removal tool to avoid scratching the O-ring groove.
Remove the O-ring from the gearbox/filter bowl flange.
7. Inspect the flame arrest coating on the oil filter bowl, if applicable. Refer to 79-21-01-601.
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792112-0-24235-02085-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Oil Filter
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the oil filter. Refer to the following illustration(s):
79-21-01-01
CAUTION
DURING MAINTENANCE, OIL SYSTEM CONTAMINANTS COULD POSSIBLY BE INTRODUCED
DOWNSTREAM OF THE MAIN OIL FILTER. TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL SYSTEM, MAKE
SURE THAT PORTS AND COMPONENT MATING SURFACES ARE KEPT EXTREMELY CLEAN.
Note

MAT-001

MAT-011

MAT-020

MAT-027

MAT-060
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
79-21-01 01 20 O-Ring
79-21-01 01 30 Filter, Oil, Disposable
79-21-01 01 40 O-Ring
2. Install the oil filter as follows:
2.1. Make sure that the oil filter has an O-ring (1-40) installed in its ID. Lube O-ring with assembly fluid
(MAT-011).
2.2. Lube O-ring (1-20) with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install in the ID of the gearbox/filter bowl
flange.
2.3. WARNING
FAILURE TO ENSURE CLEANLINESS OF THE OIL FILTER ID CAN RESULT IN BLOCKAGE OF
THE OIL SUPPLY TO THE ENGINE BEARINGS.
Inspect the ID of the oil filter for cleanliness. Make sure none of the plastic packaging remains inside
or outside the filter.
2.4. Wipe the threads on the oil filter bowl and the oil filter port with a clean cloth to remove excess oil.
2.5. Install the oil filter on the gearbox.
2.6. Install the filter bowl on the gearbox as follows:
2.6.1. CAUTION
Excess oil used to install filter/filter bowl may give a false indication of a leak.
Lubricate the filter bowl threads with 2 or 3 drops of clean engine oil (MAT-001).
2.6.2. CAUTION
TO AVOID DAMAGE TO FLAME ARREST COATING (IF APPLICABLE), DO NOT USE AN OPEN
END WRENCH ON SQUARE DRIVE WRENCH FEATURE OF OIL FILTER BOWL. USE AN 8-
POINT (DOUBLE SQUARE) SOCKET WRENCH.
Install filter bowl and torque 80 to 100 inch-pounds (9.0 to 11.2 N.m) using an 8-point (double square)
socket wrench.
2.6.3. Clean excess oil with mineral spirits (MAT-020).
2.7. Note
Filter bowl may be safety wired to the adjacent safety wire hole in the gearbox housing or to the
bypass valve spring plug.
Install lockwire (MAT-060) to safety filter bowl.
3. Inspect the flame-arrest coating on the oil filter bowl. Refer to 79-21-01-601.
4. Service the oil system. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
5. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
Filter bowl may show seepage of excess oil after engine running. Clean the area with isopropyl
alcohol (MAT-027) or mineral spirits (MAT-020) and monitor for signs of oil leakage.
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792112-0-24235-02085-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Oil Filter Bowl
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the oil filter bowl. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Oil Filter Bowl - Inspection/Check
Fig 2 Oil Filter Bowl - Coating - Inspection
79-21-01-01
Procedure
1. Visually inspect the oil filter bowl for:
Dents, distortion, or other damage Reject
Rounding or damage to wrenching feature Blend to remove raised material and sharp
edges.
2. If oil filter bowl has fireproof coating, coating must exist on all shaded areas shown on Fig 2 Oil Filter
Bowl - Coating - Inspection with the following limits:
Note
Wrenching flats on the filter bowl are not required to be coated.
Scratches that do not expose the base material Accept

of the bowl.
Scratches or chips that expose the base Reject

material of the bowl.
Uncoated base material on the wrench feature Accept

end face within 0.100 inch (2.54 mm) of any
edge.
Uncoated base material on the wrench feature Reject

end face greater than 0.100 inch (2.54 mm) from
any edge.
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
THREADED
AREA
WRENCH SAFETY
FEATURE WIRE
HOLE
44-7921-18
ICN-FJ-AAA-792118-0-24235-02090-A-001-00
Fig 1 Oil Filter Bowl - Inspection/Check
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792102-0-24235-02079-A-001-00
Fig 2 Oil Filter Bowl - Coating - Inspection
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-21-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Lube Oil Cooler
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the oil cooler. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Lube Oil Cooler - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. WARNING
– FUEL IS HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. IT MUST BE KEPT AWAY FROM HEAT AND OPEN FLAME.
FUEL MAY ALSO CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION. ANY FUEL THAT CONTACTS THE SKIN MUST
BE WASHED OFF IMMEDIATELY. CLOTHING WITH FUEL CONTAMINATION MUST BE
THOROUGHLY CLEANED BEFORE BEING WORN. CONTAINERS SHOULD BE PLACED TO
CATCH DRIPPING FUEL.
– ENGINE OIL (SYNTHETIC) IS TOXIC TO THE SKIN. WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING WHILE
IMMEDIATELY . OIL MAY BURN IF EXPOSED TO FLAME. HANDLE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE
VENTILATION.
Remove two fuel tubes from oil cooler FUEL IN and FUEL OUT ports.
3. Remove fitting and O-ring from oil cooler FUEL OUT port
4. Disconnect and remove three nuts and three washers which attach the oil cooler to the gearbox.
Remove the oil cooler.
5. Note
Oil transfer tubes may remain in the gearbox or the oil cooler.
Remove the oil transfer tubes from the oil cooler (or gearbox ports).
6. Oil Cooler Handling Guidelines:
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
6.1. Lube oil coolers are not to be uncapped until immediately before installation to the engine and are
not to be flushed at any time prior to installation.
6.2. When oil cooler is removed from the engine it is to be capped (both fuel and oil ports) and placed in a
plastic bag. If a Ziplock® or equivalent bag is not available, then oil cooler may be placed in a plastic
bag and sealed with a non-metallic tie. The use of open bags folded-over is not acceptable.
Note
Failure to follow these guidelines may result in internal corrosion of oil cooler.
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792216-0-24235-02103-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Lube Oil Cooler
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the oil cooler. Refer to the following illustration(s):
79-22-01-01
CAUTION
Note
installation.

MAT-001

MAT-011
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
79-22-01 01 40 O-Ring (2)
79-22-01 01 70 O-Ring (4)
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Note
3. WARNING
THOROUGHLY CLEANED BEFORE BEING WORN. CONTAINERS SHOULD BE PLACED TO
CATCH DRIPPING FUEL.
WARNING
IMMEDIATELY . OIL MAY BURN IF EXPOSED TO FLAME. HANDLE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE
VENTILATION.
Lube four transfer tube O-rings with Assembly Fluid (MAT-011) and install on two transfer tubes.
4. Clean outside diameter of transfer tubes to remove any residual oil.
5. Install the two transfer tubes in the gearbox oil cooler oil ports.
6. Install the oil cooler, aligning the transfer tubes and the mounting studs. Attach the oil cooler with
three washers and three nuts. Do not tighten nuts at this time.
7. Lube O-ring with engine oil and install on fitting. Install fitting in FUEL OUT port. Torque fitting 70 to
8. CAUTION
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO OIL COOLER PORTS, USE A BACKUP WRENCH ON REDUCERS
WHEN TORQUING TUBE NUTS.
Connect and torque the two fuel tubes to the oil cooler ports in accordance with 73-10-01-401.
9. Torque the three oil cooler mounting nuts 49 to 55 inch-pounds (5.5 to 6.2 N.m).
10. Service the oil system. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
11. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792216-0-24235-02103-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Pressure Test the Lube Oil Cooler
Pressure check
General
CAUTION
Do not perform task if fuel system has been compromised or if metal in the oil system has been
discovered. When this occurs, the oil cooler should be rejected and is considered "unserviceable".
This task covers pressure testing the lube oil cooler to check for leakage between the fuel and oil circuits. Do this
task as required by troubleshooting or scheduled maintenance.
Fig 1 Lube Oil Cooler - Pressure Test Rig
Support equipment
STD-704 / AR
Pressurization Pump/Reservoir

MAT-002
Fuel, Jet A, Jet A-1, or Jet B FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR

MAT-003

MAT-024
Procedure
1. CAUTION
CONTAMINATION OF THE OIL SYSTEM, MAKE SURE THAT PORTS AND COMPONENT
MATING SURFACES ARE KEPT EXTREMELY CLEAN DURING MAINTENANCE.
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the lube oil cooler from the engine gearbox. Refer to 79-22-01-401. Drain oil/fuel and install
clean plastic caps/plugs to keep contamination from entering the lube oil cooler. Leave adapter
fittings installed in fuel ports.
2. Prepare lube oil cooler for testing as follows:
2.1. WARNING
FUEL/DRY CLEANING SOLVENT ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE AND MUST BE KEPT AWAY
FROM HEAT AND OPEN FLAME. FUEL/MINERAL SPIRITS MAY ALSO CAUSE SKIN
IRRITATION. ANY FUEL MINERAL SPIRITS THAT CONTACTS THE SKIN MUST BE WASHED
OFF IMMEDIATELY. CLOTHING WITH FUEL/MINERAL SPIRITS CONTAMINATION MUST BE
CAUTION
MAKE SURE THAT LUBE OIL CIRCUIT PORTS ARE PLUGGED TO PREVENT ENTRY OF TEST
FLUID OR CONTAMINATION.
Service pressurization pump reservoir with one of the approved test fluids listed in Table 1 Approved
Test Fluids below:
Table 1 Approved Test Fluids

Nomenclature Reference/Spec. Notes
Fuel, Jet A MAT-003
Oil, Preservative MAT-002
Solvent, Dry Cleaning MAT-024 See Note (1), below
Water, Distilled Commercial See Note (2), below
NOTE: Do not mix test fluids
Note
1 Requires flushing of oil cooler after test and filling with fuel or preservative oil.
2 Requires drying of oil cooler after test
2.2. Fill fuel circuit of lube oil cooler with test fluid.
2.3. Attach outlet tube from pressurization pump to FUEL IN port adapter on the oil cooler. Hold adapter
with a back-up wrench and torque tube nut 450 to 500 inch-pounds (50.4 to 56.0 N.m).
2.4. Attach drain tube to FUEL OUT port adapter on oil cooler. Hold adapter with a back-up wrench and
torque tube nut 135 to 150 inch-pounds (15.2 to 16.9 N.m).
3. Purge air from lube oil cooler as follows:
3.1. Route drain tube to a suitable container.
3.2. WARNING
FACE SHIELD/PROTECTIVE CLOTHING ARE REQUIRED TO BE WORN DURING PURGING
AND PRESSURIZATION CHECK.
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Slowly pressurize pump and watch the flow of fluid into the drain container. Tilt lube oil cooler, as
required, to help air bubbles to escape. Reservice Pressurization Pump/Reservoir with fluid, as
required.
3.3. When fluid flow is steady with no air bubbles, remove the drain line from the adapter and install a cap
to plug fuel outlet. Hold adapter with a back-up wrench and torque cap 135 to 150 inch-pounds (15.2
to 16.9 N.m).
4. Perform pressurization check as follows:
4.1. WARNING
FACE SHIELD/PROTECTIVE CLOTHING ARE REQUIRED TO BE WORN DURING PURGING
AND PRESSURIZATION CHECK.
Install clean tapered cap plugs into lube IN and OUT ports.
4.2. Slowly pressurize pump to 100 psig and check for fluid leaks.
4.2.1. Fix connection leaks as required.
4.2.2. If fluid leaks from lube IN or OUT ports during pressurization, reject lube oil cooler.
4.3. Increase pressure to 1200 (± 25) psig and leave system pressurized for 2 minutes.
Note
Correction for pump system leakage is allowed.
4.4. If pressure holds, accept oil cooler.
4.5. If pressure decays, reject oil cooler.
4.6. Release pressure on pump.
5. Remove inlet line adapter cap from the lube oil cooler. Drain test fluid from lube oil cooler.
6. If distilled water was used as a test fluid, dry lube oil cooler in a 250 degree F oven for 15 minutes.
Fill fuel circuit with fuel or preservative oil.
7. If solvent or distilled water was used as a test fluid, flush fuel circuit of oil cooler with fuel MAT-003 or
preservative oil MAT-002.
8. Install the lube oil cooler to the engine gearbox. Refer to 79-22-01-401.
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792205-0-24235-02093-A-001-00
Fig 1 Lube Oil Cooler - Pressure Test Rig
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-362A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Lube Oil Cooler
Visual examination
General
CAUTION
DO NOT PERFORM TASK IF FUEL SYSTEM HAS BEEN COMPROMISED OR IF METAL IN THE OIL SYSTEM
HAS BEEN DISCOVERED. WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE OIL COOLER SHOULD BE REJECTED AND IS
CONSIDERED "UNSERVICEABLE".
This task covers general visual inspection of the lube oil cooler.
79-22-01-01

MAT-050
Procedure
1. Remove the lube oil cooler. Refer to 79-22-01-401.
Note
3. Visually inspect the lube oil cooler for:
Cracks on any surface Reject
Nicks, dents, scratches 0.025 inch (0.64 mm) Reject

deep or greater
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Nicks, dents, scratches on oil cooler body up to Blend smooth to remove raised material and
0.025 inch (0.64 mm) deep on all surfaces not sharp corners. Touch up chemical conversion
addressed elsewhere in this task (does not coating (MAT-050) per 70-42-12-801.
apply to epoxy coated oil cooler). This includes
defects on the flange mounting surface of the
cooler.
Distortion of flange mating surface such as Reject

bending or other defects that would not allow the
cooler to fully seat on the gearbox or that would
cause the oil cooler to be improperly positioned
once installed
Fuel Ports: Damage to threads or O-ring sealing Reject

surfaces, including chamfered area outside of
port and surfaces which will be in contact with
fitting
Mounting Flange Oil Ports: Damage to the oil Reject

ports in the mounting flange, including lead-in
chamfers.
4. If lube oil cooler is coated with white epoxy paint, inspect as follows:
Chips in the paint and/or fireproof coating on the Accept

end edges up to 0.300 inch (7.63 mm) dia max
with no more than 2 permitted per part. Chips
shall be separated by a minimum of 0.750 inch
(19.05 mm).
Note
End edges are defined as the edges of the cooler caps which are welded to the side walls.
Chips in the paint and/or fireproof coating on the Accept

edge faces of the mounting flange - any size or
quantity.
On all oil cooler surfaces not described above, Accept

chips in the paint and/or fireproof coating up to
0.250 inch (6.35 mm) diameter with a total
number not to exceed 8 and separation of at
least 0.750 inch (19.05 mm).
Chips in the fireproof coating which expose Reject

parent metal and are greater than the limits
allowed above, but less than 25% of the total
coated area.
Chips in the fireproof coating which expose Reject

parent metal and are greater than 25% of the
total coated area.
5. Install the lube oil cooler. Refer to 79-22-01-401.
FJ-AAA-79-22-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Lube and Scavenge Pump
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the lube and scavenge pump. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Lube and Scavenge Pump - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Remove the fuel control unit/fuel delivery unit. Refer to 73-21-01-401.
3. Remove the fuel pump assembly. Refer to 73-16-01-401.
4. Remove the lube and scavenge pump as follows:
4.1. If applicable to engine configuration, remove sensor harness connector from oil debris sensor.
4.2. WARNING
VENTILATION.
Drain engine oil tank. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
4.3. Remove four bolts and four washers which attach the lube and scavenge pump to the gearbox
mounting pad.
4.4. Remove the lube and scavenge pump and six O-rings from the gearbox mounting pad.
5. Note
FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Record Service Life data for the removed Lube and Scavenge Pump, refer to 05-12-00-201 Service
Life Tracking.
FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792401-0-24235-02104-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Lube and Scavenge Pump
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the lube and scavenge pump. Refer to the following illustration(s):
79-24-01-01
Note

MAT-001

MAT-011
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
79-24-01 01 40 O-Ring
79-24-01 01 50 O-Ring (5)
2. Install the lube and scavenge pump as follows:
2.1. Lubricate one O-ring with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on pump face pilot diameter.
2.2. Lubricate five O-rings with assembly fluid and install in ports on the face of the lubrication pump.
2.3. Install the lube pump drive shaft into the gearbox. Make sure that the shaft engages the gearbox
drive spline.
2.4. Make sure that all the O-rings are in their proper grooves.
FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.5. Slide the pump until it touches the gearbox pad. Make sure that the screw holes are aligned with the
proper threaded inserts on the gearbox pad.
2.6. Install four washers and four bolts. Torque bolts 49 to 55 inch-pounds (5.5 to 6.2 N.m).
2.7. If applicable to engine configuration, install sensor harness connector to oil debris sensor.
3. Install the fuel pump assembly. Refer to 73-16-01-401.
4. Install the fuel control unit/fuel delivery unit. Refer to 73-21-01-401.
5. Service the engine with oil (MAT-001). Refer to 72-00-03-301.
6. Note
Record Service Life data for the installed Lube and Scavenge Pump, refer to 05-12-00-201 Service
Life Tracking.
7. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792401-0-24235-02104-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-24-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Oil Pressure Regulating Valve
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the oil pressure regulating valve. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Oil Pressure Regulating Valve - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Note
The location of the oil pressure regulating valve is different on engines which are equipped with
oil sight glasses than on engines which are not. Refer to Fig 1 Oil Pressure Regulating Valve -
Removal/Installation and Fig 2 Oil Pressure Regulating Valve - Removal/Installation.
3. Remove the oil pressure regulating valve as follows:
3.1. WARNING
VENTILATION.
Cut and remove lockwire attaching the regulating valve to the interstage housing.
3.2. Remove the regulating valve and two O-rings from the interstage housing.
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792501-0-24235-02118-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792503-0-24235-02119-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Oil Pressure Regulating Valve
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the oil pressure regulating valve. Refer to the following illustration(s):
79-25-01-01
Note

MAT-001

MAT-011

MAT-061
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
79-25-01 01 20 O-Ring
79-25-01 01 30 O-Ring
2. Install the oil pressure regulating valve as follows:
2.1. WARNING
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
VENTILATION.
Lubricate two O-rings with assembly fluid (MAT-011) or engine oil (MAT-001) and install on the
regulating valve. Install the large O-ring at the flange and the small O-ring in the O-ring groove at the
regulator tip.
2.2. Install the regulating valve into the interstage housing.
2.3. Torque the regulating valve 145 to 155 inch-pounds (16.4 - 16.9 N.m). Install lockwire MAT-061 to
secure valve to interstage housing.
3. Service the engine with oil. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
4. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792501-0-24235-02118-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792503-0-24235-02119-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Adjust the Oil Pressure Regulating Valve
General
Do this procedure to increase or decrease engine oil pressure.
Fig 1 Oil Pressure Regulating Valve - Adjustment

MAT-001
Acetone FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C AR
MAT-019

MAT-020

MAT-061
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. To adjust oil pressure:
2.1. Remove lockwire from the regulating valve adjustment locknut.
2.2. Start the engine and allow to idle for five minutes. Refer to General Operating Procedures in
71-00-00-501. Check main oil temperature. Main oil temperature must be at least 115° F when
adjusting oil pressure. Allow additional idle time, if required.
2.3. Loosen the regulating valve adjustment locknut.
2.4. CAUTION
To prevent internal leakage from relief valve, make sure that the maximum extension of the
adjustment screw from the outboard face of the jam nut does not exceed:
– 0.136 inch (3.45 mm) or 4 threads for P/N 50485

– 0.220 inch (5.58 MM) or 6.5 threads for P/N 77795
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
If leakage persists or if the adjustment screw is extended past these limits, the valve should
be upgraded to latest configuration or repaired in accordance with the overhaul procedure in
this task.
Using a flat-tip screwdriver adjust the adjustment screw as follows:
Note
1 It may be necessary to hold the adjustment locknut while turning adjustment screw. One full
turn of the screw will yield approximately 5 - 8 psid change in pressure.
2 If one turn of adjustment screw yields less than 2 psid in MOP, then the valve should be
repaired in accordance with the overhaul procedure in this task.
2.4.1. Turn the adjustment screw clockwise to increase engine oil pressure.
2.4.2. Turn the adjustment screw counter-clockwise to decrease engine oil pressure.
2.5. While holding the adjustment screw, Torque the adjustment locknut 28 to 32 inch-pounds (3.2 to 3.6
N.m).
Note
If oil pressure regulator is leaking externally, repair in accordance with the overhaul instructions
in this task.
2.6. Verify correct oil pressure reading per Fig 1 Oil Pressure Regulating Valve - Adjustment .
2.7. Shut-down the engine. Refer to General Operating Procedures in 71-00-00-501.
2.8. Install .020 lockwire, MAT-061, to regulating valve adjustment locknut.
3. If required, overhaul the oil pressure regulating valve (replace internal O-ring seal) as follows:
3.1. Remove the oil pressure regulating valve from the engine. Refer to 79-25-01-401.
3.2. Remove the jam nut from oil pressure regulating valve.
3.3. CAUTION
Be careful not to lose the internal spring or poppet while removing adjustment screw.
Remove the adjustment screw.
3.4. Remove the internal spring and the poppet from the valve body.
3.5. Remove the O-ring from the adjustment screw. Discard the O-ring.
3.6. Clean the adjustment screw, internal spring, poppet and valve body. Clean with vapor degrease or
flush with mineral spirits (MAT-020) or acetone (MAT-019).
3.7. Lubricate new O-ring (M83248/1-009) with engine oil (MAT-001) and install to adjustment screw.
3.8. Reassemble poppet, spring, and adjustment screw to valve body.
3.9. Install jam nut to adjustment screw.
3.10. Adjust jam nut and adjustment screw until no more than 4 threads protrude past jam nut.
3.11. Install the oil pressure regulating valve. Refer to 79-25-01-401.
3.12. Adjust the oil pressure regulating valve in accordance with the adjustment instructions in this task.
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
4. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792509-0-24235-02122-A-001-00
Fig 1 Oil Pressure Regulating Valve - Adjustment
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-25-01-801A-270A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Oil Supply Tube
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the oil supply tube. Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Oil Supply Tube - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Note
Engines which are equipped with oil sight glasses have a different oil supply tube than engines
which are not. The clamping arrangement is also different. Refer to Fig 1 Oil Supply Tube -
Removal/Installation..
3. Remove the oil supply tube as follows:
3.1. WARNING
VENTILATION.
Remove bolt and nut from loop clamp(s). Remove loop clamp(s) from oil supply tube assembly.
3.2. Remove two screws from oil supply tube flange brackets.
3.3. Remove oil supply tube and two O-rings from interstage housing.
FJ-AAA-79-26-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792602-0-24235-02131-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-26-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-26-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Oil Supply Tube
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the oil supply tube. Refer to the following illustration(s):
79-26-01-01
CAUTION
Note

MAT-001

MAT-011
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
79-26-01 01 20 O-Ring (2)
2. Install the oil supply tube:
2.1. WARNING
FJ-AAA-79-26-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
VENTILATION.
Lubricate two O-rings with assembly fluid (MAT-011) or engine oil (MAT-001) and install on the oil
supply tube ends. Install the oil supply tube into the tube ports in the interstage housing.
2.2. Install two screws to the oil supply tube flange brackets. Torque screws 31 to 35 inch-pounds (3.5 to
4.0 N.m).
2.3. Install the loop clamp, bolt, and nut to the flange bracket. Torque nut 49 to 55 inch-pounds (5.5 to 6.2
N.m). Install loop clamp to sight glass flange (if applicable). Torque bolt 29 to 35 inch-pounds (3.2 to
3.9 N.m).
3. Service the engine with oil MAT-001. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
4. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-79-26-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-792602-0-24235-02131-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-26-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-26-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Rear Bearing Oil Supply and Scavenge Tubes
Remove procedure
General
This task provides procedures for removing the rear bearing oil supply and scavenge tubes from the engine. Refer
Fig 1 Rear Bearing Oil Supply and Scavenge Tubes - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.4. Remove the exhaust nozzle. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
2. Remove the rear bearing oil supply tube as follows:
2.1. Remove two screws and two nuts which attach the oil supply tube to the oil supply tube flange on the
1st LP turbine nozzle (2:00 position).
2.2. WARNING
VENTILATION.
Pull the oil supply tube aft to remove it from the port in the interstage housing. Remove O-rings from
the tube flange and the forward end of tube.
2.3. Remove the oil supply screen assembly from the oil supply port flange on the 1st LP turbine nozzle.
2.4. Put oil supply tube and screen in a protective bag.
3. Remove the rear bearing oil scavenge tube as follows:
FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.1. Remove two screws and two nuts which attach the oil scavenge tube to the oil scavenge tube flange
on the 1st LP turbine nozzle (6:00 position).
3.2. WARNING
VENTILATION.
Pull the oil scavenge tube aft to remove it from the port in the interstage housing. Remove O-rings
from the tube flange and the forward end of tube.
3.3. Put oil scavenge tube in a protective bag.
FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
O-RING SCREW
TUBE ASSY,
REAR BEARING
OIL SUPPLY
OIL SUPPLY
SCREEN ASSY
O-RING
NUT
NUT
O-RING
SCREW
TUBE ASSY,
REAR BEARING
SCAVENGE
44-7928-02
O-RING
ICN-FJ-AAA-792802-0-24235-02156-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Rear Bearing Oil Supply and Scavenge Tubes
Install procedure
General
This task provides procedures for installing the rear bearing oil supply and scavenge tubes. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
79-28-01-01
CAUTION
THeSe COMPONENTs are LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF THE MAIN OIL FILTER. TO PREVENT
Note

MAT-001

MAT-011
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
79-28-01 01 20 O-Ring (2)
79-28-01 01 30 O-Ring (2)
2. Install the rear bearing oil supply tube:
FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1. WARNING
VENTILATION.
Lubricate O-ring with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on the straight end of the rear bearing oil
supply tube.
2.2. Lubricate O-ring with assembly fluid and install on the flange end of the rear bearing oil supply tube.
2.3. Install the oil supply screen in the flange port (2:00 position) on the 1st LP turbine nozzle.
2.4. Install the rear bearing oil supply tube into the interstage housing oil supply port (2:00 position).
Install the other end of the tube to the 1st LP turbine nozzle oil supply flange.
2.5. Secure the tube to the nozzle flange with two screws and two nuts. Torque screws 25 to 28 inch-
3. Install the rear bearing oil scavenge tube:
3.1. WARNING
VENTILATION.
Lubricate O-ring with assembly fluid (MAT-011) and install on the straight end of the rear bearing oil
scavenge tube.
3.2. Lubricate O-ring with assembly fluid and install on the flange end of the rear bearing oil scavenge
tube.
3.3. Install the rear bearing oil scavenge tube into the interstage housing oil scavenge port (6:00 position).
Install the other end of the tube to the 1st LP turbine nozzle oil scavenge flange.
3.4. Secure the tube to the nozzle flange with two screws and two nuts. Torque screws 25 to 28 inch-
4. Job Close-up
4.1. Install the rear bypass duct assembly. Refer to 72-00-71-401.
4.2. Service the engine with oil MAT-001. Refer to 72-00-03-301.

4.3.2. Install the exhaust nozzle. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
O-RING SCREW
TUBE ASSY,
REAR BEARING
OIL SUPPLY
OIL SUPPLY
SCREEN ASSY
O-RING
NUT
NUT
O-RING
SCREW
TUBE ASSY,
REAR BEARING
SCAVENGE
44-7928-02
O-RING
ICN-FJ-AAA-792802-0-24235-02156-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect Rear Bearing Oil Supply and Scavenge Tubes
Visual examination
General
This task covers visual inspection of the rear bearing oil supply and scavenge tube assemblies.
79-28-01-01
Note
the centerline.
Procedure
1. Note
Examine the fitting surfaces for:
1.1. Visual damage:
Crack Reject
Broken weld Reject
Worn Reject
Damage to O-ring groove Reject
2. Examine the tube surfaces for:
2.1. Damage:
Dents Reject
Nicks, gouges, or other surface damage Reject
FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
WELD
REAR BEARING
FLANGE OIL SUPPLY TUBE
FITTINGS
WELD
O-RING
GROOVE
WELD
O-RING
FITTINGS
WELD
REAR BEARING
OIL SCAVENGE TUBE
44-7928-03
ICN-FJ-AAA-792803-0-24235-02157-A-001-00
Fig 1 Rear Bearing Oil Supply and Scavenge Tubes - Inspection/Check
FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-28-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Magnetic Chip Collector(s)
Remove procedure
General
This task contains procedures for removal of the chip collector assembly installed in the gearbox housing and/or
either of the chip collectors on the lube and scavenge pump as applicable to engine configuration. Refer to the
Fig 1 Magnetic Chip Collectors - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Note
To inspect the magnetic chip collectors for metal particles, only the self-closing magnetic valve
plug need be removed. Refer to 79-30-01-601.
Remove the TANK DRAIN magnetic chip collector (if applicable) from the lube and scavenge pump
as follows:
2.1. WARNING
VENTILATION.
CAUTION
HOLD A LARGE, CLEAN CONTAINER FOR APPROXIMATELY 4 QUARTS (4 LITERS) BELOW
TANK DRAIN PORT. OIL WILL IMMEDIATELY DRAIN WHEN THE TANK DRAIN CHIP
COLLECTOR FITTING IS REMOVED.
Vent oil tank by removing oil fill cap (or dipstick).
2.2. Remove safety wire from the chip collector fitting at the bottom rear of the lube pump (labeled TANK
DRAIN).
2.3. Remove chip collector fitting/self-closing plug assembly and let oil drain into clean container.
FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.4. If required by scheduled maintenance, remove the oil screen from the lube pump housing. Remove
O-ring from oil screen.
3. Remove the SCAV magnetic chip collector from the lube and scavenge pump as follows:
3.1. WARNING
VENTILATION.
Remove safety wire from the chip collector fitting at the bottom front of the lube pump (labeled
SCAV).
3.2. Remove chip collector fitting/self-closing plug assembly and let residual oil drain into a clean
container.
3.3. If required by scheduled maintenance, remove the oil screen from the lube pump housing. Remove
O-ring from oil screen.
4. Remove the magnetic chip collector from the gearbox housing, if engine is so equipped, as follows:
Note
If engine is equipped with an electrical oil debris sensor in the gearbox housing port, rather than
a magnetic chip collector, refer to 79-30-02.
4.1. WARNING
VENTILATION.
CAUTION
HOLD A LARGE, CLEAN CONTAINER FOR APPROXIMATELY 4 QUARTS (4 LITERS) BELOW
GEARBOX PORT. OIL WILL IMMEDIATELY DRAIN FROM GEARBOX WHEN THE CHIP
COLLECTOR FITTING IS REMOVED.
Remove safety wire from the chip collector fitting at the bottom of the gearbox housing.
4.2. Remove chip collector fitting/self-closing plug assembly and let oil drain into clean container.
4.3. If required by scheduled maintenance, remove oil screen from gearbox housing, as follows:
4.3.1. Remove one bolt and one washer,
4.3.2. Remove oil screen from gearbox housing.
4.3.3. Remove O-ring from oil screen.
5. Tag engine "NO OIL INSTALLED".
FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-720015-0-24235-00495-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Magnetic Chip Collector(s)
Install procedure
General
This task contains procedures for installation of the chip collector assembly installed in the gearbox housing or
either/both of the chip collectors on the lube and scavenge pump, as applicable to engine configuration.
79-30-01-01
Note

MAT-001

MAT-011

MAT-061
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
79-30-01 01 60 O-Ring (3)
79-30-01 01 55 O-Ring (3)
79-30-01 01 48 O-Ring (2)
2. Install any of the magnetic chip collectors to the lube and scavenge pump or the gearbox as follows:
Note
If engine is equipped with an electrical oil debris sensor in the gearbox housing port, rather than
a magnetic chip collector, refer to 79-30-02.
FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1. WARNING
VENTILATION.
If removed, install oil screen to gearbox housing as follows:
2.1.1. Lubricate O-ring with assembly fluid (MAT-011) or engine oil (MAT-001) and install on oil screen.
2.1.2. Install O-ring in gearbox housing.

2.1.3. Install one bolt and one washer. Torque bolt 46 to 51 inch-pounds (5.2 to 5.7 N.m).
2.2. If removed, install oil screen to lube pump housing as follows:

2.2.1. Lubricate O-ring with assembly fluid or engine oil and install on oil screen.
2.2.2. Install oil screen into lube pump housing. Torque oil screen 150 to 250 inch-pounds (16.9 to 28.2
N.m).
2.3. Remove self-closing magnetic plug from chip collector fitting.
2.4. Lubricate new O-ring with assembly fluid or engine oil and install on chip collector fitting. Install chip
collector fitting into lube and scavenge pump or gearbox housing. Torque chip collector fittings 50 to
60 inch-pounds (5.6 - 6.7 N.m).
2.5. Install safety wire MAT-061 to chip collector fitting.
2.6. Install self-closing magnetic plug to chip collector fitting.
4. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-720015-0-24235-00495-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Visually Inspect the Magnetic Chip Collectors
Visual examination
General
This task contains procedures for checking the magnetic chip collectors and/or magnetic plug on the oil debris
sensors. There are chip collectors in the gearbox and/or the lube and scavenge pump, depending on engine
configuration. They detect metal particles in the 1/2 bearing scavenge and the 3/4 bearing scavenge. The
magnetic plugs must be visually inspected at specified intervals of engine operating hours. Refer to the following
illustration(s):
Fig 1 Magnetic Chip Collectors - Visual Inspection

79-30-01-01
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. Check the magnetic chip collectors as follows:
Note
Self-closing magnetic valve plugs do not require tools to remove or install.
2.1. Remove the self-closing magnetic valve plug by turning counter-clockwise 1/6 turn.
2.2. Note
1 Do not use fibrous materials such as paper towels to remove chips. As a best practice, the
plastic chip sample bag can be turned inside out and used to collect chips for return to
Williams International.
2 If material is found on the chip collector, it is important to document which location the chip
collector was removed from.
Inspect magnetic plug for metal particles:
2.2.1. No metallic particles. Engine is acceptable for use.
2.2.2. Small hair-like slivers of steel or fine dust around the magnet. This condition usually applies to
engines which are new/repaired or overhauled with low hours. This condition would not represent
internal failure or impending failure of the engine
2.2.3. Large sized particles. This condition does not always represent internal failure of the engine since the
particles could have originated in the fabrication or build-up of the engine. Collect particles from the
FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
magnet for further analysis. Make sure that sample is not contaminated during the collection process.
Use a clean plastic bag and mark sample with engine S/N, chip collector location, and date. Photo
document particles and contact a Williams International representative for further evaluation and
disposition.
2.2.3.1. Remove the oil filter element. Refer to 79-21-01-401.
2.2.3.2. Submit the oil filter element for analysis. Refer to 72-00-05-201.
2.3. Inspect the O-ring on the magnetic plug and replace if necessary.
2.4. CAUTION
Make sure that the magnet is clean and free of contamination before installing it into the
engine.
Install the magnetic plug into the valve by pushing and turning clockwise until you feel it lock in place.
2.5. Inspect the valve for leaks after installation. No leaks are allowed.
2.6. If unsure of examination results:
2.6.1. Drain the oil system

2.6.2. Clean and install the magnetic chip detectors
2.6.3. Install the new oil filter element
2.6.4. Fill the oil system
2.6.5. Perform engine testing per the table Tests Required after Maintenance or Component Replacement
2.6.6. Examine the magnetic plug after engine testing.
2.6.6.1. If the engine testing results in almost the same or larger quantity of metal particles, reject the engine.
2.6.6.2. If there are no particles on the magnetic plug, examine the plug after the next flight for metal
particles.
4. Job Close-up

FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-793003-0-24235-02158-A-001-00
Fig 1 Magnetic Chip Collectors - Visual Inspection
FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-30-01-801A-310A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Oil Filler Cap and Dipstick
Remove procedure
General
This task covers removal of both the oil filler cap and dipstick assembly and removal of the filler port plug
assembly (if the engine is so equipped). Refer to the following illustration(s):
Fig 1 Oil Filler Cap and Dipstick - Removal/Installation
Fig 2 Oil Filler Port Plug Assembly - Removal/Installation
Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
2. WARNING
VENTILATION.
CAUTION
AFTER REMOVAL OF CAP/DIPSTICK ASSEMBLY OR FILLER PORT PLUG, COVER OIL FILLER
PORT TO ENSURE THAT CONTAMINATION DOES NOT ENTER THE ENGINE.
Remove the oil filler cap and dipstick assembly by lifting up the locking tab and turning counter
clockwise.
3. Note
The filler port plug assembly may be located on the inboard oil filler port, instead of a oil filler cap
and dipstick assembly.
Remove the filler port plug assembly as follows:
3.1. Remove safety wire and loosen (but do not remove) wing nut on plug assembly.
FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.2. WARNING
VENTILATION.
Turn plug assembly and remove from oil fill port.
FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-793102-0-24235-02180-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-793101-0-24235-02179-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Oil Filler Cap and Dipstick
Install procedure
General
This task covers installation of both the oil filler cap and dipstick assembly and installation of the filler port plug
assembly (if the engine is so equipped).
Fig 3 Oil Filler Port/Dipstick - Proper Installation

79-31-01-01
Note

MAT-011

MAT-061
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
79-31-01 01 20 O-Ring
79-31-01 01 50 O-Ring
79-31-01 01 60 O-Ring
2. Note
The oil filler cap and dipstick assembly must be installed on the outboard side of the engine.
Install the oil filler cap and dipstick assembly as follows:
FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.1. Inspect the O-ring on the oil filler cap and dipstick assembly for damage. Replace if damaged.
2.2. Insert the oil filler cap and dipstick assembly into the oil filler port. To avoid binding, rotate the dipstick
on the filler port plug so the offset bend faces aft of the engine. Lock by turning clockwise and folding
down locking tab. Refer to Fig 3 Oil Filler Port/Dipstick - Proper Installation.
3. Assemble the filler port plug assembly (if necessary) as follows:
3.1. Install lockplate on shaft and secure with nut.
3.2. Lube small O-ring with MAT-011 assembly fluid and install on shaft.
3.3. Lube large O-ring with assembly fluid and install on cap
3.4. Install cap on the shaft and secure with wing nut.
4. Install the filler port plug assembly as follows:
Note
The filler port plug assembly must be installed on the inboard side of the engine.
4.1. Loosen the wing nut on the shaft so that the two tangs on the underside of the cap are just engaging
the slots in the shaft.
4.2. Insert the plug assembly into the filler port. Turn cap/shaft assembly to engage lock plate in the filler
port slot. Tighten wing nut.
4.3. Using MAT-061, lockwire wing nut to plug assembly cap.
5. Job Close-up
FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-793102-0-24235-02180-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-793101-0-24235-02179-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
44-7931-15
ICN-FJ-AAA-793115-0-24235-02192-A-001-00
Fig 3 Oil Filler Port/Dipstick - Proper Installation
FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-31-01-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 6 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Remove the Oil Sight Glass
Remove procedure
General
This task covers removal of both the oil level sight glass and the sight glass cover plate blank from the interstage
housing (if the engine is so equipped). When configuring the engine for right or left-hand installation, the sight
glass must be installed on the outboard side. The cover plate blank is installed on the inboard side. Some engine
models are equipped with sight glasses on both sides and some have oil level sensors. Refer to the applicable
IPC.
Fig 1 Interstage Housing Oil Sight Glass - Removal/Installation

Note
Procedure
1. Job Set-up
1.1.3. Refer to the Aircraft Maintenance Manual (A.M.M.) and remove the engine cowling.
1.2. WARNING
VENTILATION.
Drain engine oil. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
2. Remove the oil sight glass from the interstage housing as follows:.
2.1. CAUTION
AFTER REMOVAL OF THE SIGHT GLASS OR THE BLANKING PLATE, COVER SIGHT GLASS
PORT IN THE INTERSTAGE HOUSING TO ENSURE THAT NO CONTAMINATION ENTERS THE
ENGINE.
CAUTION
USE CARE WHEN HANDLING THE SIGHT GLASS TO MAKE SURE THAT IT DOES NOT FALL
AND BREAK.
Remove eight bolts which retain cover plate. Remove cover plate, gasket, sight glass, and O-ring
from the interstage housing port. Cover the sight glass port in the interstage housing.
3. Remove the cover plate blank from the interstage housing as follows (if engine is so equipped):
FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
3.1. Remove eight bolts, oil supply tube loop clamp, and the cover plate heatshield.
3.2. Remove the cover plate blank from the interstage housing. Cover the sight glass port in the
interstage housing.
FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
INBOARD SIDE
OF ENGINE
BOLT
COVER PLATE
BLANK
COVER PLATE
HEAT SHIELD
OUTBOARD SIDE
OF ENGINE
BOLT
O-RING COVER
PLATE
SIGHT
GLASS
GASKET 44-7237-31B
ICN-FJ-AAA-723731-0-24235-00768-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-520A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
Install the Oil Sight Glass
Install procedure
General
This task covers installation of both the oil level sight glass and the sight glass cover plate blank onto the
interstage housing (if the engine is so equipped). When configuring the engine for right or left-hand installation,
the sight glass must be installed on the outboard side. The cover plate blank is installed on the inboard side.
Some engine models are equipped with sight glasses on both sides and some have oil level sensors. Refer to the
applicable IPC.

Fig 2 Interstage Housing Oil Sight Glass - Torque Pattern
Note

MAT-011
Procedure
1. Expendable Parts
IPC Reference
79-33-11 02 20 O-Ring
79-33-11 02 40 Gasket
Install the oil sight glass onto the interstage housing as follows (Fig 1 Interstage Housing Oil Sight
Glass - Removal/Installation):
2. Note
Sight glass must be installed on the outboard side of the engine.
2.1. Replace O-ring and gasket. Visually inspect O-ring, gasket, sight glass, and cover plates for damage
prior to installation.
FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 1
41A00L-24235-00001-01
2.2. Assemble the sight glass, gasket, and cover plate. Make sure that the chamfer on the cover is facing
out and up and the glass is assembled smooth side out. Lube the O-ring with assembly fluid
(MAT-011) and install on back (grooved) side of glass.
2.3. Install assembled sight glass on interstage housing and secure with eight bolts. Install oil supply tube
loop clamp and secure with lower left-hand bolt. Torque bolts 29 to 35 inch pounds (3.2 to 3.9 N.m),
in 7 to 8 inch-pound (0.79 to 0.90 N.m) steps, in the sequence pattern shown on Fig 2 Interstage
Housing Oil Sight Glass - Torque Pattern.
3. Install the cover plate blank onto the interstage housing as follows (if engine is so equipped) (Fig
1 Interstage Housing Oil Sight Glass - Removal/Installation):
Note
Cover plate blank must be installed on the inboard side of the engine.
3.1. Inspect the seal on the cover plate blank for damage. If damaged, replace cover plate blank.
3.2. Install the cover plate blank and the cover plate heatshield to the interstage housing. Make sure that
the gasket side of the plate is facing in towards the interstage housing and the chamfer is facing out.
3.3. Install eight bolts and torque to 29 to 35 inch-pounds (3.2 to 3.9 N.m) in the sequence pattern shown
on Fig 2 Interstage Housing Oil Sight Glass - Torque Pattern.
4. Job Close-up
4.1. Note
Carefully service oil to prevent oil from getting trapped between cover plate/interstage or cover
plate/sight glass. Small amounts of oil wicked into crevices may give false indication of leakage
(wetness only, no droplets forming) after engine has been run.
Service engine with oil. Refer to 72-00-03-301.
4.3. Perform engine testing as required by List of Test Procedures in 71-00-00-501.
FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 2 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
INBOARD SIDE
OF ENGINE
BOLT
COVER PLATE
BLANK
COVER PLATE
HEAT SHIELD
OUTBOARD SIDE
OF ENGINE
BOLT
O-RING COVER
PLATE
SIGHT
GLASS
GASKET 44-7237-31B
ICN-FJ-AAA-723731-0-24235-00768-A-001-00
FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 3
41A00L-24235-00001-01
ICN-FJ-AAA-723730-0-24235-00767-A-001-00
Fig 2 Interstage Housing Oil Sight Glass - Torque Pattern
FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
Page 4 MAR 30/2023
41A00L-24235-00001-01
FJ-AAA-79-33-11-801A-720A-A
FJ-AAA-00-00-00-00A-021A-A
MAR 30/2023 Page 5

41a00l 24235 00001 01

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

41a00l 24235 00001 01

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Line Maintenance Manual - FJ44-1A

Line Maintenance Manual - FJ44-1A

Data Module Code Title Reason For Change

FJ-AAA-05-12-00-801A-042A-A Service Life Tracking Revised steps to include the documentation of

FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C Consumable Materials Added MAT-177 - Paper, Abrasive, Aluminum

FJ-AAA-71-00-00-051A-420A-A High Oil Pressure Added reference to High Oil Consumption

FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-322A-A General Operating Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or

FJ-AAA-71-00-00-812A-322A-A Vibration Survey Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or

FJ-AAA-71-00-00-825A-322A-A Trim Balance Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or

FJ-AAA-71-00-00-816A-322A-A Stability/Acceleration Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or

FJ-AAA-71-00-00-821A-322A-A Performance Check Added caution regarding ground run enclosure or

FJ-AAA-71-00-25-801A-812A-A Engine Shipping Added engine shipping mount TL302594 and

Data Module Code Title Reason For Change

FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-500A-A Remove the Rear Case NEW TASK

FJ-AAA-72-00-56-003A-700A-A Install the Rear Case NEW TASK

FJ-AAA-72-56-10-801A-310A-A Visually Inspect the Revised IPC figure references.

FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-520A-A Remove the Revised procedure to add further maintenance

FJ-AAA-75-35-01-801A-720A-A Install the Acceleration Revised procedure to add further maintenance

Data Module Code Title Reason For Change

Line Maintenance Manual - FJ44-1A - Title Page

05 Time Limits/Maintenance Checks

73 Engine Fuel and Control

MAR 30/2023 Page 1

Task to Data Module Cross-Reference Table

Task Number Title Data Module Code

00-00-00-860-828 How to Use this Manual FJ-AAA-00-00-00-828A-042A-A

00-00-00-860-803 Engine Description FJ-AAA-00-00-00-803A-042A-A

00-00-00-860-807 List of Abbreviations FJ-AAA-00-00-00-807A-042A-A

00-00-00-860-812 FJ44-1A Service Bulletin List FJ-AAA-00-00-00-812A-042A-A

05-10-00-870-804 Airworthiness Limitations FJ-AAA-05-10-00-804A-042A-A

05-12-00-870-801 Service Life Tracking FJ-AAA-05-12-00-801A-042A-A

05-17-10-870-802 Unserviceable Parts FJ-AAA-05-17-10-802B-042A-A

05-20-00-210-801 Scheduled Maintenance Checks FJ-AAA-05-20-00-801A-300A-A

05-20-00-210-818 Major Periodic Inspection FJ-AAA-05-20-00-818A-300A-A

05-50-00-870-801 Power Plant Wash Guidelines FJ-AAA-05-50-00-801A-042A-A

05-50-00-870-803 Recommended Maintenance - FJ-AAA-05-50-00-803A-913A-A

70-00-01-870-801 Assembly/Disassembly FJ-AAA-70-00-01-801A-042A-A

70-01-05-870-801 Temporary Marking of Parts FJ-AAA-70-01-05-801A-042A-A

70-01-07-870-801 Marking of Repaired Parts FJ-AAA-70-01-07-801A-913A-A

70-01-11-870-801 Misuse of Molybdenum Disulfide FJ-AAA-70-01-11-801A-042A-A

70-02-01-870-801 Identification, Lubrication, and FJ-AAA-70-02-01-801A-042A-A

70-04-01-870-801 Electrical Connector Maintenance FJ-AAA-70-04-01-801A-913A-A

70-10-01-870-801 Consumable Materials List FJ-AAA-70-10-01-801A-913A-C

70-12-00-870-801 Contamination of Engine FJ-AAA-70-12-00-801A-042A-A

70-12-04-870-801 Locking Techniques for Threaded FJ-AAA-70-12-04-801A-042A-A

70-21-00-870-801 Cleaning Methods and Procedures FJ-AAA-70-21-00-801A-913A-A

Task Number Title Data Module Code

70-31-01-110-801 Ball and Roller Bearing Cleaning FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-251A-A

70-31-01-220-801 Ball and Roller Bearing Inspection FJ-AAA-70-31-01-801A-310A-A

70-33-01-870-801 Carbon Seal Surface Quality FJ-AAA-70-33-01-801A-913A-A

70-42-11-870-801 Repair Surfaces Affected by Minor FJ-AAA-70-42-11-801A-913A-A

70-42-12-870-801 Local Surface Protection FJ-AAA-70-42-12-801A-913A-A

70-42-15-870-801 Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection FJ-AAA-70-42-15-801A-913A-A

70-51-00-870-801 Torque Tightening Technique FJ-AAA-70-51-00-801A-042A-A

70-53-00-870-802 Requirements for Vibration FJ-AAA-70-53-00-802A-913A-A

70-61-01-870-801 Storage of Parts that have Shelf FJ-AAA-70-61-01-801A-042A-A

Task Number Title Data Module Code

71-00-00-810-801 Power Plant - Troubleshooting FJ-AAA-71-00-00-092A-420A-A

71-00-00-811-843 Overboard Fuel Leak - FJ-AAA-71-00-00-843B-421A-A

71-00-00-870-801 Configure Engine For Right or Left- FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-913A-A

Task Number Title Data Module Code

71-00-00-010-801 Remove the Engine from Build FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-500A-A

71-00-00-410-801 Install the Engine in Build Stand FJ-AAA-71-00-00-801A-700A-A